Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit M10-014 - RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOLAVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 9229 EAST MARGINAL wys M10 -014 City o`Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov MECHANICAL PERMIT Parcel No.: 5729800020 Address: 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Project Name: RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL Permit Number: M10 -014 Issue Date: 09/13/2011 Permit Expires On: 03/11/2012 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Email: MUSEUM OF FLIGHT FOUNDATION 9404 EAST MARGINAL WAY S , SEATTLE WA 98108 CAROLINE LEMAY Phone: 206 - 340 -9500 BASSETTI ARCHITECTS , 71 COLUMBIA ST SUITE 500 98104 Contractor: Name: HAWK MECHANICAL CONTRS INC Address: PO BOX 547 , MONROE WA 98272 Contractor License No: HAWKMCI044PD Phone: 360 794 -8783 Expiration Date: 10/09/2012 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW CONSTRUCTION OF A 86000 SQ FT, 3 STORY HIGH SCHOOL AND MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE WITH 177 PARKING SPACES Value of Mechanical: 893,887.00 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA Electrical Service Provided by: Permit Center Authorized Signature: Fees Collected: $25,090.19 International Mechanical Code Edition: 2009 Date: oit(1)1(1 I hereby certify that I have read an ex- ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be compli >• with whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not p - ui to to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or 1o6a1 laws regulating construction or the performance of work.] am authorized to sign and obtain this mechanical permit and agree to the conditions on the back of this permit. Signature: Print Name: (424.(T:alota-o-L- k This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. Date: q--1.3-1( doc: IMC -4/10 M10 -014 Printed: 09 -13 -2011 PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit No. M10-014 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional m responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 4: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 5: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 6: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 7: Except for direct -vent appliances that obtain all combustion air directly from the outdoors; fuel -fired appliances shall not be located in, or obtain combustion air from, any of the following rooms or spaces: Sleeping rooms, bathrooms, toilet rooms, storage closets, surgical rooms. 8: Equipment and appliances having an ignition source and located in hazardous locations and public garages, PRIVATE GARAGES, repair garages, automotive motor -fuel dispensing facilities and parking garages shall be elevated such that the source of ignition is not less than 18 inches above the floor surface on which the equipment or appliance rests. 9: Water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Strapping shall be at points within the upper one -third and lower one -third of the water heater's vertical dimension. A minimum distance of 4- inches shall be maintained above the controls with the strapping. 10: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 11: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431- 3670). 12: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 13: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 14: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 15: A Type 1 hood shall be installed at or above all commercial cooking appliances and domestic cooking appliances used for commercial purposes that produce grease vapors. Each required commercial kitchen exhaust hood and duct system required by section 610 of the International Fire Code to have a Type 1 hood shall be protected with an approved automatic fire - extinguishing system installed in accordance with this code. (IFC 610.2, IFC 904.2.1 and IFC 904.11) Automatic fire - extinguishing systems shall comply with UL 300 or other equivalent standards and shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the listing. (NFPA 96, 10.2.3) 16: Type I hood systems shall be designed and installed to automatically activate the exhaust fan whenever cooking operations occur. The activation of the exhaust fan shall occur through an interlock with the cooking appliances, by means of heat sensors or by means of other approved methods. (EMC 507.2.1.1) 17: Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided within a 30 -foot (9144 mm) travel distance of commercial -type cooking equipment. Cooking equipment involving vegetable or animal oils and fats shall be protected by a Class K rated portable extinguisher. (IFC 904.11.5) doc: I MC -4110 M10 -014 Printed: 09 -13 -2011 18: All new automatic fire- extingu g systems and all modifications to existing a atic fire - extinguishing systems shall have fire department review approval of drawings prior to installation orification. 19: H.V.A.C. units rated at greater than 2,000 cfm require auto - shutdown devices. These devices shall be separately zoned in the alarm panel and local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 20: H.V.A.C. systems supplying air in excess of 2,000 cubic feet per minute to enclosed spaces within buildings shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished by interrupting the power source of the air- moving equipment upon detection of smoke in the main return-air duct served by such equipment. Smoke detectors shall be labeled by an approved agency for air -duct installation and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. (IMC 606.1, 606.2.1) 21: Remote indicator lights are required on all above ceiling smoke detectors. (City Ordinance #2051) 22: Duct smoke detectors shall be capable of being reset from a single point near the alarm panel. (City Ordinance #2051) 23: Duct detectors shall send a supervisory signal only upon activation. (City Ordinance #2051) 24: Emergency alarm signaling devices required as a result of hazardous materials storage, use and/or handling shall be tied into a fire alarm panel and monitored by a City approved U.L. central system. (City Ordinance #2051) 25: Where elevators require smoke detectors to initiate recall, the detectors shall report to a fire alarm panel supervised by a City approved U.L. central station. (City Ordinance #2051) 26: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 27: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 28: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 29: For acceptance of the smoke control system; In addition to the fire department witnessing of the special inspection and testing requirements per IBC section 909.3 and the commisioning documents, fog or smoke shall be provided by the contractor and introduced to the control areas so that physical movement of particles may be observed. 30: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 31: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 32: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. 33: In accordance with IBC Section 1704.16: Smoke control systems shall be tested by a speciaal inspector. The test scope shall beas follows: 1. During erection of ductwork and prior to concealment for the purposes of leakage testing and recording of device location. 2. Prior to occupancy and after sufficient completion for the purposes of pressure difference testing, flow measurements and detection and control verification. Special inspection agencies for smoke control shall have expertise in fire protection engineering, mechanical engineering and certification as air balancers. doc: IMC -4/10 M10 -014 Printed: 09 -13 -2011 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://wwwci.tukwila.wa.us ci.tukwila.wa.us Building Pernnit N bchanical Perttiit'. Public Works P Projec No. or- o Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** Site Address: 9229 East Marginal Way S., Tukwila, WA 98108 King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 542260002002 Suite Number: Floor: New Tenant: m Yes ❑ ..No Tenant Name: Raisbeck Aviation High School, Highline School District Property Owners Name: Highline School District Mailing Address: 17810 8th Avenue S. Burien Name: Caroline Lemay for Bassetti Architects Mailing Address: 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 City WA 98148 State Zip Day Telephone: (206) 340 -9500 Seattle WA 98104 E -Mail Address: clemay @bassettiarch.com .4) AitT10mbiog and City State Fax Number: (206) 340 -9519 Zip Company Name: Mailing Address: City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: Company Name: Bassetti Architects State Zip Mailing Address: 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle WA 98104 Contact Person: Caroline Lemay E -Mail Address: clemay @bassettiarch.com City State Day Telephone: (206) 340 -9500 Fax Number: (206) 340 -9519 Zip ENGINEER OF. All plans must be stamped by Engineer of Record Company Name: KPFF (civil engineer) Mailing Address: 1601 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle WA 98101 Contact Person: Matt Emmett E -Mail Address: matt.emmett @kpff.com H:\Applications \Forms - Applications On Line\2009 Applications \1 -2009 - Permit Application. doc Revised: 1 -2009 bh City State Day Telephone: (206) 926 -0551 Fax Number: (206) 622 -8130 Zip Page I of 6 MECHANrICAL PERMIT' INFORMATION - 206- 431 -3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: NA Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ "L i9)1 9j (9)§11 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): New construction of a +1- 86,000sf, 3 -story high school and mechanical penthouse with 177 parking spaces. Use: Residential: New .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ Commercial: New ....El Replacement .... ❑ Fuel Type: Electric ® Gas .... Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: • Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: Qty Furnace<100K BTU 0 Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM aa Fire Damper B s 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Fumace>100K BTU Evaporator Cooler ® Diffuser ete) 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace 0 Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat 429 w 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater q 99 Ventilation System O Wood/Gas Stove 0 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU D Appliance Vent 2 Hood and Duct S Emergency Generator 1 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU 4 T Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig /Cooling System 0 Incinerator - Domestic Q Other Mechanical Equipment 0 Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM a! Incinerator — Comm/Ind a H:Wpplicalions\Forms- Applications On Line \2009 Applications\ 1-2009 - Permil Application doc Revised: 1 -2009 bh Page 4 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWN Ett O]Ol AUTH ZED A T: Print Name: Caroline Lemay °( Mailing Address: 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Signature: Date: Day Telephone: (206) 340 -9500 Seattle WA 98104 City State Zip Date Application Accepted: I`��1 Date Application Expires: —7"c)—q— Staff Initials: J 4 H \Applications \Fortes- Applications On Line \2009 Applications \I -2009- Permit Application. doc Revised. 1 -2009 bh Page 6 of 6 Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Applicant: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov 5729800020 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL RECEIPT Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: M10 -014 ISSUED 01/29/2010 09/13/2011 Receipt No.: R12 -02296 Initials: JEM User ID: 1165 Payee: Payment Amount: $63.00 Payment Date: 08/07/2012 10:17 AM Balance: $0.00 PORTER BROTHERS CONSTRUCTION TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Credit Crd VISA Authorization No. 01226G 63.00 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts MECHANICAL - NONRES 000.322.102.00.00 Total: $63.00 63.00 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 08 -07 -2012 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 5729800020 Permit Number: M10 -014 Address: 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 01/29/2010 Applicant: RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL Issue Date: Receipt No.: R11 -02003 Initials: JEM User ID: 1165 Payment Amount: $20,072.15 Payment Date: 09/13/2011 01:49 PM Balance: $0.00 Payee: HAWK MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC. TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 067113 20,072.15 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts MECHANICAL - NONRES 000.322.102.00.00 20,072.15 Total: $20,072.15 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 09 -13 -2011 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 5422600020 Permit Number: M10 -014 Address: 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 01/29/2010 Applicant: RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL Issue Date: Receipt No.: R10 -00154 Initials: User ID: Payee: WER 1655 Payment Amount: $5,018.04 Payment Date: 01/29/2010 02:31 PM Balance: $20,072.15 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount. Payment Credit Crd VISA - Authorization No. 052202 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description 5,018.04 Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 5,018.04 Total: $5,018.04 doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 01 -29 -2010 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit n110 9 INSPEStTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Pro' cr,l 4 N ✓ T Ype � , A ess: 9...29 F/,5 � / • /6 /A/f1 Date Called: / -- -, Special instructions: Date Ww ted—: 3 -i3 Reque ter: ./ i6 Phone No: 3- 377 - .`-/Z- Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ,'7'P rAlta nsp • r: Date: 11 • ' NSPECTION FEE REQ !RED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be aid at 6300 Southcenter lvd., Suite 00. Call to schedule reinspection. ,23 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 � (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 10.- a/4-1 Project: r //. 5. !`. Type /il/ ion•\ / rire fiivA /- n/EFrre4 Address: g22q E4 57 N4(24/114 f Date Called: - _ Special Instructions: Date ate*_ / 3 a:m Requester: P0Z53--3 ? 7 5:5210 DApproved per applicable codes: Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:.,) 4 / rire fiivA /- n/EFrre4 ) 4341 Ai(P Ref .- filet of . 3) Cv0J' ii' ij 4e ft r/ /3/00;i01 f-i8 •� e¢�ti sd, �' - y- ! hfe / <a ,9/,//S ev o�v�G33 %, • ee U r1104, goLT1 i& -/oft tawtol Dal_7! PECTION FEE R4QUIRED. Pri¢r to next inspection. fee must be p. d at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TU-KWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: A C /� r J iR4)5La.Cl'4 H. S. Type of Inspection: 5,/,d ki eo 'DL— .5,7A4'f Address: 91229 2'f1 ST "9.e6 m/&,._ Date Called: -.5,../z17- .c�c /A/ C)5fi)Ok c) qg)i ,qTi ._ r. �Q/d'►, Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ci— '3 a.n , Requester: �e 1/ 6 494144#71 A\- a'? Ai 06.0 )0)/2/o Phone No: 0253-377—:_3-42 70 fJApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: n.6,0014i sHU -raw — 4p,JaAle' C)5fi)Ok c) qg)i ,qTi ._ r. �Q/d'►, 57112 /S2/ /i247, /,- d /eAkil y7. A i®% jA,$)// -fijn - iliewi✓oe 494144#71 A\- a'? Ai 06.0 )0)/2/o 12 70 B I filth, A/+9 ® gaiii—riSrr: 91#41,1 I.spect 1/1 Date; -25 /3 NSPECTION ,FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Pro' ct: lkA1S Cala t� to. s • Type of Inspection: RI 0).L._ D:Dt.vr-r C' AA `, Address: c17) Cj E Aar nil A lY,h1u Date Called: L SW‘© KP 1 Special Instructions: Date anted: z.e- 1-3 a.m. Requester: �pM kI 4,04 ig- t'/ Phone No: ��-9Li7 -L/ DApproved per applicable codes. DCorrections required prior to approval. Q COMMENTS: D:Dt.vr-r C' AA `, Rime' 1 1 .2, N ¢ ivo1I2.4 SW‘© KP 1 1- V Aci o S N 1 c _.�' t-.1C.ec. f.-a TJ PSes L io �pM kI 4,04 ig- t'/ nspec Qr: Dated, n R INSPECTION FEE R UIRED. Prior toiiext inspection, fee must be pai } at 6300 Southcent Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 20 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Pro'ect: KRIS. E0K AVIY-Vi+otJ Type of Inspection: N.S. 'S,)lolc €_C`oi.nRUL.- Address: CIZZ't FAST 11141,:6+04L Date Called: Special Instructions: • • Date Wanted: F. 2 3— 1 -g af`'rrt` ''p''•tttrr Requester: Phone No: 02-53 - 377 --S 1? DApprdved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: f t . 0,) 15;r0 Sevloxp 1)Ari'rpFP5 .6 Date: 9 -23- i3 NSPECTIO FE D. Prior to next inspection. fee must be d at 6300 Southc enter tvd .. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. E REQU E W- -a• . 1:. _._ - .l,,..�,� ,,- �_ _. - INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. • CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcent Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 M id_O t44 P ject: t Ka. :•s ±se c AL' -ra,1 Type of Inspection: ��� 1 Stity L. Ad4feljoi to A<Af&/A/ - Called: Special Instructions: y Date Wanted: � ^ .�.in- a- (�r(I s p.m. Requester: Phone —. 3'7 ? - 5 44 Z I ElApproved per applicable codes. giCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t/D 1"i'r -' SYrNO t4Q btN en /S - ) l ,NZ t4- 10 (1_ CfNIke, '( melt iooto . as?qP,,py Cot- t)\te j ,Ot��. - . 'UAL g fvAO 5■lc,;FwL GjT A %P ? •te S t.t y% 7 A i en..) I .• I Dat za-1- PECTION FEE REM' ED. Prior to ne t inspection. fee must be t 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD . I Retain a copy with permit v 1! o f `( INSPECT N0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 t2 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: ,_... U I R) 100 11 • - Type of Inspection: 3/y16 ►,c.F Ookri kit) fir_. Add e-ss�s:��}} Lar.Ll c A ti tisz61IJ Date Called: A L— Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 1(©— CS tak p.m. Requests Phone No: ? —} ElApproved per applicable codes. 'Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ts, O1 fa.e Ab4-t Ins ' ctor: Date: SPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. _ f...V.rtEl..4 en • 1 9 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 10 -0 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Proof Act: .i ;..6 Pe :A. S. CO fs D n -ntily --1 A I r2 a(sc t, a ex r+ 117105 Tag of Ins ection: t--Ita /.5vvtokP L - 0) '✓ Address: ` 22cl €As; ,n,AR4,1 t1 Date Called: OD (--, rid I Z. 8 -- S. Co 1610(1 s.s ooR kF is ._ Special Instructions: _ (b l!?D D. `> PiS i c's 1,(s." .>Ft rA Pat C! 1cs-s t et .. Rep A 7 r t Date Wanted: e- 14- .� I' a m. Requester: Phone No: 2S 3 - 3"77 -- 50S4 Z. DApproved per applicable codes. cifs.Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: •M CO fs D n -ntily --1 A I r2 a(sc t, a ex r+ 117105 % Z Pc-rY,v.I --to OS 6fVfo , 0toVoCi A++ -1- 6?e', p „e is D A% - : ► Od ta *i c .' L, E D 1-0.01(-1 Si C`e . 3 rcl lmte OD (--, rid I Z. 8 -- S. Co 1610(1 s.s ooR kF is (or i G4 .5 u_ 9.6 14064s-, Qv X a e,f ,4% ,_6) 1s1. {aflz _ (b l!?D D. `> PiS i c's 1,(s." .>Ft rA Pat C! 1cs-s t et .. Rep A 7 r t \ .2-1.3C..c ; tom 0 P lep+4 ; ( , � 1 <, e 16,1J Sn(4 ke II-C2 rpi0 Access body — ► r r 2,- SsMO I44 iN 006 ?� 'UQ s - >r il 6T S ► b ✓ f's Date:, /L!- 15 NSPECTION FE REQUIRED. Prior tc}rnext inspection. fee must be aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 10 Call to schedule reinspection. rsalst— —A i INSPECTION RECORD 44) Retain a copy with permit P110-01 y INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. • - CITY 'OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION A6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 x(206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Pro'ect: 14r4t58E.K AVIevi)0KI I t$3 Type of Inspection: Qmicz -Ik Address: 93.419 E r rvi tt1RCd nA (,,, Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted::_ 3- 12..--13 . P.m. Requester: Phone No: As 3 -3i?- '5y2,_ LJApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1 (i) I-10W Cht*Isfe% rtZ(M0-1/J 1I &J714,. M Ji ,QA(04e3 fl Re spect NM 1 ' ei0J DMA_ t2_ 1- R IN PECTION FEE RI QUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be p id t 6300 Southcenter Btvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. 6 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: Ian (S t3c-Ct t -- S. Type of Inspection: , RP�lPCir°✓ nii■ Address: cI 2 lct e Pi s OAAtze.,l 1..6 Date Called: l Special Instructions: Date Wanted: (i.m� Requester: x`53-355 - 2_x,27 JAppnoved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. . COMMENTS: Da� -...� `-' --40 -'5 NSPECTION FEE RE IRED. Prior to xt inspection, fee must be d at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. II to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO.' CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Proje K A 1 sbec k. ,4l/ ;k/ 73'4• Ty of 1 spection: Q!f A � iV )d _2,AJ , VZ, be /a I41 6' ' p a Addr s: 2 ; ,�dI Date Called: r,. Special Instructions: 4 F Date Wes' ted: , N Requester: Phone No: 5_ ,9'-�s9 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 73'4• (;) 0 k T> 57 t //s- x�at49iiL (77/ —A )d _2,AJ , VZ, be /a I41 6' ' p a 8' Nd bide / '5 /)/7H 'ie 7' 1 ae/ .7117/ % .6 of r e '5 ;5 AI '9 , r» »d, %yieri ?,'° Y -"a. �,../.��vli iD g r i9 /.R0844 / i3 © i J 4 F N n�REJNSPECTION FEE REQU tED. Prio to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter yd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. 0110-o 1L-1 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Pro ect: _ A l .5 JYk e_ -A v;a -I,eKi Type cot Inspection: _ v.n 19k- 1 r1 V aa,L i= too f2 2,3,v1 k - ;.•., i J /4✓e'CL o IC Address: c] 22-9 q JA Si 01¢I R l0:o,►a Date Called: L -- Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. Co-- 13- 19 a.m: • Requester: e Phone No: '5 3- 377 -' _ S-4/2- - EIApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: F A V aa,L i= too f2 2,3,v1 k - ;.•., i J /4✓e'CL o IC 40 O u■Ir IZ . 3 r ti I- ItId ft 2 (Mei h— ► ... 1*(Aldoc -.i o 1Z- + 0 n e Dat 3 - 9 R INSPECTION FEE F QUIRED. Pri /r to next inspection. fee must be peid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. �....., ..�... , _,. - .4., INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT N0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 , , (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: Q-A 15waR Type of Inspection: '1kcs-t.t.t1 2)0 • Address: CV V tS4-2 Nt ti%R.6itikA L. Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: . r 3 — 1--3 p.m. Requester: Phone No: 3 -37? -55" Y2---.. Approved per applicable codes. D Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 15.1 etooe 014 TO nc tz Inspec r: It_ 3 j-! El PECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be. al ' at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 siz, (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 oi'o-o'V Pr ect: _ 14 Ai'. et( Atht «rJ Type of Inspection: Rol/40 -2A) Address: ¶2l q E fts i opmfa 4L- Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: . 05- z2.- 13 p.m. Requester: Phone No: 253 —'o (p _91 5ZO ElApproved per applicable codes. Il Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: !1 - O K T o J. n1 Cv t ive or: Date: - 1A6 41Ca -Z INSPECTION F E REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must.be id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Its 11 11,1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 1-- • Mic)--cti4 Project: ' .g. • (01'61 GF 0 il.— Avt4v-lok: Type of Inspection: i. 4-1.eD, rThtiCri- I...Q.( L Address: C12.2C F,..AST itn A DaiJAL Date Called: Special Instructions: • Date Wanted:. ;,L....11. P.M. Requester: Phone No: <53- GOG-Z5Z6 ElApproved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: CI -4 65 vee 1TO - 71.),,N4 1 A Tf 1ne Date: 6, ri RE NS ECTION FEE REQUIRE V. Prior to next inspection. fee must be p id 6300 Southcenter Blv Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 1/ : S'1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 =3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 / re -011 Pr6I ct• F�- i�,�S .5 "Ed Type of Inspection: •.._.p l�U (2 E7Uu f A--c g A, Ad ssv I'? £M ' 'r 6. "L .f Date Called: Special Instructions: 1. Date Wanted _ I S f r3 '' P.m. Requester: Phone No- iv 6 S n o ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: �. Si.A -f 4 2 3 - _,JaVS1,1LA Ins Date: pi REII1SP� ION FEE REQU RED. Prior to/next inspection, fee must be paidlat�6300 Southcenter Bl d.. Suite 100. Callao schedule reinspection. /0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 O (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 P�ect: r>r, s6ee it (1v,Ac-lov-.1 H.S. Type of Ins�ec� ( ) 9 � _ ,' / /1/4-/ Address: 9/2.2- cc M400.414/ Date Called: &. Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. -- / /---' / 3 P.m. Requester: Phone No: 2`53— (O —35 0 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: pi? 6454- �/l � /4+a,// /'2,4/$ &. ,lC D iLALS 711.-Are r spec Dat E SPECTION FEE RE! IRED. Prior to n: t inspection, fee must be id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. r. a' 9 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 OLIO --c1`/ Pro ect: II j ` AI -' IW '` 1-10,1Tp0� Type f Inspection: /ef?Irj6- /4/ Address: I.22> E /1/+/r5.-1"01 / Date Called: /3 e / /0', -- Special Instructions: • apo i,z,t:$ -n o,0 Date Wanted:. 3— 20 -/3 a.r I p.m. Requester: X6 /4mc �A/ t 114E S4 Phone No: fjApproved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 73 4 - /3 e / /0', r /tic 5 - TIir91' / • '�/ 0l+f5r1GAJ /1 S ,4 744 ? / /,i)4" X6 /4mc �A/ t 114E S4 Mx Inspe or: //r. -, l 1c I Date: 3_ 2 a - #3 EINSPECTION FEE REQUIREFI. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSP` ON NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 We. (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 fl IQ-01g P(� ct�: K�i'S 4 44k/ A4-; no Type pt Inspection: tectll ii --i hi Address: 2 ' f- ?VI AVG t tiv.4 I Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. 7 - zO - rz, Requester: Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0 1 r/, r 1r� Qa�t � — A�pr 0 Q 14. -r v T-N S-zr Date: SPECTION FEE REQUIRED)Prior to next inspection. fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. - - -�._ _ _r•.�.. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION O. PERMIT N0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Pra: e c,0( '4-1721/1/4/ Type of Inspection: P our2(4 N .e. , Address:n r f Z j/ ' p. /r f �', A� `P uJ Date Called: Special Ins ructions:- . 11 ff --S ,"5l .S- 4L Date Wanted:. 1 — - — 1 3 ��m p.m. Requester: Phone 3.- ff1 — C940 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P , kbm Date: j REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit rY1 rp- O/V CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING D 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 1PERMIT NO. (VISION (206) 431 -3670 Project: , a i ?4Is 6ft➢ez 4aiPf.2t Type of Inspection: . Pevcah- / Ni Ofm'?P /61't' ,, Addr x es 422 I4 ,t /194r4,4/ Date Called: �? Special Instructions: Date Wanted:./Z.— /2.—/i-- ` ,a . Requester: Phone No: . ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. / COMMENTS: pA. l / 4.0/ f /i✓ »' vZ _ 44r/45474 4 Ofm'?P /61't' ,, Insp'ec r: Date: /e...s., , ! ,ks,,:/ / 7 - / 5N-/Z.... NSPECTION FEE RE IRED:'Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter lvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection: • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO, PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 "o -of L/ Project: Type of Insspection: _ Q Address: ci 2 Zci • i vv■Av-aws..1 Date Called: l 7 ■_, \ 1..3Sz.i,_.ALt' ri Jai `` Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. k. I - Z % - ! 7 a.Rl.. P.m. Requester: I-t u 1 c Phone No: 2-`5 • ..vOC„o - FS- ? CD ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: p cp Fl-S i s vl A r^( -1 U Pr NJ 1 ii d1..11.c 40 k.. 7 ■_, \ 1..3Sz.i,_.ALt' ri Jai `` C-2:) � h.... -r. 14 " - t h 1 ` i c i ,- c <,e.v I-t u 1 c f 1 I D IC �' _ J �1'< L ✓) -L- 1nsp.Ktor IT EIN PECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior td next inspection, fee must be • aitt at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: 2 7 - 2 S INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. •PERMIT :NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 c,o-ot`4 (206) 431 -3670 Project: RI\ +cD0F0 i1. AO r)0,..../ Type of Inspection:_ R.c h — I . Address: (-4 2 "2..C4 PAS i Ili l.\'2 (et .;AL. Date Caile Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. 1 O Z 3 — 12 (a____ p:m.. Requester: Phone No: �s3- C-66 -3-W Approved per applicable codes. Ei Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: p a . 7) 41 +' �f %tI dLr+/ '"-'f /rS 'i.Ji) - 2 /P 70 3,e( \ .,I 7CJ i'IS ? /(47'F ....61/j/�/o 0// " 1 1 ... Ale( r ire d2 // V4(? 01/0r - O// r o i ) S r-f s // /::2-74-7 . / /`l/ V rl � .�r'7 �%Ji%6A, i or: itsul 1 Date: REINSPECTION F E REQUI ED. Prior to next inspection; -fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspec-tion. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. y lI0 -01`i CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project:. Type of Inspection: ¢ e0 �y t o c� E. >tl � � 1'��� -r� Address: 02.21 EAC ∎ MAtzLm Date Called: ALA t. --,N/e. Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. 10 _ 05 -12_ Sim: p.m. Requester: Phone No: Is 3 -60C.- 352_0 0 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P r Q . -J1) .��-luq � T ¢ e0 �y t o c� E. >tl � � 1'��� -r� ,.1 /r_. 0 1< TO i &i sLit47L Su b_,17004- 4 t. --,N/e. El REIN I?ECTION FEE REQUIRED. P or to ne, t inspection, fee must be paid t 630 Southcenter Blvd., Suit 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ..mew. .n re ..•naa� 3 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 INN to. a /ti P ect: \dA ■SE3cC' ik. Atti TU.of.) Type of Inspection: N. C. ibb c44r- s P.,. � Address: ci2z9 FAQ,► al0PcuJ1_ Date Called: t /c/'f Special Instructions: Dat Wanted:. a. Requester: Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. • COMMENTS: ,cj, / r-'L ,50, /� f / ' —(10— /L 9 -- /4/ Zr AN; t /c/'f DI/'T" n /. ?00 I_ AJ,S?/1 A C - N In ;\ect r• Date INSPECTION FEE R QUIRED. Priof to next inspection. fee must be aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule.reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit plio-Opi - INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 yz. (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: 12.1:4-.S6‘96)‘ kik NA ...64,-) Type of Inspection: Zoms4 — IN ..? acIl■hiaeA c -A aiis. 9,14 144 verv.i....N, -cot P. P LS LA../ - (1 Address: CI ZiS c. Date Called: Special Instructions: , Date Wanted: SBe —2 (-- % 2--- a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. /6 COMMENTS: (Ai pietv;Ai V-e'1.1 c-Av AG-I 1 41) ..? acIl■hiaeA c -A aiis. 9,14 144 verv.i....N, -cot P. P LS LA../ - (1 Gel" _ -....., Date: F-7 R I SPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be pa i at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 4 . 2 INSPECTION RECORD MI6 ��� Retain a copy with permit INSPECTIO NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 .4 Pro t: �CA,� 5 �� f iP e,Av\e L - (a, re. i J 64 OA Aip JJ Typ f Inspection: IC) j0-{ ►--N ikike C-6\ G\ Date Called: Special Instructions: I 0 ,..,/ ,/1 d1 ` Date Wanted �� � L. �� awn:- P.m. Requester: Phone No 2..53— (too C7 3S2 0 J c1t r( ,--o J t7 --j Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1 Sar— - k.41L1c)0MS1 -l5 , f iP e,Av\e L - (a, re. i J 64 OA Aip JJ &fLeoJl f-` 5 co C .' a e to 3 V -uJ Cor, 0 %A- Ls0 'ni t0- ti % `r ch — t.t J ai �. <. e . o E e' TS' 0 J c1t r( ,--o J t7 --j i. 130 o v f,1><.-9 e, � s i\� p i .� J.'il r ki�A r 'S?Lke.41 -rfc, IJ c' if .~, kkAil. Date: 11'12. n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • rr4 (Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Pro ect: /mil °I 101 V- � - Fire Alarm: Type of Ins . ectio ec 4 r�—; r7 �. / Address: Suite #: ?ZZ.c f E. , i c�rl , ;.octe Person: 5 Special Instructions: P hone No.: / Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (14-e Chi p/11,1 , 8 1l 41,7 Gie Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector (X/ n/7754 Date: ADikh`? Hrs.: ,,,cr. -- $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: 1 Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • • ry 41 1 t INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT ' 444 Andover Park Est, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 2O6575-44O7 Prpj3ct: , A 'IF) 114'66k i---Vi . , 5 Type of Inspection. 1-Aco& .1._ la l 1-0;1 1-1 Address: Suite #: • Contact Person: Special Instructions: N, Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Si / 499.11 Corrections required prior to approval. 10A-ca \J-Latat*C. ek U. \ :1-v■ c-A- e Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Hrs.: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: • Monitor: Pre-Fire: • Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: .&4)--)7---vv‘ 51 Date: i3‘2.543 Hrs.: I $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to sch, dule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: 1 Zip: - Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: )1/1 JO- 6/1 Raisbeck Aviation High School DWG REF: M3.01 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/12/2013 1St Floor Admin East FAN / SYMBOL Return VAH -02 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 16 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 2420 / 1570 1610 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1645 1610 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM % OF DESIGN 1119 TOTAL SP 1.8 0.62 SUCTION SP -0.54 DISCHARGE SP 0.08 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 3 ACTUAL Weg 3 460 FLA 2.2 PHASE HZ 3 465 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 240PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -33 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED 1.11 ACTUAL 1.60 86.5 465 46 PO '' FACTOR 1.2 1.2 60 RPM 1740 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME 0.75 OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC_.• RECEIVED 47% CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 042013 AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA rttuMm F CENTER AREA SERVED NO CODE SIZE 1 .- D GN INITIAL STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF DESIGN FINAL % OF DESIGN FPM I CFMt FPM ti.CFM FPM CFM VAH -02 Work Area 1800 R1 R m • 1960 988 360% 3070 685"6 126% 540 99% Corridor 1600 R2 20 ': 1.00 1100 1022 1994 93% 580 53% 1070 97% 1645 2982_ 2982 181% 1265 77% 1610 98% ;38.6HZ 2420 .0 y REMARKS: Steven R Burns,'PE VAH -02 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.01\3.02 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/10/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Commons 2110 & Multi- Purpose 1300 FAN / SYMBOL Retum VAH -03 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 33 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 15575 / 8895 15203 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 15580 15203 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM 15.3 1065 TOTAL SP 2.5 2.27 SUCTION SP -1.80 DISCHARGE SP 0.47 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG - Baldor HP 15 15 VOLTS 460 454 454 454 FLA 21 15.3 15.3 15.3 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 54.4 RPM 1175 1065 SERVICE FACTOR - 1.15 FRAME - 284T AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 720PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -34 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIN BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / BORE SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE S ECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 10.73 10.93 EFF - 91.7 POWER FAC 73 THERM OV D VFD VFD SPEED C A FROM DDC 90% AREA SERVED VAH -03 Commons 2100 Multi- Purpose 1300 NO CODE SIZE AK D SIGN R1 Duct 48x24 :. igrr. 9 .. 1180 R2 Duct 48x14 •.7 86 .000 623 • 15580 Q STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM % OF DESIGN 7592 4755 1156 9248 -59 97% 99% 12347 12347 79% 520 `;t4.4HZ'. 98% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE VAH -03 Return RECTANGULAR TRAVERSE SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/10/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Commons 2110 POINT NO. .- 1093 1143 1063 988 1171 1123 1097 1054 1199 1051 1190 1145 1123 1176 1143 1141 1065 950 1098 1202 1157 1146 1201 1146 1141 1097 1048 1201 1185 1198 1140 1268 1226 1206 1194 1118 1190 1251 1267 1237 1291 1261 12 4232 1164 TOTAL 4540 4827 4768 4646 Total FPM = 52006.209 Total Number of Readings = DESIGN DATA 777 4710 4588 4281 Average FPM = 1156 Feet / Minute DUCT SIZE (D) - Inches 48 24 AREA - Sq Ft 8.00 FPM 0.19 1198 CFM 1156 /) 9580 REMARKS: TEST DATA 0 DUCT SIZE O.D - Inches 48 X 24 DUCT SIZE I.D - Inches 48 X 24 AREA I.D - Sq Ft 8.00 CENTER LINE SP 0.19 AVERAGE VEL- FPM 1156 CFM MEASURED 9246 % OF DESIGN 97% Steven R Burns, PE VAH -03 Return Traverse #1 RECTANGULAR TRAVERSE SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/10/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Multi- Purpose 1300 1676 1631 1699 1742 1644 1669 1187 450 121 1738 1515 1790 1762 1709 1691 1277 575 201 1713 1710 1729 1752 1590 1659 798 413 231 1695 1694 1661 1598 1611 1580 676 79 200 1608 1659 1630 1645 1638 1424 71 3 TOTAL 6753 6578 6811 6756 Total FPM = 57401.099 Total Number of Readings = DESIGN DATA <Z1111111111P 354 3464 284 1399 917 0 Average FPM = 1276 Feet / Minute DUCT SIZE (D) - Inches 48 14 AREA - Sq Ft 4.67 FPM 0.36 1286 CFM 1276 t) 6000 REMARKS: TEST DATA DUCT SIZE 0.D - Inches 48 X 14 DUCT SIZE I.D - Inches 48 X 14 AREA I.D - Sq Ft 4.67 CENTER LINE SP 0.36 AVERAGE VEL- FPM 1276 CFM MEASURED 5953 % OF DESIGN 99% Steven R Burns, PE VAH -03 Return Traverse #2 AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/16/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Second Floor Offices East FAN / SYMBOL Supply VAH -04 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1100 / 740 1117 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1100 1117 R/A CFM 850 1117 O/A CFM 250 FLA FAN RPM 2.2 3430 TOTAL SP 4.02 3.68 SUCTION SP -1.98 DISCHARGE SP 1.70 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG - Weg HP 2 2 VOLTS 460 469 469 469 FLA 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 60 RPM 3430 430 SERVICE FACTOR - FRAME 1 STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 0911 - 1091 -34 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL 1.3 1.74 R R LOAD COMMAND FROM DDC 86.5 0.87 VFD VFD INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND 100% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE VAH -04 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: SCH REF: M3.03 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/16/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Second Floor Offices East AREA SERVED VAH -04 Office 2510 Office 2520 Office 2530 Office 2530 Print Area 2301 Storage 2540 Carrer Center 2500 Break Room 2302 System Total NO. CODE SIZE DESIGN MIN CFM INITIAL TEST 2 FINAL MIN OF DESIGN CD 6" 1.00 - - 100 100 100 100 100 MN 101% 78% 44% 44% CD CD CD CD CD CD 6" 1.00 1.00 10" 6" 10' 10" 1.00 1.00 1.00 125 125 250 250 50 250 35 -7 \11111► - Er legiNOEM M \, 'WM - E"10\7' ° ; -__,_, EMIR 1011 1111.w4111 - ∎∎1 \Wi111111 11[41/ ANNA 1111111•1111!\'411 -WAD M.1 -NIE. ∎- --bi- ---- -��- ---- -��- ---- ---- ---- - - -- 70 330 108 69% 68% 145 95% 40% 66% 104% 56% 60% 102% 238 43% 54% 340 105% 00 740 1100 MI I NM MN • NM Ell NM MN NM 39% 39% 39% 39% 39% 63% 60 746 102% 102% 102% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE VAH -04 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/16/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Second Floor Offices East FAN / SYMBOL Return VAH -04 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1100 / 740 960 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1050 960 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM 0.9 1283 TOTAL SP 1.7 0.84 SUCTION SP -0.61 DISCHARGE SP 0,23 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG - Weg HP 1 1 VOLTS 460 470 470 470 FLA 1.45 0.9 0.9 0.9 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 44.5 RPM 1730 1283 SERVICE FACTOR - 1.15 FRAME - 143T AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED NO. CODE SIZE EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 0911 - 1091 -34 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / BORE SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 0.52 0.60 EFF - 85.5 POWER FAC - 0.76 THERM OV D VFD VFD SPEED C A FROM DDC 74% AK VAH -04 Carrer Center 2500 Break Room 2302 R1 R2 RG RG D SIGN P " CFM 24x24 1. 12x24, 00 00 80 1050 STRAT % OF EGY DESIGN 652 67% 69 80% TEST 2 DESIGN FpM CM DESIGN 70% 75% 91% 100% 721 69% 70% 91% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE VAH -04 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3160 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -02 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1500 1527 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1500 1527 R/A CFM 1050 1527 O/A CFM 450 VFD FAN RPM - 2933 TOTAL SP 3.33 2.09 SUCTION SP -1.73 DISCHARGE SP 0.36 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -2 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL SERVICE FACTOR INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -2 Supply 1.3 1.36 LE V - 86.5 POW 'N' - 0.87 . R LOAD VFD VFD D COMMAND FROM DDC - 68% SERVICE FACTOR INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -2 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -02 Classroom 3160 Classroom 3160 Classroom 3160 Classroom 3160 Classroom 3160 Classroom 3160 SCH REF: M3.03 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3160 NO. CODE SIZE AK CD 10" 1.00 2 CD 10" 1.00 3 CD 10" 1.00 4 CD 10" 1.00 5 CD 10" 1.00 CD 10" 1.00 DESIGN FPM CFM INITIAL STRAT EGY % DESIGN TEST 2 % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM % OF DESIGN 250 356 302 142% X84 114% 2613 104% 250 344 302 138% 2'73 ` 109% : 109% 'r, 255 102% 250 392 302 157% 3T2''.: 125% x259 104% 250 341 302 136% 63 -! 105% 2250 100% 250 f2; 302 36% - 202 81% "250 '! 100% 250 28 302 114% ;,',2@13, ; "' 81% 253 ' 101% 1500 1809 , 1809 121% 1537.'' 102% 1527 102% X 1.1 ■■. .rs REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -2 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3160 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -02 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1500 1460 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1500 1460 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM - 1182 TOTAL SP 1.5 0.50 SUCTION SP -0.20 DISCHARGE SP 0.30 MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS FLA PHASE HZ RPM SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA SPECIFIED 1 460 1.45 3 60 1730 ACTUAL Weg 1 461 0.8 461 0.8 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -2 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP - 0.57 0.55 SIZE - 85.5 PO TOR INITIAL 0.76 OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC - 68% AREA SERVED NO. CODE SIZE D GN INITIAL STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF 'DESIGN FINAL % OF DESIGN CFM FPM GFM. FPM �;CFM FPM c CFM f AH -02 Classroom 3160 R1 1500 21121 141% 88% 460- 97% 1500 2121:. 141% 88% 1'464 97% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -02 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3180 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -03 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -3 ACTUAL FAN DRIVE DATA TOTAL CFM- FAN 1370 1382 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1370 1382 R/A CFM 920 1382 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 2761 TOTAL SP 3.38 1.97 SUCTION SP -1.38 DISCHARGE SP 0.59 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 2 460 Weg 2 458 458 458 FLA 2.5 1 -6 1.6 1.6 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 48.3 RPM 3430 761 FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIN BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE POW ":. A R SPECIFIED 1.22 ACTUAL 1.28 86.5 0.87 R LOAD VFD VFD S'7w:. D COMMAND FROM DDC SERVICE FACTOR FRAME STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE 80% INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND 1 REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -03 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3180 AREA SERVED NO. CODE SIZE AK AH -03 Classroom 3180 1 Classroom 3180 2 CD CD 10" 10" Classroom 3180 3 CD 10" 1.00 1.00 1.00 Classroom 3180 CD 10" 1.00 Storage 3181 5 CD 6" 1.00 DESIGN FPM CFM INITIAL FPM CFM 320 - 470 320 320 - 320 REMARKS: - 550_ - 41 90 - 272 1370 ; "- .1758 STRAT EGY 411 411 411 411 % DESIGN 147% 172% 16% TEST 2 FPM CFM 2 % OF DESIGN 100% FINAL FPM C 93% 274 86% 130% 115 1758 302% 128% 106°% 197% 1407 103% 2i 325 9 % OF DESIGN 100% 102% 101% 102% 100% 101% Steven R Bums, PE AH -03 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3180 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -03 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1370 1330 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1370 1330 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM - 1041 TOTAL SP 1.4 0.37 SUCTION SP -0.15 DISCHARGE SP 0.22 MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS FLA PHASE HZ RPM SERVICE FACTOR FRAME SPECIFIED 1 460 1.45 3 60 1730 AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA ACTUAL Weg 1 470 0.7 470 0.7 36.1 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -3 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED A BHP 0.49 0.50 SIZE - 85.5 PO TOR - 0.76 OVERLOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC - 60% AREA SERVED NO. CODE SIZE • MP D GN nQr►® INITIAL STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF DESIGN FINAL % OF DESIGN FPM L CF M' FPM = CFII✓t - FPM CFM AH -03 Classroom 3180 R1 1370 248 181% 0% 97% 1370 181% 0% 97% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -03 Return 1 AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.01 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Loading /Holding 1550 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -4 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 9 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 600 606 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 600 606 R/A CFM 420 606 O/A CFM 180 VFD FAN RPM - 1701 TOTAL SP 3.17 1.94 SUCTION SP -1.27 DISCHARGE SP 0.67 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG Weg HP 1 VOLTS 460 471 472 471 FLA 1.45 1.1 1.1 1.1 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 59 RPM 1730 701 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 180PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -4 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIN BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP �'s` _, 0.59 0.73 - 85.5 POW fIR - 0.76 `.. rR LOAD VFD VFD D COMMAND FROM DDC - 97% SERVICE FACTOR FRAME 1 STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND 1 DAMPER COMMAND REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -4 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -4 SCH REF: by: date: M3.01 Jorge Acosta 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Loading /Holding 1550 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM I CFM Loading /Holding 1550 Corridor 1500 1 2 CD CD 10" 10" 1.00 1.00 300 300 INITIAL FPM 1 `CFM STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN 204 76% 204 60% 600 408 408 68% REMARKS: TEST 2 FPM 1 'CFMM. P % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM ;d % OF DESIGN 73% 75% 100% 102% 74% 101% Steven R Burns, PE AH -4 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.01 SC H 615 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Loading /Holding 1550 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -4 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 8 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 600 615 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 600 615 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM 3140 TOTAL SP 1.75 0.60 SUCTION SP -0.39 DISCHARGE SP 0.21 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 0.75 460 Weg 0.75 467 467 46 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 180PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -4 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C /C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT, MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 0.32 0.46 72 PO TOR 0.81 FLA 1.2 0.7 0.7 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 54.6 RPM 3450 40 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED AH -4 NO. Loading /Holding 1550 R1 CODE SIZE R CFM 600 600 OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC 90% INITIAL FPM ,4f7 STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN 70% 70% TEST 2 FPM r CFM % OF DESIGN 0% 0% FINAL FPM 6 FM 5 4i % OF DESIGN 103% 103% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -4 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3150 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -06 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT MFG. Salient Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -6 ACTUAL FAN DRIV TOTAL CFM- FAN 1400 1405 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1400 1405 R/A CFM 950 1405 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 2778 TOTAL SP 3.3 1.84 SUCTION SP -1.55 DISCHARGE SP 0.29 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 2 460 Weg 2 462 462 463 FLA 2.5 1.7 1.7 1.7 FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / ►,- SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED 1.21 POW A R 0.87 R LOAD VFD VFD PHASE 3 3 S ` . D COMMAND FROM DDC 80% HZ 60 48.6 RPM 3430 778 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND I DAMPER COMMAND 1 REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -6 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -06 SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3150 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM I CFM Classroom 3150 Classroom 3150 2 CD CD 10" 10" 1.00 1.00 350 350 Classroom 3150 3 CD 10" 1.00 350 Classroom 3150 4 CD REMARKS: 10" 1.00 INITIAL FPM C 350 - 82 1400 STRAT EGY % DESIGN TEST 2 FPM r ,, % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM'i.CFM % OF DESIGN 409 149% 409 184% 409 108% 4 4 117% 142% 1' 14% 409 26% 112% 1636 117% 121% 100 ° /a 100% 355 101% 100% 1405 100% Steven R Bums, PE AH -6 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3150 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -06 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1400 1336 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1400 1336 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM - 1139 TOTAL SP 1.4 0.50 SUCTION SP -0.18 DISCHARGE SP 0.32 MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS FLA PHASE HZ RPM SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED AH -06 Classroom 3150 SPECIFIED 460 1.45 3 60 1730 ACTUAL Weg 468 0.8 468 0.8 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -6 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIN BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT. MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 0.54 0.54 - 85.5 PO TOR - 0.76 OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC - 65% NO. R1 CODE SIZE D GN INITIAL R CFM FPM C STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM % OF DESIGN 1400 153% 89% 95% 1400 2136 153% 89% 95% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -06 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3170 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -08 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1280 1339 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1280 1339 R/A CFM 830 1339 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 2744 TOTAL SP 3.37 1.91 SUCTION SP -1.55 DISCHARGE SP 0.36 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 2 460 Weg 2 462 462 462 FLA 2.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 PHASE 3 HZ 60 48 RPM 3430 744 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -8 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIN BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE POW As .R SPECIFIED ACTUAL 1.16 1.26 86.5 0.87 R LOAD VFD VFD S D COMMAND FROM DDC SERVICE FACTOR FRAME STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE 80% INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND 1 REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -8 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -08 SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3170 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM I CFM INITIAL FPM G STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN Classroom 3170 Classroom 3170 2 CD CD 10" 10" 1.00 1.00 Classroom 3170 3 CD 10" 1.00 320 - 320 320 Classroom 3170 4 CD 10" 1.00 320 1280 412 412 412 412 1646 140% TEST 2 FPM � "CFM 122% - 242 95% 158% 129% OF DESIGN 127% 76% FINAL FPM 95% 111% 102% 108% 105% 104% 102% 105% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -8 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3170 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -08 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1280 1275 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1280 1275 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - FAN RPM 1003 TOTAL SP 1.4 0.33 SUCTION SP -0.14 DISCHARGE SP 0.19 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 1 460 Weg 1 474 474 47 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -8 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 0.47 0.48 85.5 PO TOR 0.76 FLA 1.45 0.7 0.7 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 34.8 RPM 1730 03 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC 58% AREA SERVED NO. AH -08 Classroom 3170 R1 CODE SIZE R GN CFM INITIAL FPM M STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM CF % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM G % OF DESIGN 1280 2370'':;' 185% 1280 2370 ; 185 %' 0% 0% 275,; 1275 100% 100% REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -08 return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Pro Learning 3210 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -09 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1290 1365 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1290 1365 RIA CFM 840 1365 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 2944 TOTAL SP 3.3 2.42 SUCTION SP -2.07 DISCHARGE SP 0.35 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 2 460 Weg 2 465 465 465 FLA PHASE 2.5 3 1.7 1.7 1.7 3 HZ 60 51.5 RPM 3430 944 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -9 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE BHP EF POW A R SPECIFIED ACTUAL 1.16 1.36 86.5 0.87 R LOAD VFD VFD S ' ; D COMMAND FROM DDC SERVICE FACTOR FRAME 1 STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE 85% INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -9 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -09 SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Pro Learning 3210 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM I CFM INITIAL FPM STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM 1, CF % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM I Pro Learning 3210 Pro Learning 3210 1 2 Storage 3211 3 CD CD CD 10" 10" 6" 1.00 300 4 1.00 1.00 300 90 Pro Learning 3210 Pro Learning 3210 4 5 CD CD 10" 10" 1.00 1.00 - 300 7 300 - 287 378 143% 378 131% 114 141% - 378 130% 378 96% 1T 122% 117% 128% 113% 81% 1290 1627 126% 1414 110% REMARKS: 320 318 % OF DESIGN 107% 106% 102% 103% 108% 106% Steven R Burns, PE AH -9 Supply UTAB AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 0/A CFM Raisbeck Aviation High School Pro Learning 3210 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -09 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1290 1260 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1290 1260 R/A CFM - - 0/A CFM - - FAN RPM 952 TOTAL SP 1.4 0.34 SUCTION SP -0.08 DISCHARGE SP 0.26 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP 1 VOLTS 460 Weg 1 467 467 467 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -9 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATE MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE DIRECT DRIVE SHEAVE A SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 0.47 0.50 85.5 PO TOR 0.76 FLA 1.45 0.7 0.7 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 33 RPM 1730 52 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED AH -09 Pro Learning 3210 NO. CODE CFM R1 R 1290 1290 OVERLOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC 55% INITIAL FPM STRAT EGY OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF FPM Egcritig DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM__ % OF DESIGN 182% 1350 105% z. 1260 98% 182% 105% 98% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -09 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3140 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -10 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1400 1437 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1400 1437 R/A CFM 950 1437 O/A CFM 450 FLA FAN RPM 1.7 2944 TOTAL SP 3.3 2.26 SUCTION SP -1.63 DISCHARGE SP 0.63 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG - Weg HP 2 2 VOLTS 460 460 460 460 FLA 2.5 1.7 1.7 1.7 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 51.5 RPM 3430 944 SERVICE FACTOR - FRAME 1 STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -10 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE BHP EF POW SPECIFIED 1.21 ACTUAL 1.36 86.5 0.87 VFD VFD D COMMAND FROM DDC 85% 'INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND ;,rte- Amp'+ . =T REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -10 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -10 SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3140 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM I CFM INITIAL FPM CFM STRAT EGY % DESIGN TEST 2 FPM CFI % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM Classroom 3140 1 CD 10" 1.00 350 402 144% 115% Classroom 3140 2 CD 10" 1.00 - 350 42o 402 120% 95% Classroom 3140 Classroom 3140 3 4 CD CD 10" 10" 1.00 1.00 350 350 402 99% 402 97% 1400 1608 1608 115% 130% 91% 1506 108% 350 7 %OF DESIGN 100% 103% 101% 107% REMARKS: 103% Steven R Burns, PE AH -10 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH 1370 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3140 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -10 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1400 1370 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1400 1370 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM 1104 TOTAL SP 1.4 0.48 SUCTION SP -0.26 DISCHARGE SP 0.22 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 1 460 Weg 1 475 475 47 EQUIPMENT MFG. SailentAire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -10 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 0.5 0.54 85.5 PO TOR 0.76 FLA 1.45 0.8 0.8 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 38.3 RPM 1730 04 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED AH -10 Classroom 3140 CFM 1400 1400 OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC 63% INITIAL FPM CFM 217t 2171;. STRAT EGY % DESIGN 155% 155% TEST 2 FPM CFI: % OF DESIGN FINAL % OF FPM CFM DESIGN 2 92% 92% 98% 98% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -10 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3130 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -11 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1495 1513 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1495 1513 R/A CFM 1045 1513 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 3116 TOTAL SP 3.42 2.52 SUCTION SP -1.75 DISCHARGE SP 0.77 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 2 460 Weg 2 465 465 465 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -11 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE BHP EF POW FLA 2.5 1.9 1.9 1.9 A R SPECIFIED ACTUAL 1.33 1.48 86.5 0.87 R LOAD VFD VFD PHASE 3 3 S ` D COMMAND FROM DDC 90% HZ 60 54.5 RPM 3430 116 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME 1 STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND 1 DAMPER COMMAND REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -11 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -11 Classroom 3130 SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3130 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM I CFM 1 CD 10" 1.00 350 INITIAL FPM STRAT EGY % DESIGN 375 154% TEST 2 FPM F CFI%` -!. % OF DESIGN 97% FINAL FPM I CFM Classroom 3130 2 CD 10" 1.00 Classroom 3130 3 CD 10" 1.00 350 350 375 38% 95% Classroom 3130 4 CD 10" 1.00 350 Storage 3131 5 CD 6" 1.00 95 375 r 134% 264 75% 375 132% 102 0% 73% 87% 1495 1603 107% 85% 6i % OF DESIGN 100% 99% 103% 104% 100% 101% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -11 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH 911 - 1091 -11 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3130 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -11 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -11 ACTUAL FAN DRIVE DATA TOTAL CFM- FAN 1495 1450 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1495 1450 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM 1133 TOTAL SP 1.5 0.51 SUCTION SP -0.27 DISCHARGE SP 0.24 MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D •RE SHEAVE AP DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 460 W eg 1 478 478 47 0.57 0.54 85.5 PO TOR 0.76 FLA 1.45 0.8 0.8 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 39.3 RPM 1730 33 8 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED AH -11 Classroom 3130 NO. SIZE D GN CFM R1 1495 1495 OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC 65% INITIAL FPM STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM. OF DESIGN 22 151% 0% 450" 97% 151% 0% 141 97% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -11 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Staff Lounge 3200 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -12 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -12 ACTUAL FAN DRIVE DATA TOTAL CFM- FAN 1300 1355 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1300 1355 R/A CFM 910 1355 O/A CFM 390 FAN RPM 1436 TOTAL SP 3.32 2.43 SUCTION SP -1.58 DISCHARGE SP 0.85 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 2 460 Weg 2 462 462 462 FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE DIRECT DRIVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. BHP EF POW ` - -, A. .R FLA 2.5 1.7 1.7 1.7 R LOAD DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED 1.15 ACTUAL 1.34 86.5 0.87 VFD VFD PHASE 3 3 S D COMMAND FROM DDC 82% HZ 60 49.8 RPM 1730 436 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -12 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -12 SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Staff Lounge 3200 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM 1 CFM INITIAL FPM 1 CFM :: STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM I CFM % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM f CFM __' OF DESIGN Staff Lounge 3200 Staff Lounge 3200 2 CD CD 12" 12" 1.00 1.00 500 400 Staff Lounge 3200 3 CD 12" 1.00 41 400 - 2f 1300 1278 492 393 393 80% 153% 67% 98% 0% ; 545 109% 0% 0% 405 101% 405 101% 0% 104% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -12 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH 1255 REEF: F: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/4/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Staff Lounge 3200 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -12 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFI TOTAL CFM- FAN 1300 1255 TOTALCFM - OUTLET 1300 1255 R/A CFM - - 0/A CFM - - FAN RPM 1145 TOTAL SP 1.4 0.51 SUCTION SP -0.23 DISCHARGE SP 0.28 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 1 460 Weg 1 470 471 47 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -12 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 0.47 0.54 85.5 PO TOR 0.76 FLA 1.45 0.8 0.8 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 39. RPM 1730 45 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED NO. AH -12 Staff Lounge 3200 R1 CODE GN CFM R 1300 1300 OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC 65% INITIAL FPM CFM STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM .,;CFM % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM % OF DESIGN 2300 177% 0% 2300. 177% 0% 1255 97% 1255 97% 4.: REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -12 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M30.3 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3510 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -16 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1350 1355 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1350 1355 R/A CFM 900 1355 O/A CFM 450 FLA FAN RPM 1.8 2950 TOTAL SP 3.36 2.55 SUCTION SP -2.33 DISCHARGE SP 0.22 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG - Weg HP 2 2 VOLTS 460 464 464 464 FLA 2.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 PHASE 3 3 A HZ 60 51.6 RPM 3430 950 SERVICE FACTOR - FRAME - 446r#F1 STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IIC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -16 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. BHP EF POW A R R LOAD DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL 1.2 1.40 86.5 0.87 VFD VFD D COMMAND FROM DDC 85% INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -16 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: SCH REF: M30.3 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3510 AREA SERVED AH -16 Classroom 3510 Classroom 3510 Classroom 3510 NO. CODE SIZE DESIGN FPM CFM Classroom 3510 Storage 3502 Classroom 3510 NM 0 Ell CD 10" 1.00 200 CD 10' 1.00 220 CD 10" 1.00 200 CD 10" 1.00 220 CD 6' 1.00 90 Classroom 3510 6 CD 10' 1.00 200 CD 10' 1.00 _- - - �_- - - -' ■111 WADI ■A I NM MN 220 1350 INITIAL UZI • • • MN II MI STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM % OF DESIGN 187 79% 101% 100% 206 108% 119% 100% 187 75% 108% 100% 206 114% 114% 100% 84 74% 106% 100% 187 80% 105% 102% 206 1265 110% 94% 106% 109% 101% 100% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -16 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.02 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 2310 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -18 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1240 1270 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1240 1270 R/A CFM 790 1270 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 3104 TOTAL SP 3.69 3.13 SUCTION SP -2.49 DISCHARGE SP 0.64 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 2 460 Weg 2 469 469 469 FLA 2.5 1.9 1.9 1.9 PHASE 3 HZ 60 RPM SERVICE FACTOR FRAME STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE 3430 3 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -18 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. - -, EF POW AI .R R LOAD DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL 1.25 VFD 1.50 86.5 0.87 VFD S D COMMAND FROM DDC 54.3 104 1 89% INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -18 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -18 SCH REF: by: M3.02 Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 2310 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM CFM Classroom 2310 1 CD 10" 1.00 310 Classroom 2310 Classroom 2310 2 3 CD CD 10" 10" 1.00 1.00 310 310 Classroom 2310 4 CD 10" 1.00 310 INITIAL FPM I'.. CFMi 303 4 1240 1059 STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM 265 98% % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM I. 'C 110% 265 265 45% 102% 110% 105% 265 1059 97% 85% 112% 109% REMARKS: % OF DESIGN 102% 103% 102% 103% 102% Steven R Burns, PE AH -18 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG Sailent Aire REF: REF: M3.02 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 2310 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -18 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -18 ACTUAL FAN DRIVE DATA TOTAL CFM- FAN 1240 1246 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1240 1246 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM - 1199 TOTAL SP 1.7 0.71 SUCTION SP -0.25 DISCHARGE SP 0.46 MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS FLA PHASE HZ RPM SERVICE FACTOR FRAME SPECIFIED 1 460 1.45 3 60 1730 ACTUAL Weg 1 470 0.8 470 0.8 AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED AH -18 Classroom 2310 NO. R1 CODE SIZE D .. GN CFM R 1240 1240 FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP ■ 0.56 0.55 - 85.5 PO TOR - 0.76 OVER LOAD VFD VFD tikEED COMMAND FROM DDC - 68% INITIAL FPM CFM STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM :;CFM OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM % OF DESIGN 109% 0% 2 100% 13"52 109% 0% 100% REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -18 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3520 FAN / SYMBOL Supply EQUIP. LOCATION AH -19 Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1280 1285 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1280 1285 R/A CFM 830 1285 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 2898 TOTAL SP 3.37 2.64 SUCTION SP -2.18 DISCHARGE SP 0.46 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 2 460 Weg 2 469 469 469 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -19 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE BHP EF POW FLA PHASE 2.5 3 1.7 1.7 1.7 3 A R R LOAD SPECIFIED ACTUAL 1.15 1.36 86.5 0.87 VFD VFD S D COMMAND FROM DDC 83% HZ 60 50.7 RPM 3430 898 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE b4I INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND 1 DAMPER COMMAND REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -19 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School AREA SERVED DESIGN Classroom 3520 INITIAL STRAT EGY Classroom Classroom Classroom 3520 3520 3520 Classroom 3520 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 320 320 320 320 1280 % DESIGN 297 113% TEST FPM 2 % OF CFi[ DESIGN FINAL FPM % OF DESIGN 123% 98% 100% 100% 102% 100% 100% 100% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -19 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3520 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -19 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1280 1250 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1280 1250 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM - 1087 TOTAL SP 1.4 0.00 SUCTION SP DISCHARGE SP MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS FLA PHASE HZ RPM SERVICE FACTOR FRAME SPECIFIED 460 1.45 3 60 1730 ACTUAL Weg 479 0.8 479 0.8 87 AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED AH -19 NO. Classroom 3520 R1 CODE CFM R 1280 1280 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -19 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 0.47 0.52 - 85.5 PO TOR - 0.76 OVERLOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC - 62% INITIAL FPM CFM STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM OF DESIGN 6% 117% 1250, 98% 6% 117% 141 98% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -19 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Chemestry LAB 3560 FAN / SYMBOL Supply EQUIP. LOCATION AH -21 Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 15 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 3000 3003 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 3000 3003 R/A CFM 2550 3003 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 3475 TOTAL SP 3.63 3.57 SUCTION SP -3.06 DISCHARGE SP 0.51 MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS SPECIFIED ACTUAL Baldor 5 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 300PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -21 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIN BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL R LOAD PHASE SERVICE FACTOR D COMMAND FROM DDC INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND 100% STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE —3.06 1 —0.00 —0.00 REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -21 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: SCH REF: M3.03 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Chemestry LAB 3560 AREA SERVED DESIGN INITIAL FPM CI STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM [ =CFM % OF DESIGN Chemestry LAB 3560 Chemestry LAB 3560 Chemestry LAB 3560 Chemestry LAB 3560 Chemestry LAB 3560 Chemestry LAB 3560 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500 500 500 500 500 500 3000 351 79% 351 80% 79% 82% 50% 351 52% 104% 106% 104% 112% 114% 94% 106% 101% 103% 102% 101% 97% 96% 100% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -21 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH 1328 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3530 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -23 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1280 1328 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1280 1328 R/A CFM 830 1328 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 2938 TOTAL SP 3.37 2.71 SUCTION SP -2.27 DISCHARGE SP 0.44 MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG VOLTS SPECIFIED ACTUAL EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -23 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL R LOAD PHASE D COMMAND FROM DDC SERVICE FACTOR FRAME INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE lowAr Amy -1.28 -1.52 REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -23 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -23 SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3530 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM I CFM Classroom 3530 1 CD 10" 1.00 Classroom 3530 2 CD 10" Classroom 3530 3 CD 10" Classroom 3530 4 CD 10" 1.00 1.00 1.00 320 320 320 INITIAL FPM CFM STRAT EGY 320 1280 302 299 299 299 299 1195 % OF DESIGN 104% 80% 95% 94% 93% TEST 2 FPM CFM % OF DESIGN FINAL % OF FPM - 'CFM'; DESIGN 9 115% 92% 106% 112% 106% Q 103% 104% 102% 106% 28 104% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -23 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3530 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -23 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -23 ACTUAL FAN DRIVE DATA TOTAL CFM- FAN 1280 1275 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1280 1275 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM - 1078 TOTAL SP 0.58 SUCTION SP -0.09 DISCHARGE SP 0.49 MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS FLA PHASE HZ RPM SERVICE FACTOR FRAME SPECIFIED 460 1.45 3 60 1730 ACTUAL Weg 479 479 0.8 0.8 up r siorriv Iwtrew 37.4 AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED AH -23 Classroom 3530 NO. CODE SIZE R1 R 1280 1280 FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 0.47 0.52 - 85.5 PO TOR - 0.76 OVERLOAD VFD VFD IllkED COMMAND FROM DDC - 62% INITIAL FPM CFM STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM CFM % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM % OF DESIGN 109% 0% 27 100 % 109 %p 0% 1275 100% REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -23 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.02 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 2380 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -24 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1400 1427 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1400 1427 R/A CFM 950 1427 O/A CFM 450 VFD FAN RPM - 3224 TOTAL SP 3.6 2.93 SUCTION SP -2.21 DISCHARGE SP 0.72 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG Weg HP 2 2 VOLTS 460 462 462 462 FLA 2.5 20 20 20 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 56.4 RPM 3430 24 EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -23 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIN BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP )1101111101 1.33 1.57 Ei V - 86.5 POW�0R - 0.87 ` R LOAD VFD VFD D COMMAND FROM DDC - 92% SERVICE FACTOR FRAME 1 STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -24 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: SCH REF: M3.02 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 2380 AREA SERVED NO CODE SIZE AK DESIGN INITIAL STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF DESIGN FINAL % OF DESIGN FPM CFM FPM CFM FPM CFM FPM CFM ?I AH -24 Classroom 2380 1 CD 10" 1.00 350 284 300 81% 362 103% 358 102% Classroom 2380 2 CD 10" 1.00 350 308" 300 88% 360. 103% 349 100% Classroom 2380 3 CD 10" 1.00 350 „285„ 300 81% !; 360„ 103% „, 361." 103% Classroom 2380 4 CD 10" 1 00 350 322 300 92% 364_ 104% ,359 = 103% 1400 1199 1199 86% „ 1446 103% 1427 ',:: 102% 4, „ e_, ":CL, -__-___ ®PM._"=___ ®_ tt - \� b 9 REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -24 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.02 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 2380 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -24 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -24 ACTUAL FAN DRIVE DATA TOTAL CFM- FAN 1400 1365 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1400 1365 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM FPM 1436 TOTAL SP 1.6 1.12 SUCTION SP -0.47 DISCHARGE SP 0.65 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 1 460 Weg 1 466 466 46 FLA 1.45 1.0 PHASE 3 HZ 60 RPM SERVICE FACTOR 1730 FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA 1.0 0 "` ' 3 KL 49.8 436. FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D 5,,;,,;.EZ� RE SHEAVE A BHP PO ;> TOR OVERLOAD ED COMMAND FROM DDC DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL 0.58 0.68 85.5 0.76 VFD VFD 82% AREA SERVED NO CODE l D LlivAliszi GN INITIAL STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF DESIGN FINAL % OF DESIGN FPM CFM., FPM CFM FPM CFM.' AH -24 Classroom 2380 R1 R ,- . 1400 1250 89% 1267 91% 1365 98% } 1400 1250 89% 1267 91% 1365 98% REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -24 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.02 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School CAD LAB 2370 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -25 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 12 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 2490 2492 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 2490 2492 R/A CFM 1965 2492 C/A CFM 525 FAN RPM 3467 TOTAL SP 3.53 3.28 SUCTION SP -2.39 DISCHARGE SP 0.89 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -25 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / :',' DIRECT DRIVE SHEAVE ADJ. SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG VOLTS R LOAD PHASE SERVICE FACTOR D COMMAND FROM DDC INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND I 100% STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE � ' - 1pL � a: '3 + -0.90 • . 1 -1.13 -1.69 -2.39 5 REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -25 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: SCH REF: M3.02 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School CAD LAB 2370 AREA SERVED NO CODE SIZE AK DESIGN INITIAL STRAT % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF FINAL % OF FPM CFM FPM CFM EGy FPM .,`CFM DESIGN FPM CFM DESIGN AH-25 CAD LAB 2370 1 CD 12" 1.00 415 „ 335 , 309 81% . "450 ` 108% 441. 106% CAD LAB 2370 2 CD 12" 1.00 415 • • 315 309 76% '° -`430. 104% 435 105% CAD LAB 2370 3 CD 12" 1.00 415 314 309 76% '.'430 104% ,,.- 42i • 101% CAD LAB 2370 4 CD 12" 1.00 415 ,318 309 77% 440 106% 422 102% CAD LAB 2370 5 CD 17 1 00 415 • .291 • • 309 70% ;'380 92% 393 95% CAD LAB 2370 6 CD 12" 1.00 415 • 283 , 309 68% . =x•385 ' 93% ';380 • ; 92% 2490 "1856 1856 75% .2515 101% '2492 100% i . _ i. " , „ \Jo 4\40" „ i,1 <Z REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -25 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.02 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School CAD LAB 2370 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -25 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 16 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 2490 2315 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 2490 2315 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM - 1482 TOTAL SP 1.6 1.06 SUCTION SP -0.51 DISCHARGE SP 0.55 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG Weg HP 1.5 1.5 VOLTS 460 469 469 46 FLA 2.2 1.5 1.5 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 51.1 RPM 1740 482 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -25 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C /C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D ,S r_ - -:•RE DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL AREA SERVED 1.05 1.04 LWAIIIMINIM - 86.5 '; TOR - 0.75 "' OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC - 85% AREA SERVED NO CODE D Allr,,j1 GN INITIAL STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF DESIGN FINAL % OF DESIGN CFM FPM CFM FPM CFM FPM CFM AH -25 ,,. - CAD LAB 2370 R1 R i` 2490 ' 1800 72% 2315 „ 93% 2315. f 93% 2490 911800 72% 2315 93% 2315 93% WO I • rl. n a } REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -25 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH 911 - 1091 -27 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3590 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -27 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -27 ACTUAL FAN DRIVE DATA TOTAL CFM- FAN 1500 1469 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1500 1469 R/A CFM 1050 1469 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 3430 TOTAL SP 3.53 3.27 SUCTION SP -2.44 DISCHARGE SP 0.83 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP 2 VOLTS 460 Weg 2 466 466 466 FLA 2.5 PHASE 3 2.2 2.2 2.2 3 FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIN BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA 1.72 86.5 POW A R 0.87 R LOAD VFD VFD S' °'M, D COMMAND FROM DDC 100% HZ 60 60 RPM 3430 430 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME 1 STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND J REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -27 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: AREA SERVED AH -27 SCH REF: by: date: M3.03 Jorge Acosta 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3590 NO. CODE SIZE AK DESIGN FPM CFM Classroom 3590 1 CD 10" 1.00 Classroom 3590 Classroom 3590 Classroom 3590 2 3 CD CD 10" 10" 1.00 1.00 375 375 375 INITIAL FPM I,:CFM. STRAT EGY 283 % OF DESIGN 77% TEST 2 FPM "GFM, % OF DESIGN 95% FINAL % OF FPM CFM.DESIGN 283 283 73% 75% 100% 99% 4 CD 10" 1.00 375 283 77% 97% 1500 11' 1131 75% 98% REMARKS: 95% 100% 99% 97% 98% Steven R Burns, PE AH -27 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.03 SCH 911- 1091 -27 REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/23/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 3590 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -27 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911- 1091 -27 ACTUAL FAN DRIVE DATA TOTAL CFM- FAN 1500 1475 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1500 1475 R/A CFM - - 0/A CFM - - FAN RPM 1586 TOTAL SP 1.7 1.38 SUCTION SP -0.64 DISCHARGE SP 0.74 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS 1.5 460 Weg 1.5 469 469 46 FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D RE SHEAVE A DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL BHP 2.17 0.89 86.5 PO ' TOR 0.75 FLA 2.2 1.3 1.3 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 54. RPM 1740 86 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DATA AREA SERVED AH -27 Classroom 3590 NO. CODE SIZE R1 CFM 1500 1500 OVERLOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC 90% INITIAL FPM r STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 FPM % OF DESIGN FINAL FPM CFM OF DESIGN 63% 0% 1475 98% 938 63% 0% ..1475 -I 98% REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -27 Return AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.02 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 2320 FAN / SYMBOL Supply AH -29 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 11 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1240 1267 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1240 1267 R/A CFM 790 1267 O/A CFM 450 FAN RPM 3087 TOTAL SP 3.59 2.79 SUCTION SP -2.20 DISCHARGE SP 0.59 MOTOR DATA MOTOR MFG HP VOLTS SPECIFIED ACTUAL EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -29 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C / C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DATA MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT DIA / SHEAVE ADJ. DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL R LOAD PHASE SERVICE FACTOR D COMMAND FROM DDC INAL MIN OSA DAMPER COMMAND DAMPER COMMAND 89% STATIC PRESSURE PROFILE -2.20 -1.44 REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -29 Supply AIR DISTRIBUTION DATA SHEET PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: SCH REF: M3.02 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 2320 AREA SERVED NO CODE SIZE AK DESIGN INITIAL STRAT % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF FINAL % OF FPM CFM FPM CFM " EGY FPM -CFM DESIGN FPM CFM DESIGN AH -29 Classroom 2320 1 CD 10" 1.00 310 269 276 87% 310 100% 313 101% Classroom 2320 2 CD 10" 1.00 310 384 276 124% 315 102% 313 101% Classroom 2320 3 CD 10" 1.00 310 182 276 59% 323 104% 324 105% Classroom 2320 4 CD 10" 1.00 310 269 276 87% 320 103% 317„ 102% 1240 1104 1104 89% '1268 102% 1267 102% 413216k, - R19112:23). y _ t — 44Itty - REMARKS: Steven R Burns, PE AH -29 Supply AIR APPARATUS TEST REPORT PROJECT NAME: AREA SERVED: DWG REF: M3.02 SCH REF: M0.04 by: Jorge Acosta date: 9/24/2013 Raisbeck Aviation High School Classroom 2320 FAN / SYMBOL Return AH -29 EQUIP. LOCATION Mechanical Penthouse TYPE / SIZE / ROTATION Plenum / 14 / CW FAN DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TOTAL CFM- FAN 1240 1235 TOTAL CFM - OUTLET 1240 1235 R/A CFM - - O/A CFM - - FAN RPM - 1266 TOTAL SP 1.6 0.88 SUCTION SP -0.37 DISCHARGE SP 0.51 MOTOR DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL MOTOR MFG Weg HP 1 1 VOLTS 460 468 468 46 FLA 1.45 0.9 0.9 PHASE 3 3 HZ 60 43.9 RPM 1730 66 SERVICE FACTOR FRAME AIR DISTRIBTRIBUTION DAT EQUIPMENT MFG. Sailent Aire MODEL SA- 220PL -IHC SERIAL NUMBER 911 - 1091 -29 FAN DRIVE DATA FAN SHEAVE FAN SHAFT DIA/ BORE NO.BELTS / SIZE SHAFT C /C DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE DAT MOTOR SHEAVE MTR SHAFT D i=L7ilLyil. a P ". DIRECT DRIVE SPECIFIED ACTUAL 131:■■,:i11111 0.53 0.60 0111 - 85.5 • TOR - 0.76 '' OVER LOAD VFD VFD ED COMMAND FROM DDC - 73% AREA SERVED NO CODE SIZE 4' D GN INITIAL STRAT EGY % OF DESIGN TEST 2 % OF DESIGN FINAL % OF DESIGN ,,I x-'; CFM FPM CFM FPM CFM FPM CFM AH -29 Classroom 2320 R1 R 1240 1030 83% 1235 100% 1240 1030 , 83% 1235 100% m REMARKS: Steven R Bums, PE AH -29 Return I(I'aZaII.BAssociates, Inc. Geotechnical Engineering • Environmental Engineering Construction Testing and Inspection DATE: 2/15 /2013 PROJECT #: 066 -13053 PROJECT: Raisbeck H.S. LOCATION: 9229 E Marginal Way S. KA P.M.: Bill Throne FIELD REPORT NO.: 13053DFRo21513 -osLi fvnt CONTRACTOR: Porter Bros PERMIT #: D10-031 INSPECTOR: Donald Schwindt JURISDICTION: City of Tukwila WEATHER: indoors TEMP: 70 ° Light Grease Duct Inspection Dn site at contractors request to perform light grease duct inspection per IMC 506.3.2.5. Using 100 watt light bulb tracked seam weld on grease duct looking for light indications. Several locations light indications were detected and repaired while Dn site. Welds and workmanship appear to conform, welds are visually acceptable. TER Reviewed By: To the best of my knowledge, the above Superintendent/Representative: Daily Field Report WAS ASTM Test #: Equipment/Asset Number(s): performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications and regulatory requirements. Technician: Bothell (425) 485 -5519 • Poulsbo (360) 598 -2126 • Puyallup (253) 939 -2500 Revision 6 Effective 6/5/2012 TMmfmnation provided on this repro is prepered tor the exclusive use ofthe chant TTUf repotnuy not be reprodcedm•y format athas the written permission oflhe dins end Krum d: Axsocutef This report indicates our inspectors obsemrioo end testing "exults ba sed co site cmmcoos and contractor axindin This rtdarrnntmu subject to renew pace to fmsl suhnmal ay npmg WS repot, on pector does not ncep "esponstbdtty for validity ofrexults The sane inform:vim has teen providedey oMm m ate UNITED Owner: Architect: Engineer: 600 Stewart Street, Ste 1000, Seattle, WA 98101 Commissioning: Keithly Barber Associates 14237 Ambaum Blvd SW, Burien, WA 98116 General Contractor: Porter Brothers 2222 Meridian Ave E, Edgewood, WA 98371 Mechanical Contractor: Hawk Mechanical Contractor 17220 W Main St, Monroe, WA 98272 no-o 1 r ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL s I) A LANC Raisbeck Aviation High School Highline Public Schools- Bid No. 10/11 7013 Flagler Road Nordland, WA 98358 P: 360.385.1516 F: 360.385.3356 C: 206.992.9147 steveb(@utab.us UNITETB886NB REEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 230593: Testing, Adjusting and Balancing SEp 0 5 2013 Request for PERM Approval to Perform Stairway Pressurization Highline Public Schools 18367 8th Ave S, Des Moines, WA 98148 Bassett' Architects 71 Columbia St, Seattle, WA 98104 Hargis Engineers This is to certify that United Test & Balance perform the stairway pressurization testing as required by code and the contract documents. The testing and balancing will be performed in accordance with the standard industry requirements and procedures (AABC Certification). The results of these tests will be recorded and reported. IT CENTER An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning r-1 cu ttO co a. UNIT INDEX D TES 41. ALANCE Title Page 1 Index 2 Experience in nearly all things TAB 3 Company Profile & Key Personnel 4 Quality Assurance Program 8 Report Format 8 Reference Projects 8 Challenging Projects Completed 11 Certificates 15 Letters of Recommendation 16 An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Experience in nearly all things TAB Credentialed, Certified, Forensic Building and Energy Analysis . . . Vibration and Sound Analysis, Tracer Gas Testing, Infrared Analysis, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Westbrook Corporate Center, Westchester, 11 1,158,393 Sqa re Feet .11 r .46•04, Limerick Power Generating Station '711-1"10 LaSalle Nuclear Ceneraiing Station 24 net mega ss aus (2 million homes) University Of Chicago Medical Center Northwestern University, Evanston, 111 An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning UNI Overview ED I S ALANCE Company Profile and Key Personnel Per Specification Section 23 05 93 the following pertain to United Test & Balance (UTAB) 1. Engineers on staff have designed, stamped the documents with their PE stamps, and tested stairway pressurization and smoke evacuation systems 2. Performing TAB work for over 20 years which specializes in TAB work. 3. Independent of installing contractors & equipment suppliers. 4. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) member. 5. The work will comply with AABC standards and the construction document specifications. 6. We will report directly to the design engineer and be responsible to him. 7. Past similar projects, principals technicians and references have been provided 8. Membership in AABC (Lance Rock is currently a Vice President of AABC). Our offices are located in Seattle, Portland, Chicago, and Hawaii. 9. Lead technician will be either Dave Nunez (former manager of Penn Air Control NW) or George Acosta. Both will be assisted by licensed professional engineers. See submittal for additional details. United Test & Balance (UTAB) is an independent Test, Balance, & Commissioning Company. We have no affiliation with manufacturers, installing contractors or engineering firms. It is the sole purpose to provide unbiased commissioning, test and balance data without conflict of interest. Our professional engineers are experienced in nearly all phases of the mechanical industry. This experience assists with the process of meeting the engineers' design intent, communicating, and solving field problems. The technicians UTAB have completed projects encompassing all types of mechanical systems known to our industry. Whether it is state of the art laboratories, high -tech research facilities, or a small remodel in an office building, the employees are dedicated to integrity, quality, cooperation and service to our customers. We will maintain these high standards for our benefit, as well as the benefit of our customers. United T&B has performed major projects (100,000 CFM, 100 or more zones, & Hydronic systems of 4,500 gpm or greater with secondary- tertiary variable flow pumping systems) on the following projects: Nuclear power plants (Davis Besse, Perry, Comed- Dresden, Comed - Lasalle, Comed -Quad Cities, Illinois Power - Clinton, Florida Power - Crystal River, Duke Power - O'Conee) Rush Pres. St. Luke's Hospital, United Airlines, U.S. Federal Courthouse, Hammond, IN., Eielson Air Force Base, Fairbanks, AK., Charleston Air Force Base, Charleston, SC, Osan Air Force Base, Osan, South Korea, etc.) Over 3 decades performing TAB and forensic trouble shooting. Through years of experience and hundreds of projects, possibly the most significant lesson we have leamed is that a close, confident relationship between the balance agency and the mechanical engineer, can overcome any problem prohibiting a successful completion to a project. Whether it is during the plan check phase, site inspection phase, at project close -out, or even post occupancy, UTAB will strive to provide reliable, accurate, and complete documentation of each system and its performance. Our cooperative approach to commissioning and balancing ensures that deficiencies, discoveries and corrections are handled expediently. By working closely throughout the project with both the design team and the trades, we can better deal with the issues as they arise, and provide the necessary emphasis and coordination required to move forward. Our basic philosophy is to work as a team cooperatively during the various construction phases. An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certflcation, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Certified by AABC (Associated Air Balance Council) are the following lead engineers and technicians: Lance Rock is President of United Test & Balance and partner in United Building & Energy Sciences. Lance is a veteran test and balance contractor, experienced commissioning agent and industry leader involved with forensic building and systems analysis including energy modeling and auditing. Lance has nearly 25 years' experience in performing HVAC heating and cooling diagnostics, air and water testing and balancing, ultrasonic flow readings, HEPA filter integrity testing, thermal imaging analysis and dynamic vibration analysis. Lance's experience is extensive in the performance and supervision of project commissioning, energy modeling and management of whole building audits with ASHRAE Level I, II and III capabilities along with building and HVAC control set up and calibration. He has performed energy modeling analysis using DOE2.1E, Energy Pro and Hands Down energy analysis platforms. EDUCATION: University of South Dakota, Springfield, SD Illinois State University, Normal, IL Graduated with a B.S. in HVAC Design and Air Conditioning and Refrigeration (June 1983) Commissioning Projects • Meineke Center, Schaumburg, IL • University of Illinois at Chicago, Student Residences, Chicago, IL • MB Real Estate, 200 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, IL • Chicago Public Schools Headquarters, Chicago, IL Test & Balance Projects • LaSalle Nuclear Power Plant, LaSalle, IL Motorola • Osan Air Force Base, Seoul, South Korea • IBM Corporation • Hammond Federal Court House, IN • Zerox Corporation • Dentsply Pharmaceutical, Elk Grove, IL • United Airlines Energy Modeling and Auditing • Pratt & Whitney, Canoga Park, CA • Humana, Louisville, KY • McDonald's Corporate, Oakbrook, IL • Pennington County Jail, Rapid City, SD CERTIFICATIONS Association of Energy Engineers CEM- Certified Energy Manager Association of Energy Engineers CEA- Certified Energy Auditor Associated Air Balance Council TBE (A.A.B.C.) ACG CxA Commissioning Authority LEED Associate Member Level III Thermographer (ITC) Level II Dynamic Vibration Analysis (Entek IRD) National Energy Management (NEMI) Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Bureau (TABB) Testing & Balancing Institute for Certification (TABIC) Senior Member of the Institute for Environmental Science/Technology Vibration Analyst Level I Puron Certified David B Nunez, General Manager of Field Operations, AABC Certified Technician David has been a TAB Project Supervisor, Technician, and Commissioning Agent for 20 years. He has completed numerous instructional sessions provided by control industry leaders (pneumatic and DDC), industry vendors, and formal college coursework in building systems. He managed Penn Air NW prior to his current employment. An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Budding Commissioning • Employed in the Test and Balance field since 1990. • Certified through AABC • A.S. Building & Design Associates Degree, Don Bosco Technical Institute • B.S. Criminal Justice, California State University, Los Angeles, CA Project Examples: US Courthouse, Seattle & Portland Centralia Power Plant, Centralia, WA Harborview Medical Center, Seattle, WA McNeil Island Correction Center, Steilacoom, WA VA Medical Hospital, Seattle & Spokane, WA George Ascosta, Senior Technician, AABC Certified Technician • Employed in the Test & Balance field since 1996 • 1996 — 1998 Penn Air Control, Lead Technician • 1998 — 2001 Southwest Air, Lead Technician • 2001— 2004 Hardin and Son Ltd., Lead Technician • 2005 —2008 TAC Systems • 2008 — Present UTAB & AccuABC Project Examples: Multiple projects performed: U.S. Federal Courthouse, Seattle U.S. Federal Courthouse, Portland Whole Barracks Renewal, Ft. Lewis King County Justice Center, Seattle Review and Administration: King County Justice Center, Kent, WA Seattle Crime Lab, Seattle, WA U of W Surgery Center, Seattle, WA Boeing Computer Service, Auburn, WA Bellevue High School, Bellevue, WA Chrysler Motor Plant, Mexico City HEC ED Pavilion, University of Washington Moses Lake High School Timothy L Burns, P.E., LEED AP, Project Develooment. Administration & Review - Emphasis on Commissioning vorAll-UTAB For decades Tim, has practiced mechanical engineering and designed a variety of HVAC systems primarily for private facilities. Chief Engineer and Engineer of Record for over 10 years; Industry experience recap is as follows: Engineering Sales - -- equipment for HVAC systems; Construction of mechanical systems & estimating, project management, detailing & design; Conceptual design and implementation of various fully designed mechanical systems and management thereof. Professional Registration: Washington, Oregon, California, plus over 25 other States Education: B.S.M.E., University of Washington Memberships & Associations: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE Past President Puget Sound Chapter 2006 -7), SMACNA, & USGBC. Past licensed as General Administrator Electrical by WA L&I. Project Examples: Amazon Block 34 (LEED Gold) — Seattle, WA Microsoft W Campus (LEED Silver — Redmond Social Security Admin Call Ctr (LEED Silver) Genetic Systems -- Seattle Pacific Detroit Diesel -- Kent Nordstrom (Large retail stores in 29 States, Rack Ambulatory Surgery Centers Ft Lewis Lodge (LEED certified) Newport Tower — Bellevue, WA Lincoln Square - Bellevue, WA US Bulk Mail Facility — Federal Way, WA Stores, Distribution Centers, Corporate Offices) An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Steven R Burns, P.E., Proiect Development, Administration, & Review For over three decades Steve, has practiced mechanical engineering and designed a variety of HVAC, plumbing, piping, and refrigeration systems for public and private facilities. Chief Engineer and Engineer of Record for over 15 years; Owner and/ or Officer of construction companies for over 25 years. Industry experience recap as follows: Engineering Sales - -- D/B building systems and process equipment; Building Mechanical Systems, Process Equipment for HVAC; Design - -- Mechanical Building Systems, Industrial Refrigeration, Controls; Estimating - -- Mechanical Building Systems, Pricing Mechanical Process Equipment; Management - -- Engineering, Construction, & Sales, Value Engineering. Certified Thermographer (ITC) Professional Registration: Washington, California, Illinois, Oregon, Texas, & Utah Education: B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E. University of Washington Industry Schools: Staefa Controls, Vilter, Dunham Bush, Tempmaster, Rosemex, Liebert, FUR. Taught: Senior /Junior Level Construction Management Classes at Central WA University Memberships: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME); Participated in MCAA & SMACNA Associations. Project Examples: AboveNet — Seattle, WA & New York, NY Associated Grocers — Denver, CO Affiliated Food Stores — Keller, TX West Seattle General Hospital — Seattle, WA Galland- Seneca Building — Seattle, WA Seattle Post Intelligencer Building — Seattle, WA American Nichira — Fife, WA Safety Consultant: Jason Heilpern Training and Knowledge Specialties OSHA 10 & 30 -hour for Construction OSHA 10 & 30 -hour for Industry Intel D1C — Hillsboro, OR Continental Mills, Inc. — Hopkinsville, KY US Bulk Mail Facility — Seattle, WA Diesel Kiki — Decatur, IL Arbor Place — Seattle, WA Toray (Industrial Materials) — Fredrickson, WA Zeon Industries — Houston, TX Kitsap Safety Safety Consultant, Olympia WA May 2011 to Present • Works with a variety of clients across different industries. • Supervises and consults on companies accident and incident investigations • Educates companies on training and safety programs • Oversees and advises companies on OSHA, EPS, and other agency audits and investigations. Education • Manager of Environmental Safety and Health (MESH) Certification • Advanced MESH Degree • Advanced Safety Certificate • OSHA 500/501/5400 Authorized Instructor • CPR/First Aid /BBP Instructor • Forklift Instructor • Roadway Worker Protection Instructor • MSHA Instructor An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning 411—UTAII MY I Code of Ethics The reliance of clients on the accuracy of test and balance reports imposes on the profession, an obligation to maintain high standards of integrity and competence. This code has evolved and is supported by management and employees of AccuABC. In recognition of their obligation to the public and profession, AccuABC has agreed to comply with the following articles: 1. We will at all times serve our clients with integrity, competence, and objectivity. 2. We will perform all work for clients in accordance with the latest standards published by industry standards as they apply to the project requirements . 3. We will assign personnel to projects who are qualified by knowledge, experience and character, and who will carry out each engagement under the direction of a Professional Engineers. 4. We will only certify work on a project which was performed by employees of our firm or under our direct supervision. We will also certify our work by AABC Certified Test and Balance Engineer (TBE). 5. We will only serve a client under terms or conditions that will not impair our objectivity, independence or integrity. 6. We will advise client personnel of any problems encountered on a project and make subsequent recommendations as required. 7. We will review the work of others only if requested by the client but shall notify the "others" of the fact that we have been asked to conduct such a review. 8. We will be fair in our dealings with our clients and charge reasonable fees commensurate with the nature of services performed. We will obey all local state and federal laws, rules and regulations affecting our industry, Report Format The report formats are per the requirements as set forth in the common industry standards, and often enhanced by report formats of AABC, ASHRAE, NEBB, SMACNA, and TABB. The reports will provide the data required by the contract specifications indicating the design and actual measured values. References A variety of representative projects have been completed by the AABC certified mechanics listed above and /or supervised by the licensed professional engineers. See the schedule below for mechanical characteristics of the systems tested, adjusted and balanced. Additional references are available upon request. Northwest Projects Description Project's Contact Information Projec t Value DATE Valley View Middle School — Snohomish, WA Spectacular new middle school with 43 AHD's, 16 EFs, 16 Pumps served by ground water heat pump. Hargis Engineers Brian Haugk, PE Brian Cannon, PE (206) 448 -3376 brianh@hargis.biz TAB 55 K 2012 Centennial Middle School, Snohomish, WA Addition and remodel of existing school. Ground source heat pump, pumps, AHUs Inventrix Patrick Strobridge CPD (206) 515 -004 patricks @inventrixeng.com TAB $37K 2010 An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Local Project Description Project's Contact Information Project Value DATE Pierce College - Puyallup Campus Arts and Allied Health Building, Puyallup, WA Santec Consulting, Inc. Stephen A Ricks, PE 24,000,000 Project includes a 300 seat theater, recital rooms, recording rooms, music and nursing classrooms, and administrative offices. (206) 770 -7779 Steve.Ricks @stantec.com TAB Mechanical systems include underfloor air distribution systems, fan powered VAV systems, radiant floor heating and radiant floor cooling systems. 38.5 K 2010 Lott Clean Water Alliance Education & Tech Center Olympia, PAE Consulting WA Paul Schwer, PE, Leed AP This building supports office, laboratory, and education services for a partnership of Lacy, Olympia, Tumwater, and Thurston County (503) 226-2921 TAB wastewater organizations. pauls @aae - $37K The mechanical systems include water source heat pumps, heat recovery make -up air systems. Dedicated outside air systems. engineers.com 2010 Laboratory hood, snorkel and specialized exhaust systems. The Maxwell Hotel, Seattle: Three story, 140 rooms; 111,856 sq. ft.; Apartments on the Top Floor Robinson Engineering Mark D. Robison, P.E. 15,000,000 1- Custom AHU; 1- Rooftop Unit; Pool Dehumidification AHU; 2- Garage Exhaust; 1- Supply Fan; 18- Rooftop Exhaust Fans (206) 364-3343 TAB mrobison @robisonenoine $10 K ering.com 2010 Northwest Maritime Center, Port Townsend: Two Building; Ecotope, Inc. 9,500,000 18,000 sq. ft.; Workshop, Retail, Meeting Rooms, Offices Jonathan H Hiller, PE; 6- Air to Air Heat Pumps; 4 -Water to Water Heat Pumps; 9- Exhaust Fans; 1 -Air to Air Heat Exchanger; 1 -Hot Water Coil; 12- Pumps (206) 322-3753 TAB iheller @ecotoDe.com $16K 2009 Marvista Elementary School Replacement, Normandy Park, Hargis Engineers 40,000,000 WA; New Elementary School Brian Boettcher, PE, TAB 15- Constant Volume AHU; 9 Variable Volume AHU's; 49 -VAV Fan Powered HW Boxes; 14 Fans; 5- Pumps; 2 Chillers; 2- Boilers Principal Mechanical brianb@hargis.biz $43 K 2009 Kitsap County Coroner's Office, Bremerton, WA Edward S. Sider & 9,500,000 3 -Gas Fired, Dx Cooling, Built Up AHUs; 5 -Exh Fans; Associates (206) 285 -2966 TAB nathan @siderbvers.com $11.5 K 2009 An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydromc Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Local Project Description Project's Contact Information Project Value DATE Tacoma Community College, New Science Building. Tacoma, WA 77,000 sq. ft. Teaching Laboratories, Offices, Administrative Offices Hargis Engineers Sudhir S. Avasare, MS, PE, Leed® AP 21,500,000 6- Custom Air Handling Units w/ Htg & Cool Coils, 2 Split Systems; TAB 18 Exhaust Fans; 2 Boilers; 9 Pumps; 34 Fin Tube Radiation; 12 (206) 448-3376 $57 K HW Unit Heaters; 1 Air Cooled Chiller; 119 VAV Units; 47 Lab sudhiraOhargis. biz Exhaust Boxes; 380 Outlets 20 Laboratory areas balanced for max and min air flow all with design pressure differential; Fume 2009 Exhaust Hoods; 2 Exhaust Snorkels Glacier View Jr. HS, Puyallup, WA Hargis Engineers Brian 18 Custom Air Handling Systems; 3 Heat Recovery Air Handling Haugk, P.E. Systems; 21 Large Fan Systems; 20 Exhaust Fans Systems; 3 High Efficiency Boilers; 8 Variable Flow Pump Packages; Fume (206) 448 -3376 brianhfthargis.biz $42 K Exhaust Hoods 2009 Hilltop High and Middle School, Ilwaco, WA; 54,782 sq. ft. Hargis Engineers 21,000,000 10 Air Handling units with HW Coils, Economizer Dampers, 5 Split Greg Red TAB Systems; 1 Boiler, 4 Pumps, 10 Exhaust Fans; 38 VAV Boxes 206. 448.3376 $23.5 K gregredialhargis.biz 2008 Bangor Bremerton Shipyards and Keyport for Navy Various: Various projects such as confirming capture velocity of Paul Szretter of Northern hoods and slots serving solvent tanks; Confirming Con -Agg (360) 710 -8418 performance of new magnetic bearing centrifugal chiller, performance of screw compressor, and gas distribution Michael A. Bohls, PE Lockheed Martin (360) TAB 17. + K system. 395 -9814 2010 Washington Youth Academy, Bremerton, WA Inventrix Engineer TAB Eight Furnaces with economizers, Two Air to Air Heat Exchanger, Jason K Smith, PE $13.5 K Two - Exhaust Fans (206) 515 -4004 2009 MCNEIL ISLAND CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTE, DSHS SPECIAL Larry Cervantes, Facility 32,000,000 COMMITMENT CENTER Manager TAB This 340,000 sq. ft. facility is complete with 350 detention cells C of and general administrative services. Each cell is served by a Coopartment rrections, D Steilacoom, WA A 9 98388 $55 K FPVAV terminal box. Equipment includes variable air volume 2004 evaporative cooling air handling units with 336 fan powered 253- 588 5281 terminal boxes, constant volume air handling units, general exhaust, heating steam system, cooling system, and the process Bob Long chilled water system. (425) International (4255) ) 591-4633 BOTHELL POLICE STATION SERVER ROOM, BOTHEL WA Ronald A Hagen Design Air TAB 2 Chillers, 2 Pumps; 3 CRU, 1 DX unit serving 6 Rack (253) 854 -2770 $1.8 K Evaporators; Duct distribution 2010 UPGRADE ENERGY MANAGEMENT FOR VETERANS HOSPITAL CDi Engineering TAB Measuring, adjusting and calibrating new VAV boxes with $160 K reheat coils and their associated Air Handling Units 2012 An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Budding Commissioning AB Lott Clean Water Alliance Education & Technology Center Pierce College - Puyallup Campus Arts and Allied Health Building TCC Science Building Completion Date: 2007 Project Size: 77,000 SF 3 Stories w/ mech PH Estimated Value of Construction: $24 million Backed by strategic planning combined with in- demand curriculum Tacoma Community College (TCC) continues to grow. The newest project is the Science Building which is located in the southwest corner of the campus; featuring administrative, laboratory, greenhouse and general classroom facilities for the biology chemistry, chemistry, physics /engineering, earth sciences and environmental sciences programs. The Science Building will serve as one of two new focal points for the campus south entrance. The project uses DDC controls that can be manually overridden, high efficiency chiller and gas -fired boilers, and VAV air handling systems& VAV fume hood exhaust. An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Kitsap County Coroner's Office Maxwell Hotel, Seattle 41111. UTAB Bothell Police Station Server Room Marvista Elementary School, Normandy Park Stafford Creek Correctional Facility Valley View Middle School, Snohomish An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning • Foss High School, Tacoma Completion Date: 2005 Project Size: 255,000 SF Addition & Mod Estimated Value of Construction: 20.5 million Located in the heart of an urban neighborhood, Foss has supported its surrounding community and neighboring Districts since 1973. Included in the levy and bond issues, passed by the voters in 1997 and 2001, Foss was 1 of 5 high schools in the District designed to receive improvements and upgrades without vacating the building. The new construction and modernization activities were completed in 2.5 years with 9 separate phases of construction. The mechanical systems included air handling equipment, hot and chilled water piping and ductwork , all fitting tightly into existing penthouses. Glacier View Jr. High, Puyallup Completion Data: 2009 Project Size: 101,200 SF Estimated Value of Construction: 21.2 million With surrounding secondary schools reaching capacity levels, the district has created a new junior high school that will serve 800 students. The new facility will feature spaces to support the school's music (band, chorus, and drama), science technology and physical education programs, along with general studies and potentially advanced programs offered by the school's close proximity to Emerald Ridge High School and a future elementary school. Hargis is supporting the project with MET services, which will support the functional objectives of each space as well as maintenance operations. The team is currently designing a displacement HVAC system and integrated lighting controls to support the aesthetic, air quality and energy - efficiency objectives. his Neatta pt An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Puyallup HS East Campus Addition McNeil Island Special Commitment Center Completion Data: 2004 Project Size: 125,000 SF Estimated Value of Construction: $49.4 million A high- security, 228 - inmate housing complex, medical /dental clinic, visitor's center and powerhouse, as well as modernizations in and around an existing campus facilities. Highly complex logistics due to high- security requirements and the island location. An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Associated Ad Balance Council Annual fb1em6ership Certificate United Test & Balance Inc. .,. a r.rn(.. r.lp.d .N„d aq.r1 the 4,.n (II rd 4 e A4L,mr (auoot Au uu wv. )an w.rv.v. b, w, aP x,ry,ewr.r• tad +` 'nuL4 r.w A ,r., • Awl pa. urye..Y 41. ...WI "...• ,l,,.rnr r• xuw�aMr .n an u. +wu bu...J a rpm ,Y. est. .of 1 AABC Associated All Balance Council 41.4 ...�..,,,, Paul A. Mangiapane (Yegfi . /.%e.i ( !AN /Were , k /mir:Ni� United Test & Balance Inc. AABC Associated A4 9Alam. Council David B. Nunez Penn Air Control. Inc. AABC A..odi .d Air aatAnee domed Jorge Acosta .new...• -.r �..w� -... ,r ee twpp'.s.Aw e - Sato.hwr TAC Systems. LLC .4... &..wl.- a....r,�I..w-.r*.w... d4.. 1511—TAB I AABC Associated Air Balance Council Annual Certificate Lance Rock United Test & Balancc Inc. '4, rv•, vv./wet .∎/6.. yu,.b/rrNrw» (,',yO v/ %ta'/ uiu /bia/onee c"vlyine4P ...../,. 4. rte k. nya4,o... ,,./ n d venvvv er (.., e..in/ /.r A %.m, 1.,ae.,. /x.74. /A ...uN..r. /u/rr//v n• /'l'i'st., /..',d .y /.N. / alma . ., w..,4 /6. ,r,.m4.e. /r .N rdw4/N6n/6y '6r / NI(.. aN./a. /r' Ads. r 20/8 76.r me. r/ N.....w.w4,> •, •,/ IV 1.1 44 4y 14441.4 aw./, 6.rwr./ ,6n/r.0n.rw../ a.s.NNmN 1,r,0,./.. ea a /W/4 on as, .,...,, / yn.a.. Vv.,. •I 4,.v./ r.t' /. !OA.? AABC Associated Air Balance Council Edward R. Hannan At e. 4,10;4 S'u. /r/Y'.T United Test & Balance Inc. An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Building Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Letters of Recommendation: Ceree'aer 13 2000 Attention In Whom 11 bh, Comer. Re00rdu1 M.erABC 1 nee of Rerammeennoo Based on isio racer) vecesN.i eape.anma wan Amu A0ee beeir Baanarg aid Comm...es; IACcuAISCI On 11) nee Mamala LIeme•asy 51)61 and Puyeh.p High School A0040 v0 001d ••ramm•0 P. Ian 0 provide Limo balancing 100'1:00 Based On our ,htorvou*na d me 3.1 pe•16•OOd on these metal, we can caner. ma. AnaABC M oap,d. d 6004,4 cuter, balancing seems 000 3 r *spons. )0 10, WW1. % 1044 semen ,.010. the mnstudrm samba* 'n 00400*. AcOUABC *011)0. a Ouaby 10'061 wan 0018304 Marring% and .tune 0314 Iniwnu or AccuABC vim also been °peered ID 0..m#Onane l0 000181•04a1 0141) araep, 01*30 0 me .10 e0 he.p1u n 1u00m1•*0 ••• 300•gd ra0n 0'0 Cbaracb n 0apNande41*9 and r to t0On d sw 04• On Befdd 1 MARCOS rNG1NFERS INC , err' 100.90010.0. PF Bean80ehcner PE Sea. A3sogal0 11,0001100 •••upy' Metel. ce r 1 --• GLUMAC Member 30. 2014 Ara A4'Hydroom 8ahrce A Cornansionity 7011 Fly1a Red Nedlmd, 01 A 000*' S.tyea Ina N'Rmmmdnm To Vlmea It Min Cancan. Brun H•auge. of Pnnc•O* Seuthmeral Gh®.c hes been stoked vith gem A041311 ale Balance R ('ammentia ag far 4Ae and balance wart en the NOrtheal Mande Cover mica m ban Townsend. WA. We balms they how the ncnury gld.Bpalaae fe ae0d n im in a NEBB or AA11C candled rum it nor ildaadtau. the entoyap is ta°oledgrable, Pmt 1 tad aa9rncve to the yemel'a Deeds b addition. Amu Am Cann emly provides quality BM mod rah protmimal and manly r Ikowmp. On a personal mere, 1 time O *Pa•ca*e with 00 or mono of the shin's pr1.4pal'a on pa eel. in a pndaaVayl asarioaiy Joel. Foully, 1 bow both of than are Name in ASHRAE and camas • high smda d d Pmrra0ed ales G,AJMA�C, ✓ Sac P VMldeclles. P E blaeaglog Ennead 4.0.• eau t 34204116 ® )TAB I November 30. 70W Regerainu. AemuABC • Ace 011Mydron. Balance 0 Commissioning To VM0mn It Vey Cemem 1 hoe waked men Stem bane end Tim Buns end highly raovnmen01nmn and 4.sm Inn b ten •400 And balance wort Stem and Ten me earn 0e0d0WOrtl enemas nth male e• 061.010 MIAC systems and b1Abg a23°mamn syse ins /TO lnp.oein g baet0mund =AMA sW 1000 TAB aWM Ilkea atom a enbm abler l0 amen 0000nte•0 engines with the delay tl 1yNest te..IP Oat psrNmanse a1) a1). NO cmnde0. flan alumna system caseation ma be ramble Then wort 0mitribaw m mananin1 • no d0h0tlwl siedtrd n 101 nett ea. and Ilan. m11eny &seer Bow Moue. P E. Resident Me4nfcy Ca 500.118 arse .0th • Comm_ Ns Be'.](•))y 102lye. • 'AS 7011.131) 0,08 RUSNIN6 010033*) IU .l*M Id 16,m Thai 1)n a •wen W 1 enamel In Mr Campeau, and fears in Arcs Aunydm.k BWar, A f s.ebdoeba pkewre ed mn.Ic, le prover lame. t. We 0*tWplay In000*! and alum.. Pmemoeors.4 Af- C1'ABC ,Afer.pn M.s An Hebrew Banes, A Cwmwumm45 .Is 1'"9 0.dmg to W.o04 , vOF .he 0.0,.0.1. u( Al I) AmNeb....: 081.nec t.ameuuruq Pva1nmb011014 0,cay.0 thee.3 3.•asl slunx.ON,alsay netl'Apt 1 iu.mMvarynlrau.mq. efllbloly1010100lm.hr lust 43 yeas vd, eh.Atpo,ogal. of Aft 11 ale frr11R pau'him Ibcr year. 11en, Naked M. limit of re...00 de 1000aub.) ACll'A11C m'•m. 1 ba,e smiled soh Nth Seam albino and 111why Ilumv.0 a mad., nl entk0yy 0031 <. an airs upped me a1 tr....b«omy x,)00012. elermom. dam r.awla. mnramm( rd e'.+fr Pm• w. mw a mru as pee'aaa qulay lw, adlua ad Where ve.a vim moon, l Ara n lu.e ton *•.when il. Io.11 n33 u m5 m.5r srin 0u! Irm ad Sine am, ysem decho,.In +d0)e km meat Yoh me el my time her vet Iv tar.. Siete vi Tuuah. gam:. eggs. aameaan a.t0en s MI o01e1s8n imams and duernan Ibnr Imeima and Worse be hero a f.0eapl a mm mew. trbsee sh0! 1 hose acne.* els en I inn. Ai 011. 0111 n pn.. the nrpm.s msmuaenea0w m Mtmm ate .ruby bydr.mc .d awn 1.112. o p I rm(.mt rf.Tu Ad4m0 m.dRabw arm Iur.m 5000 haw 16r.pera0e Isar I0l.%.I ear d0 arenas.. rw,eaema)na led .rob. r. T4&n a mice sod rammed ed in11orare sod eu.lamsom sail I be ours.. nr Al11'AI11 a m turn toward on 110 Inch auraluae0,b and aspin.< bald le both Sue and I I am men endure Attu Au 115enna Mabee and Ceamlmhwy a an impanel and amain. Mt. p.0' I0.. Mdmhl and I•l•me 0.m Phew ken fret In 00010 m. rh.vla I No a Ivrt wr ••.0 .m ihcsc TR ds RmJ+ Regard,. / `+u, e <'mq 1020., rl ,1104 (.mm.. rum .l..,,, ftns• 'l1) VC 1031 108 to air am'• email .e..LaO ..h V,. , RUS tIN6 ern 01a..40 .1,> ,.,,. o,o....aam • I.. .2...48 • m ....a* 43 • An AABC Certified Company performing: Air & Hydronic Balancing, Sound & Vibration Analysis, Duct Leakage Testing, Smoke Evacuation Testing, Fume Hood Certification, EDM Testing (motor bearings) Forensic Budding Analysis, Certified Infrared Thermographers, Energy Modeling Analysis, Building Commissioning Northwest 811 SW Grady Way (98055) PO Box 9811 Renton, WA 98057 -3000 (425) 235 -3400 fax: (425) 235 -8202 Generator Start -Up Report Job Name Raisbeck Aviation HS Date: 7/29/2013 RO #: 268210 HR Meter: 3 CPL #: 8695 Engine Model #: QSL9 -G2 NR3 Serial #: 73327666 Gen /Set Model #: DSHAD Serial #: L110279536 Spec #: C System Voltage: 277/480 Phase: 3 PCCII "RTOP" Calibration File: ATS 1 Model #: OTPCC Spec #: A ATS Serial #: K110269763 TS 2 Model #: OTPCB Spec #: A i TS Serial #: K110269766 ATS 3 Model #: Spec #: i TS Serial #: ATS 4 Model #: Spec #: A TS Serial #: ATS 5 Model #: Spec #: ATS Serial #: ATS 6 Model #: Spec #: ATS Serial #: Type of Installation (IndoororOutdoor) GENERATOR- OUTDOORS, SWITCHES- INSIDE START -UP PERFORMED BY: Keith Maze START -UP COMPLETION DATE: 7/29/2013 CONTRACTOR NAME: Totem Electric OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: Neal Holm aye i Northwest 811 SW Grady Way (98055) PO Box 9811 Renton, WA 98057 -3000 (425) 235 -3400 fax: (425) 235 -8202 F - Failed A - Acceptable NA - Not Applicable Comment if Failed or Corrected OIL SYSTEM Engine Oil Checked and Full FUEL SYSTEM Type DIESEL (Diesel / Propane / L- Propane / Natural Gas / Gasoline) N/A Manual Shut Off Valve N/A Primary Gas Pressure Regulator N/A Gas Meter Flow Adequate N/A Fuel Strainer N/A Solenoid Valve A Check Valve on Fuel Supply N/A Check Valve on Fuel Return A Flexible Fuel Connections A Fuel Available N/A Day Tank Installation N/A Primary Fuel (If Dual Fuel) N/A Fuel Transfer Pump A Fuel Return to Main Tank Fuel Tank Vent #070505 -7 330 GALLONS (Quantity) (One Size Larger Pipe Required) Page 2 Northwest 811 SW Grady Way (98055) PO Box 9811 Renton, WA 98057 -3000 (425) 235 -3400 fax: (425) 235 -8202 EXHAUST SYSTEM A Seamless Tubing or Black Pipe A Muffler A Proper Mounting & Support A Exhaust Condensation Trap A Correct Exhaust Pipe Size A Exhaust Flex Connection A Exhaust Thimble A Rain Cap COOLING SYSTEM Type RADIATOR Proper Radiator Installation (Radiator / Remote Radiator / Air Cooled) Proper DCA & Coolant Level 2.0, -30 A Proper Discharge Opening A Proper Intake Opening A Louvers N/A City Water Cooling A Flexible Water Connections N/A Water Solenoid Valve N/A Water Available A Hose Clamps Tight (DCA Level and Freeze Point) (Stand Pipe / Heat Exchanger / Direct) MOUNTING A Secured to Level Surface N/A Vibration Isolators (Installed) N/A Vibration Isolators (Adjusted) #070505 -7 Page 3 Northwest 811 SW Grady Way (98055) PO Box 9811 Renton, WA 98057 -3000 (425) 235 -3400 fax: (425) 235 -8202 ENGINE A Belt Tension A Fan A Alternator A Governor Operation BATTERY Size / Model MTP24 A Electrolyte A Correct Polarity Post Type AUTOMOTIVE (Automotive Posts / Marine Posts) Number of Batteries 2 ENGINE A Block Heater Wired to Normal A Block Heater Model A Block Heater Wattage 1500 A Block Heater Voltage 120 N/A Fuel Solenoid Valve (Wired to What Location) A Remote Start Wires Terminated A Interconnect Wiring Stranded A Remote Annunciator Wiring A Generator Set Grounded A Location of Generator Ground GRID IN CONCRETE BASC AND BUILDING GROUND A Neutral Bonded A Location of Neutral Bond GENERATOR A Correct Voltage Configuration #070505 -7 Page 4 Northwest 811 SW Grady Way (98055) PO Box 9811 Renton, WA 98057 -3000 (425) 235 -3400 fax: (425) 235 -8202 TRANSFER SWITCH A Proper Voltage A Utility Terminated Properly A Gen. Terminated Properly A Load Terminated Properly A Phase Rotation (Utility and Generator) A Battery Charger A Time Delay Start (Set at ?? Seconds) A Time Delay Transfer (Set at ?? Seconds) A Time delay Retransfer (Set at ?? Minutes) A Program Transition (Set at ?? Seconds) A Time Delay Cool Down (Set at ?? Minutes) SEE NOTE Exercise Clock Set A OTPC Real Time Clock Set OTPC DATA: Software Version: Software Update: Network Options: Capture File Name: CW /CW Utility /Gen. CW /CW Utility /Gen. Utility /Gen. Utility /Gen. Utility/Gen. fl7ngng_7 Page S Northwest 811 SW Grady Way (98055) PO Box 9811 Renton, WA 98057 -3000 (425) 235 -3400 fax: (425) 235 -8202 Corrective Modifications made to OTPC: REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR A Termination's with Stranded Wire A Operation OPERATION TESTING A Site Load (Available ?) A) 0 B) 0 C) 0 A Voltage (AMPS) 277/480 (AMPS) (AMPS) A Frequency 60 (Volts) A Oil Pressure 66 (Hertz) A Water Temperature 178 (PSI) A 011 Pressure Shutdown YES (Degrees F) A High Water Temp. Shutdown YES (Yes / No) A Overspeed Shutdown YES (Yes / No) A Overcrank YES (Yes / No) GENERATOR SET LEFT IN AUTOMATIC CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED SYSTEM OPERATIONAL & IN STANDBY #070505 -7 NO (Yes / No) YES (Yes / No) NO (Yes / No) (Yes / No) Page 6 Northwest 811 SW Grady Way (98055) PO Box 9811 Renton, WA 98057 -3000 (425) 235 -3400 fax: (425) 235 -8202 Items Not Finished or Needing Attention Date: 7/29/2013 Project# 33411 Job Name: Raisbeck Aviation HS Will have to set exertciser at time of training. #070505 -7 Page 7 GENERATOR LOADTEST REPORT By: Cummins Northwest, LLC 811 SW Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 (425) 277 -5343 Actual Time 10:45 0.7 230 1 60 480 480 480 277 275 281 181 61 N/A 64 14 11:00 1 230 1 60 480 480 480 277 275 281 189 57 N/A 64 14 11:15 1.2 230 1 60 480 480 480 277 275 281 189 58 N/A 64 14 11:30 1.5 230 1 60 480 480 480 277 275 281 189 58 N/A 64 14 11:45 1.7 230 1 60 480 480 480 277 275 281 189 57 N/A 64 14 12:00 2 230 1 60 480 480 480 277 275 281 189 57 N/A 64 14 12:15 2.2 230 1 60 480 480 480 277 275 281 189 57 N/A 66 14 12:30 2.5 230 1 60 480 480 480 277 275 281 189 57 N/A 66 14 12:45 2.7 230 1 60 480 480 480 277 275 281 189 57 N/A 66 14 Comments: Project #: 082504 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form roject Summa 2008 Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms suns Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address Haielaeck Aviation High School Date 1/25/2010 9229 East Marc nal Way For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98108 Applicant Name: Hargis Engineers, INC Applicant Address: Brian Boettcher, PE Applicant Phone: 206.448.3376 Oak t Pik A py Cl—REVIEWED FAR �4ECOMPLIANCE pPDVED JUL 0 7 2010 City of Tukwila UILDING DiviRinni RECEIVED JAN 29 2010 PERMIT CENTER 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Summary' 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Cede Compliance Forts ECH;- SUM" Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address Haisbock Aviation High School Date 1/25/2010 Capacity2 Btu/h 9229 East Marginal way For Building Dept Use SEER or EER Tukwila, WA 99108 Applicant Name: Hargis Engineers, INC Applicant Address: Brian Boettcher, PE Applicant Phone: 206.448.3376 Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. ❑ Includes Plans Constant volume AH for classrooms and CO2 sensing for high occupancy areas. VAV w/ central VFD AH unit for admin /offices. Coils served by cast Iron HW boilers and air cooled water chiller, with variable speed pumping. All units have economizer, and ventilation air provided via mininum setpoints on each unit from preheat HX unit. Toilet rooms, closets, fume hoods & kitchen are exhausted by iniine, ceiling and rooftop exhaust fan units. Smoke management systems provided for egress stairs and Atrium. Building will have an electronic DDC control system. Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. Compliance Option Q Simple System ® Complex System 0 Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & complex systems.) Equipment Schedules The following information Is required to be Incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill In the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity2 Btu/h Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV3 , Location nee schedules M0.3- M0.5 see schedules M0.3- 990.5 • Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity2 Btu/Ft Total CFM OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Effidency4 nee schedules M0.3- M0.5 see schedules 990.3 - M0.5 Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' CFM SP' HP /BHP Flow Controls Location of Service nee schedules M0.3- M0.5 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-1A through 14 -1G. 3 If required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical.'- Complex Systems Checklist ' MECH-COMP 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address Haiabeck Aviation High School Date 1/25/2010 The following additional information is necessary to check a.mechanical permit application for a complex mechanical system for compliance with the mechanical requirements In the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Use the checklist as a reference for notes added to the mechanical drawings (see the MECH- CHK checklist for additional system requirements). This information must be on the plans since this is the official record of the permit. Having this information in separate specifications alone is NOT an acceptable alternative. For Building Department Use Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes. ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY n.a. 1431.1 Field assem. sys. Provide calculations yes 1432.1 Setback & shut -off Indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans A11 HVAC sheets yes 1432.2.1 Air system reset Indicate automatic reset 230900 - 3.3 -A -4 yes 1432.2.2 Hydronic System Indicate automatic reset, cooling tower, & heat pump loop valves 230900- 3.3 -E -2 yes 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to Justify exemption and demonstrate 10% higher efficiency for equipment with out economizer. 230900 - 3.3- A, a, A& n. a. 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations if 1433 Exception 2 is utilized yes 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans All EVAC sheets n. a. 1435 Simul. htg. & cig. Indicate that simultaneous heating and cooling Is prohibited, unless use of exception is justified 230900 - 3.3 -A n. a. 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations yes 1437 Elec. motor effic. MECH -MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency M0.02- Energy Code Note 1 yea 1438 Variable flow sys. Indicate variable flow on fan and pump schedules M0.3 and M0.4 n.a. 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Indicate uncooled and unheated make -up air n.a. 1439.2 Fume Hoods Indicate VAV, unheated/uncooled or heat rec. makeup no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine how the requirements of the Complex Systems Option apply to the project. Refer to the Indicated Code sections for more complete information on the requirements. C Start Here ) • Section 1411.1 Equlpmen Efficiency Shall Meet Tables 14-1A through 14 -1G as/011 Fume Input > 225.000 tuh or Gas/0 't Heal Yes 1411.1 Intermittent Ignition Device & Dm..ar 1/cnlL., nr Yes 14111 n 7544 Yes Section 1431.1 Calculations of Total Yes Section 1432.2.1 Yes No Section 1432.2.2 Hot Water Supply 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Electric Motors`; 2006 Washington State Nonresiden0al Energy Code Compliance Forms CH-MO Revised July 2007 Project Address Raiabeck Aviation High Sohool Date 1/25/2010 Complete the following for all design A & B squirrel -cage. T -frame induction permanently wired polyphase motors from 1 hp to 200 hp having synchronous speeds of 3600, 1800 or 1200 rpm (unless one of the exceptions below applies). For Building Department Use Motor No. or Location HP Type open/closed) Description of Application or Use Synch. Speed Min.Nom. Full load Efficiency See Schedules sheet M0.3 -11O.4 Minimum Nominal Full-Load Efficienc Synchronous Speed (RPM) HP 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 6D 75 100 125 150 200 Open Motors Closed Nbtors 3,600 1 1,800 1,200 3,600 1,800 1 1,2)0 Efficiency (%) Efficiency (%) - 82.5 80.0 75.5 82.5 80.0 82.5 84.0 84.0 82.5 84.0 85.5 84.0 84.0 85.5 84.0 84.0 86.5 84.0 86.5 86.5 85.5 87.5 87.5 85.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 88.5 88.5 88.5 89.5 89.5 88.5 89.5 90.2 89.5 89.5 89.5 89.5 91.0 90.2 90.2 91.0 90.2 90.2 91.0 91.0 90.2 91.0 90.2 91.0 91.7 91.7 91.0 92.4 91.7 91.0 92.4 92.4 91.0 92.4 91.7 91.7 93.0 910 91.7 93.0 93.0 924 93.0 93.0 92.4 93.0 93.0 910 93.6 93.6 910 93.6 93.6 93.0 94.1 93.6 93.0 94.1 93.6 93.0 94.1 94.1 93.6 94.5 94.1 93.6 94.5 94.1 94.5 94.5 94.1 93.6 95.0 94.5 94.5 95.0 95.0 94.5 95.0 94.5 95.0 95.0 95.0 Exceptions: 1. Motors in systems designed to use more than one speed of a multi-speed motor. 2. Motors already Included in the effidency requirements for HVAC equipment (Tables 14- 1Aor 14 -18). 3. Motors that are an integral part (Le. not easily removed and replaced) of specialized process equipment (i.e. equipment which requires a special motor, such as an explosion - proof motor). 4. Motors integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no qualifying motor has been approved (Le. if the only U.L. listing for the equipment is with a less - efficient motor and there is no energy - efficient motor option). For motors claiming an exception, list motor and note which exception applies. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address Raiabeck Aviation High School Date 1/25/2010 The following Information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) I Code Section Component Information Required on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) 1411 Equipment performance n.a. 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule yea 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency M0.3 -5 yee 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue/draft damper & jacket loss 235200 1412 HVAC controls yea 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans iv= yes 1412.2 Deadband control indicate 5 degree deadband minimum 230900 n.a. 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat yes 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 Jiff. day types 230900 yea 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and auto. controls & max. leakage 230900 yes 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls 230900 n.a. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule n.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control yea 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans HVAC 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high - occupancy areas M0.4 n.a. 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans yes 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule 230900 1413 Air economizers yea 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule 230900 n.a. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb n.a. 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate dg Toad & water econoe & clg tower performance yes 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling 230900 a. a. 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting systems yes 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary 233113 yea 1414.2 Duct insulation indicate R -value of insulation on duct 200700 yea 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 200700 1416 Completion Requirements yea 1416.2.1 Commissioning Provide commissioning plan 200800 yes 1416.2.2 -3 Sys.Bal & Func.Test Indicate air and water system balancing & functional testing 200593 yes 1416.2.4 Commissioning Indicate O &M manuals, record drawings, staff training 200593 yes 1416.2.5 Comm. Report indicate requirements for prelim. & final commissioning report 200800 a .a. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer I SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440 -1454) 1440 Service water htg. yes 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank 224010 yes 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off 230900 yes 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 200700 a.a. 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 n.a. 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency n.a. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control n.a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover n.a. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover no is circled for any question, provide explanation: • 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Envelope ummary` 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Fors .limate`-, one V -S U M Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address Raisbeck Aviation High School Glazing Area Calculation Note Below grade walls may be included In the Gross Exterior Wall Area if they are Insulated to the level required for opaque walls. Total Glazing Area Electronic version: these values are automatically taken from ENV -UA -1. (rough opening) Gross Exterior (vertical & overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing 15106.0 — 52009.0 X 100 = 29.0% Date 1/27/2010 9229 East Harinal Way S. Q yes Check here if using semi- heated path and If project meets all requirements for semi - heated spaces Semi- Heated Path no as defined In section 1310. Requires other fuel heating and qualifying thermostat Only wall Insulation requlrement Is reduced (2006 change). Only available In prescriptive path. R -21 Opaque Walls' For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98108 Below Grade Walls NA Applicant Name: 9aseetti Architects NA Slabs -on -Grade Applicant Address: 71 Columbia Street Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 Applicant Phone: 206 -340 -9500 Maximum U- factors Opaque Doors Project Description 0 New Building ❑ Addition El Alteration ❑ Change of Use Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive Component Performance (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) ❑ Seattle EnvStd ❑ Systems Analysis Space Heat Type 0 Electric resistance QQ All other (see over for definitions) Glazing Area Calculation Note Below grade walls may be included In the Gross Exterior Wall Area if they are Insulated to the level required for opaque walls. Total Glazing Area Electronic version: these values are automatically taken from ENV -UA -1. (rough opening) Gross Exterior (vertical & overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing 15106.0 — 52009.0 X 100 = 29.0% Concrete/Mason Option �' p O yes Check here if using this option and If protect meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry Option. See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying QQ no assembly below. Q yes Check here if using semi- heated path and If project meets all requirements for semi - heated spaces Semi- Heated Path no as defined In section 1310. Requires other fuel heating and qualifying thermostat Only wall Insulation requlrement Is reduced (2006 change). Only available In prescriptive path. Envelope Requirements (enter values as applicable) Minimum insulation R- values Roofs Over Attic NA All Other Roofs R -21 Opaque Walls' R -19 Below Grade Walls NA Floors Over UncondlUoned Space NA Slabs -on -Grade R -10 Radiant Floors NA Maximum U- factors Opaque Doors U =0.60 Vertical Glazing U -0.55 Overhead Glazing U =0.7 Maximum SHGC (or SC) Vertical /Overhead Glazing I SHGC =0.4 1. Assemblies with metal framing must comply with overall U- factors Notes: Opaque Concrete/Masonry Wall Requirements Wall Maximum U- factor is 0.15 (R5.7 continuous ins) CMU block walls with insulated cores comply If project qualifies for ConcretelMasonry Option, list walls with MC Z 9.0 Btulfr- F below (other walls must meet Opaque Wall requirements). Use descriptions and .values from Table 10 -9 In the Code. Wall Description (including insulation R -value & position) U- factor 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Envelope UA Calculations Climate Zone 1 ENV UA 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address Aaiebeck Aviation High School Date 1/27/2010 Space Heat Type 0 Electric resistance ® Ali other For Building Department Use Glazing Area as % gross exterior wall area 29.0% Prop. I 45.0%5 Max.Target Concrete/Masonry Option . ()Yes O No Notes: If glazing area exceeds maximum allowed in Table, then calculate adjusted areas on back (aver). Building Component List components by assembly ID & page # Proposed UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) Target UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) c d 5 C U=0.430 Plan IDsz nom' Thermal Hzeak U= 0.430 Plan ID Storefront U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 3056.4 0.430 7108.0 0.270 7838.0 2116.3 0.550 14946.0 8220.3 .Glazing; %. -ElectiicResist. Other Heating 0-30% . 0.40 >3045 %. see note above 0.45 Overhead Glazing I a 't 0 U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.700 G_ llazing- %` :ElectricResist. 0-30%:_ 0.6. is >30= 45 %:see,note:above Other Heating 0.7 0.6 in 8 G O U= 0.290 Plan ID skylight U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.290 160.0 46.4 . 0.700 160.0 112.o co a o O o U= 0.600 Plan ID Door U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.600 500.0 300.0 0.600 500.0 300.0 Electric Resist Other Heating 0.60 0.60 ,� °0 0 R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 0.036 ..Electric:Resist Other Heating 0.031. 0.036 L 0 w Plan ID Curved Roof R.38.0 Plan ID Plat Hoof R= Plan ID: 0.027 18525.0 500.2 0.021 7940.0 166.7 0.046 26465.0 1217.4 ' Electric ResisL Other Heating 0.034 . 0.046. Opaque Walls* I 2x6 mtl framing, R =19.0 Plan 10 1.5" rigid R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: "Note: sum of Target Areas here should equal 0.060 36563.0 2193.8 Target Opaque Wall Area (see back) 0.062 36563.0 2266.9 ** ** .. Electric Resist Other Heating :Frame.Wd : "::;;0:062; 0.062 Frame -MU :: 0:062. 0.109 Mass Wall 0.15` :.. 0.15: : -.' . see:mass.wall;Criteria c In 0 R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: Note: if insulated to levels required for opaque walls, ilst above with opaque walls Electric Resist Other Heating Int Ins ..0.062:. .. .. 0.062 Ext'Ins'' 0.07 0.07 Floors Over Uncond. R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 0.056 - .Electric :Resist Other Heating 0:029 0.056 • Slab -on- grade R =10.0 Plan IDPerimeter R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 0.540 843.0 455.2 0.540 843.0 455.2 ' . ".:: "!;` Electric :Resist. Other Heating ?:. F =0:54`';:; : ,.F=.0:54 . '(see Table 13-1 for radiant fiooi-:values)::` For CMU walls, indicate core Insulation material. Totals I 79477.0 8835.0 Totals) 79477.0 12571.8 To comply: 1) Proposed Total UA shall not exceed Target Total UA. 2) Proposed Total Area shall equal Target Total Area. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form limate Zone 2006 Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Farms Revised .Ivy 2007 Glazing List components by assembly ID & page # Proposed SHGC SHGC' x Area (A) = SHGC x A Target SHGC SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A ID: Aluminum, Thermal Break 0.350 5974.0 2090.9 0.450 15106.0 6797.7 ID:Storefront 0.350 4039.0 1413.7 Glazing % Eltactric.Rt3sisL': :Other HeaUng a 1p;Skylight 0.270 160.0 43.2 0-30% 0:4,' 0:45 ... c ID: >30 -45% not allowed 0 4 ID: ID: 'Note: Manufacturer's SC may be used in lieu of Totals 10173.0 3547.8 Totals) 15106.0 6797.7 N For compliance: Proposed total SHGC x A shall not exceed Target total SHGC x A NOTE: Since 1997 SHGC compliance for vertical and overhead glazing Is allowed to be calculated together. Target Area Adjustment Calculations then this calc J ttonmust be =boated Use the resulting areas In the Tmgel UA and SHGC animations above. Glazing Area Opaque Area G(Exterior Wail Area Proposed Areas; Numbered values are used in calculations below. Roofs over Attics Other Roofs Walls 00= 00= 160.0 VG= Nate: 00 a overhead °lobed VO a vortical glazing 14946.0 26465.0 36563.0 52009.0 - _4 23404.1 X Max Glazing Area (Table 13-1) 45.0% y 100 Target OG Area in Roofs over Attics B lesser 23404.1 Proposed Opaque Area Max OG Remaining 23404.1 Proposed OG Area Maximum Target Glazing Area For v me ° 23404.1 used bath here and below. 4' Target OG Area In Other Roofs 160.0 ti lesser 23404.1 Target VG Area 14946.0 OG Area Target Opaque Area ! _1 Trager values In shaded bases are used In the applicable Trager UA nalatlana on dre boot x465.0 ' ku • Tamet VG Atoa and Total Target OG Area am also ueod In the applicable Target SHGO calculations above Walls Proposed Opaque Area Proposed VG Area Target VG Area Target Opaque Area I14946.0 I Note: If there is more than one type of wall, the Target VG Area may be distributed among them, and separate Target Opaque Areas found. If the Target Areas for Opaque Walls Ilsted on the front must equal the total calculated here. 36563.0 I + 14946.0 36561.0r; Target Areas OK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Building Permit Plans Checklist ENV -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Fors Revised July 2007 Project Address Aaiabeck Aviation High School Date 1/27/2010 The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements In the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1301 -1314) 1301 Scope Unconditioned spaces Identified on plans if allowed yea 1302 Space heat type: Other If "Other. indicate on plans that electric resistance heat is not allowed M0.3 -5 11.0.. 1310.2 Semi - heated spaces Semi- heated spaces identified on plans if allowed 1311 Insulation yea 1311.1 Insul. Installation Indicate densities and clearances A9.01 yes 1311.2 Roof /ceiling insul. Indicate R -value on roof sections for attics and other roofs; Indicate clearances for attic insulation; Indicate baffles If eave vents installed; indicate face stapling of faced batts A9.03 yes 1311.3 Wall Insulation Indicate R -value on wall sections; Indicate face stapling of faced balls; Indicate above grade exterior Insulation is protected: Indicate loose -till core insulation for masonry walls as necess; Indicate heat capacity of masonry walls if masonry option is used F73; A9.01 yes 1311.4 Poor insulation Indicate R -value on floor sections; Indicate substantial contact with surface; Indicate supports not more than 24" o.c.; Indicate that Insulation does not block airflow through foundation vents A9.03 yes 1311.5 Slab -on -grade floor Indicate R -value on wall section or foundation detail: Indicate slab Insulation extends down vertically 24' from top; Indicate above grade exterior Insulation is protected A9.03 n.a. 1311.6 Radiant floor Indicate R -value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 36" from the top; Indicate above grade exterior Insulation Is protected; Indicate insulation also under entire slab where redd. by Official yes 1312 Glazing and doors Provide calculation of glazing area (Including both vertical vertical and overhead) as percent of gross wall area Sae EMS- VA yes 1312.1 U- factors Indicate glazing and door U -factors on glazing and door schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary): Indicate if values are NFRC or default. if values are default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gapwidth. low-e coatings. gas fillings A5.01 & A9.31 yea 1312.2 SHGC & SC Indicate glazing solar heat gain coeificient or shading coefficient on glazing schedule (provide area- weighted calculations as necessary) A5.01 & A9.03 1313 Moisture control yea 1313.1 Vapor retarders Indicate vapor retarders on warm side A9.01 yea 1313.2 Root!celling vap.reL Indicate vapor retarder on roof section; Indicate vap. retard. with sealed seams for non -wood strut. A9.03 yes 1313.3 Wall vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on wall section A4 Series yes 1313.4 Floor vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on floor section A9.03 71.8. 1313.5 Crawl space vap. ret. Indicate sot mil black polyethylene overlapped 12" on ground 1314 Air leakage yes yea 1314.1 Bldg. envel. sealing Indicate sealing. caulking, gasketing, and weatherstripping AS . 01 1314.2 Glazing/door sealing Indicate weatherstripping 087100 yen 1314.3 Assemb. as ducts Indicate sealing, caulking and gasketing A9.03 yea 1314.4 Recessed lighting Ftxtun Indicate IC rating, ASTM E263 certification, and gasketing or caulking to ceiling 079200 & E0.3 PRESCRIPTIVE/COMPONENT PERFORMANCE (Sections 1320 -23 or 1330 -34) yes Envelope Sum. Form Completed and attached. Provide component performance worksheet if necessary See ENV - SOM1 If "no" is shown for any question, provide explanation: 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2008 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address Raiebeck Aviation Highschool Date 1/27/2010 9229 East Marginal Way s For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98108 Applicant Name: Hargis Engineers (on behalf of Highline School Distric Applicant Address: 600 Stewart St Suite 1000; Seattle, WA 98101 Applicant Phone: 206.448.3376 Project Description ❑ Plans Included requirements. J New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2** Area in ft2 Allowed x Area School Building 1.20 86357.0 103628.4 D2 7 72 504.0 D3 2 28 56.0 D4 5 36 180.0 D5 3 82 246.0 HB1 15 300 4500.0 162 40 58 2320.0 " From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 103628.4 Proposed Lighting Wattage Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed D1 83 36 2988.0 D2 7 72 504.0 D3 2 28 56.0 D4 5 36 180.0 D5 3 82 246.0 HB1 15 300 4500.0 162 40 58 2320.0 103 43 58 2494.0 1S2 94 58 5452.0 1S4 186 32 5952.0 IS5 4 58 232.0 I.F1 7 58 406.0 LF2 61 58 3538.0 LG2 18 58 1044.0 LG6 12 87 1044.0 LS1 6 58 348.0 P1 25 114 2850.0 P2 42 114 4788.0 P3 81 172 13932.0 P4 50 58 2900.0 4 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Enerov Code Compliance Form Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, Tamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track On feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. P7 17 128 2176.0 PG1 48 32 1536.0 ST2 12 58 696.0 T1 6 750 4500.0 W2 46 58 2668.0 W3 115 32 3680.0 W4 6 62 372.0 W5 12 128 1536.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 72938.0 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, Tamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track On feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. I 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0 Other Q ualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) 0.9 Check if 95% e or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector ) p ) or louvers, c) 5 -60 watt T -1, T -2, T -4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. TABLE 15 -1 Unit Licihtinq Power Allowance (LPA Use' LPA` (W /sf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) " 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments , restaurants/bars5 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retain, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia'', assembly spaces 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1 -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel /motel 1.0 Warehouses ', storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet /conference /exhibition hall''` 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Librariess 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft2. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w/ft2 of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation Fartir *q4 At Page COpy Design Number 3MU /FRD 120 -18 FIRE RESISTANT GREASE DUCT 3M Company 3M Fire Baffler Duct Wrap 615+ ASTM E 2336 -04 and ICC -ES Acceptance Criteria for Grease Duct Enclosure Systems (AC101) Noncombustibility Test (ASTM E 136) — Pass Fire Resistance Test (ASTM E 119) — 2 hr Durability Test (ASTM C 518 modified) — Pass Internal Fire Test — 4 hr @ 500 °F and 30 minutes @ 2000 °F — Pass Fire - Engulfment Test (ASTM E 119 Exposure) — 2 hr • = Compressed Area between Wrapped Pieces A Section A-A REVIEWED IEWED FOR DE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 City of Tukwila UILDING nniminni g 4A Section B-B: Compression Butt Joint 3° 9° MEMO N MEMOiCICIEMI_ - x aoavaa �. KN ao�aaiaa eae,ia K 10 112° cn 4B Section B-B: Butt Joint with Collar 4C Section B-B: Single End Ov in 10112° (Telescope) Nur V ° 4D Section B -B: Dual End Overlap (Checkerboard) Figure 1 1. GREASE DUCT: Use a continuously - welded, liquid- tight, L- shaped, rectangular duct system with horizontal and vertical shafts constructed of 16 GA sheet steel with a maximum 2304 inch2 area and a maximum 48 -inch dimension. When required, equip the duct with a pre- fabricated access door (Item 6) or field - fabricated access door (Item 7). Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 Intertek A. B. CITY LA MAY .052010 PE10TCENTER Construct the grease duct using sections affixed to each other with welded joints. Reinforce the grease duct to IMC or NFPA 96 requirements designed to carry the weight of the grease duct assembly covered with two layers of insulation (Item 4) under a fire Toad equivalent to the ASTM E 2336 G'OFE'R E C T I O N LTR' I■ 014 /4013ixision1011,71rieennal and Moisture Protection `tif 07 21 00 Thermal Protection„ ' 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation I- ;• • exposure and the ASTM E 119 time - temperature curve. C. Rigidly support the grease duct (Item 1) as specified in Item 5 or in accordance with IMC or NFPA 96 requirements when those requirements are greater. D. Protect the annular space around the grease duct (Item 1) passing through a fire -rated wall assembly with an Intertek- certified, compatible, 3M, penetration firestop' system, having the same fire rating as the wall assembly as described in an Intertek Design Listing. Protect the annular space around the grease duct (Item 1) passing through a fire -rated floor /ceiling assembly as specified in Item 8. 2. FASTENERS: Weld minimum 12 GA, 6- 1/2 -inch long, copper- coated, steel -insulation pins or 12 GA, insulated cup • had steel pins to the grease duct (Item • 1). Match the following fastener method • with corresponding insulation (Item 4) method. A. Compression Butt Joint: Locate pins at all blanket overlaps, on all sides of the grease duct (Item 1), and meet the following requirements. ..Space pins maximum 12 inches apart in rows across the width of grease duct (Item 1). Locate pins maximum 6 -3/4 inches from the edges of the grease duct (Item 1). Refer to section view A -A. ii. Space the rows of pins as follows: use pattern nominal 9 inches apart, then maximum 2 inches apart, then nominal 9 inches apart along the length of the grease duct (Item 1). Refer to Item 4A section view B -B. iii. After insulation (Item 4A) is installed, place minimum 2 -1/2 x 2 -1/2 -inch square, galvanized steel, self locking washer clips onto all insulation pins. Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 Page 2 of 11 iv. After clips are installed, cut off or bend flush with insulation (Item 4A) the pins that are too long. B. Butt Joint with Collar: Locate pins at all blanket overlaps, on all sides of the grease duct (Item 1), and meet the following requirements. Space pins maximum 12 inches apart in rows across the width of grease duct (Item 1). Locate pins maximum 6 -3/4 inches from the edges of the grease duct (Item 1). Refer to section view A -A. ii. Space the rows of pins as follows: use pattern nominal 9 inches apart, then maximum 3 inches apart, then nominal 9 inches apart along the length of the grease duct (Item 1). Refer to Item 4B section view B -B. iii. After insulation (Item 4B) is installed, place minimum 2 -1/2 x 2 -1/2 -inch square, galvanized steel, self - locking washer clips onto all insulation pins. iv. After clips are installed, cut off or bend flush with insulation (Item 4B) the pins that are too long. C. Single End Overlap (Telescope): Locate pins at all blanket overlaps, on all sides of the grease duct (Item 1), and meet the following requirements. i. Space pins maximum 12 inches apart in rows across the width of grease duct (Item 1). Locate pins maximum 6 -3/4 inches from the edges of the grease duct (Item 1). Refer to section view A -A. ii. Space the rows of pins maximum 10 -1/2 inches apart along the length grease duct (Item 1). Where pieces of insulation (Item 4C) are butted together, space pins a maximum 1 -1/2 inches from the edge of the insulation. Refer to Item 4C section view B -B. iii. After insulation (Item 4C) is installed, place minimum 2 -1/2 x ©Intertek Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation 2 -1/2 -inch square, galvanized steel, self - locking washer clips onto all insulation pins. iv. After clips are installed, cut off or bend flush with insulation (Item 4C) the pins that are too long. D. Dual End Overlap (Checkerboard): Locate pins at all blanket overlaps, on all sides of the grease duct (Item 1), and meet the following requirements. Space pins maximum 12 inches apart in rows across the width of grease duct (Item 1). Locate pins maximum 6 -3/4 inches from the edges of the grease duct (Item 1). Refer to section view A -A. ii. Space the rows of pins maximum 10 -1/2 inches apart along the length grease duct (Item 1). Where pieces of insulation (Item 4D) are butted together, space pins a maximum 1 -1/2 inches from the edge of the insulation. Refer to Item 4D section view B -B. iii. After insulation (Item 4D) is installed, place minimum 2 -1/2 x 2 -1/2 -inch square, galvanized steel, self - locking washer clips onto all insulation pins. iv. After clips are installed, cut off or bend flush with insulation (Item 4D) pins that are too long. 3. BANDING: Not applicable to Item 2A. Option to fastener Items 2B, 2C and 2D. After the outer layer of insulation (Item 4) is installed, apply minimum 1/2 -inch wide, 0.015 -inch thick, stainless steel bands, and secure with minimum 1 -inch long, stainless steel, crimp clamps. When needed to ease installation, use filament tape as a temporary hold for the insulation (Item 4) prior to banding. Place banding a maximum 1 -1/2 inches from all insulation (Item 4) edges and a maximum of 10 -1/2 inches on center (O.C.). Tension the banding to hold the insulation (Item 4) in place without cutting or damaging the insulation (Item 4) or grease duct (Item 1). Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 Page 3 of 11 4. CERTIFIED MANUFACTURER: 3M Company Intertek CERTIFIED PRODUCT: 3M Fire Barrier"' Duct Wrap MODEL: 615+ INSULATION: Apply the non - combustible (ASTM E136) and durable (ASTM C518) insulation in two layers of nominal 1-1/2 - inches thick, 6 -pcf density blanket, made of calcium- oxide, silica- oxide, and magnesium -oxide (CSM) fibers, encapsulated with polypropylene -foil scrim over the entire surface of the grease duct (Item 1). Apply the inner first layer (Figure 1, Item 4.1) in accord with one of the four methods (A, B, C, or D) that follow. Offset the second outer layer (Figure 1, Item 4.2) one half the width of the inner first layer (Figure 1, Item 4.1) so that the joints of the inner first layer (Figure 1, Item 4.1) are covered by and approximately in the center of the second outer layer (Figure 1, Item 4.2). Apply the second outer layer (Figure 1, Item 4.2) in accord with the same method selected for the first inner layer (Figure 1, Item 4.1). Use blanket, available in various widths, that is fully encapsulated or single faced with a polypropylene -foil scrim. Expose a foil - faced side of insulation to view. Wrap one layer of insulation around the grease duct (Item 1) circumference so that each terminating end of insulation overlaps onto the starting end of insulation a minimum of 3 inches at all transverse joints. Stagger the transverse overlap location so that no two consecutive adjacent overlaps align. Refer to section view A -A for transverse overlap section view. Cover all visually - exposed ends and edges of insulation with nominal 4 -inch wide, pressure- sensitive, aluminum foil tape. A. Compression Butt Joint: Refer to Item 4A section view B-B. Wrap the grease duct (Item 1) with two layers of insulation installed with compression butt joints at all circumferential joints. Apply the first layer, center pieces of insulation (Item 4A) over 2- inch -wide pin bay, so that each piece nominal 24- inch -wide blanket occupies two (2) ©Intertek Div ision 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation full 9- inch -wide bays and three (3) full 2- inch -wide bays. Compress each edge of each piece of insulation together and butt to preceding edge of insulation in 2- inch -wide bays. After installation, each piece of installed insulation width is 2 inches less than insulation nominal width. (Example: each piece of nominal 24- inch -wide insulation when installed is 22 inches wide.) Verify all insulation butt joints are compressed minimum 50% at compression butt joints. Offset the second layer of insulation so that the compression butt joint of the first layer of insulation is centered under the second layer of insulation and install in same manner as first layer of insulation. B. Butt Joint with Collar: Refer to Item 4B section view B -B. Wrap the grease duct (Item 1) with two layers of insulation installed with butt joints at all circumferential joints. Apply the first layer, center pieces of insulation (Item 4B) over 3 inch wide pin bay, so that each piece of nominal 24 -inch -wide blanket occupies two (2) full 9 -inch- wide bays and one (1) full 3- inch -wide bay and half of two (2) 3- inch -wide bays at each circumferential edge. Butt each end of each piece of insulation together with preceding edge of insulation. Each piece of installed insulation width is its nominal width. (Example: each piece of nominal 24- inch -wide insulation when installed is 24 inches wide.) Offset the second layer of insulation so that the butt joint of the first layer of insulation is centered under the second layer of insulation and install in same manner as first layer of insulation. Place and center 6- inch -wide collar of insulation over the butt joint. Overlap 6 -inch- wide collar onto each adjacent insulation 3 inches. Verify all insulation butt joints with collars are three layers of insulation in overall thickness. C. Single End Overlap (Telescope): Refer to Item 4C section view B -B. Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 Intertek Page 4 of 11 Wrap the grease duct (Item 1) with two layers of insulation installed with 3 -inch minimum overlaps at all longitudinal joints. Overlap each adjacent insulation edge with the edge of the next piece of insulation. Verify all insulation overlaps are three layers of insulation in overall thickness. Starting at one end of the grease duct (Item 1), apply the first piece of insulation around the grease duct (Item 1) to overlap fasteners (Item 2C). Refer section view A -A. ii. Position and overlap the leading edge of the second piece of insulation nominally 3 inches over the flush edge of the first piece of insulation. Place the opposite edge of the second piece of insulation flush against the surface of the grease duct (Item 1). An "S- shaped" cross section of the insulation is created. Refer to Item 4C section view B -B. iii. Apply all additional pieces of insulation as "S- shaped" cross section of the insulation in compliance with Item 4Cii. iv. Position the second layer of insulation so that the joint of the first layer of insulation is centered under the second layer of insulation and install in same manner as first layer of insulation. D. Dual End Overlap (Checkerboard): Refer to Item 4D section view B -B. Verify all insulation overlaps are a minimum 3 inches in overall thickness. Do not align two consecutive insulation end overlaps. Overlap each full width insulation edge with the edge of the "gull wing" (V) shaped piece of insulation. Install insulation with zero clearance at the overlaps, or in the field between overlaps. Verify all insulation overlaps are four layers of insulation in overall thickness. i. Wrap the first piece of insulation around the grease duct (Item 1) so that the insulation is flush ©Intertek Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation against the surface of the grease duct (Item 1). Position the starting end of the insulation to overlap pins (Item 2A) a minimum of 1 -1/2 inches while the edges of the insulation overlap the rows of pins (Item 2B) a minimum of 1 -1/2 inches. ii. Position the second piece of insulation nominally 18 inches from the edge of the first piece of insulation. Install the second piece in the same manner as the first. iii. Cover the grease duct (Item 1) that is exposed between the edges of the first two pieces of insulation with another piece of insulation. Position the starting end of the insulation to overlap pins (Item 2A) a minimum of 1 -1/2 inches while the edges of the insulation overlap the adjacent edges of the two pieces installed insulation a minimum of 1 -1/2 inches. iv. Position the second layer of insulation so that the first layer of insulation is centered under the second layer of insulation and install in same manner as first layer of insulation. 5. SUPPORTS: Support the grease duct (Item 1) with insulation (Item 4) using a un- insulated "trapeze" system composed of a minimum 2 x 2 x 1/4- inch steel angle as the trapeze cross - member and two (2), minimum 1/2- inch diameter, all- thread, steel rods connected using nuts and washers. Connect the all- thread steel rods to the bottom of the floor assembly using an attachment method designed to carry the weight of the grease duct (Item 1) with insulation (Item 4) under a fire load equivalent to ASTM E 119 time - temperature curve. Place one (1) all- thread steel rod at each end of trapeze cross - member. Center grease duct (Item 1) with insulation (Item 4) on trapeze cross - member. Space all - thread steel rods a maximum 6 inches Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 Page 5 of 11 from surface of the insulated grease duct. Extend trapeze cross - member at least 2 inches past each all- thread, steel rod. Space trapeze supports a maximum 60 inches on center. 6. CERTIFIED MANUFACTURER: 3M Company CERTIFIED PRODUCT: 3M Fire BarrierT"" Grease Duct Access Door Intertek MODELS: • 000 - 51115 - 16584 -9 (20x20 Door), • 000 - 51115 - 16583 -2 (12x8 Door), and • 000 - 51115 - 16582 -5 (10x6 Door) ACCESS DOOR ASSEMBLY: When required, apply an access door and insulated cover plate as described: A. OPTIONAL PRE - FABRICATED ACCESS DOOR: Mark a clean -out access opening location on the grease duct (Item 1) with insulation (Item 4) at its mid - height along the horizontal section. Cut an opening (maximum 22 x 22 inches) in the insulation (Item 4) the same size as the outside dimension of the desired pre- fabricated access door model. Remove and discard the cut insulation (Item 4). Cut an opening (maximum 20 x 20 inches) into the side of the grease duct (Item 1) according to the manufacturer's instructions for the size of the pre - fabricated access door to be installed. Install and tightly secure the pre - fabricated access door in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to the grease duct (Item 1). Fit pre - fabricated access door with four (4), 3/8 -inch diameter, comer - thumb bolts through the exterior face. B. CERTIFIED MANUFACTURER: 3M Company CERTIFIED PRODUCT: 3M Fire Barrier TM Duct Wrap MODEL: 615+ ©Intertek Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation Page 6 of 11 Figure 2 — 3M Pre - fabricated Access Door ACCESS INSULATION: Remove the four (4), 3/8 -inch diameter, comer - thumb bolts and replace them with four (4), 3/8 -inch diameter, all- thread, steel rods extending from pre- fabricated access door (Item 6A). Apply three (3) layers of access insulation over the pre- fabricated access door (Item 6A) as follows. Cut the first piece of rectangular access insulation a minimum 1/4 inch larger than the clean -out access opening. Position, square, and impale the first piece of the access insulation over the four (4), 3/8 -inch diameter, all- thread, steel rods extending from pre- fabricated access door (Item 6A). Press the first piece of access insulation flush over the pre- fabricated access door (Item 6A). Compress and Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 Intertek abut the cut edges of the first piece of the access insulation against the cut edges of opening in the insulation (Item 4). Cut a second piece of access insulation the same size as the first piece of access insulation. Press the second piece of access insulation flush over the first piece of access insulation. Compress and abut the cut edges of the first piece of the access insulation against the cut edges of opening in the insulation (Item 4). Cut a third piece of rectangular access insulation a minimum of 2 inches larger than the second piece of access insulation on all sides Seal cut edges of the third piece of access insulation with nominal 4- inch -wide aluminum foil tape. Position, square, and impale the third piece of the ©Intertek Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation access insulation over the four (4), 3/8 -inch diameter, all- thread, steel rods extending from pre - fabricated access door (Item 6A). Press the third piece of access insulation flush over second piece of access insulation. C. COVER PLATE: Cut a cover plate to the same dimensions as the third piece of access insulation (Item 6B) using a minimum 16 GA steel sheet. Drill holes in the cover plate that match the location of the four (4), 3/8- inch diameter, all- thread, steel rods Page 7 of 11 and locate the holes so that the cover plate is squared to the third piece of access insulation (Item 6B). After all three (3) layers of access insulation (Item 6B) are impaled over the four (4), 3/8 -inch diameter, all- thread, steel rods install the cover plate. Pass the four (4), 3/8 -inch diameter, all- thread, steel rods through the cover plate. Place washers and wing nuts onto each of the four (4), 3/8 -inch diameter, all- thread, steel rods. Secure the cover plate by tightening wing nuts. Figure 3 — Option A 7. OPTIONAL FIELD- FABRICATED ACCESS DOOR: Mark a clean -out access opening location on the grease duct (Item 1) with insulation (Item 4) at its mid - height Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 along the horizontal section. Use either Option A or B. A. (OPTION A) Cut a 12x12 -inch opening in the insulation (Item 4). Remove and discard the cut insulation ©Intertek Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation (Item 4). Cut and center a 10x10 -inch opening into the side of the grease duct (Item 1) by maintaining a 1 -inch clearance between the perimeter of the opening and the cut insulation (Item 4). Remove and discard the cut steel. Weld four (4), minimum 4 -inch long, 1/4 -inch diameter, all- thread, steel rods to the grease duct (Item 1). Locate one (1) steel rod at each comer of the grease duct (Item 1) opening so that they are 11 inches on center and squared within the insulation (Item 4) opening. i. ACCESS DOOR: Cut a 12x12 - inch, 16 GA, steel plate to be used as an access door. Drill clearance holes in the access door to match the all- thread, steel rod pattem. Place the access door over the all - thread, steel rods. Seal the opening in the grease duct (Item 1) by overlapping the access door over the opening cut in the insulation (Item 4) by 1 inch on all sides. Weld four (4), minimum 6- 1/2 -inch long, 12 GA, copper - coated, steel insulation pins to the access door corners so that the insulation pins are 9 inches on center. ii. CERTIFIED MANUFACTURER: 3M Company CERTIFIED PRODUCT: 3M Fire BarrierTM Duct Wrap MODEL: 615+ ACCESS INSULATION: Apply three (3) layers of access insulation over the access door. Cut the first piece of access insulation into a 12x12 -inch square and install it over the insulation pins and cover the access door (Item 7Ai). Cut the second piece of access insulation into a 14x14 -inch square. Square it and install it over the insulation pins. Cover the first piece of access insulation so that a 1 -inch overlap exists. Cut the third piece of access insulation into a 16x16- Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 Intertek Page 8 of 11 inch square. Seal cut edges of the third piece of access insulation with nominal 4- inch -wide aluminum foil tape. Square it and install it over the insulation pins. Cover the second piece of access insulation so that a 1 -inch overlap exists. Secure access insulation to the insulation pins with 1 -1/2 -inch square or round, galvanized or stainless steel, speed clips. Turn down or cut off insulation pins that extend beyond the second piece of access insulation. Place maximum 4 -inch long, steel tubing over each all- thread, steel rods. Apply washers and wing nuts over the all - thread, steel rods. Secure the access door by tightening the wing nuts. B. (OPTION B) Cut a maximum 16x16 - inch opening into the insulation (Item 4) and the grease duct (Item 1). Remove and discard the cut insulation (Item 4) and steel. Weld together four (4) pieces of 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 1/8-inch steel angle, with the flange outward, to form a 1 -1/2 -inch tall, flanged frame. Position, center, and continuously weld the flanged frame around the opening in the grease duct (Item 1). Position one (1), minimum 4 -inch long, 1/4 -inch diameter, all- thread, steel rod in the center of each of the four (4) comers of the flange and weld them in place. i. ACCESS DOOR: Cut an 18 -1/2 x 18 -1/2 -inch, 16 GA, steel plate to be used as an access door. Drill clearance holes in the access door to match the all- thread, steel rod pattem on the flange. Place the access door over the all- thread, steel rods. ii. COVER PLATE: Cut a 20 -1/2 x 20- 1 /2 -inch extemal cover plate out of 16 GA steel sheet and drill clearance holes matching the locations of the all- thread, steel rods on the flange. Weld minimum four (4), 12 GA, copper - coated, ©Intertek Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation steel insulation pins onto the intemal surface of the cover plate, spaced minimum 14 inches on center. Limit insulation pin length to one -half total access insulation thickness. Install access insulation (Item7Biii). Position the cover plate with access insulation (Item7Biii) Page 9 of 11 over the all- thread, steel rods flush to access door (Item7Bi). Apply washers and wing nuts over the all - thread, steel rods. Secure the access door (Item7Bi) by tightening the wing nuts. Figure 4 — Option B iii. CERTIFIED MANUFACTURER: 3M Company CERTIFIED PRODUCT: 3M Fire BarrierTm Duct Wrap MODEL: 615+ ACCESS INSULATION: Apply two layers of access insulation over the interior of the cover plate. Cut the first piece of access insulation into a 20 -1/2 x 20 -1/2 -inch square and install it over the insulation pins on Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 the intemal surface of the cover plate. Cut the second piece of access insulation into a 24 x 24- inch square. Seal cut edges of the second piece of access insulation with nominal 4- inch -wide aluminum foil tape. Square it to and install it over the insulation pins. Cover the first piece of access insulation so that a 1 -3/4 -inch overlap exists. Secure access insulation to insulation pins with 1 -1/2 -inch ©Intertek Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation square or round, galvanized or stainless steel speed clips. Tum down or cut off insulation pins that extend beyond the second piece of access insulation. 8. PENETRATION FIRESTOP: Install two - hour, fire- resistant, ASTM E 814, firestop Page 10 of 11 system. Before installing the packing material (Item 8B) and fill material (Item 8C) of the penetration firestop, wrap the grease duct (Item 1), which is the penetrating item, with insulation (Item 4). Figure 5 — Penetration Firestop A. FLOOR ASSEMBLY: Two -hour rated, solid concrete floor assembly made from reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100 -150 pcf or 1600 -2400 kg /m3) concrete. Constructed of one of the following: i. Solid Concrete — Minimum concrete thickness measured from exposed Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 Section A-A face to exposed face using one of the following requirements: • lightweight concrete — 3.6 inches; • sand - lightweight concrete — 3.8 inches; • carbonate aggregate concrete — 4.6 inches; and • siliceous aggregate concrete — 5.0 inches. ©Intertek Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 21 00 Thermal Protection 07 21 16 Blanket Insulation ii. Opening — Create an opening in the floor assembly. Position the grease duct (Item 1) concentrically or eccentrically in the opening so that the annular space ranges from minimum 0.5 inch to maximum 4-1/2 inches. Establish an opening designed to house the grease duct (Item 1) covered with insulation (Item 4) and the desired annular space but not exceeding a cross - sectional area of maximum 3136 inch2 and a maximum dimension of 59.5 inches. B. CERTIFIED MANUFACTURER: 3M Company CERTIFIED PRODUCT: 3M Fire Baffler Duct Wrap MODEL: 615+ PACKING MATERIAL: Fill the annular space with insulation (Items 4 or 8B) without the encapsulation (foil scrim) or Intertek- certified, minimum 4 -pcf density, mineral wool safing. Cut the packing material into strips that are 1.96 -times wider than the annular space to achieve a two -hour, F & T- Rating. Compress and insert packing material into the annual space. Fill the entire annular space. Recess the surface of packing material nominally 1/4 inches from top surface of the floor assembly (Item 8A). Date Created: August 29, 2009 Project No: 3171923SAT016 Page 11 of 11 C. CERTIFIED MANUFACTURER: 3M Company CERTIFIED PRODUCT: 3M Fire Barrier"' Sealant MODEL: • Water Tight 1000 NS Silicone, or • Water Tight 1003 SL Silicone, or • 2000+ Silicone FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL: Install minimum 1/4 -inch depth of fill material into the recess over the packing material (Item 8B) on top side of the floor assembly (Item 8A). Smooth (screed) the fill material flush with the surface of the floor assembly (Item 8A). Overlap the fill material onto face of the insulation (Item 4) and the floor assembly (Item 8A) a minimum of 1/2 inches. D. When encountered with other types of constructions of fire -rated floor /ceiling assemblies, protect the annular space around the grease duct (Item 1) passing through with an Intertek- certified, compatible, 3M, penetration firestop system having the same fire rating as the floor /ceiling assembly as described in an Intertek Design Listing. ©Intertek 3M Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ Duct Wrap Fire Protection System for Commercial Kitchen Grease and Ventilation Air Ducts Product Data RATTS AND BLANKETS FOR USE IN FIRE RESISTIVE DUCT ASSEMBLIES SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY 90G9 USTED DUCT INSULATION 1. Product Description 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ is a fire resistant wrap consisting of an inorganic fiber blanket encapsulated with a scrim - reinforced foil. The product is 1 -1/2 in. thick, 6pcf density.' It is used to fire rate commercial kitchen grease ducts as well as ventilation ducts, and is a proven alternative to 1 or 2 hour fire resistant rated shaft enclosures. With its excellent insulating capabilities, low weight and thin profile, it is and ideal choice for a duct enclosure system. This non - asbestos wrap installs easily because of its high flexibility and strength. LISTED VI • C , ,, US USTED 46A Po o� ky.. • m ONATOPuS FIRESTOP SYSTEMS FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 90G9 SEE INTERTEKDIRECTORY Features • Two -layer wrap for grease ducts rated as a shaft alternative per ASTM E 2336 • Zero clearance to combustible throughout the entire enclosure system for congested spaces • One -layer wrap for fire- resistive ventilation ducts per ISO 6944 • High flexibility for installation ease • Foil encapsulated for blanket protection, Tess dust, and high wrap strength • Widest range of penetration seal systems SEE INTERTEK DIRECTORY 2. Applications Two -layer applications of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ meet the criteria of ASTM E 2336 'Standard Test Methods for Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Systems'. 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ as single -layer fire resistant wrap application has passed the ISO 6944 'Fire Resistance Tests — Ventilation Ducts'. 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ is an ideal fire resistive enclosure for commercial kitchen grease ducts and ventilation air ducts. It is a proven performance alternative to a 1 or 2 hour fire resistant rated shaft enclosures and provides zero clearance to combustible construction throughout the entire enclosure system. 3MTM Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS, 3MTM Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1003 SL or 3MTM Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 2000+ Silicone Sealants is used in combination with 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ to firestop the duct when the duct penetrates fire rated floors and walls. 3. Availability Unit Size Quantity Weight 45 Ibs (20.4 kg) 90 Ibs (40.8 kg) Roll Roll 24 in. x25 ft. (60,9 mm x 635 cm) 48 in. x 25 ft. (121 cm x 635 cm) 1 1 4. Typical Physical Properties Blanket Color Weight White 0.9 Ibs. /ft.2 (4.38 kg /m2) 1 In accordance with the tolerances in ASTM C 892 Standard Specification for High- Temperature Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation. 1 5. Performance A. 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ has been tested in accordance with the following: ASTM E 2336 Standard Test Methods for Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Systems ASTM E 119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials ASTM E 814 Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through - Penetration Fire Stops ASTM E 136 Standard Test Method for Behavior of Material in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 °C (1382 °F) ASTM C 518 Standard Test Method for Steady -State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus ASTM C 1338 Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials ISO 6944 -85 Fire Resistance Tests - Ventilation Ducts B. Surface Burning Characteristics (ASTM E 84, ULC /CAN S -102) Flame Spread Smoke Developed Foil Encapsulated Blanket <25 <50 F. Design Listings C. Thermal Conductivity Temp. Btu - in. W hr- ft2 - °F m2 -K 500 °F (260 °C) 0.48 0.07 1000 °F (537°C) 0.97 0.14 1500 °F (815 °C) 1.57 0.23 1800 °F (982 °C) 1.98 0.29 2000 °F (1093 °C) 2.23 0.33 D. Linear Shrinkage 24 Hr ® 2012 °F (1000 °C): 1.2% E. R -Value Single layer of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ at 77 °F (25 °C): 6.38 °F - ft2 - hr Btu Fire Resistive Rating Enclosure System Third -Party Testing Services Design Listing Description Grease Duct Listings - ASTM E 2336 1 and 2 Hour 2 layers of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615 +, minimum 3 in. (76 mm) perimeter and longitudinal overlaps Intertek 3MU /FRD 120 -18 48 x 48 in. Rectangular Intertek 3MU /FRD 120 -19 48 in. Round Ventilation Duct Listings - ISO 6944 1 and 2 Hour 1 layer of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615 +, minimum 3 in. (76 mm) perimeter and longitudinal overlaps Intertek 3MU /FRD 120 -15 Underwriters Laboratories HNLJ.V -27 24 x 85 in. Rectangular 40 in. Round Intertek 3MU /FRD 120 -04 G. Codes and Standards 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ installed per ASTM E 2336 tested Design Listings meets the requirements of the following codes: NFPA 96, 2008 Edition 2006/2009 International Mechanical Code 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ installed per ISO 6944 tested Design Listings can be utilized to meet the requirements of the following codes: NFPA 92A Standard for Smoke - Control System Utilizing Barriers and Pressure Differences, 2006 Edition - Section 6.6.2 NFPA 92B Standard for Smoke Management Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large Spaces, 2005 Edition - Section 7.5.2 NFPA 101® Life Safety Code ®, 2006 Edition - Section(s) 8.6.7, 18.7.7 International Mechanical Code ®, 2006 Edition - Section 513.10.2 International Building Code ®, 2006 Edition - Section 909.10.2 These are only partial lists for design listings and code requirements. For the latest code and approval information go to www.3M.com /firestop or speak to your authorized 3M distributor or sales representative at (800) 328 -1687. 2 6. installation Techniques 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ should be installed per the application design listing in accordance with the following basic installation instructions. A. Material and Equipment • 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ blanket, 1 -1/2 in. (38 mm) thick2, 24 in. (60 cm) or 48 in. (121 cm) wide, 25 ft. (635 cm) standard length. The 48 in. (121 cm) wide blanket helps to minimize waste. • Aluminum foil tape. • Minimum 3/4 in. (19 mm) wide filament tape. • Stainless steel banding material, minimum 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) wide, minimum 0.015 in. (0,38 mm) thick, with stainless steel banding clips. • Hand banding tensioner, crimping tool and banding cutter. • Minimum 12 gauge copper- coated steel insulation pins used with minimum 2 -1/2 in. (38 mm) square galvanized steel or stainless speed clips or 1 -1/2 in. (38 mm) dia. round or equivalent sized insulated cup -head pins. • Capacitor discharge stud gun. • Access door hardware: four galvanized steel thread rods, 1/4 in. (6 mm) diameter by minimum 6 in. long (152 mm) with 1/4 in. (6 mm) wing nuts and 1/4 in. (6 mm) washers. • 4 in. (102 mm) long steel hollow tubing to fit threaded rods. • Minimum 4 pcf (64 kg /m3) density mineral wool or scrap pieces of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615 +. • 3MTM Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS, 1003 SL or 3MTM Fire Barrier Silicone Sealant 2000 +. B. Storage The 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ and 3MT^A Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS, 1003 SL or 3MTM Fire Barrier Silicone Sealant 2000+ must be stored in a dry warehouse environment. Pallets should not be stacked. C. Preparatory Work 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ is installed with common tools, such as knives, banders and capacitor discharge guns for applying insulation pins. In order to install the duct firestop system, the surfaces of all the openings and penetrating items need to be clean, dry, frost free and free of dust. D. Method (Two -Layer for ASTM E 2336) Note: These general instructions for installing 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ include a two -layer wrap construction of 24 -inch 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ blanket applied directly to a grease duct. To minimize waste, 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ material should be rolled out tautly before measuring. The first layer of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ blanket is wrapped around the perimeter of the duct and is cut to a length to overlap itself not less than 3 in. (76 mm). The overlap made by adjacent blankets forms the `longitudinal" overlap. Aluminum foil tape is used to seal all cut edges of the blanket and any tears in the foil scrim. This first layer is temporarily held in place using filament tape. The first layer does not require stainless steel banding. The second layer of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ blanket is wrapped around the perimeter of the previously installed first layer of 615 +, and is cut to at length to overlap itself not less that 3 in. (76 mm). The centerline of the second layer of blanket should be centered over the overlap of the first layer. The second layer of blanket requires longitudinal overlap onto adjacent blankets of not less than 3 in. (76 mm). The second layer of blanket is also held in place using filament tape. The second layer of wrap requires permanent fastening with stainless steel banding or rows of weld pins (impaling or cup -head style). 2 In accordance with the tolerances in ASTM C 892 Standard Specification for High- Temperature Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation. 3 Figure 1 3MTm Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ Commercial Kitchen Grease Duct Systems 1 or 2 Hour Shaft Alternative Zero Clearance to Combustibles Telescoping Wrap Technique With Banding For Ducts 24 inches (60,9 cm) or Less 1. First Layer 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 2. Second Layer 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 3. 3/4 in. (19 mm) Wide Filament Tape 4. Steel Banding 1/2 in. (13 mm) Wide Min. Typical for Permanent Fastening 5. 3 in. (76 mm) Min. Longitudinal Overlap 6. 3 in. (76 mm) Min. Perimeter Overlap System integrity is limited by quality of installation. Ducts > 24 in. (60,9 cm) Wide Require Pinning on the Bottom Side. Consult Current Independent Testing Laboratories (Intertek, UL) For Design or System Details. There are three (3) approved installation techniques for installing the 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ (See Figures 1A, 1B, & 1C): 1.Telescoping 3 in. (76 mm) Overlap Wrap Cross Section View With the telescoping overlap wrap method, each blanket overlaps one adjacent blanket, and each blanket has one edge exposed and one edge covered by the next blanket as shown in Figure 1A. The visible edges of the perimeter overlaps all point in the same direction. 1. One Layer 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 2. Steel Banding 1/2 in. (13 mm) Wide Min. Typical 3. 3 in. (76 mm) Min. Longitudinal Overlap 2. Checkerboard 3 in. (76 mm) Overlap Wrap Cross Section View With the 3 in. (76 mm) checkerboard overlap wrap method, blankets with both edges exposed alternate with blankets with covered edges, as shown in Figure 1 B. The visible edges of the perimeter overlaps alternate their directions and appear on every other blanket. 1. One Layer 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 2. Steel Banding 1/2 in. (13 mm) Wide Min. Typical 3. 3 in. (76 mm) Min. Longitudinal Overlap 4 Figure 1A Figure 1B 3. Butt Joint With Collar Cross Section View With the butt joint and collar method, adjacent blankets are butted tightly together and 6 in. (152 mm) wide collar of duct wrap is centered over the joint, overlapping each blanket by 3 in. (76 mm) minimum as shown in Figure 1. 1. One Layer 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 2. Steel Banding 1/2 in. (13 mm) Wide Min. Typical 5. 6 in. (152 mm) Min. Wide 615+ or 20A Collar 6. Firmly Butted Joint 3" (76 mm) 1 -1/2" (36 mm) Figure 1C 6" (152 mm 1 -1/2" (38 r..m) System integrity is limited by quality of installation. Consult Current Independent Testing Laboratories (Intertek, UL) For Design or System Details. In all three overlap techniques the perimeter overlap can occur at any location on the duct. The blanket is mechanically attached to the duct by steel banding or by welded insulation pins and clips for all three installation methods listed above. For Banding Only (See Figure 1) Filament tape can be used to temporarily hold the blanket in place until the banding is applied. The steel banding is applied around the duct 1 -1/2 in. (38 mm) from each edge of the blanket, and maximum 10 -1/2 in. (26,7 cm) centers. The banding is placed around the material and tightened so as to sufficiently hold the 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ in place against the duct, compressing the foil but not cutting the foil. Additional Pinning to Prevent Sagging of the Wrap For Ducts 24 in. (60 cm) and larger in width, additional pins are needed to support the blanket on the bottom horizontal surface and on the outside face of a vertical duct run. Space pins a maximum of 10 -1/2 in. (26,7 cm) apart in the direction of the blanket width, and a maximum of 12 in. (30 cm) apart in the direction of the blanket length. Refer to paragraph below for more information on Mechanical Fastening with Pins. For Mechanical Fastening with Pins Only Insulation pins are welded to the duct in the centers of the overlaps a minimum of 1 -1/2 in. (38 mm) from each edge of the blanket, and spaced a maximum of 10 -1/2 in. (26,7 cm) on center along perimeter overlap, and a maximum of 10 -1/2 in. (26,7 mm) on center along longitudinal overlaps. The blanket is impaled over the pins and held in place by galvanized speed clips. Insulation pins that extend beyond the blanket wrap shall be turned down to eliminate sharp points. Insulated cup -head pins can be used at the same spacing requirements of the insulation pins. NOTE: Support hangar systems do not need to be wrapped provided the hangar rods are at least a minimum of 3/8 in. (9,53 mm) diameter and spaced a maximum of 60 in. (152 cm) on center along the length of the duct. Use a minimum 2 in. x 2 in. x 1/4 in. (50 mm x 50 mm x 6,35 mm) steel angle steel support channel or SMACNA equivalent support system. 5 Figure 2 3MT"" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ Commercial Kitchen Grease Duct Systems 1 or 2 Hour Access Door System 1. Access Hole 2. 1/4 in. (6 mm) Dia. All Threaded Rods 3. Access Cover —16 Gauge 4. Insulation Pins — Welded 5. First Layer 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ Cut Same Size As Cover 6. Second Layer 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ with 1 in. (25 mm) Overlap On All Sides 7. Third Layer 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ with 1 in. (25 mm) Overlap On All Sides 8. Speed Clips 9. Aluminum Tape Covering All Exposed Edges 10. Spool Pieces For Threaded Rods 11. 1/4 in. (6 mm) Diameter Wings Nuts System integrity is limited by quality of installation. Consult Current Independent Testing Laboratories (Intertek, UL) For Design or System Details. Access Door Installation Four galvanized steel threaded rods, 1/4 in. diameter (6,35 mm) by 4 -1/2 in. to 5 in. long (114 mm to 127 mm) are welded to the duct at the corners of the door opening. Four steel tubes, each 3 in. (76 mm) long, are placed over the rods to act as protection for the 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ when fastening the door. Four insulation pins are welded to the door panel for installation of the blanket. One layer of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ is cut approximately the same size as the access panel and impaled over the insulation pins on the panel. It is essential that this layer fit tightly against the wrap surrounding the access door opening with no through openings. A second layer of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ is cut so as to overlap the first layer by a minimum of 1 in. (25,4 mm). A third layer of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ is cut so as to overlap the second layer by a minimum of 1 in. (25,4 mm). The third layer is impaled over the pins and all three layers are locked in place with galvanized or stainless steel speed clips. Pins that extend beyond the outer layer of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ shall be turned down to avoid sharp points on the door. The insulated door panel is placed over the threaded rods and held in place with washers and wing nuts. The details are shown in Figure 2. 6 Figure 3 3MT" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ Commercial Kitchen Grease Duct Systems 1 or 2 Hour Through Penetration Systems 4 -1/2 inch (11,4 cm) Concrete Floor or Wall 1. Floor /Ceiling or Wall Assembly 2. Duct 3. One or Two Layers 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 4. Banding or Pinning 5. Packing Material 6. 3MTM Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS, 3MTM Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1003 SL, or 3MTM Fire Barrier Silicon Sealant 2000 +. For Wall Assembly Apply Sealant To Both Sides of Wall. 3MTM Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1003 SL Not Suited For Wall Applications. 0 L co 0 O System integrity is limited by quality of installation. Consult Current Independent Testing Laboratories (Intertek, UL) For Design or System Details. Penetrations When the duct penetrates a fire rated wall, ceiling or floor, an approved firestop system must be employed. Figure 3 illustrates a typical condition. To firestop the wrapped duct, follow the installation parameters detailed in a compatible ASTM E 814 tested through - penetration firestop design. Note: Through - penetration designs in which the duct is bare where it passes through combustible or limited - combustible construction (e.g. gypsum walls or wood joist floor - ceiling assemblies) are appropriate for ventilation duct scenarios only. It is not appropriate for bare, uninsulated grease ducts to pass through combustible assemblies. Through Penetration Systems ASTM E 814 Intertek Testing Services Sealants Fire Resistive Rating Design Listing (former OPL name) Description Firestopped To 3MTm Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS 3MT"^ Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1003 SL 3MTM Fire Barrier Silicone Sealant 2000+ 1 Hour 3MU /PH 60 -01 FS 557 W Gypsum Wall Duct Wrap 3MU /PV 60 -01 FS 558 F Floor - Ceiling Duct Wrap 2 Hour 3MU /PH 120 -14 FS 559 W Gypsum Wall Duct Wrap 3MU /PH 120 -16 FS 563 W Concrete Wall Bare Duct 3MU /PH 120 -17 FS 566 W Gypsum Shaft Wall Bare Duct 3MU /PH 120 -18 FS 568 W Gypsum Wall Bare Duct 3MU /PH 120 -29 FS 579 W Concrete Wall Duct Wrap 3MU /PV 120 -06 FS 576 F Concrete Floor Bare Duct 3MU /PV 120 -07 FS 578 F Concrete Floor Duct Wrap For technical data and properties of 3MTM Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1000 NS, 3MTM Fire Barrier Water Tight Sealant 1003 SL or 3MTM Fire Barrier Silicone Sealant 2000 +, see separate product data sheets available from your 3M representative or go to www.3M.com /firestop. This is only a partial list of design listings. For the latest information go to www.3M.com /firestop or speak to your authorized 3M distributor or sales representative at (800) 328 -1687. 7 7. Maintenance No maintenance is required when installed in accordance with the 3M Installation Instructions. Once installed, if any section of the 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ is damaged so that the blanket requires repair, the following procedures apply: • The damaged section should be removed by cutting the steel banding or removing the clips holding it in place. • A new section of the same dimension should be cut from a roll of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615 +, either 24 in. (60,9 cm) or 48 in. (121 cm) wide. • The new section should be placed and fitted ensuring the same overlap that existed previously. • The steel banding should be placed around the material and tensioned so as to sufficiently hold the 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ in place. • If the blanket has not been damaged but the foil has ripped, seal the rips with aluminum foil tape. 8. Purchase Information 3M Fire Barrier products are available through a network of nationwide distributors. For information on where to buy, go to www.3M.com /firestop. 9. Safe Handling Information Consult Material Safety Data Sheet prior to handling and disposing of 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615 +. Important Notice to User: Product Use: Many factors beyond 3M's control and uniquely within user's knowledge and control can affect the use and performance of a 3M product in a particular application. Given the variety of factors that can affect the use and performance of a 3M product, user is solely responsible for evaluating the 3M product and determining whether it is fit for a particular purpose and suitable for user's method of application. Warranty and Limited Remedy: 3M warrants that each 3M Fire Protection Product will be free from defects in material and manufacture for 90 days from the date of purchase from 3M's authorized distributor. 3M MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. If a 3M product does not conform to this warranty, the sole and exclusive remedy is, at 3M's option, replacement of the 3M product or refund of the purchase price. Limitation of Liability: Except where prohibited by law, 3M will not be liable for any loss or damage arising from the 3M product, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential, regardless of the legal theory asserted. 3M Building and Commercial Services Division St. Paul, MN 55144 -1000 1- 800 - 328 -1687 3M.com /firestop Please recycle. Printed in U.S.A. ® 3M 2009. All rights reserved. 98- 0213 - 4605 -5 08/2009 rev° 3M is a trademark of 3M. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 3M(TM) Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 09/01/09 3IVI Material Safety Data Sheet Copyright, 2009, 3M Company. All rights reserved. Copying and/or downloading of this information for the purpose of properly utilizing 3M products is allowed provided that: (1) the information is copied in full with no changes unless prior written agreement is obtained from 3M, and (2) neither the copy nor the original is resold or otherwise distributed with the intention of earning a profit thereon. SECTION 1: PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION PRODUCT NAME: 3M(TM) Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ MANUFACTURER: 3M DIVISION: Building & Commercial Services Division ADDRESS: 3M Center St. Paul, MN 55144 -1000 EMERGENCY PHONE: 1- 800 - 364 -3577 or (651) 737 -6501 (24 hours) Issue Date: 09/01/09 Supercedes Date: Initial Issue Document Group: 27- 3267 -5 Product Use: Intended Use: Passive Fire Protection SECTION 2: INGREDIENTS Ingredient Synthetic fibers, aluminum oxide - calcium oxide - magnesium oxide - silica ALUMINUM POLYPROPYLENE Polymeric adhesive Flame Retardant C.A.S. No. 329211 -92 -9 7429 -90 -5 9003 -07 -0 Trade Secret Trade Secret % by Wt > 95 <2 <1 < 0.5 < 0.5 SECTION 3: HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION 3.1 EMERGENCY OVERVIEW Odor, Color, Grade: Grey - green,odorless material with a wool type appearance. General Physical Form: Solid Immediate health, physical, and environmental hazards: 3.2 POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS Page 1 of 7 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 3M(TM) Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 09/01/09 Eye Contact: Dust created by cutting, grinding, sanding, or machining may cause eye irritation. Signs/symptoms may include redness, swelling, pain, tearing, and blurred or hazy vision. Skin Contact: Mechanical Skin irritation: Signs/symptoms may include abrasion, redness, pain, and itching. Inhalation: Dust from cutting, grinding, sanding or machining may cause irritation of the respiratory system. Signs/symptoms may include cough, sneezing, nasal discharge, headache, hoarseness, and nose and throat pain. Dust from cutting, grinding, sanding or machining may cause target organ effects. Ingestion: No health effects are expected. SEC :TION ±'.4.�;FFIRST��AID.�IVIEA � � r� �� � 4.1 FIRST AID PROCEDURES The following first aid recommendations are based on an assumption that appropriate personal and industrial hygiene practices are followed. Eye Contact: Flush eyes with large amounts of water. If signs /symptoms persist, get medical attention. Skin Contact: Wash affected area with soap and water. If signs/symptoms develop, get medical attention. Inhalation: If signs/symptoms develop, remove person to fresh air. If signs/symptoms persist, get medical attention. If Swallowed: No need for first aid is anticipated. SECTIU.M:5147IRsFI gr"IS M0i$URES• `$ '4 1.: =5 s < ` £� 5.1 FLAMMABLE PROPERTIES Autoignition temperature Flash Point Flammable Limits - LEL Flammable Limits - UEL OSHA Flammability Classification: 5.2 EXTINGUISHING MEDIA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Page 2 of 7 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 3M(TM) Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 09/01/09 Non - combustible. Choose material suitable for surrounding fire. 5.3 PROTECTION OF FIRE FIGHTERS Special Fire Fighting Procedures: Wear full protective equipment (Bunker Gear) and a self - contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards: Not applicable. Note: See STABILITY AND REACTIVITY (SECTION 10) for hazardous combustion and thermal decomposition information. L.SECaTI 1516: ,CCIDENTAL <RELEE Accidental Release Measures: Not applicable. In the event of a release of this material, the user should determine if the release qualities as reportable according to local, state, and federal regulations. ;SE'CTION7 �I3ANDLING ORIrd W. 7.1 HANDLING For industrial or professional use only. Avoid breathing of airborne material. 7.2 STORAGE Store away from acids. SEMoSi 8 k-IW REACONTRULS%PERSONA'Alif itOTECTI< 8.1 ENGINEERING CONTROLS Provide ventilation adequate to control dust concentrations below recommended exposure limits and/or control dust. 8.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) 8.2.1 Eye/Face Protection Avoid eye contact. The following eye protection(s) are recommended: Safety Glasses with side shields. 8.2.2 Skin Protection Avoid prolonged or repeated skin contact. Gloves not normally required. Select and use gloves and/or protective clothing to prevent skin contact based on the results of an exposure assessment. Consult with your glove and/or protective clothing manufacturer for selection of appropriate compatible materials. Gloves made from the following material(s) are recommended: Neoprene, Nitrite Rubber. 8.2.3 Respiratory Protection Avoid breathing of dust. Under normal use conditions, airborne exposures are not expected to be significant enough to require respiratory protection. Select one of the following NIOSH approved respirators based on airborne concentration of contaminants and in accordance with OSHA regulations: Half facepiece or fullface air - purifying respirator with N95 particulate filters. Consult the current 3M Page 3 of 7 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 3M(TM) Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 09/01/09 Respiratory Selection Guide for additional information or call 1- 800 - 243 -4630 for 3M technical assistance. 8.2.4 Prevention of Swallowing Not applicable. 8.3 EXPOSURE GUIDELINES Ingredient Authority Type Limit ALUMINUM ACGIH TWA, respirable 1 mg/m3 ALUMINUM OSHA TWA, respirable 5 mg/m3 ALUMINUM OSHA TWA, as total dust 15 mg/m3 ALUMINUM PYRO POWDERS ACGIH TWA, as Al 5 mg/m3 ALUMINUM PYRO POWDERS OSHA TWA, as Al 5 mg/m3 Flame Retardant AIHA TWA 5 mg/m3 Flame Retardant CMRG TWA 5 mg/m3 POLYPROPYLENE CMRG TWA, as respirable 5 mg/m3 dust POLYPROPYLENE CMRG TWA, as total dust 10 mg/m3 Additional Information Table A4 Table Z -1 Table Z -1 Table Z -1 A SOURCE OF EXPOSURE LIMIT DATA: ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists CMRG: Chemical Manufacturer Recommended Guideline OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration A1HA: American Industrial Hygiene Association Workplace Environmental Exposure Level (WEEL) JPERTIE Odor, Color, Grade: General Physical Form: Autoignition temperature Flash Point Flammable Limits - LEL Flammable Limits - UEL Specific Gravity Melting point Solubility in Water Percent volatile Grey - green,odorless material with a wool type appearance. Solid Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable 2.5 - 3.0 [Ref Std: WATER =1 ] Not Applicable Negligible 0% UMW): 777 3Ithr- ANB REACTI I TY ; .. .; �::; - 't_i- Stability: Stable. Materials and Conditions to Avoid: Strong acids Page 4 of 7 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 3M(TM) Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 09/01/09 Hazardous Polymerization: Hazardous polymerization will not occur. Hazardous Decomposition or By- Products Substance Carbon monoxide Carbon dioxide Condition Not Specified Not Specified 8TEATyION t :` TOXI'°COL C T AI INF,ORAKTT SI Please contact the address listed on the first page of the MSDS for Toxicological Information on this material and/or its components. lgreTION 1:1C0106ICAIIIIVFORIVIA�'I'ION > .. ECOTOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Not applicable. CHEMICAL FATE INFORMATION Not applicable. f grff ON 13 DISE is. it NSIDERTrioNS Waste Disposal Method: Dispose of waste product in a sanitary landfill. As a disposal alternative, incinerate in an industrial or commercial facility in the presence of a combustible material. EPA Hazardous Waste Number (RCRA): Not regulated Since regulations vary, consult applicable regulations or authorities before disposal. 9SECTION AiTRANSPORTINFURIVIATI ID Number(s): 98- 0400 - 5589 -3,98- 0400 - 5590 -1 Please contact the emergency numbers listed on the first page of the MSDS for Transportation Information for this material. 07 LT • fe A O Y I EO TION .a1Y 77�� •r. • • .. .. US FEDERAL REGULATIONS Page 5 of 7 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 3M(TM) Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 09/01/09 Contact 3M for more information. 311/312 Hazard Categories: Fire Hazard - No Pressure Hazard - No Reactivity Hazard - No Immediate Hazard - Yes Delayed Hazard - No Section 313 Toxic Chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of that section and 40 CFR part 372 (EPCRA): Ingredient C.A.S. No % by Wt ALUMINUM 7429 -90 -5 <2 STATE REGULATIONS Contact 3M for more information. CHEMICAL INVENTORIES The components of this product are in compliance with the chemical notification requirements of TSCA. This product is an article as defined by TSCA regulations, and is exempt from TSCA Inventory listing requirements. Contact 3M for more information. INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS Contact 3M for more information. This MSDS has been prepared to meet the U.S. OSHA Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200. ciigoSsat 6 OTI3ER INFORs1V ' TIO'r NFPA Hazard Classification Health: 1 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0 Special Hazards: None National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) hazard ratings are designed for use by emergency response personnel to address the hazards that are presented by short-term, acute exposure to a material under conditions of fire, spill, or similar emergencies. Hazard ratings are primarily based on the inherent physical and toxic properties of the material but also include the toxic properties of combustion or decomposition products that are known to be generated in significant quantities. HMIS Hazard Classification Page 6 of 7 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 3M(TM) Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 09/01/09 Health: 1 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0 Protection: A Hazardous Material Identification System (HMIS ®) hazard ratings are designed to inform employees of chemical hazards in the workplace. These ratings are based on the inherent properties of the material under expected conditions of normal use and are not intended for use in emergency situations. HMIS® ratings are to be used with a fully implemented HMIS® program. HMIS® is a registered mark of the National Paint and Coatings Association (NPCA). No revision information is available. DISCLAIMER: The information in this Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is believed to be correct as of the date issued. 3M MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE. User is responsible for determining whether the 3M product is fit for a particular purpose and suitable for user's method of use or application. Given the variety of factors that can affect the use and application of a 3M product, some of which are uniquely within the user's knowledge and control, it is essential that the user evaluate the 3M product to determine whether it is fit for a particular purpose and suitable for user's method of use or application. 3M provides information in electronic form as a service to its customers. Due to the remote possibility that electronic transfer may have resulted in errors, omissions or alterations in this information, 3M makes no representations as to its completeness or accuracy. In addition, information obtained from a database may not be as current as the information in the MSDS available directly from 3M. 3M MSDSs are available at www3M.com Page 7 of 7 Assembly No. V -27 July 24, 2009 Duct A Stability Rating —1 or 2 Hr Integrity Rating —1 or 2 Hr REVIEWED FORS Insulation Rating — 1 or 2 Hr Ratings applicable for Ventilation Ducts installt'tl'with or without branches) * �_ CODE COMPLIANCE APP -= °(we, • Permit Ma CE COPY r JUL 0'7 101(1 i City of Tukwila BUILDING nil/1mm 1. Wall or Floor Assembly — CITYOF (A, MAY .05 2010 PERMIT CE A. Masonry Wall — Min 7 -1/2 in. (190 mm) thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight concrete wall. Wall may also be constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks. OR B. Gypsum Board Wall Assembly —The 2 hr fire -rated gypsum board/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U400 or V400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: B 1. Studs — Wall framing shall consist of steel "C" studs min 3 -5/8 in. (92 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. Additional framing members shall be used to completely frame around opening. B2. Gypsum Board* — Min 5/8 in. (15.9 mm) thick, 4 ft (1220 mm) wide with square or tapered edges as specified in the individual U400 or V400 Wall and Partition Design. See Gypsum Board (CKNX) category in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of manufacturers. OR C. Floor - Ceiling Assembly —The 1 hr fire -rated solid wood joist floor - ceiling assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual L500 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. The general construction features of the floor - ceiling assembly are summarized below: C 1. Flooring System — Lumber or plywood subfloor with finish floor as specified in the individual Floor - Ceiling Design. C2. Wood Joists — Nom 10 in. (240 mm) deep (or deeper) wood joists with bridging as required and with ends firestopped. Opening to be framed on all 4 sides with sections of solid wood joist. C3. Gypsum Board* — Thickness, type, number of layers and fasteners shall be as specified in individual Floor - Ceiling Design. See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) category in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of manufacturers. 2. .Steel Air Duct — Min 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) thick (or heavier) steel duct having a max penmeter of 218 in. (5.54 m) with max individual dimension of 85 in. (2.16 m) and constructed in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. The sections shall be assembled using bolted flanges or SMACNA approved Transverse Joint Reinforcements. Duct to bCOI to accordance with SMACNA requirement and as specified in Item 4. LTR# This material was extracted and drawn by 3M Fire Protection Products from the 2009 Product Directory, ©Intertek 3M 'Fire Protection'Products °T r�' ... ""� www.3m.com /firestop V 27.1 of 2 ProductSupp 1;32 O Ventilation Duct sdDJM algixalJ C A ■ 0 pna uowii4ua^ Assembly No. V -27 continued 3. Fire Resistive System -The fire resistive system shall consist of the following: Al. Batts and Blankets* - Min 1 -1/2 in. (38 mm) thick, totally encapsulated within foil -scrim facers. The steel duct shall be wrapped with one layer of duct wrap installed in a telescope, checkerboard or butt-joint-and-collar pattern with 3 in. (76 mm) transverse and longitudinal overlaps, in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. All cut edges and ends shall be sealed with 3 in. (76 mm) wide pressure sensitive aluminum foil tape. 3M COMPANY 3M FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS - 3M FireBarrier Duct Wrap 615 or 3M FireBarrier Duct Wrap 615+ A2. Batts and Blankets* - Collars - Min 1 -1/2 in. (38 mm) thick, 6 in. (152 mm) wide collars, totally encapsulated within foil -scrim facers. The transverse butt joints shall be wrapped using a collar.. The collar shall be centered over each butt joint with a 3 in. (76 mm) longitudinal overlap. 3M COMPANY 3M FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS - 3M FireBarrier Duct Wrap 615 Collars or 3M FireBarrier Duct Wrap 615 +Collars B1. Steel Banding Straps (Not shown) - Min 1/2 in (13 mm) wide by 0.015 in. (0.4 mm) thick stainless steel banding straps used in conjunction with min 1 in. (25 mm) long stainless steel cnmp clips. Banding straps spaced a max 12 in. (305 mm) OC and 1 -1/2 in. (38 mm) from edges of collars. B2 Steel Pins (Not shown)- Min 0.118 in. (3 mm) thick, 6 in. (150 mm) long copper coated steel insulation pins used in conjunction with 2 -1/2 by 2 -1/2 in (63 by 63 mm) square 0.020 in (0 5 mm) thick, galvanized steel speed clips. Pins spaced 12 in. max transversely and 10 -1/2 in. (267 mm) max lengthwise along the ends and bottom of the duct and secured to the duct wrap in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions. C. Firestop System - Whcn the ventilation duct passes through a fire separation, the through openings shall be firestoppcd in accordance with Through-Penetration System No. W -J -7104 (masonry wall), W L -7180 (gypsum board wall) or F -C -7054 (combustible floor - ceiling). See Through - Penetration Firestop Systems in Vol. 2 of the Fire Resistance Directory. 4. Support Rod - Steel threaded rod, nominal minimum diameter as shown in the table below, mounted to concrete floor by passing through pre - drilled hole and bolting with nut and washer on top of floor, or or with steel drop -in or wedge expansion type concrete anchors sized as follows: Load carried by each rod Minimum rod diameter Minimum embedment, drop-in anchor Minimum embedment, wedge anchor 55 lb or less 3/8 in. 1 -5/8 in. 1 -1/2 in. Over 55 lb to 95 lb 1/2 in. 2 in. 2 -1/4 in. 5. Cradle- Steel angle, 75 mm by 75 mm by 6.3 min, used to support wrapped duct at 1500 mm OC maximum. Hung from concrete floor with Support Rods (Item 4). For ducts not exceeding 1525 mm in width, steel angle 51 mm by 51 mm by 4.8 mm or Unistrut P5500 channel can be used. *Bearing the UL Classification Mark This material was extracted and drown by 3M Fire Protection Products from the 2009 edition of the UL Fire Resistance Directory. rotection: Products ' '' '"'`� `' ` "` ; ,.`• <h PioduchSupport tine'~ www.3m.com /firestop V 27 .2 of 2 1 -800- 328 -1687 3M Fire Protection Products Fire Barrier Duct Wraps REVIEWED Foy CODECOMPLIA ` 0, APPRAVED JUL u 7 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING fRrlilnly A key objective in advancing innovation for fire rated duct wrap is to attain less thermal transfer (more fire resistance) in a lighter product. 3M has developed 3MTM Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ to be the only fire rated duct wrap product you'll need to help protect both grease ducts and air ducts, in an easy to install format (lightweight, flexible) while passing the necessary fire tests to achieve two hour fire resistance requirements. www.3M.com /ductwrap mi CORRECTION Introducing a new, lighter weight duct wrap — 3MTm Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615 +. Because we know where you're coming from. 3M Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ is the only fire rated duct wrap you need for code required protection of grease and air ducts. Now, in a lighter weight, 6pcf density, it is certified according to ASTM E2336 (grease duct test standard) in two layer systems and ISO 6944 (air duct test standard) in single layer systems. The product is certified with both UL and Intertek (OPL) and has 1 and 2 hour design listings. 3M Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ is manufactured with a man -made vitreous spun fiber, which allows for low thermal transfer properties in a lightweight, low profile, easy to apply product. Features and Advantages • Lightweight (6 Ibs per cu ft) and thin (1.5" *) for easier application • 2 hour fire protection • Third party certified to ASTM E2336 (grease ducts test standard) and ISO 6944 (air duct test standard) • Supports maximum temperatures of up to 2192 °F (1200 °C) • Apply in 2 layers for grease ducts • Apply in 1 layer for air ducts * In accordance with the tolerances in ASTM C 892 Standard Specification for High- Temperature Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation Kitchen Exhaust Ducts 615+ is approved for use on kitchen exhaust ducts, per ASTM E2336 providing 1 and 2 hour protection with a 2 -layer system. 3M" Fire Banter Duct Wrap 615+ Stair Pressurization and Life Safety Ventilation Ducts 615+ is tested to ISO 6944 and can be used on stair pressurization ducts and other life safety air ducts, providing 2 hour protection with a 1 layer system. k 3MT" Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A Wrap plastic pipes in plenum areas more easily. Inorganic blanket encapsulated with a scrim - reinforced foil. This wrap provides a flexible, non - combustible enclosure for pipes in return air plenums. .Y • • Features and Advantages • Tested to ASTM 84, NFPA 252 (UL 910), and UL 1887 • Strong, lightweight and flexible material for easy installation • Foil encapsulated scrim • 3M"' Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A Plenum Wrap Listings for 5A Enclosure System 1 layer of 3M- Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A, 1 " (25mm) perimeter and longitudinal overlaps Design Listing Number, Intertek (OPL) Protected Item Testing 3MU/FRD 120-16 Plastic Pipe: PVC, (PP 100 P) CPVC, ABS, PB, PE, PP and PVDF UL 1887 3MU/FRD 120 -17 (PP 101 P) Cabling with PVC, CPVC, ABS, PB, PE, PP and PVDF jacketing NFPA 252 (UL 910) 3MU /BI 120 -01 Plastic Pipe: PVC, CPVC, ABS, PB, PE, PP and PVDF ASTM E84 Surface Buming Characteristics (ASTM E 84 for 5A) Product Flame Spread Smoke Developed Foil Encapsulated Blanket Plastic Pipe in Plenum Areas 3M Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A meets test criteria for use on plastic pipes located in plenum areas. Foil Encapsulated Blanket around plastic pipes 0 45 (modified E84) Traditional bulky protection with gypsum wall shaft We thihk 1,‘ outside the box, so you don't have to. Grease Duct Listings for 615+ Fire Resistive Rating Enclosure System Duct System, Intertek (OPL) Testing 615+ 1 or 2 hours 2 layers of 3M'" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615 +, 3" (76mm) perimeter and 3" (76mm) longitudinal overlaps 3MU /FRD 120 -18 3MU/FRD 120 -19 ASTM E 2336 / ICC ES AC101 Surface Burning Characteristics (ASTM E 84 for 615 +) Product Fire Stutter Dud Wr r 616+ Flame Spread Smoke Developed <50 Codes & Standards for 615 +, Air Duct Standards for the Installation of Air Condition and Ventilating Systems, 2009 Ed, NFPA 92A Standard for Smoke- Control System Utilizing Barters and Pressure Differences, 2006 Edition -- Section - 6.6.2. NFPA 92B Standard for Smoke Management Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large Spaces, 2005 Edition — Section 7.5.2 NFPA 101® Life Safety Core ®, 2006 Edition— Seoba 8.6.7, 18,7.7 International Mechanical Code ®, 2006 Edition — Section 513.10.2 International Bt ng Code., 2006 Edition - Section 909.10,2 This is only a partial list of codes and standards. Go to 3M.com/firestop or speak to your authorized 3M distributor or sales representative at 1- 800 - 328 -1687 Availability 3M'" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 3M'" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 3M'" Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A 3M'" Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A *1.5" x 24" x 25' (38mm x 60.9cm x 762cm) *1.5" x 48" x 25' (38mm x 121.9cm x 762cm) .5" x 24" x 50' (38mm x 121.9cm x 1524cm) .5" x 48" x 25' (12.7mm x 121.9cm x 762cm) 1 1 1 2 45 lbs. 20 kg. 90 lbs. 40 kg. 45 lbs. 20 kg. 90 lbs. 40 kg. 3M's Grease, Chemical Fume and Ventilation Air Duct listings all have affiliated Through- Penetration design listings that comply with ASTM E 814. Go to 3M.com/firestop or speak to your authorized 3M distributor or sales representative at 1- 800 - 328 -1687 for more information. Ventilation Air Duct Listings for 615+ (tested to ISO 6944) Fire Resistive Enclosure Rating System Duct System Through- Listing Penetration System Agency 1 layer of 3M" Fire Barrier Duct 1 or 2 Wrap 615 +, hours 3" (76mm) perimeter and longitudinal overlaps This is only a partial list of systems that use Duct Wrap 615 +. For complete information visit www.3M.com/firestop. V -27 3MU/FRD- 120-15 W -L -7180, W -J -7104 F -C -7054 3MU/PH 60 -03, 3MU/PV 120 -23, 3MU/PV 120 -25 UL Intertek (OPL) Codes & Standards for 615 +, Grease Duct NFPA 96, 2008 Edition NFPA 96, 2004 Editkin NFPA 90A, 2002 Edition Uniform *Chant al l Code 72.4 International Mechanical Code ®, 2003 Edition, Section 5//06.3.100 on8l M tlt� , , Section 606 310 This is only a partial list of codes and standards. Go to 3M.com/firestop or speak to your authorized 3M distributor or sales representative at 1- 800 - 328 -1687 3M'" Fire Barrier 3M'"" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap Duct Wrap Applications Performance Characteristics Grease Duct Ventilation Air Duct Life Safety Duct (Stair Pressurization, Smoke, Exhaust, etc.) Plenum Applications • • • Note: Consult individual project plans for which codes and standards apply. • * In accordance with the tolerances in ASTM C 892 Standard Specification for High- Temperature Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation ASTM C 518 ASTM C 1338 ASTM E 84 ASTM E 119 ASTM E 136 ASTM E 814 ASTM E 2336 NFPA 252 (UL 910) UL 1887 ISO 6944 • • • • • • Product 3M'" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ Product Number 615+ Description 3M'" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ for grease and air duct protection Roll Size 24" W x 25' L UPC Number 000-51115-18799-5 Packaging 1 4 Price Unit Roll 3M'" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ 615+ 3M'" Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+ for grease and air duct protection qg yy x 25' L 000-51115-18800-8 1 2 Ron 3M'" Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A 5A 3M'" Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A for plastic pipe protection 24" W x 50' L 000-51115-16513-9 1 8 Roll 3M'" Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A 5A 3M'" Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A for plastic pipe protection qg yy x 25' L 000-51115-16574-6 1 8 Roll BATTS AND BLANKETS FOR USE IN FIRE RESISTIVE DUCT ASSEMBLIES SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY 90G9 3M USTED DUCT INSULATION 90G9 LASTED cam) FIRESTOP SYSTEMS SEE INTERTEK DIRECTORY Building and Commercial Services Division 3M Center, Building 223 -2N -21 St. Paul, MN 55144 -1000 Ph. 800-328-1687 3M.com /firestop LISTED pq��P us FIRESTOP SYSTEMS SEE INTERTEK DIRECTORY Please recycle. Printed in U.S.A. © 3M 2009. All rights reserved. 98- 0213 - 4600 -6 (99.5)ii Warranty and Limited Remedy: 3M warrants tha each 3M Fire Protection P oduct will be free from defects in material and manufacture for 90 days from the date of purchase from 3M's authorized distributor. 3M MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. If a 3M product does not conform to this warranty, the sole and exclusive remedy is, at 3M's option, replacement of the 3M product or refund of the purchase price. Limitation of Liability: Except where prohibited by law, 3M wit not be liable for any loss or damage arising from the 3M product, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential, regardless of the legal theory asserted. 3M is a trademark of 3M company. NFPA 101 and Life Safety Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association. International Mechanical Code and International Building Code are trademarks of the International Code Council. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 087100 SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. P!LE COPY 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work under this section includes the complete finish hardware requirements fglr th Quantities listed are for the Contractor's convenience only and are not guaran not specifically mentioned, but necessary to complete the work shall be furni matching the items specified in quality and finish. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" 2. Division 08 Section "Flush Wood Doors" 3. Division 08 Section "Aluminum- Framed Entrances and Storefronts" 4. Division 26 - Electrical 5. Division 28 - Electronic Safety and Security WED FOR COMPLIANCE MPl,1ANCE MI/ED JUL 0 7 2010 CitYof Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION lN C. Electronic Hardware Coordination: Coordinate Work of this Section with the requirements of systems specified under Divisions 26 and 28, as required to provide materials, fabrication, and installation for complete and operating system meeting the operational requirements stated. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Standards: Current edition at date of bid. 1. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act, "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities" 2. ANSI /BHMA A156.18 - Materials and Finishes 3. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Windows 4. Underwriters Laboratories - Building Materials Directory 5. UL 10C - Underwriters Laboratories, "Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies ". 6. ICC /ANSI Al 17.1 - "Accessible and Usable Building and Facilities" B. Codes: 1. Washington State Building Code, Chapter 51 -50 WAC, as amended by the City of RECEIVED Seattle. CITY OF TUKWILA 1.4 SUBMITTALS MAY 2 8 2010 A. General Requirements: Submittals shall be in accordance with Division 01 "SubmittaPERMITCENTEIR Procedures ". B. Product Data: Submit Six (6) copies of manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. C. Hardware Schedule: Submit Six (6) copies of a detailed Finish Hardware Schedule. CORRECTION LTR #. 2 SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J:\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3 GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 1 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 09819.00 1. The submitted Finish Hardware Schedule shall indicate the complete designation of ry item required for each door or opening. nish cover sheet listing title of project as shown on the Contract Documents, name, address, pho,,e and fax numbers of Owner, Architect, Contractor, and Supplier, name of Ce-tifiedaHardware Consultant, and date of submittal. 3. List each opening individually under separate headings in the same order as the door schedule. Do not group like or similar doors under a single heading. Do not continue headings on separate pages. 4. Each heading shall indicate opening location, handing, degree of opening, door size, type, fire rating, and Door and Frame material. 5. Indicate product Manufacturer and incorporate cross - reference to symbols used in Article 2.15 Hardware Groups. 6,. Include an index indicating door, heading, and page numbers and locking function for each opening. 7. Locations shall be included and miscellaneous hardware items. 8. A cross reference for abbreviations or symbols used shall be included. 9. Schedules in coded or horizontal format are unacceptable. 10. Submittals not conforming to these requirements will be returned without review, for re- submittal. Following is an example of the required format: *MOO 93 1 Sgl. Door #104 - Reception 100 to Office 104 HW -2 3 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3/4" x 20 Minute x Type C 3 Each Butts 1 Lockset 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 1 Set Gasket MA BE LCN TI TR PE LH 90° SC WD x HMF HG -305 x 83" x US32D x AdjustaScrews x 1 /2MS 45H7INL15M 630 LH 4041 -EDA Alum x STB B3EKP - 10 x 34.5 - US32D x B4E x CTSK 1270CX -SV US26D (626) S88D - 17' per Set 11. Processing: Hardware schedules will not be reviewed by the Architect until they have been reviewed and approved by Contractor. 12. Revisions: The Finish Hardware Submittal shall be kept current throughout the project duration. Revisions incorporated shall be submitted in accordance with the above requirements. Submit only cover sheet and revised pages. Clearly identify changes from previous submittal content. D. Samples: If requested by the Architect, submit one (1) sample of each exposed hardware category, finished as required, and tagged with full description for coordination with the hardware schedule. Samples will be reviewed, by the Architect, for design and finish only, compliance with other requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. Units which are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal procedures may be used on the project. Color Samples: Submit Six (6) set of color charts and physical samples of each product requiring color selection. F. Keying Schedule: After completion of the Key meeting indicated under Paragraph 2.14 C., submit four copies of a key schedule indicating the complete project key system for approval. SAVE thATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J:\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% D RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 2 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE G. Wiring Diagrams and Risers: 1. Submit Six (6) copies of electronic hardware system riser and terminal -to- terminal wiring diagrams for each Electronic Hardware application, cross - referenced to the Finish Hardware Submittal and Door Schedule. 2. Include voltage, wire quantity and gauge requirements along with product data and installation instructions. 3. Indicate connection points to equipment provided under Divisions 26 and 28. 4. Wiring Diagrams must be produced by the product manufacturer, or prior approved firms. H. Operations and Maintenance Data. 1. Submit Operations and Maintenance Manuals under the provisions of Section 017823, Project Close Out. 2. Manuals shall contain final copy of the Finish Hardware Submittal, Product Data, Parts Lists and Diagrams, Key Schedule, Installation Instructions, and Warrantees. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: 1. Finish hardware shall be supplied by a recognized builders' hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than five (5) years. 2. Factory direct, authorized, and stocking distributor of the Exit Devices, Locksets and Door Closers. 3. Employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant, certified by the Door and Hardware Institute. B. Approved Suppliers: The below listed suppliers are approved for use on this project. Alternative suppliers must be pre- approved in accordance with Division 1 Section, Substitution Procedures. Other proposed suppliers must submit a resume of similar successfully completed projects for prior approval. Benson Industries Builders Hardware & Supply Co. Contract Hardware, Inc. Evergreen Construction Specialties, Inc. Krause and Scheelar, Inc. Washington Architectural Hardware Co. Tacoma, WA Seattle, WA Seattle, WA Kent, WA Redmond, WA Tacoma, WA (253) 474 -5356 (206) 281 -3700 (206) 298 -4770 (253) 395 -9933 (425) 883 -1243 (253) 471 -9150 C. Source: Obtain each kind of Hardware (Butts, Locksets, Exit Devices, Door Closers, etc.) from only one manufacturer. D. Installer: Finish hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions, either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site. E. Automatic Operators: 1. The Operators and Accessories shall be installed by factory authorized and trained personnel and certified in compliance with American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (AAADM) requirements. 2. The below listed installers are approved for use on this project. Alternative installers must be pre- approved by procedure for "substitutions" described in Division 1 Section, SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM 1 \JOBS \ RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 3 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE Product Requirements and Substitutions. Other proposed installers must submit a resume of similar successfully completed projects for prior approval: C -4 Products Auburn, WA (800) 383 -1650 Commercial Hardware Services Auburn, WA (253) 638 -8684 Western Entrance Technology Monroe, WA (360) 863 -9382 3. Pre - installation Conference: Prior to commencement of electrical work, provide for local factory representatives of the Automatic Operators to attend a pre - installation conference to review rough in and installation requirements with representatives of the General Contractor, Electrical Contractor, Finish Hardware Supplier, Automatic Operator and Finish Hardware Installers. 4. Certificates: Prior to substantial completion, provide certification from the local manufacturers representative of the Automatic Operators that all Operator applications are installed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. Submit certification in writing to the Owner in care of the Architect. F. Pre - Installation Conference: Provide for Lockset, Exit Device, and Door Closer Manufacturer's local Factory representative to consult and instruct the installers in preparation and installation requirements. Include substantial completion inspection and written acceptance of installation. Include two (2) separate visits, up to eight hours each. G. Templates: Furnish hardware templates for each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check the shop drawings of such other work to confirm that provisions will be made for the proper installation of hardware. H. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with applicable local and state current building codes. 2. Accessibility: Conform to IBC Chapter 11, ICC /ANSI Al 17.1, and WAC 51 -50, Chapter 11 Amendments. 3. Fire and Smoke Rated Door and Frame Assemblies: a. Tested and listed by recognized testing agency for the types and sizes of doors required. b. Provide Door Closers, Automatic self latching bolts, coordinators, gasketing, astragals, or other components if required to conform to label requirements. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Packaging: Each item or package is to be separately tagged with identification related to the final hardware schedule. Complete installation instructions shall be included in the packages. B. Storage: Provide a locked room at the jobsite for the storage of the hardware. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Submittal: Submit Warrantees in accordance with Section 017836, Warrantees. B. Finish hardware shall be guaranteed against defects in workmanship and operation for a period of one (1) year, backed by a factory guarantee of the hardware manufacturer. The following products shall be guaranteed for periods beyond one (1) Year: SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:11 :00 AM J:VOBS\RAISBECK AVIATION HS\ADMIN\3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING\100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL1087100 95 %CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 4 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 1. Locks - Two (2) Years 2. Door Closers - Ten (10) Years 3. Panic Devices - Three (3) Years 1.8 MAINTENANCE A. Furnish the following extra materials, which shall be delivered directly to the Owner prior to substantial completion, in accordance with Division 01 Section "Project Close Out ". B. Provide one set of Special Tools required for installation and adjustment C. Extra Hardware: Quantity Two Two Two Two One Hundred PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Description Locksets Exit Devices Exit Devices Door Closers Proximity Cards Factory Number 45H7INL15M 2103 x 1703A FL2108 x V4908A 4041 -EDA VPA -HID A. Manufacturers: Products may be furnished by the manufacturers listed under "As Specified" below, or equivalent products of type, grade, design, and function from manufacturers listed under "Acceptable Substitutions ". Requests for products not listed must be made in accordance with Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures ". Product Continuous Hinges Locksets, Cylinders, and Keying Panic Hardware Door Closers Wiring Diagrams Automatic Operators Actuator Switches Automatic Flush Bolts Custom Door Pulls Push and Pull Plates Kick & Mop Plates Wall and Floor Stops Pipe Stop and Holders Electro- magnetic Door Releases Weatherstrip & Thresholds Key Cabinet 2.2 FINISH As Specified Markar (MA) Best (BE) Precision (PR) LCN (LCN) Dick Thompson Co. Keane Monroe (KM) MS Sedco (MS) Door Controls (DC) Tice Industries (TI) Trimco (TR) Trimco (TR) Trimco (TR) ABH (ABH) Rixson (RI) Pemko (PE) Telkee Acceptable Substitutions None None None None None None Larco, Curran None None Rockwood, Tice Rockwood, Tice Pre - approved equal Specware- DynaLock National Guard, Reese None A. Finish in general shall be: US26D, Satin Chrome Plated, except: 1. Continuous Hinges, Locksets, Exit Devices, Push Plates, Door Pulls, and Overhead Stops: US32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630) SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM 1 :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 5 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 2. Door Closers and Removable Mullions: Painted Aluminum (BHMA 689). 3. Kick Plates: .050 US32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630) 4. Smoke Gasketing: As Selected. 5. Threshold, Weatherstrip & Door Bottoms: As listed 2.3 CONTINUOUS HINGES A. All Doors shall have Continuous Hinges. B. Quantity (per Leaf): one each. C. Sizes: Coordinate Power Transfer locations with Door and Frame manufacturer. 2.4 LOCKSETS AND CYLINDERS A. Furnish Lever Handle Locksets and Latches in 1 5M Design. B. Backset: 2-3/4" C. The Locksets and Latchsets shall be listed with Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class doors. D. Cylinders: 1. Provide Small Format Key Removable Interchangeable Cores. 2. Provide appropriate cylinder type, length, collars, and cam type to operate specified Locksets and Exit Devices. E. Classroom Doors shall have double locking function. F. Provide Best V Series Battery Powered Card Reader Lockset at IDF and MDF Rooms. G. Provide Curved Lip Strikes with adequate projection to protect door trim. Provide flat, flush lip strikes for pairs of doors with overlapping Astragals. H. Provide manufacturers standard wrought or plastic strike boxes. 2.5 EXIT DEVICES A. Size Exit Devices in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations. B. Provide U.L. Listed Fire Exit Hardware at rated openings. C. Wood Doors: Furnish Sex Nuts and Bolts at Wood Composite Core Door applications. D. Lever Trim: 1. Precision V4900 Series Vandal Resistant Lever Trim for interior doors requiring Lever Handles. 2. Exit Device Lever Trim shall match design specified under 2.4.A. E. Removable Mullions: Provide Mullion Spacer Blocks No. 822 -04 for installation in narrow stop frames. SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM J: \JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 -6of33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE F. Provide Glass Bead Kits where interference with Door vision frames occurs. G. Precision ELR Electric Latch Retraction Exit Devices at entry doors requiring Card Access. H. Electronic Hardware: Coordinate location, rough -in, and wiring requirements with Electrical Contractor. 2.6 DOOR CLOSERS A. Drop Plates: Furnish drop plates where doors have insufficient height top rails. B. Wood Doors: Furnish Shoulder Through Bolts at Wood Composite core applications. C. Provide special closer mounting as required where interference with weatherstrip or sound seals occurs. D. Furnish cold weather fluid, at exterior & vestibule doors. Furnish non - flammable fluid at fire rated openings in conformance with UL Test Standard 10C. E. Furnish Spacer Blocks and /or shoe supports where frame stop does not provide for adequate support for the parallel arm soffit shoe. F. Furnish Fifth Hole Spacers or Shoe Supports where required by Frame configuration. . 2.7 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS AND ACCESSORIES A. Locate Wall Plate Actuators and Key Switch as noted in the Architectural Drawings or as directed by Architect. B. All System Wiring shall be concealed in the Wall and Door Frame. C. Submit Wiring Diagrams in accordance with paragraph 1.4 G. D. Coordinate locations, rough -in, voltage, and wiring requirements with Electrical Contractor. E. Provide blocking for void spaces between Operator Back Plate and frame face where required. 2.8 KICK, MOP, AND ARMOR PLATES A. Kick and Armor Plates shall be applied to the Push Side of the Door, Mop Plate applied to the Pull Side. B. Plates shall be beveled four edges (B4E) and countersunk for screws. C. Height: Kick Plates, 10 ", Mop Plates 10 ", Armor Plates 34 ". D. Plates shall be furnished with width as required to provide 1 /4" clearance at sides of doors, stops, sound seal, or weatherstrip. SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM 1 :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 7 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 2.9 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Overhead Stop and Holders are unacceptable. B. Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish floor stops 121 5CKU Series if required. C. Rated Classroom Doors and selected Storage Rooms shall have Magnetic Holders. D. Coordinate location, rough -in, and wiring requirements for Magnetic Holders with Electrical Contractor. 2.10 THRESHOLDS A. Fasteners: Furnish Thresholds with 'A" - 20 x 2" Flat Head Sleeve Anchors. 2.11 WEATHERSTRIP AND GASKETING A. Furnish weatherstrip and gaskets for complete perimeter of opening, including mullions, and astragals. Furnish weatherstrip at sill of Four (4) sided frames. 2.12 DOOR SILENCERS A. Furnish Rubber Door Silencers for openings not specified to have Smoke Gasketing or Weatherstrip. B. Quantity: Furnish three (3) for each single door frame, and four (4) for each pair of door frames. C. Type: 1229A. 2.13 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS A. Key Cabinet: Provide one each Telkee Model AWC -150S, 150 Key Capacity. Locate as directed by the Architect. B. Padlocks: Provide Ten each Best 21 B722T with PS2152 Stamping. C. Louver Type L3. Provide the following hardware for Louver Type L3. Refer to Enlarged Exterior Elevations for locations and quantities: Provide for each Louver: One each Continuous Hinge, Markar FM -3500 One each Deadlock, Adams Rite MS1850SN One each Mortise Cylinder, Best 1 E74 2.14 KEYING A. The keyed operated products specified under the Section shall be keyed to the existing Best 7 Pin Interchangeable Core Key System. B. Provide Brass Construction Cores and Keys for Exterior and Interior Locksets and Cylinders during the construction period. Plastic Construction Cores are unacceptable. SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM 1 :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 -8of33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE C. Permanent Keying: 1. The Owner shall provide the permanent keying schedule directly to Best Lock. 2. Provide two copies of corrected Finish Hardware Schedules along with two each Construction Master and Control Keys, 90 days prior to substantial completion to: Highline School District No. 401 Facilities Services 17810 8th Avenue South, Building C Burien, WA 98148 -1788 Attention: John E. Buff D. The Permanent Cores, Change Keys, and Control Keys, prepared according to the approved keying schedule, shall be transmitted directly to the Owner, prior to substantial completion. The Owner shall remove the construction cores and install the permanent cores. All Construction Cores shall be returned by the Owner to the local Best Lock Service Center. E. The Permanent Cores and Keys shall be sent direct from the lock manufacturer via Registered Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the Owner. F. Stamp Keys "Do not Duplicate" and with change designation as directed. G. Furnish: 1. Four Building Grand Master Keys 2. Four Master Keys per set. 3. Two change keys per Lockset or Cylinder. 4. Two Control Keys 5. Two Construction Control Keys 6. Six Construction Keys 2.15 HA 1 WARE GROUPS HW- 1 Doors #1000 -1, 1000 -2 2 Continuous Hinges MA HG -305 2 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Devices PR ELR2102 1 Key Removable Mullion • PR KR822 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1E72 1 Power Supply PR ELR -1 52 2 Power Transfers VO EPT -10 2 Custom Door Pulls TI 3614 2 Door Closers LCN 4041 -EDA 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Pipe Stops TR 1209HA 1 Threshold PE 2727A 1 Weatherstrip (Head) PE 2891AS 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) PE 290AS 2 Door Sweeps PE 315CN 2 Pcs. Weatherstrip (Mullion) PE 319CN SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM J:UOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 9 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 2 Door #1001 -1 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Device 1 Key Removable Mullion 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Power Supply 2 Power Transfers 2 Custom Door Pulls 1 Automatic Operator /Door Closers 1 Push Button Switch (Outside) 1 Wall Plate Activation Switch 1 Key Switch 1 Mortise Cylinder 1 Overhead Stop 2 Kick Plates 1 Pipe Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep 2 Pcs. Weatherstrip (Mullion) Card Reader MA PR BE PR PR BE PR VO TI KM REES MS ACSI BE GJ TI TR PE PE PE PE PE HG -305 x CTP ELR -2103 1E72 ELR2102 KR822 1E72 ELR -152 EPT -10 3614 8122 01371 -412 59 -HSS 1310 -2 x Maintained Contact 1E74 100ADJ -S Series B4EKP 1209HA 2727A 2891 AS 290AS 315CN 319CN By Division 28 Daytime: Rotation of Key Switch to clockwise position (Green LED on Key Switch Lights) indicates active leaf Exit Device latch is retracted, and outside Wall Plate Actuator is active. Depressing outside or inside Wall Plate initiates active leaf Automatic Operator opening cycle. Nighttime: Rotation of Key Switch to counter clockwise position (Red LED on Key Switch Lights) indicates that both Exit Device latches are retracted and outside Wall Plate is disabled. Depressing inside Wall Plate will sequentially retract the Exit Device latches and initiate Automatic Operator opening cycle. Activating Card Reader will sequentially retract the Exit Device latches and enable Outside Wall Plate. Depressing outside Wall Plate initiates Automatic Operator opening cycle. Door automatically re -locks at end of cycle. Inactive leaf to operate as self closing door daytime operation, both leaves to open from signal from fire alarm system in alarm mode SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3 GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 10 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 3 Doors #1001 -2 2 Continuous Hinges MA 2 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Devices PR 1 Key Removable Mullion PR 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1 Power Supply PR 2 Power Transfers VO 2 Custom Door Pulls TI 1 Automatic Operator /Door Closers KM 2 Kick Plates TI 2 Pipe Stops TR 1 Threshold PE 1 Weatherstrip (Head) PE 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) PE 2 Door Sweeps PE 2 Pcs. Weatherstrip (Mullion) PE HG -305 ELR2102 KR822 1E72 ELR -152 EPT -10 3614 8122 B4EKP 1209HA 2727A 2891AS 290AS 315CN 319CN Doors to operate as self closing doors daytime operation, to open from signal from fire alarm system in alarm mode HW- 4 Doors #1001 -3 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Device 1 Key Removable Mullion 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Power Supply 1 Power Transfer 2 Custom Door Pulls 1 Automatic Operator /Door Closer 2 Jamb Activation Switches 2 Kick Plates 2 Magnetic Holders 4 Silencers MA PR BE PR PR BE PR VO TI KM MS TI RI HG -305 x CTP ELR -2103 1E72 ELR2102 KR822 1E72 ELR -152 EPT -10 3614 8122 619 -HSS B4EKP FM998 Depressing outside or inside Switch initiates active leaf Automatic Operator opening cycle. Inactive leaf to operate as self closing door in daytime operation, both leaves to open from signal from fire alarm system in alarm mode SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 11 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 5 Door #1001-4 2 Continuous Hinges MA HG -305 x CTP 2 Electric Latch Exit Devices PR ELR2102 1 Key Removable Mullion PR KR822 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1E72 1 Power Supply PR ELR -1 52 2 Power Transfers VO EPT -10 2 Custom Door Pulls TI 3614 1 Automatic Operator /Door Closer KM 8122 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Magnetic Holders RI FM998 4 Silencers Doors to operate as self closing doors daytime operation, to open from signal from fire alarm system in alarm mode HW- 6 Door #1002-1 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Intruder Lockset BE 45H7INL1 5M 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX -SV 3 Silencers HW- 7 Doors #1003, 2170, 3310, 3502, 4130, 4210 -1, 4210 -2 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Storeroom Lockset BE 45H7D15M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX -SV 1 Set Gasket PE S88D SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J:\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 -12 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 8 Doors #1 100, 2300, 3100, 3500 Continuous Hinge Continuous Hinge Exit Device * 1 Exit Device 1 Power Transfer 1 Exit Device Touch Pad Switch 1 Power Supply 1 Key Switch and Horn 1 Mortise Cylinder 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders MA MA PR PR VO ACSI ACSI ACSI BE LCN TI PE PE RI HG -305 HG -305 x CTP FL2201 x LBR x Special Stenciling "For Emergency Use Only Alarm will Sound" FL2201 x LBR EPT -10 VR1500- 2200 -AE 1400 -6100 1310 -5 -2 1E74 4041 -EDA B4EKP S88D 357SP x S88D FM997 *North Leaf, Door 1100 and 3100, South Leaf Doors 2300 and 3500 HW- 9 Door #1110, 1 120, 2120, 2130, 31 10, 3120 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Classroom Lockset 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Mop Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers HW- 10 Doors #1130, 2341, 3312, 3551 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electronic Lockset 1 Power Transfer 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 1 Floor Stop 3 Silencers Card Reader MA BE LCN TI TI TR MA BE VO LCN TI TR TR HG -305 45H7R1 SM 4041 -EDA B4EKP B4EMP 1270CX -SV HG -305 x CTP 45H7EWEU15M EPT -2 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1270CX 1215CKU (Door #1130) By Division 28 SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM J:UOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 13 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 11 Doors #1140, 1 1 50, 1 1 51, 1 152, 1 160, 1 161 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Intruder Lockset BE 45H7INL1 5M 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX -SV 1 Set Gasket PE S88D HW- 12 Door #1 170 2 Continuous Hinges MA HG -305 1 Storeroom Lockset BE 45H7D15M 2 Flush Bolts TR 391 7 - 12" 1 Dust Proof Strike TR 3911 1 Door Closer (Active Leaf) LCN 4041 -EDA 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Wall Stops TR 1270CX -SV 1 Set Gasket PE S88D 1 Astragal PE 355CS HW- 13 Doors #1180, 1 181 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Exit Device PR 2103 x 4903A x Knurled Outside Lever 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX -SV 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU (Door #1 181) 1 Set Gasket PE S88D HW- 14 Doors #1190, 2330, 3540 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Storeroom Lockset BE 45H7D15M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -H -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX -SV 1 Set Gasket PE S88D SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100- 14of33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 15 Door #1210 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 x CTP 1 Electronic Lockset BE 45H7EWEU1 5M 1 Power Transfer VO EPT -2 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Set Gasket PE S88D 1 Magnetic Holder RI FM998 Card Reader By Division 28 HW- 16 Doors #1220, 1230, 1240, 1820 -2, 2510, 2520, 2530 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Lockset BE 45H7R15M 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX -SV 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU (Door #1240) 1 Set Gasket PE S88D HW- 17 Doors #1250 -1, 1250 -2, 1630, 1800 -2, 2310, 2320, 2380, 3130, 3140, 3150, 3160, 3170, 3180, 3200 -2, 3520, 3530, 3590 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Intruder Lockset BE 45H7INL1 5M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -H -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX -SV 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU (Door #3160) 1 Set Gasket PE S88D SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM J:\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100- 15of33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 18 Doors #1300 -1 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 x CTP 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Device PR ELR -2103 x 1 703A 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1 E72 1 Exit Device PR 2102 x 1 702A 1 Key Removable Mullion PR KR822 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1E72 1 Power Supply PR ELR -151 1 Power Transfer VO EPT -10 2 Door Closers LCN 4041 -EDA x ST1944 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Pipe Stops TR 1209HA 1 Threshold PE 2727A 1 Weatherstrip (Head) PE 2891 AS 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) PE 290AS 1 Door Sweep PE 315CN 2 Pcs. Weatherstrip (Mullion) PE 319CN Card Reader By Division 28 HW- 19 Door #1300-2 2 Continuous Hinges MA HG -305 2 Exit Devices PR FL2108 x V4908A 2 Rim Cylinders BE 1E72 1 Removable Mullion PR FL -KR822 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1 E72 2 Door Closers LCN 4041 -EDA 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Floor Stops TR 121 5CKU 2 Sets Gasket PE S88D 2 Magnetic Holders RI FM998 SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J:\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 16 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 20 Door #1310 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Classroom Lockset 1 Flush Turn 2 Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Door Closer (Active Leaf) 2 Kick Plates 2 Floor Stops 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal HW- 21 Door #1400-1 . MA BE TR TR TR LCN TI TR PE PE 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Power Supply 1 Power Transfer 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Pipe Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep Card Reader HW- 22 MA PR BE PR VO LCN TI TR PE PE PE PE HG -305 45H7R1 5H x Less Outside Lever and Rose 1066SM x Adapted for 45H7R15H 3917 -12" 3911 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1215CKU S88D 357SP x S88D HG -305 x CTP ELR -2103 x 1703A 1E72 ELR -151 EPT -10 4041 -EDA xST1944 B4EKP 1209HA 2727A 2891AS 290AS 315CN By Division 28 Doors #1400 -2, 1700 -2, 2400, 2700 -1, 2700 -2, 3400, 3700 -1, 3700 -2 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Set Gasket 1 Magnetic Holder MA PR BE LCN TI PE RI HG -305 FL2108 x V4908A 1E72 4041 -EDA B4EKP S88D FM998 SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECKAVIATION HS \ADMIN \3 GOVERNMENTAGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 17 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 23 Door #1500-1 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Classroom Lockset 1 Set Automatic Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Coordinator 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders HW- 24 Door #1500 -2 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electronic Lockset 1 Power Transfer 2 Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Door Closer (Active Leaf) 2 Kick Plates 1 Threshold 1 Set Weatherstrip 2 Door Bottoms 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders Card Reader HW- 25 MA BE IV IV IV LCN TI PE PE RI MA MA BE VO TR TR LCN TI PE PE PE PE RI HG -305 45H7R15M FB41P DP2 COR x FB1 x 2 /MB Brackets 4041 -EDA B4EKP S88D 355CS FM998 HG -305 x CTP HG -305 45H7EWEU15M EPT -2 3917- 12" 3911 4041 -RA B4EKP 2727A 290AS 2221AV 357SP x S88D x TB FM998 By Division 28 Doors #1 510, 3311, 4110, 4120, 4400 -1, 4400 -2, 4700 -1, 4700 -2 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Storeroom Lockset 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 1 Floor Stop 1 Set Gasket MA BE LCN TI TR TR PE HG -305 45H7D1 5M x Knurled Outside Lever 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1270CX -SV 1215CKU (Door #4110) S88D SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM J:VOBS\RAISBECK AVIATION HS\ADMIN\3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING\100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL\087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 18 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 26 Door #1520-1 Continuous Hinge Storeroom Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Threshold Set Sound Seal Automatic Door Bottom HW- 27 Door #1520-2 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Storeroom Lockset 1 Power Transfer 2 Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Door Closer (Active Leaf) 2 Kick Plates 2 Pipe Stop and Holders 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 2 Door Sweeps 1 Astragal 1 1 1 1 1 1 HW- 28 Door #1530 Continuous Hinge Storeroom Lockset Kick Plate Floor Stop Threshold Set Weatherstrip Door Bottom MA BE LCN TI TR PE PE PE MA BE VO TR TR LCN TI ABH PE PE PE PE PE HG -305 45H7D15M x Knurled Outside Lever 4041 -EDA x Special Template B4EKP 1270CX -SV 154A 379CR 430CRL HG -305 45H7D15M x Knurled Outside Lever EPT -2 3917 - 12" 3911 4041 -EDA x ST1944 B4EKP 1804 2727A 2891AS 290AS 315CN 357SP x S88D x TB MA HG -305 BE 45H7D15M TI B4EKP TR 1214CKU PE 2727A PE 290AS PE 2221AV SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 19 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 29 Door #1540 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Storeroom Lockset 1 Lock Astragal 1 Door Closer - 1 Kick Plate 1 Pipe Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep HW- 30 Door #1600 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Exit Device 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Set Gasket 2 Meeting Stile Seals 2 Magnetic Holders HW- 31 Doors #1601, 2150, 2160 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Storeroom Lockset 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers HW- 32 MA BE TR LCN TI TR PE PE PE PE MA PR BE PR LCN TI PE PE RI MA BE TI TR HG -305 45H7D15M 5000T 4041 -EDA x ST1944 B4EKP 1209HA 2727A 2891AS 290AS 315CN HG -305 FL2208 x V4908A x LBR 1E72 FL2201 x LBR 4041 -EDA B4EKP S88D 18041CNB FM998 HG -305 45H7D15M B4EKP 1270CX -SV Doors #1610 -1, 2350 -1, 2350 -2, 3560 -1, 3560 -2, 3580 -1, 3580 -2 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 1 Set Gasket MA PR BE LC N TI TR PE HG -305 LD2108 x V4908A 1E72 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1270CX -SV S88D SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM 1 :\JOBS \RAtSBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 20 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 33 Door #1610-2 2 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 2 Exit Devices PR LD2108 x V4908A 2 Rim Cylinders BE 1 E72 1 Removable Mullion PR KR822 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1 E72 2 Door Closers LCN 4041 -EDA 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Wall Stops TR 1270CX -SV 1 Set Gasket PE 588D 2 Mullion Seals PE 319CN HW- 34 Doors #1610 -3, 1620 -2, 1640 -2 All Hardware by Door Manufacturer HW- 35 Door #1611 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Lockset BE 45H7R15M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU 1 Set Gasket PE S88D HW- 36 Door #1620-1 2 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 2 Exit Devices PR LD2108 x V4908A 2 Rim Cylinders BE 1E72 1 Removable Mullion PR KR822 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1E72 2 Door Closers LCN 4041 -EDA x Special Template Arm and Shoe to clear Sound Seal 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Wall Stops TR 1270CX -SV 1 Set Sound Seal PE 379CR 2 Automatic Door Bottoms PE 430CRL 2 Mullion Seals PE 319CN SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J: \JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 21 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 37 Doors #1620 -3, 2200 -2, 2200 -3, 2200 -4 Cylinder (s) BE Type and quantity as required Coordinate with Door Manufacturer Balance of Hardware by Door Manufacturer HW- 38 Door #1621 2 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Lockset BE 45H7R15M 2 Flush Bolts TR 3917 - 12" 1 Dust Proof Strike TR 3911 2 Armor Plates TI B4EAP 2 Floor Stops TR 1215CKU 1 Astragal PE 355CS 4 Silencers HW- 39 Doors #1622, 2240 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Lockset BE 45H7R15M 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX -SV 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU (Door #1622) 3 Silencers HW- 40 Doors #1640 -1, 2360 -1, 3570 -1 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Intruder Lockset BE 45H71NL15M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX -SV 1 Set Gasket PE S88D SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM ,):\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3 GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING\100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 22 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 41 Door #1700-1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Pipe Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep HW- 42 Doors #1800 -1, 2500 Continuous Hinge Classroom Intruder Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Set Gasket Magnetic Holder HW- 43 MA PR BE LCN TI TR PE PE PE PE MA BE LCN TI PE RI HG -305 ELR -2103 x 1703A 1E72 4041 -EDA x ST1944 B4EKP 1209HA 2727A 2891AS 290AS 315CN HG -305 45H7INL15M 4041 -EDA B4EKP S88D FM998 Doors #1810, 1811, 2380, 2540, 3181, 3591 Continuous Hinge Classroom Lockset Wall Stop Floor Stop 3 Silencers HW- 44 Door #1820-1 Continuous Hinge Classroom Intruder Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Floor Stop Threshold Set Door Seals Automatic Door Bottom MA BE TR TR MA BE LCN TI TR TR PE PE PE HG -305 45H7R15M 1270CX -SV 1215CKU (Doors #1810 -1, 1811, 2380 -2, 3591) HG -305 45H7INL15M 4041 -H -EDA x Special Template Arm and Shoe to clear Sound Seal B4EKP 1270CX -SV 1215CKU (Door #3160) 14/1A x 4" Wide 379CR 434ARL SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 23 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 45 Door #1821 Continuous Hinge Classroom Lockset Wall Stop Threshold Set Door Seals Automatic Door Bottom HW- 46 Door #1822 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Privacy Lock 1 Mop Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers HW- 47 Door #1900-1 Hinges 1 Electronic Lockset 1 Armored Loop 1 Pipe Stop Balance of Hardware by Gate Manufacturer HW- 48 Door #1900-2 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Storeroom Lockset 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers HW- 49 MA BE TR PE PE PE MA BE TI TR BE LO TR MA BE TR Doors #2000 -1, 2000 -2, 2000 -3, 2000 -4 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Deadlatch 2 Mortise Cylinders 1 Electric Strike 1 Automatic Operator /Door Closers Weatherstrip MA AR BE HES KM HG -305 45H7R15M 1270CX -SV 14/1A x 4" Wide 379CR 434ARL HG -305 45H0L15M B4EMP 1270CX -SV By Gate Manufacturer 45H7EWEU15M 788C -18 1209HA HG -305 45H7D15M 1270CX FM -300 4900 1E74 5000 -501A x 2005 8100 Series By Door and Frame Manufacturer SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J:UOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95 %CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 24 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE Electric Str'.e to release and doors to open from signal from fire alarm system in alarm mode HW- 50 Door #2000-5 2 Continuous Hinges MA HG -305 1 Deadlock AR MS1852SN x 4016 2 Mortise Cylinders BE 1 E74 4 Custom Door Pulls TI 3614 x Mounted Back -to Back in Pairs 2 Door Closers LCN 4041 -EDA 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Floor Stops TR 1233 1 Threshold PE 2727A 1 Weatherstrip (Head) PE 2891 AS 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) PE 290AS 2 Door Sweeps PE 315CN 2 Meeting Stile Seals PE 18041 CNB Door #2110-1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Continuous Hinge 2 Exit Devices 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders MA HG -305 -WT MA HG -305 PR FL2201 x LBR LCN 4041 -EDA TI B4EKP PE S88D PE 357SP x S88D RI FM997 SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM J: \JOBS\RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 25 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 52 Door #2110-2 Continuous Hinge Continuous Hinge Exit Device * 1 Exit Device 1 Exit Device Touch Pad Switch 1 Power Supply 1 Key Switch and Horn 1 Mortise Cylinder 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders 4 Silencers *North Leaf HW- 53 Door #2140-1 2 Continuous Hinges 2 Exit Devices 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders MA MA PR PR ACSI ACSI ACSI BE LCN TI PE RI MA PR LCN TI PE PE RI HG -305 HG -305 -WT x CE -4 LD2201 x LBR x Special Stenciling "For Emergency Use Only Alarm will Sound" LD2201 x LBR VR1500- 2200 -AE 1400 -6100 1310 -5 -2 1E74 4041 -EDA B4EKP 357SP x S88D FM997 HG -305 FL2201 x LBR 4041 -EDA B4EKP S88D 357SP x S88D FM997 SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 26 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 54 Door #2140 -2 Continuous Hinge Continuous Hinge Exit Device * 1 Exit Device 1 Power Transfer 1 Exit Device Touch Pad Switch 1 Power Supply 1 Key Switch and Horn 1 Mortise Cylinder 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders 4 Silencers *North Leaf HW- 55 Door #2180 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Classroom Lockset 2 Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Door Closer (Active Leaf) 2 Kick Plates 1 Wall Stop 1 Floor Stop 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal HW- 56 Doors #2200 -1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Classroom Lockset 1 Kick Plate 1 Mop Plate 1 Floor Stop 3 Silencers MA MA PR PR VO ACSI ACSI ACSI BE LCN TI PE RI MA BE TR TR LCN TI TR TR PE PE HG -305 -WT HG -305 x CTP LD2201 x LBR x Special Stenciling "For Emergency Use Only Alarm will Sound" LD2201 x LBR EPT -10 VR1500- 2200 -AE 1400 -6100 1310 -5 -2 1E74 4041 -EDA B4EKP 357SP x S88D FM997 HG -305 45H7R15M 3917 - 12" 3911 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1270CX -SV 1215CKU S88D 355CS MA HG -305 BE 45H7R15M TI B4EKP TI B4EMP TR 1215CKU SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J:\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100- 27of33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 57 Door #2210 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Lockset BE 45H7R15M 1 Armor Plate TI B4EAP 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU 3 Silencers HW- 58 Door #2251 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Privacy Lock BE 45H0L15M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Mop Plate TI B4EMP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX 3 Silencers HW- 59 Doors #2340, 3550 2 Continuous Hinges MA HG -305 1 Deadlock AR MS1852SN 2 Mortise Cylinders BE 1 E74 2 Custom Door Pulls TI 3614 x Mounted Back -to Back in Pairs 1 Door Closers LCN 4041 -EDA x ST1944 1 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 1 Floor Stops TR 1233 1 Threshold PE 2727A 1 Weatherstrip (Head) PE 2891AS 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) PE 290AS 1 Door Sweep PE 315CN HW- 60 Door #2360 -2, 2360 -3, 3570 -2, 3570 -3 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Communicating Lock BE 45H7G1 5M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU 1 Set Gasket PE S88D SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J:\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL\087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 28 of.33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HW- 61 Doors #2370 -1, 2370 -2, 3210 Continuous Hinge Exit Device Rim Cylinder Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Set Gasket HW- 62 Doors #3000 -1, 3000 -2 2 Continuous Hinges 2 Magnetic Locks 1 Key Switch 1 Power Supply 1 Mortise Cylinder 4 Custom Door Pulls 1 Automatic Operator /Door 2 Kick Plates 2 Floor Stops 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 2 Door Sweeps 2 Meeting Stile Seals MA PR BE LCN TI TR PE MA LO LO LO BE TI Closers KM TI TR PE PE PE PE PE HG -305 2108 x V4908A 1E72 4041 -H -EDA B4EKP 1270CX -SV S88D HG -305 280+ 653 -04 x L2 510 x DCM x EIR 1E74 3614 x Mounted Back -to Back in Pairs 8122 B4EKP 1233 2727A 2891AS 290AS 315CN 18041CNB Key switch to provide on /off control of magnetic locks. Key switch Red and Green LED's to indicate Magnetic Lock status. Doors to operate as self closing doors daytime operation. Magnetic Locks to release and doors to open from signal from fire alarm system in alarm mode 1 1 1 1 1 HW- 63 Door #3101 Continuous Hinge Staff Restroom Lockset Occupancy Indicator Door Closer Kick Plate Floor Stop Silencers MA BE TI LCN TI TR HG -305 45H7HJ15H Type C 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1215CKU SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 1 1:1 1:00 AM J: UOBS\RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 29 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HW- 64 Doors #3131, 3211 Continuous Hinge Classroom Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Set Gasket HW- 65 Door #3200-1 Continuous Hinge Exit Device Rim Cylinder Door Closer Kick Plate Floor Stop Set Gasket HW- 66 Door #3510 Continuous Hinge Classroom Intruder Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Set Gasket Magnetic Holder HW- 67 Doors #4100 -2, 4200 -1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Communicating Lock 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep MA HG -305 BE 45H7R15M LCN 4041 -EDA TI B4EKP TR 1270CX PE S88D MA PR BE LCN TI TR PE MA BE LCN TI PE RI MA BE LCN TI TR PE PE PE PE HG -305 FL2108 x V4908A 1E72 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1215CKU S88D HG -305 45H7INL15M 4041 -EDA B4EKP S88D FM998 HG -305 45H7G15M 4041 -EDA x ST1944 B4EKP 1270CX 2727A 2891AS 290AS 315CN SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 30 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 68 Door #4200-2 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Passage Set BE 45H0N15M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 Spring -CUSH 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Set Gasket PE S88D PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examination: Examine Doors, Frames, and related items for conditions that would prevent the proper application and operation of the Doors and Finish Hardware. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. B. Provide solid blocking for wall mounted components. C. Fasteners: Check conditions and use fastening devices as needed to securely anchor the hardware as per manufacturer's published templates. Self- tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount units at heights as recommended in "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (2001)" by Doors and Hardware Institute, except as indicated below. Products not specifically covered shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer templates and instructions. 1. Hinges: a. Top Hinge: 7 -1 /4 ", Top of frame rabbet to centerline of hinge. b. Bottom Hinge: 12-1/4", Bottom of Frame to centerline of hinge c. Intermediate Hinges: Centered, equal spacing between top and bottom hinges. 2. Mortise Lock Strikes: 40 ", bottom of frame to centerline of Strike. 3. Wall Stops: Locate Wall Stops intended for use with Lever Handle Locksets and Exit Devices at the Centerline of the Spindle or Pull. 4. Deadlocks: 48 ", bottom of frame to centerline of Cylinder. 5. Push and Pull Plates: 42 ", bottom of frame to centerline of Plate. 6. Automatic Operator Wall Switches: 36" from finish floor to centerline of switch. 7. Key Switches: 48" from finish floor to centerline of switch. 8. Wall Stop and Holders for Dutch Doors: 4" from top of upper leaf, 4" from latch edge. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Cutting and Fitting: Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware surfaces which will be painted or finished at a later time, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place. After completion of the finishes, re- install each item. 2. Finishes: Do not install surface- mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J: \JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 31 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 3. Install Fire Rated Openings to comply with NFPA 80. 4. Trim Exit Devices to provide 1-1/2" clearance between End Cap and hinge jamb stop face and /or stop applied weatherstrip. 5. Door Closers shall be located to allow maximum degree of opening that project conditions will allow. Door Closers shall not be used to stop the door, except for models equipped with an integral stop -on- the -arm feature. 6. Overhead Stops: Furnish Overhead Stop and Holders with maximum degree of opening that project conditions will allow. 7. Floor Stops: Locate Floors Stops at maximum degree of opening that project conditions will allow. Do not locate Floor Stops where they create a hazardous condition. Stops should be located no more than 1/3 Door width from the latch edge of the Door. 8. Thresholds: Set exterior Thresholds in a bed of butyl rubber sealant in conformance with Division 7 requirements. Remove excess sealant. Caulk edges and joints to exclude moisture. 9. Smoke Gasket: Thoroughly clean frame and install smoke gasketing is accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 10. Weatherstrip: Mount and adjust Rigid Jamb Weatherstrip prior to mounting Parallel Arm Door Closers. Weatherstrip shall be installed to provide a continuous seal at head and jambs. Do not notch Weatherstrip for Door Closer shoe. Provide Parallel Arm 5th hole spacer of increased thickness to allow for revised location. C. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to insure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT A. Wherever hardware installation is made more than one (1) month prior to acceptance or occupancy, make a final check and adjustment of hardware during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy. Clean and lubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. B. Door Closer Adjustment: After mechanical systems have been balanced, adjust Door Closers to comply with following ICC /ANSI Al 17.1 - 2003 requirements, as modified by WAC 51 -50 and the 2006 International Building Code: 1. Closing Speed: Door Closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to an open position of 12 degrees shall be 5 seconds minimum. 2. Opening Force: The maximum force for pushing or pulling a door open shall be as follows: (these forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices securing the door. a. Fire Doors: The minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. b. Exterior Doors: 10.0 Ibf. (44.4N) c. Interior Doors: 5.0 Ibf. (22.2 N) d. Automatic Doors: Comply with ICC /ANSI Al 17.1, 404.3. 3. Adjust backcheck to prevent damage to the closer, hardware, door and frame, and wall. SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECKAVIATION HS\ ADMIN\ 3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 32 of 33 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE C. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes END OF SECTION SAVE DATE: 5/28/2010 11:11:00 AM J :\JOBS \RAISBECK AVIATION HS \ADMIN \3_GOVERNMENT AGENCIES \B_BUILDING \100528 MECH PERMIT CORRECTION #2 RESUBMITTAL \087100 95% CD RAHS DOOR HARDWARE.DOC 087100 - 33 of 33 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 2 DIVISION 20 - GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR FIRE SUPPRESION, PLUMBING, AND HVAC 200500 200505 200510 200513 200523 200548 200593 200700 200800 200810 200820 202110 202115 General Provisions Project Closeout and Systems Start-up Basic Materials and Methods Electrical Provisions Valves Vibration, Isolation and Seismic Control Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing �,, �� Mechanical Insulation b Commissioning of HVAC and BMS Pen)* OM" Systems Training Systems Operations and Maintenance Mare ���' Piping review aPPrOVai Piping Specialties . 1 . °` r ., tS subject to DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION r.,w n, {�^�`��� 211000 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 221116 221123 221316 221513 222123 224000 224010 226600 Domestic Water System Natural Gas Piping Systems Soil, Waste, Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems Compressed Air Piping Systems Plumbing Pumps Plumbing Fixtures Plumbing Equipment Acid Waste and Vent Piping System CORRE TION LTR# REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER Date Saved: June 30, 2010 J :\JOBS \Raisbeck Aviation HS \Admin \3 Government Agencies \B_Bullding \100623 Mechanical Permit Correction #3 Resubmittal \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000110 - 5 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230512 Indoor Air Quality - HVAC 230900 Automatic Temperature Controls 230915 Variable Frequency Drives 232123 Hydronic Pumps 232133 Hydronic Piping Systems 232150 Variable Speed Pump Package 232300 Refrigerant Piping Systems 232500 Water Treatment 2331 13 Air Distribution 233300 Air Distribution Accessories 233410 Air Distribution Equipment 233713 Outlets and Inlets 234100 Filters 235100 Flues and Stacks 235200 Boilers 236220 Air Cooled Chillers 238100 Packaged HVAC Equipment 238225 Terminal Heat Transfer Equipment DIVISION 24 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 240500 General Electrical Provisions 240510 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 240513 Electrical Connections for Equipment 240522 Wire and Cable 240526 Grounding 240529 Supporting Devices 240533 Raceway Systems 240536 Cable Tray 240553 Electrical Identification 240800 Commissioning for Electrical Systems 242726 Outlet Boxes 242727 Floor Outlet Devices - Built -in Type DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260923 Lighting Control Devices 262200 Transformers 262410 Service Entrance 262413 Switchboards 262416 Panelboards 262500 Busways 262600 Generator 262726 Wiring Devices 262813 Overcurrent Protective Devices 262816 Disconnect Switches 262913 Motor Controllers 264313 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 265100 Interior and Exterior Building Lighting Date Saved: June 30, 2010 J:\JOBS \Raisbeck Aviation HS \Adman \3_Government Agencies \B_Building \100623 Mechanical Permit Correction #3 Resubmittal \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000110 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS 265561 Stage Lighting System Date Saved: June 30, 2010 J:UOBS \Raisbeck Aviation HS \Adman \3 Government Agencies \B_Building \100623 Mechanical Permit Correction #3 Resubmlttal \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000110 - 7 of 7 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 200500 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of mechanical work. This section applies to all Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 sections. B. General Requirements: General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Perform work in accordance with requirements in the state in which the work is performed. B. Conform to applicable industry standards, such as UL and ETL standards, ANSI standards, and other standards as noted. 1. Notify the A/E of deviations in Contract Documents to applicable codes and ordinances prior to installation of the Work. Perform changes in the Work after initial installation due to requirements of code enforcing agencies at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and the Contract Documents, the codes prevail, except that this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with requirements of the Contract Documents which may exceed code requirements and not contrary to same. 3. Arrange for and pay for required permits, fees, and inspections. 4. Pressure Vessels and Relief Valves: Select, build, install, and label in accordance with state requirements. Frame and mount a certificate showing approval under this law adjacent to each pressure vessel and relief valve. Pay costs and fees for certificates, inspections, filing, and labeling. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Product Data: 1. Submit prior to fabrication of assemblies and delivery of purchased items. 2. Submit complete at one time. Partial product submittals not acceptable and will be returned unreviewed except as: 200500 - 1 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS a. Sections 233113, 233300, and 233410 including products and materials for first submittal and Shop Drawings for second submittal. b. Section 230900 including products and materials for first submittal and Shop Drawings for second submittal. c. Under separate cover, operation and maintenance manuals as indicated in Section 200820. d. Under separate cover, provide manufacturer's installation and start-up documentation for review by Commissioning Authority. 3. Clearly mark catalog pages, equipment, and model number to be used. Note required accessories. 4. Format: a. Assemble submittals in 3 -ring binders. Use multiple binders if pages in a single binder would exceed 4 inch thickness. Separate binders for each category, such as Plumbing, Fire Suppression, and HVAC. Where one subject matter encompasses more than one binder, differentiate by volume numbers. Include indexed tabs for each binder, broken down by specification section at minimum. b. Include overall table of contents of items submitted, organized by specification section. c. Include heavy, tabbed divider sheet for each specification section, with specification section number and title on tab. Include table of contents for each specification section, including catalog numbers or drawing numbers if appropriate. d. Fold drawings to 8 -1 /2 inch size and bind as above (with reinforcing at punched holes) or place in clear plastic holder designed for 3 ring binders. e. Include contractor and manufacturer's representative contact information for each product. 5. Identify on cover and spine for each binder with printed title such as "PLUMBING ", "FIRE SUPPRESSION ", or "HVAC" SUBMITTALS, names of project, Owner, general contractor, Contractor, Architect, and mechanical engineer, and year of project completion. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit as specified in individual specification sections. Submit minimum 30 days prior to starting fabrication or installation work. Do not fabricate or install until reviewed by the A /E. Include complete location dimensions, and hanger and support sizes and dimensions. 2. "Typical" drawings and wiring diagrams not acceptable unless they specifically apply to this project. 3. Drawings shall be drawn at sufficient scale to show details clearly on same size sheets as Drawings. 4. Show required coordination with work of other trades. 5. Identify details and show their location in Project. 6. Submit description of configuration and operation of proposed systems. 200500 - 2 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 7. Submit outline drawings of proposed equipment in plan and elevation views including overall dimensions, weights, and clearance required. 8. AutoCAD floor plan backgrounds are available in electronic format and shall be requested from the A /E. 9. Direct use of the Drawings as the basis of Contractor's prepared Shop Drawings not acceptable. D. Approval: Approval of a manufacturer's name or product by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in detail with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Re- Submittals: Clearly identify re- submittals. Provide revised tabs, indexes, page renumbering, and other formats to interface with original submittal. Identify changes and include date for project tracking. F. Test Reports and Certificates: Submit as a package prior to Substantial Completion. G. Testing and Balancing Reports: Submit as indicated in Section 200593. H. Certifications: Submit written certifications from the governing building authorities stating that work has been inspected and accepted, and complies with applicable codes and ordinances. I. Record Drawings: Comply with Article "Record Drawings" in this section. J. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements as indicated in this paragraph. 2. Include costs in the Schedule of Values as follows: a. Division 20: 1) Mobilization 2) Submittals 3) Project Closeout and System Start-up 4) Excavation and Backfill 5) Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 6) Insulation Materials 7) Insulation Labor 8) Systems Commissioning Support 9) Systems Training 10) Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals b. Division 21: 1) Fire Suppression System Shop Drawings 2) Fire Suppression System Material. 3) Fire Suppression System Shop Labor 200500 - 3 of 14 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 4) Fire Suppression System Field Labor 5) Fire Suppression System Trim Material 6) Fire Suppression System Trim Labor c. Division 22: 1) Natural Gas Materials. 2) Natural Gas Labor. 3) Underground Plumbing Materials 4) Underground Plumbing Labor. 5) Above Ground Plumbing Materials. 6) Above Ground Plumbing Labor. 7) Condensate Drains. 8) Compressed Air System Materials. 9) Compressed Air System Labor. 10) Plumbing Fixture Materials. 11) Plumbing Fixture Final Installation Labor. 12) Plumbing Equipment Materials. 1 3) Plumbing Equipment Labor. 14) Below Ground Acid Waste System Materials 15) Below Ground Acid Waste System Labor 16) Above Ground Acid Waste System Materials. 17) Above Ground Acid Waste System Labor. d. Division 23: 1) Temperature Controls Engineering. 2) Temperature Controls Rough -in Material. 3) Temperature Controls Rough -in Labor. 4) Temperature Controls Finish Material. 5) Temperature Controls Finish Labor. 6) Hydronic Piping System Materials. 7) Hydronic Piping System Labor. 8) Water Treatment. 9) Air Distribution Ducting Material. 10) Air Distribution Shop Drawings. 1 1) Air Distribution Ducting Shop Labor. 12) Air Distribution Ducting Field Labor. 13) Air Distribution Trim Material. 14) Air Distribution Trim Labor. 1 5) Air Handling Units, Heat Recovery Units, Fan Coil Units, and Fans Material. 16) Air Handling Units, Heat Recovery Units, Fan Coil Units, and Fans Labor. 1 7) Boiler System Equipment 18) Chiller System Equipment. 19) Other HVAC Equipment Material. 20) Other HVAC Equipment Labor. 200500 - 4 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 .4 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Refer to Division 01 for definitions and abbreviations. Additional definitions and abbreviations are as follows. B. "Approved" or "Approval" means written approval by the Owner or "Owner's agent" (A /E). C. "Codes" means AHJ adopted codes, rules, and ordinances and additional codes as specified herein. D. "Concealed" means spaces out of sight. For example, above ceilings, below floors, between double walls, furred -in areas, pipe and duct shafts, and similar spaces. E. The word "Contractor ", as used in Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 sections, means the fire suppression, plumbing, or HVAC subcontractor. F. "Coordination ", "Coordinating ", and "Coordinate" means to bring, or the bringing, into a common action, movement, or combination so as to act together in a smooth concerted way. G. "Directed ", "Requested ", "Accepted ", and Similar Terms means these terms imply "by the A /E" unless otherwise indicated. H. "Exposed" means open to view. For example, pipe installed in a tunnel or pipe installed in a room and not covered by other construction. I. "Furnish" means supply and deliver to the project site ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar activities. J. "Indicated" and "Indicated on the Drawings" means shown on Drawings by notes, graphics or schedules, or written into other portions of Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown ", "noted ", "scheduled" and "specified" have same meaning as "indicated ", and are used to assist the reader in locating particular information. K. "Install" means to place in position for service or use. Includes operations at project site, such as unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, preserving, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar activities. L. "Provide" means furnish and install for a complete, finished, and operable system and ready for intended use. M. "Shop Drawings" means documents which fully detail equipment and intended installation relative to this specific Project. 200500 - 5 of 14 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS N. "Substantial Completion" shall mean that the entire project (or readily definable portion thereof if so designated in the Contract Documents) is acceptable to code enforcement authorities and to extent required by such authorities, has been inspected and approved by such authorities, and is suitable for occupancy by the Owner or occupant for the purpose intended. Refer to Division 00 and 01 for additional requirements. O. "Work" or "Project" means entire scope of work required by the Contract Documents. P. Abbreviations: A/E Architect AHJ Authorities Having Jurisdiction AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWS American Welding Society C Degrees Celsius CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute ETL Environmental Technology Laboratory F Degrees Fahrenheit FM Factory Mutual HVAC Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning IBC International Building Code IMC International Mechanical Code MERV Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. NEC National Electrical Code, NFPA 70 (latest adopted edition with Amendments) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration psi Pounds per square inch psig Pounds per square inch gage pressure SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UPC Uniform Plumbing Code V Volts WOG Water Oil Gas 200500 - 6 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS WSP 1.5 MATERIALS Working Steam Pressure A. Where two or more manufacturers are listed, select for use any of those listed. The first mentioned, in general, was used as the basis of design. Bids on any manufacturer named acceptable as long as that manufacturer meets every aspect of the Contract Documents. Where several manufacturers are specified by name for one use, select for use any of those specified. Note that equipment layout is based on equipment listed in equipment schedules. B. Where other than the first named manufacturer is selected, include cost of resulting work and redesign of associated services and structure. Include redesign drawings with Shop Drawings. C. Ensure that equipment will fit within available space, including manufacturer's recommended clearances. 1.6 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Equipment shall be manufacturer's regularly catalogued items and shall be supplied as a complete unit in accordance with manufacturer's standard specifications and any optional items required for proper installation for equipment unless otherwise noted. Equipment and materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and best trade practices. B. Furnish products of a single manufacturer for items which are used in quantity. A Product, for the purpose of this paragraph, is an assembly of components such as fans, air handling units, chillers, valves, and similar items. Materials such as pipe, fittings, pipe and duct insulation, and similar items not requiring maintenance are not included in the single manufacturer requirement of this paragraph. C. Products shall be new unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Substitutions will be considered following bid award only when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Where "Manufacturer" paragraphs include the words "or approved ", prior approval of the proposed substitution is required. The A/E is sole judge of quality of proposed substitution. 200500 - 7 of 14 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS D. When the A/E approves a substitution request, the approval is given with the understanding that the Bidder: 1. Has investigated proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified Product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will account for costs required for electrical redesign, permitting and revisions as required. 6. Will account for all costs necessary to provide additional structural support as required. E. Whenever a Product is described by detail, specification, trade name, manufacturer's name or catalog reference, use only such Product; unless written approval is given for substitution prior to bid following requirements in Division 01. Submit written requests on substitution request form included in Division 01. Approved substituted manufacturers will be listed by Addendum. F. Provide as specified certain products, materials, and systems where "manufacturer" paragraphs are followed by the words "no substitutions ". G. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or product data submittals, without separate written prior approval, or when approval will require revision to the Contract Documents. 1.8 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. General: The mechanical drawings are diagrammatic. Complete details of building features which affect fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC installations may not be shown. For additional details, refer to other Contract Documents. Report any discrepancies to the A/E along with suggested revisions. Obtain written response from the A/E before proceeding with changes. B. Depiction of Work: Drawings do not show exact characteristics of the work, piping and air distributions configurations, or necessary number of fittings and offsets. Base work on actual field measurements and conditions. Provide work required to complete the installation. C. Dimensions: Do not scale drawings. Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed, and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions is required. 200500 - 8 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS D. Discrepancies: Field verify dimensions prior to performing work. Bring to the A /E's attention any discrepancies within the Contract Documents and between the Contract Documents and field conditions. Also for any design and layout changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to the Contractor's work (equipment and material purchasing and installation). Any corrective work required by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies, inconsistencies, or ambiguities shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Specifications: These specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. The imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. 1.9 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01, with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Prepare Record Drawings. Record Drawings shall be new blue line prints (pencil and black pen not acceptable) and shall show the measured locations of portions of the Work and changes the Contractor has made. C. Record corrections and changes made during the progress of the work, showing work as actually installed. In general, acceptable tolerance plus or minus 1' -0" from actual location in horizontal plane. Indicate exact installed invert elevations for underground piping. Neatly hand -draft on daily basis. Keep readily available at project site. Use latest revisions and keep neat and clean. Do not use Contractor's working drawings. D. Record Drawings are subject to review by the A/E on a regular basis throughout construction. At end of construction, check drawings for completeness and accuracy. E. Drawings shall show addendum items, change orders, clarifications, supplemental instructions, and deviations from the Drawings. F. Per project closeout procedures, submit in AutoCAD format along with corrected blue line drawings. Each sheet shall be noted as "RECORD DRAWING ". 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 work with other trades. B. Be aware of restricted space for installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems. Include offsets and perform rerouting and coordination to fit elements in available space. Include provisions for such requirements in bid. 200500 - 9 of 14 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS C. Field verify existing conditions prior to commencement of work. Obtain specific locations of structural and architectural features or equipment items from referenced drawings, field measurements, or trade providing material or equipment. D. Coordinate ductwork and piping installations to clear light fixtures and electrical cable trays. Include clearance over light fixtures to allow removal and replacement. Include minimum 6 inch clearance above and to sides of cable trays. Coordinate routing of ductwork and piping with each other and other trades so grade of piping can be accomplished and fit in available space. E. Ductwork takes precedence over piping for available space and routing. Coordinate installation based on this precedence. F. Do not install ductwork and piping over electrical panels and where clearance is required by code and maintenance. G. Be responsible for beam penetrations as they relate to fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work. Submit sizes and locations to the structural engineer for review and determination of structural details. H. Coordinate attachments to structure to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure can accept seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. I. Refer to architectural and structural drawings for location of expansion and seismic joints. Provide flexible loops for piping and flexible connectors for ducts crossing expansion and seismic joints. 1.11 WORKMANSHIP A. Work shall be in accordance with best trade practices. Remove substandard workmanship and provide new material at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.12 HVAC SYSTEM USAGE A. Contractor's use of permanent HVAC systems for temporary heat and ventilation shall not be allowed. 1.13 CERTIFICATION A. By submitting a bid for fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems, the Contractor and his subcontractors acknowledge and certify the following: 1. That they have carefully examined and fully understand the Drawings and Specifications (including but not limited to architectural, site, utility, mechanical, structural, and electrical drawings, and specifications. In addition, they have determined that the Drawings and Specifications are adequate to complete fire 200500 - 10 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems and that they can provide a complete finished and operable system in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. That they have had a reasonable opportunity to discover any ambiguities in the Contract Documents and such ambiguities have been brought to the attention of the A/E in writing prior to submitting the bid. 3. That they have reviewed the project progress schedule with the general contractor, fully understand the schedule, and they have verified, prior to submitting a bid, availability of necessary labor and materials, including supervision and office backup, and can comply with the schedule requirements. 4. That there may be changes to the scope of work and that they understand that any proposal submitted for performance of additional work shall include costs associated with such change including but not limited to labor, materials, subcontracts, equipment, taxes, fees, schedule impact, Toss of efficiency, supervision, overhead, and profit. 5. That the Contract requires them to coordinate their work with that of other trades and that responsibility for coordination includes rerouting, offsets, and similar provisions, to fit Work and address manufacturer's recommended clearances for service access, maintenance, and replacement of equipment in a manner that is compatible with work of other trades in the same area. 6. That routing of elements of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems shown on the Drawings is schematic only and that offsets and rerouting probably will be required in installation and that labor and materials have been included for such in their bids. 7. That they have consulted with affected utilities and included in their bids labor and materials to meet requirements which may be imposed by each utility and have included in their bids costs and fees to be paid to such utilities, including temporary services and temporary and permanent connections unless specifically excluded in the Contract Documents. 8. That they understand submittals of material and equipment to the A/E is for the purpose of establishing what they are providing for the project. Any review undertaken by the A/E does not relieve them of their responsibilities to furnish and install materials and equipment required for work in the project nor does such review relieve them of their responsibilities for coordination with other trades and designers to ensure that such materials and equipment will fit and be suitable for purpose intended. 9. That they agree to receive payment for bid amounts as full compensation for furnishing materials and labor which may be required in prosecution and completion of work required under the Contract Documents, and in respects to complete the contract work to the satisfaction of the A /E. 10. That they include in their bids costs to furnish bonds as specified in the Contract Documents. • 200500 - 11 of 14 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.14 WARRANTY A. Conform to requirements in General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01. Where not so prescribed or defined, the period shall be 1 year. Warranty periods within Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 shall not commence until substantial completion. Contractor shall extend longer warranties specified in other sections. 1 .1 5 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (FOIC) A. Material Handling and Delivery: Coordinate delivery of FOIC equipment. Receive, off Toad, transport, store, hoist, unpack, dispose of packing, same as for other project equipment arriving at job site. Requirements of the Contract Documents apply to FOIC equipment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Obtain from the Owner operation and maintenance data for the FOIC equipment and incorporate them into the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. C. Start-up and Warranty: 1. FOIC equipment suppliers will pass on to the Contractor start-up information, maintenance and parts information, and warranty provisions of their products in accordance with the equipment suppliers contract requirements. Organize and coordinate start-up and warranty requirements for the FOIC equipment. 2. Include one year warranty on FOIC equipment starting at Substantial Completion regardless of shorter time limits by FOIC suppliers. 1.16 DEMONSTRATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Following installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work and prior to final acceptance, demonstrate that equipment and systems operate as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Perform in presence of the A/E and Owner's representative, unless otherwise directed by the A /E. Give minimum 1 week notice prior to demonstrations. D. Provide instruments and personnel required to conduct demonstrations. 1 .1 7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Comply with requirements in Division 01. 200500 - 12 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS B. Prepare list of items that are not complete prior to asking for a substantial completion review by the A /E. 1.18 COMMISSIONING SUPPORT A. Comply with requirements in Sections 019113 and 200800. B. Assist in developing the final functional test procedures as specified in Sections 019113, 200800 and related sections. C. Provide authorized start-up technicians to perform functional performance testing as specified in Sections 019113, 200800 and related sections. Product manufacturer's representatives shall provide start -up services as specified. 1.19 ALTERNATES A. General: See Bid Form and Alternates described in Division 01 for possible effect on work of Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23. 1.20 WASHINGTON SUSTAINABLE SCHOOLS PROTOCOL (WSSP) A. Comply with requirements in Section 018113 B. General: The Owner has established environmental and high performance goals for this project through the WSSP High Performance School Rating System; Final Draft document dated January 15, 2006 V2. The Contractor is responsible for conformance with credits being pursued in the Protocol as indicated in Division 01. Strict adherence to the contract documents and critical path schedule is required to meet WSSP requirements. C. The Contractor acknowledges that, as a condition to bidding this project, every reasonable effort will be made to perform the Work in such a way as to enable the identified WSSP goal to be achived. To this end, the Contractor's responsibilities shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including submittal of required documentation to verify conformance with the WSSP credit pursued. 2. Assisting the Owner /Architect with documentation for final WSSP self - evaluation. D. Health, safety, performance and durability shall take precedence over sustainable design criteria. The Contractor shall inform the Owner /Architect of any conflicts that may result between the specified standards and requirements, and the characteristics of the sustainable materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. 200500 - 13 of 14 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 200500 - 14 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200505 09819.00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND START -UP SECTION 200505 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND START -UP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes material and labor required to perform start-up of equipment and systems installed in project, to perform checkout of systems, and to verify completeness of project requirements. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 01 and Sections 200500, 200510, and 200593 apply to Work in this section. C. Refer to requirements in Sections 230512. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Submit within 3 months of award of Contract the following for review and approval by the A/E and Commissioning Authority. 1. Checklist for each piece of scheduled equipment indicating items that will be verified for proper operation and completeness of installation. Include an area for comments and completion date for correction of deficiencies. Use of the equipment manufacturer's standard start-up /checkout form is acceptable. 2. Checklist of controls by system or piece of equipment indicating items that will be checked, sequences that will be checked, and completeness of the installation. Include an area for comments and completion date for correction of deficiencies. 3. Checklists shall have a place at each item for the person doing checkout to initial item indicating task has been completed and date it was completed. 4. Preliminary schedule indicating sequence of events involved with pre - functional check -out, equipment start-up, testing and balancing (TAB), TAB verification, and functional testing. Schedule shall indicate approximate time intervals required for completion of respective tasks. 5. Prepare and submit a list of items that are not complete prior to requesting substantial completion review by the A /E. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Complete Work described in this section prior to time of Substantial Completion. 200505 - 1 of 3 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200505 09819.00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND START -UP B. Use pre - functional checklists prepared by Commissioning Authority to verify completeness of system installation and proper system operation. Submit completed checklists for review prior to Substantial Completion. C. Schedule pre- startup coordination meeting with Architect, Owner, and Commissioning Authority for the specific purpose of achieving a coordinated systems start-up. D. Representatives for the mechanical subcontractor, plumbing subcontractor, sheet metal subcontractor, temperature control subcontractor and TAB subcontractor shall be present at the pre- startup meeting and at the initial startup of each mechanical system. E. Mechanical subcontractor shall bear prime responsibility for startup of heating and cooling and plumbing systems. F. If a piece of equipment is not performing satisfactorily during TAB, TAB subcontractor shall notify the installing subcontractor for corrective action. G. All subcontractors shall comply with the decision of the Construction Manager and the A/E of any conflict of responsibility. H. Include completed checklists in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.2 SYSTEM START -UP PROCEDURES A. As a minimum, the items listed in this article shall be completed. Include recommendations by manufacturers of systems and equipment. B. Inspect bearings for cleanliness and alignment and remove foreign materials found. Grease in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Replace bearings that run rough or noisy. C. Adjust tension in V -belt drives, adjust variable -pitch sheaves and drives for required equipment speed. Change belts and sheaves to obtain proper equipment speed, remove any foreign materials from sheaves and belts before starting operations, adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V- belts. "Required equipment speed" is that speed which produces intended performance. Adjust fans and rotating equipment to maintain operation within the performance curve provided by manufacturer without over speeding equipment or causing excess vibration. D. Adjust direct drives for proper alignment of flexible couplings, lubricate particular couplings, check security of couplings to driver and driven shafts, and set drive components to ensure free rotation with no undesirable stresses on coupling and attached equipment. E. Check pump packing glands and mechanical seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running pump. Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring and proper placement of packing, replace if necessary. Inspect mechanical faces, chambers and seal rings. Replace if necessary. Ensure piping systems are free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid through pumps. F. Tighten flanges and packing glands after systems have been placed in operation. Replace gaskets in flanges that show signs of leakage after tightening. • G. Inspect both manual and automatic control valves, clean bonnets and stems, tighten packing glands to ensure no leakage, but permit valve stems to operate properly. If 200505 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200505 09819.00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND START -UP leaking, replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is judged complete. Replace packing in any valve that continues to leak after adjustment, remove and repair bonnets that leak, coat packing gland threads and valve stems with surface preparation similar to MolyCote or FelPro after cleaning. H. Inspect and make certain that automatic control valve seats are free from foreign material and are properly positioned for intended service. I. Inspect screwed joints for leakage and remake each joint that appears to be faulty. Do not wait for rust to form. Clean threads on both parts, apply compound and remake joint. J. Clean strainers, dirt pockets, orifices, valve seats and headers in fluid systems after systems have been placed in operation to ensure they are free from foreign materials. K. Adjust pipe hangers and supports for correct pitch and alignment. L. Remove rust, scale and foreign materials from equipment and renew any defaced surfaces. If equipment is badly marred, the A/E has authority to require new materials be provided. M. Install clean air filters. Refer to requirements in Section 234100. N. Inspect pressure gages and thermometers for calibration. Remove and provide new for those that are defaced, broken, or read incorrectly. O. Repair damaged insulation. P. After each system has been put into operation, repeat certain checks described in preceding paragraphs. Q. Complete applicable start-up procedures described in preceding articles and paragraphs prior to Substantial Completion. R. Provide adjustment services as necessary to ensure proper functioning of systems after building occupancy and during warranty period. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Include a line item in schedule of values for doing the project closeout and system start- up work. Value shall include the time for preparing initial checklists, for checking out project, and for starting up systems. Value shall accurately reflect amount of time and material Contractor estimates to spend on these tasks. 3.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Final acceptance of Work will not occur until functional testing is complete and outstanding issues resolved. END OF SECTION 200505 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 200510 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes equipment supports, sleeves, identification, appurtenances, and miscellaneous work. This section applies to all Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 sections. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Section 200500 apply to the Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. UL Compliance: Where UL fire - resistance rating is indicated for construction penetrated by access units, furnish UL listed and labeled units, except for those units which are smaller than minimum size requiring ratings as recognized by governing authority. C. ANSI Compliance: Comply with ANSI Al 3.1 for lettering size, colors and installed viewing angles of identification devices. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8 -1 /2 inch by 11 inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut -off and similar special uses, by special "flags ", in margin of schedule. Coordinate valve tag information with the Owner. C. Test Reports: As required in specific specification sections. D. Product Data: 1. Pipe markers. 2. Access doors. 200510 - 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods to prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original containers, complete with labels. C. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. D. Store products subject to damage by weather conditions above ground, under cover in weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. E. Close open ends of equipment and work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new and of manufacturers specified herein. They shall bear the UL, ETL or CSA labels where possible. 2.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Select and size supports, expansion shells and bolts, concrete inserts, and anchor bolts per requirements for seismic restraints specified in Section 200548. Hot dipped or mechanically galvanized where installed outdoors unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. Damaged galvanized surfaces repaired with ZRC Galvilite. B. Expansion Shells and Bolts and Concrete Screws: 1. Manufacturers for Expansion Shells for Rod Hangers: Simpson Strong -Tie, Hilti, or approved for holes drilled in concrete. 2. Manufacturers for Expansion Bolts for.Equipment: Simpson Strong -Tie, Hilti, or approved for holes drilled in concrete. 3. Manufacturers for Concrete Screws for Equipment: Simpson Strong -Tie, Hilti, or approved for holes drilled in concrete. C. Concrete Inserts: Comply with requirements in Section 2021 1 5. D. Formed Steel Channels: Twelve gage minimum, 1 -5/8 inch by 1 -5/8 inch minimum cross - section size, epoxy coated. Cooper B -Line Dura -Green or Dura- Copper, Unistrut, Powerstrut, or approved. 200510 - 2 of 13 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS E. Anchor Bolts: Include for equipment. Number and size per manufacturer's recommendations or as indicated on the Drawings. F. Supplementary Steel Framing: Standard structural steel shapes or Schedule 40 steel pipe. G. Welding to Building Structural Members: Not acceptable except as indicated on the Drawings. H. Concrete Bases (Housekeeping Pads): Coordinate with Division 03. Size bases 4 inches larger than equipment footprint in each direction and nominal 4 inches thick unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 2.3 SLEEVES A. Materials, General: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with unthreaded ends, cast iron pipe, or minimum 26 gage galvanized sheet steel. Use steel pipe for sleeves at floor slabs. B. Sleeves and Firestopping in Fire and Smoke Rated Walls and Floors: 1. Sleeves: Same material and thickness as used when firestopping material was tested and as listed in the UL Fire Resistive Directory. 2. Firestopping: Material produced and installed as a system to resist spread of fire and passage of smoke and to maintain fire resistance of assembly. Material in accordance with ASTM E 814 and UL 1479. Johns Manville, Dow Corning, 3M Fire Protection Products, Nelson Firestop Products, STI- SpecSeal,US Gypsum, or approved. C. Cast -in -Place Watertight Firestop Device in Fire Rated Floors (Contractor's Option): Factory assembled device for installation in concrete floors. Assembly in accordance with ASTM E 814 and UL 1479. Device consists of outer sleeve lined with intumescent sleeve, radial extended flange attached to one end of sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and waterstop gasket /mid -body seal for embedment and sealing to concrete slab. Nonmetallic sleeve for nonmetallic through penetrant pipe and metallic sleeve for metallic through - penetrant pipe. Flame spread rating of 0 and smoke developed rating of 5. Presealed Systems, HydroFlame Sleeving Systems or approved. D. Below Grade Watertight Penetrations: Manufactured pipe -to -wall penetration closure. Thunderline "Link -Seal" or Advance Products & Systems "InnerLynx ". 1. Description: Model C (Standard) modular mechanical type consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall opening. Seal constructed to provide electrical isolation between pipe and wall, reducing cathodic reaction. Glass reinforced nylon pressure plates with zinc plated nuts and bolts. 200510 - 3 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. Sleeves for New Construction: Heavy wall welded or seamless steel pipe, full circle welded waterstop plate and anchor collar, hot dip galvanized. Length to suit wall thickness. Inside diameter to suit seal requirements 3. Openings for Existing Concrete Wall Construction: Core drill opening, inside diameter to suit seal requirement. 2.4 PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS A. General: Manufacturer's standard preprinted, flexible or semi - rigid, permanent, color - coded, plastic sheet pipe markers. Comply with ASME Al 3.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. Include flow direction arrows. Seton, Brady, Craftmark, Marking Services or approved. B. Small Pipes: For external diameters Tess than 6 inches (including insulation), full band pipe markers. C. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre - printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by the A/E in cases of variance with names shown or specified. 2.5 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKER A. Manufacturer's standard, permanent, bright - burial service, not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick. Tape color with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried pipe. 2.6 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. General: Engraved stock melamine plastic laminate. Comply with FS L -P -387. Engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording, black with white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Plastic strips with raised letters made by a marking device not acceptable. Include area (room) served on nameplate. Coordinate naming convention with the Owner. Color of nameplates access doors for fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire /smoke dampers as selected by the AHJ. B. Thickness: 1/16 inch for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8 inch length and 1/8 inch for larger units. 2.7 VALVE TAGS A. General: Manufacturer's standard solid plastic valve tags with printed enamel lettering, piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16 inch high letters, sequenced valve 200510 - 4 of 13 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS numbers approximately 3/8 inch high, and 5/32 inch hole for fastener. Coordinate naming convention with the Owner. B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass beaded type chain, length as required for proper attachment of tags to valves manufactured specifically for that purpose. C. Valve Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Frame finished hardwood or extruded aluminum with SSB -grade sheet glass. 2.8 ACCESS TO FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING, AND HVAC EQUIPMENT A. General: Universal 1 -piece frame, flush type, welded steel ground smooth rounded safety corners, 1 -piece spring hinge, slot screwdriver type cam latches, shallow 1- 1 /4 inch mounting flange. Include cylinder locked units in restrooms and areas accessible by students. Coordinate with general contractor so that lockable access doors are common -keyed for entire project. Where located in a painted surface area, units primed for painting; otherwise, polished chrome or stainless steel units, unless another type of finish is indicated. B. Construction: 1. For sizes 16 inch by 16 inch and smaller: 16 gage panel, 18 gage flange. 2. For sizes 18 inch by 18 inch and larger: 14 gage panel, 16 gage flange. C. UL Compliance: Where UL fire - resistance rating is indicated, doors UL listed and labeled, except for those doors which are smaller than minimum size requiring fire ratings as recognized by governing authority. D. Access Door Sizes: 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 inches by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 inches by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 inches by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulder Access: 21 inches by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 inches by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 inches by 17 inches. E. Manufacturers: Milcor, Elmdor, Acudor Products, or approved. 2.9 PERSONNEL PROTECTION A. General: Where support angles, hangers, equipment supports and appurtenances, and similar items are exposed above floors, walkways, and maintenance access ways, cover such protrusions Tess than 6' -6" above floor with protective padding. 200510 - 5 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS B. Protective Padding: Soft elastomeric foam material or equivalent with composite and component ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, or UL 723. Flame spread 25, smoke developed 50. Armstrong or Rubatex. C. Finish: White field - applied finish of same manufacturer as protective padding. 2.10 NON - POTABLE WATER SIGNAGE A. Provide signage in conformance with 2006 UPC Section 601.2 for non - potable water piping systems and fixtures. B. Signage at all fixtures shall state, "Caution: Nonpotable water, do not drink." C. Contractor shall obtain approval of signage shape, size and location behind fixture prior to installation. 2.11 PAINTING A. General: Painting of work specified in mechanical sections which is exposed, including exterior exposed mechanical work, is specified in Division 09. 2.12 ROOF PENETRATIONS A. Pipe Curb Assembly: Consist of galvanized steel 12 inch high roof curb with cant strip, integral base plate, 1-1/2 inch thick rigid fiberglass insulation, 2 inch by 2 inch pressure treated wood nailer, acrylic clad thermoplastic cap, fastening screws, graduated rubber boots, quantity to accommodate pipe sizes, and stainless steel clamps. Pate PCC Series cap and PC -1 curb or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MEASUREMENTS A. Verify measurements at job site. Locate equipment and fixtures on centers of walls, openings, spaces, and similar locations except where noted otherwise. Check that piping, ducts, and similar elements clear openings. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Equipment Installation: 1. General: Install supports for equipment and appurtenances. 2. Suspended Equipment: a. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed. Fasten inserts securely to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength Tess than 2500 psi is indicated, install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. 200510 - 6 of 13 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS b. Install hangers from structure. Comply with requirements in Section 202115 for hanger rod sizes. c. Span between structural members with additional structural steel to mount equipment in locations shown. Do not fasten hangers to metal deck. Powder actuated fasteners not acceptable. 3. Floor- Mounted Equipment, General: a. Install machine and floor or foundation fastenings. Set equipment on concrete pads. For new construction, install anchor bolts through concrete equipment pads to structural concrete slabs. For existing construction, install concrete expansion anchors or concrete screws through concrete equipment pads to existing structural concrete slabs. b. Install equipment at locations and to dimensions indicated in the drawings using manufacturer's leveling screws, blocks, shims, or wedges. Do not distort equipment or baseplates. 4. Stands: Fabricate structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or suspended from structure. Fabricate from structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. 5. Manufacturer- Supplied Bases: Bases may be supplied by the equipment manufacturer if equivalent to the base requirements specified above. B. Equipment Seismic Restraints: Comply with requirements in Section 200548. 3.3 SLEEVES AND SEALING OF SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for pipes and ducts for penetrations through cast -in -place concrete walls and floors, non -rated walls and floors, fire and smoke rated walls and floors, mechanical room walls and floors, and acoustical walls. Seal air and watertight. At Contractor's option, install cast -in -place watertight firestop devices through cast -in -place concrete fire rated floors. B. Dimensions: 1. Annular Clear Space, General: Include annular clear space of approximately 1/4 to 1/2 inch. Size to accommodate insulation passing through sleeve. 2. Annular Clear Space for Sleeves through Fire and Smoke Rated Walls and Floors: Include annular clear space between sleeve and insulated or uninsulated surfaces of pipe, tubing, conduit, and wiring per firestopping manufacturer's installation requirements. Coordinate with requirements in Division 07 and insulation thicknesses specified in Section 200700. 3. Annular Clear Space for Sleeves through Mechanical Room Walls and Floor and Acoustical Walls: Comply with requirements in Section 200548. 4. Cast -in -Place Watertight Firestop Devices: Match uninsulated through penetrant pipe outside diameter size. 200510 - 7 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Extension: Wherever piping passes through floor slab above occupied space or equipment, install pipe sleeves extending 1 inch above floor, except where cast -in -place watertight firestop devices are installed. D. Setting: Set sleeves or cast -in -place watertight firestop devices in place prior to pouring of concrete in new construction. Core drill and grout sleeves in place for unit masonry construction and existing concrete floor construction. Core drill existing concrete wall construction. E. Sealing of Sleeves: 1. Through Walls and Floors: Fill both ends of sleeve with non - hardening silicone sealer as specified in Division 07. 2. Through Acoustical Walls: Comply with requirements in Section 200548. F. Sheet Metal Dams: Install 16 gage galvanized sheet metal dams around opening on top of floor for core drilled, saw cut, and formed openings through floor slabs without concrete curbs above occupied or equipment spaces. Solder or weld watertight. Seal and anchor to floor watertight. Install with minimum 1 inch projection above floor with 2 inch wide flange on floor. G. Below Grade Watertight Wall Penetrations: Install manufactured pipe -to -wall penetration closures where pipes pass through openings in concrete walls below grade adjacent to occupied and equipment spaces. 3.4 FLASHINGS AT ROOF PENETRATIONS AND ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. General: Coordinate flashing for pipes, ducts, and conduits through roof surface and for equipment supports and similar items supported by or attached to roof deck with requirements in Division 07. B. Pipe Curb Assembly: Install per manufacturer's installation instructions. Fill curb with foam insulation. 3.5 ACCESSIBILITY A. General: Locate valves, dampers, controls, and similar components to be readily accessible. Install access doors to achieve accessibility. Access shall include, but not limited to, fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC equipment above inaccessible ceilings and trap primers, valves, and similar items behind walls and above ceilings. Coordinate access door locations with the A /E. B. Equipment: 1. Install equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs to be readily accessible, except where specifically shown on architectural drawings. Otherwise, obtains A/E approval of location. 200510 -8of 13 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. Piping, ducts, and conduit shall not interfere with required access. 3. Locate fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC equipment above ceilings within 2 feet of access doors. If access to equipment is from bottom of unit, locate access door directly under unit sized large enough to accommodate access to internal components. C. Access Tile Identification: Apply circular dot stickers on ceiling grid frame to indicate location of valves, dampers, controls, and equipment that requires maintenance. Color as selected by the A /E. 3.6 PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS A. Install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. B. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed in occupied spaces, accessible maintenance spaces, and exterior non - concealed locations. 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch, excluding short take -offs for fixtures and terminal units. Mark each pipe at branch where there could be question of flow pattern. 3. Near locations where pipes pass through walls and floors /ceilings or enter non - accessible enclosures. 4. At change in direction of pipe. 5. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. 6. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 7. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 30 feet along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 15 feet in congested areas of piping and equipment. Stagger alternately on adjacent pipes. 8. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced markers. 3.7 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKER A. During backfilling and placing of topsoil, install continuous marker tape located directly over buried line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade for each exterior piping system. Where multiple small lines are buried in common trench that do not exceed overall width of 16 inches, install single line marker. For sewer drain fields and similar installations, mark only outer pipe lines of field. 3.8 PERSONNEL PROTECTION A. General: Secure and permanently fasten elastomeric foam material in neat and smooth manner using band straps, clamps, snaps, or similar methods. 200510 -9of13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200510 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS B. Finish: Apply 1 or 2 coats to result in uniform white color. 3.9 VALVE TAGS A. Install valve tags on valves and control devices in each piping system. Install wherever destination or identity of pipe is not visible from valve. Fasten with chain to valve stem. B. Tags for check valves, valves within factory- fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture supply stops, hose bibbs, wall hydrants, shutoff valves at HVAC terminal devices and similar rough -in connections of end -use equipment not required. Include tagged valves in valve schedule for each piping system. C. Install valve schedule in mechanical rooms or as directed by the A /E. 3.10 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. Install nameplates on or near each major item of mechanical equipment and each operational device. Install on accessible sides of equipment for the following general categories of equipment, operational devices, and for equipment scheduled on the Drawings: 1. Chillers 2. Boilers 3. Pumps 4. Fans 5. Heaters 6. Packaged HVAC units 7. Tank and pressure vessels 8. Air Separators 9. Control panels 10. Heat Recovery Units 11. Air handling units 12. Domestic water heaters 13. Compressors 14. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire /smoke dampers B. Install with self- tapping stainless steel screws or steel rivets, except use of contact -type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate is acceptable. 3.11 EARTHWORK A. Perform earthwork required for installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work below grade. Coordinate with requirements in Division 31. 200510 -10 of 13 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS B. Locate and protect utilities and other underground work in manner which will ensure that no damage or service interruption will result from excavating and backfilling. Perform excavation in a manner which protects walls, footings, and other structural members from being disturbed or damaged in any way. C. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions to minimize possibility of washouts, settlements and other damages and hazards. D. Do not excavate until required materials are on site and the work is ready to proceed without delay so that total time lapse from excavation to completion of backfilling will be minimum. E. Excavate trenches of necessary width for proper laying of pipe with banks as nearly vertical as possible. Grade trench bottoms to provide uniform undisturbed bedding for each section of pipe. Form holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded. Provide temporary pumping equipment to keep excavation free from water. Install pipe bedding in rock excavation consisting of not less than 6 inches of sand or equivalent material. F. Store excavated material (temporarily) near excavation in manner which will not interfere with or damage excavation or other work. G. Provide bracing and shoring as necessary to maintain stability of excavation and to comply with safety codes. H. Backfill trenches only after completion of pressure tests and inspection by the A /E. Fill spaces between pipe and sides of trench by hand, shovel tamped in place. Cover in 6 inch layers to 12 inch thickness over top of pipe. Fill and tamp remainder of backfill material in 6 inch layers. Provide backfill materials as follows; for sewer and water piping, use pea gravel, for gas piping, use sand. Backfill under, around, and to 6 inch above top of piping. I. Compacting: 1. Perform compacting individually, for each 6 inch layer (maximum) loose thickness of backfill. Comply with ASTM D 1557. Where roadway or parking area surfaces will be placed over backfill and to 10 feet beyond building perimeter, compacted to 95 percent of maximum density. Elsewhere, 90 percent. Test in accordance with Divisions 01 and 02. 2. Take special care in compacting under services where they enter building to prevent settling. Contractor fully responsible for damage to piping and property as a result of settling around service piping. J. Dispose surplus earth off -site in a suitable location. 200510 - 11 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS K. Place and maintain barricades, construction signs, torches, lanterns and guards as required during periods of open excavation to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. L. Leave premises thoroughly clean at completion of earthwork. M. Installation of Piping in Backfilled Areas: Wherever piping is to be installed in areas which have been excavated below pipe inverts, for any purpose, install piping to prevent subsequent settlement. Do not install piping until backfill is to full compaction, completed to minimum 18 inch above pipe to be installed. Install piping in re- excavated trenches and backfill as previously specified. N. Where subsidence is measurable or observable at mechanical work excavations during project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.12 PAINTING A. Touch -up: Cover scratches, abrasions, and similar damages to equipment with factory finished surfaces using matching factory furnished paint. B. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: Paint inside surface of ducts, visible through grilles, registers, diffusers, and other openings with 1 coat of flat black paint to a point 2 feet from opening on straight ducts or around bend. Similarly, paint pipes and conduits visible through ceiling relief grilles. 3.13 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. General: Install piping, ducts, and make final mechanical connections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for Owner- furnished equipment and fixtures, and equipment and fixtures specified in Divisions 01 through 14. This applies to work of, but not limited to, Sections 224000, 2321 33, and 233300. B. Coordination: Perform on -site review and refer to manufacturer's Shop Drawings for details of connections. Perform rough -in at locations to conveniently serve items. 3.14 CLEANING AND HOUSEKEEPING A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 233410 for air handling equipment. 200510 - 12 of 13 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 • 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS • • B. Remove debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, and similar items, created by Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 Work at regular intervals. Perform at sufficient frequency to eliminate hazard to the public, other trades personnel, building, and the Owner's employees. C. Before Substantial Completion, carefully clean equipment, fixtures, exposed ducts and piping, and similar items. Remove construction labels, dirt, dust, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, and similar items. 3.15 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 200510 -13 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS SECTION 200513 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes factory installed motors and motor starters, electric heat trace and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. IEEE 112, IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 2. NEMA MG 1, Motors and Generators. 3. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). C. Comply with applicable NEMA standards and refer to NEMA standards for definitions of terminology herein. Comply with NFPA 70 for workmanship and installation requirements and to applicable Division 26 sections. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for motors and electric heat trace. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTORS A. Motor Characteristics: Except where more stringent requirements are indicated, and except where required item of plumbing and HVAC equipment cannot be obtained to meet requirements in this article, comply with the following requirements for motors for plumbing and HVAC work: 1. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. 200513 - 1 of 6 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 • 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS • • 2. Temperature Rating: Rated for 40 C ambient temperature and at 3300 foot elevation with maximum 50 C temperature rise for continuous duty at full load (Class A insulation). 3. Capacity and Torque: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, but without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 4. Phases and Current Characteristics: Squirrel -cage induction polyphase motors for 1/2 hp and larger. Permanent -split capacitor or capacitor -start single -phase motors for 1/3 hp and smaller, except 1/6 hp and smaller may, at equipment manufacturer's option, be split -phase type. Coordinate current characteristics with power specified in Division 26 sections and with individual equipment requirements specified in Divisions 22 and 23 sections. 5. Do not purchase motors until power characteristics and rotation direction have been confirmed. 6. Service Factor: 1.15 for polyphase motors and 1.35 for single -phase motors. B. Motor Construction: General purpose, continuous duty motors, Design "B ", except "C" where required for high starting torque. 1. Frames: NEMA standard. 2. Bearings: Antifriction ball or sleeve bearings with inner and outer shaft seals, greaseable except permanently sealed where motor is normally inaccessible for regular maintenance. Where belt drives and other drives produce lateral or axial thrust in motor, bearings designed to resist thrust loading. Refer to Divisions 22 and 23 sections for fractional -hp light -duty motors where sleeve -type bearings are permitted. 3. Enclosure Type: Except as otherwise indicated open dripproof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed, and guarded dripproof motors where exposed to contact by employees and building occupants. Totally enclosed fan cooled for outdoor use. Refer to Divisions 22 and 23 sections for other enclosure requirements. 4. Overload Protection: Include for each motor. Built -in (manual reset) for 120, 208, and 277 Volt, single phase motors. 5. Efficiency: Premium efficiency for 1-1/2 hp and larger. Minimum efficiencies as tabulated in current edition of the energy code in the state in which the work is performed as tested in accordance with IEEE 112, Test Method B. 6. Power Factor: Minimum 85 percent under full load conditions. Where less than 85 percent, include power factor correction to minimum 90 percent. 7. Motors Controlled by Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs): Inverter rated, Class F insulation. a. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture - resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse -width modulated inverters. 200513 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS b. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. c. Include factory or field installed shaft grounding system to prevent damage to motor bearings from VFD induced shaft currents. Electro Static technology AEGIS SGRTM, Shaft Grounding Systems, or approved. 8. Multi -Speed Motors: Two speed, two winding, variable torque, pole- changing type with reduced speed. 9. Nameplate: Include, indicating full identification of manufacturer, ratings, characteristics, construction, special features, and similar information as required by NEMA MG 1. C. Manufacturers: Except where item of plumbing and HVAC equipment (which otherwise complies with requirements in this section) is integrally equipped with motor produced by another manufacturer, include motors by one of the following manufacturers: Baldor Electric Co., General Electric Co., Marathon Electric Mfg. Co., Reliance Electric Motors, Toshiba International Corp., Siemens Energy & Automation, Emerson Climate Technologies, U.S. Electrical Motors, Goulds, Louis Allis Co., Lincoln Motors, or Magnetek Electric Motors. 2.2 MOTOR STARTERS A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 26 for factory installed starters. Field installed starters are specified in Division 26 work. 2.3 ELECTRIC HEAT TRACE A. General: Self- regulating with two 16 gage tinned copper bus wires imbedded in self - regulating polymer core that varies its power output to respond to temperature along its length, allowing heat tracing to be crossed over itself without overheating. UL listed and labeled. Heater with minimum self regulation factor of minimum 90 percent. Select for 5 watts per foot at 50 F with 1 inch thick fiberglass insulation. B. Freeze Protection: Select length of element per foot of pipe and number of valves in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation based on thickness of fiberglass insulation specified in this section, 30 F temperature difference, and 35 F pipe maintenance temperature. C. Pipeline Sensing Thermostat: Include under insulation, set at 35 F to directly control heat tracing system. D. Accessories: Include power connection kit, splice and tee kits, end seals, end cable ties, to suit pipe installation requirements. Include power indicator light. E. Manufacturers: Raychem XL- Trace, Chromolox, Thermon, or approved. 200513 -3of6 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 MOTORS A. Where motors are furnished for field mounting, install motors on motor mounting systems in accordance with motor manufacturer's instructions, securely anchored to resist torque, drive thrusts, and other external forces inherent in mechanical work. Secure sheaves and other drive units to motor shafts with keys and Allen set screws, except motors of 1/3 hp and less may be secured with Allen screws on flat surfaces of shaft. Unless otherwise indicated, set motor shafts parallel with machine shafts. 3.2 STARTERS A. Coordinate with Division 26 work to install starters and wiring devices near motors or as indicated on the Drawings. Securely support and anchor in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate for proper operational access, including visibility for safety. 3.3 EQUIPMENT AND MOTOR CONNECTIONS A. Install flexible- conduit connection to motor and equipment for packaged and non - packaged equipment that is factory assembled. Comply with applicable provisions of Division 26 sections for wiring materials and wiring services. B. Refer to Division 26 sections for installation requirements. Divisions 22 and 23 shall provide work not indicated in Division 26 for a complete and operating system. Where a conflict occurs between Divisions 22 and 23 and Division 26, Division 22 or 23 sub - contractor shall provide work for a complete and operating system. Refer to schedule included in this section for additional information. 3.4 EQUIPMENT FABRICATION A. Fabricate plumbing and HVAC equipment for secure mounting of motors and other electrical items including in work. Include permanent alignment of motors with equipment, or adjustable mountings as applicable for belt drives, gear drives, special couplings and similar indirect coupling of equipment. Install safe, secure, durable, and removable guards for motor drives, arranged for lubrication and similar running maintenance without removal of guards. 3.5 ELECTRIC HEAT TRACE A. General: Install on piping located outdoors and as indicated on the Drawings between pipe and insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions after pipes have been pressure tested. 200513 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS B. Tests: After installation of heat tracing, and before and after installing insulation, test using a 2500 VDC megger. Minimum insulation resistance shall be 20 to 1,000 megohms regardless of length. Test both heating cable wires to verify connection of splices and tees. Submit test report to the A /E. C. Labels: Install "ELECTRIC HEAT TRACED" labels on outside of jacket at 10 foot intervals. 3.6 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.7 MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL INTERFACE SCHEDULE A. Establishing the separation of work between trades and subcontractors is not within scope of these Contract Documents. The following schedule is proposed for assistance in bidding only. B. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, plumbing and HVAC equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with the following schedule. Coordinate work with Division 26 sections. 200513 - 5 of 6 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200513 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY POWER WIRING BY CONTROL WIRING BY 1. Equipment Motors: M M E M 2. Magnetic Motor Starters and Equipment Connections: a. Automatically Controlled with or without HOA Switches: b. Manually Controlled: c. Furnished with Plumbing and HVAC Equipment, Factory Mounted: d. Furnished with Plumbing and HVAC Equipment, Field Mounted: E E M M E E . M E E E E E M E M M 3. Disconnect Switches and 120 Volt Receptacles per IMC and NEC: E E E -- 4. Manual Motor Starters, Thermal Overload Switches: E E E -- 5. Combination Fire /Smoke Dampers, Smoke Dampers: M M E E 6. Section 230900 Automatic Temperature Controls: Valve and Damper Actuators, Low Voltage Electric Thermostats, Switches, other Miscellaneous Controls: M M M M 7. Electric Radiant Heating Panels, Baseboard Heaters, Cabinet Heaters, Unit Heaters: M M E M 8. Electric Duct Heating Coils: M M E M 9a. Duct Smoke Detectors: E M E E 9b. Relays and Ancillary Devices Associated with HVAC Unit Shutdown by Duct Smoke Detectors E E E E 10. Electric Heat Trace: M M E M 11. Variable Frequency Drives: M M E M 13. Section 230900 Control Panels: M M E M M = Division 22 and 23, Plumbing and HVAC E = Division 26, Electrical END OF SECTION 200513 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 09819.00 VALVES SECTION 200523 VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes valves and associated appurtenances for valves that apply to multiple plumbing and HVAC systems. Valves specific to a single system are specified in that particular Division 22 and 23 section. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: ASME B31 .1 , Power Piping. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each valve and appurtenance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish factory- fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Furnish valves of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psig WSP to comply with installation requirements. Furnish sizes as indicated with connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Contractor's option. Refer to other sections for higher working steam pressures. B. Press Joint Valves: Use press joint copper piping systems as specified in Section 202110 for sizes 1/2 inch through 2 -1 /2 inches. C. Manufacturers: Fairbanks, Hammond, Red - White, Jenkins, Milwaukee, NIBCO, Powell, Stockham, Walworth, or Apollo /Conbraco. 2.2 GATE VALVES A. General: Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened, equipped with packing suitable for intended service. Select valves designed so back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened. Equip with gland follower. Comply with the following standards: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP -80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP -70. 200523 - 1 of 5 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 09819.00 VALVES B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, solid bronze wedge disc, nonrising stem, screwed or soldered joint ends, union bonnet, ASTM B 62. C. 2 -1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, solid wedge disc, bronze trim, flanged, OS &Y, bolted bonnet, ASTM A 126. 2.3 BALL VALVES A. General: Select with port area equal to or greater than connecting pipe area, include seat ring designed to hold sealing material. Comply with MSS SP-110. B. Bronze body, 600 pound, chrome plated ball and stem, full port, screwed or solder joint ends, 2 piece construction, lever handle, Teflon seat and seal, memory stop, ASTM B -61, ASTM B -62, or ASTM B -584. Include extended stem, protective sleeve, and fully adjustable memory stop after insulation is applied where valves are insulated. 2.4 GLOBE VALVES A. General: Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened, equipped with packing suitable for intended service. Select valves designed so back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened. Equip with gland follower. Include suitable composition disc material for intended service. For steam throttling service, fit composition disc valve with throttling nut. For metal seated valves, include hardened stainless steel disc and seat ring. Comply with the following standards: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP -80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP -85. B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, composition disc, 4- pattern, screwed or soldered joint ends, union bonnet, ASTM B 62. C. 2 -1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, bronze trim, screwed -in brass body seat ring, solid bronze disc, bronze stem, flanged, ASTM A 126. 2.5 SWING CHECK VALVES A. General: Construct valves of pressure castings free of impregnation materials. Include stop plug as renewable stop for disc hanger. Construct disc and hanger as separate parts, with disc free to rotate. Support hanger pins on both ends by removable side plugs. Comply with the following standards for design, workmanship, material and testing: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP -80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP-71. B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, screwed cap, bronze or brass swing disc, Y- pattern, screwed or solder joint ends, ASTM B 62. C. 2 -1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, flanged, bolted cap, swing pattern, ASTM A 126, renewable cast iron disc with bronze disc face ring and seat to ASTM B 584 except valves larger than 4 inch may be furnished with cast iron disc to ASTM A 126. 2.6 NON -SLAM CHECK VALVES • A. For vertical upward fluid flow. Comply with the following standards: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP -80. 200523 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 09819.00 VALVES 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP -125. B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, screwed or solder joint ends, bronze spring and disc holder, Buna -N disc, ring, ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62. C. 2 -1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, clear or full waterway, globe style, flanged, bronze trim, stainless steel spring and screw, ASTM A 126. 2.7 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. No Butterfly valves shall be installed. No Exceptions. 2.8 DRAIN VALVES A. Bronze body, composition disc, 3/4 inch handwheel, screwed or solder joint ends hose thread outlet with cap. At Contractor's option, full port ball valve acceptable. 2.9 BALANCING VALVES A. Description: Valves for precise flow measurement and balancing with minimum of one 360 degree turn of handwheel. Positive shutoff. B. Construction: 1. Hydronic Systems: Globe style design, non - ferrous metal parts, Teflon disc ring, meter connections for portable differential pressure meter with integral shutoff valves, calibrated handwheel with adjustment scale, locking memory stop. 2. Domestic Hot Water Circulating Systems: Forged brass alloy body and trim, EPDM plug, solder connections, 360 degree handle adjustment, metering ports with Nordel check valves on both sides of valve seat, positive memory feature, no drop shutoff. C. Sizing: Size smaller than line size to result in minimum 1 foot pressure drop at design flow as close to line size as possible. D. Manufacturers: Armstrong CBV, Tour and Andersson, or Amtrol. 2.10 RELIEF VALVES A. General: ASME Code rated water relief valves. Select for capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. Watts No. 100XL for temperature and pressure applications and No. 1 74A for pressure only applications, Cash Acme, or approved. 2.11 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. General: Water regulators with associated integral factory or field installed strainer with 32 mesh screen, 250 psig minimum working pressure, 25 to 100 psig adjustable pressure range, maximum 10 psig pressure drop through valve and strainer. B. 3 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body with screwed ends, renewable stainless steel seat, and replaceable composition disc. Watts No. 223SHP, Cash Acme, Wilkins, or approved. C. 4 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body with flanged ends, renewable stainless steel seat, and replaceable composition disc. Include plugged tappings and 3/4 inch low demand auxiliary regulator. Watts No. 127W, Cash Acme, Wilkins, or approved. 200523 - 3 of 5 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 • 09819.00 VALVES 2.12 SOLENOID VALVES A. General: Line size, brass, Buna -N seals and disc, general purpose enclosure, 120 Volt, 1 phase, 2 position, UL listed and labeled, normally closed. ASCO or approved. • • 2.13 VALVE OPERATORS A. Valves in Mechanical and Boiler Rooms: Include valve with chain operator complete with sprocket rim and chain guide and hot dipped galvanized chain for valves 4 inch and larger. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves to be accessible. Install gate valves 6 inches and larger with separate support so that valve weight is not imposed on adjacent piping. B. Valve Stem Position: 1. Gate, Globe, and Ball Valves: Install horizontal or above. C. Check Valves: 1. Swing type check valves installed in vertical pipes not acceptable. 2. Install non -slam type check valves in pump discharge pipes and in vertical pipes. D. Install isolation valves where indicated on the Drawings and in the following locations: 1. Branch lines. 2. Branch mains. 3. At connections to equipment, such as coils and control valves. E. Install drain valves at low points of hydronic, plumbing, and compressed air piping and as indicated on the Drawings. 200523 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 09819.00 VALVES F. Install balancing valves with reducers upstream and downstream of valve connections. Install valves with straight pipe upstream and downstream as required by manufacturer's installation instructions. G. Install isolation valves upstream of balancing valves. H. Install valve operators with chains for valves located with horizontal centerline more than 7 feet above floor. Terminate chain 4 feet above floor. I. Install 12 inch long orange colored 1/2 inch wide surveyors tape on valves located above ceilings. 3.5 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 200523 - 5 of 5 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL SECTION 200548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes products to isolate building structure and occupied spaces from vibration transmission and includes seismic restraints for plumbing and HVAC equipment and distribution systems. Isolation work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Supported isolation of motor - driven equipment. 2. Inertia base frames in conjunction with vibration isolators. 3. Isolation support of air - handling housings. 4. Isolation support of piping, piping risers, and ductwork. 5. Penetration isolation of pipes and ductwork through walls, floors, and ceilings. 6. Flexible connections of ductwork and piping to equipment. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each vibration isolator, base, seismic restraint, and appurtenance. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Vibration isolation bases installation, including sizes, type, and placement of isolators. 2. Seismic restraint installations, including calculations. D. Calculations: Sizing and weight distribution for vibration isolators, bases, and seismic restraints. E. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slide rails, base weights, and equipment and ductwork static loads. F. Seismic Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints. Include the following: 1. Anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter, and depth of penetration of anchors. 2. Overturning force calculations and other design calculations. 3. Seismic brace layouts indicating locations of seismic bracing. 4. Details for seismic restraints and attachment to structure. 5. Additional design information as required by IBC and ASCE 7 -05. 200548 - 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL G. Isolator Schedule List: List size, type, load, and static deflection of each isolator. Number and color code to show its location. Mark code number and color on Shop Drawings, on each isolator, and on each base to ensure that the Contractor will place them in the proper locations. H. Procedures: Submit procedures installation instructions for setting and adjusting vibration isolators, bases, and seismic restraints. I. Final Inspection Report: Vibration isolation manufacturer shall prepare and submit written report documenting final inspection and certifying that vibration isolators and seismic restraints are properly installed and adjusted. 1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: A single supplier shall furnish isolation mounts, pads, seismic restraints, sway braces, related hardware, and fabricate isolation bases for the project unless otherwise specified. B. Responsibility: This supplier shall be responsible for selection and installation supervision of vibration isolators. Prepare stamped engineering drawings and details and submit to the A /E. Perform installation supervision and provide adjustment instructions. C. Seismic Restraints: 1. Design and select restraint devices for ducts, pipes, and equipment to meet seismic requirements in IBC and ASCE 7 -05. Retain a structural engineer to determine the following coefficients as listed in IBC and ASCE 7 -05 as they pertain to this project. Structural engineer familiar with this project is PCS Structural Solutions. Pay structural engineering service fees. a. Seismic Design Category. b. Component Importance Factor, IP. c. Occupancy Category. d. Design Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods, SDS. e. In- Structure Component Amplification Factor, AP. f. Component Response Modification Factor, RP. g. Mapped Spectral Acceleration for Short Periods, SS. h. Site Coefficient, FA. i. Site Class. 2. Retain an engineer, specialty consultant, or seismic restraint device manufacturer to design and develop seismic restraint systems and perform calculations based on actual equipment data. 3. Engineer, specialty consultant, or seismic restraint device manufacturer shall coordinate attachments to structure to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure can accept seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. Pay any additional structural engineering services fee. 4. Shop Drawings, details, and calculations shall be stamped and signed by a professional engineer licensed in engineering in the state in which the Work is performed. 1 .5 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 232133 - Hydronic Piping Systems: Flexible connectors. B. Section 233113 - Air Distribution: Flexible connectors. 200548 - 2 of 13 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 1.6 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, GENERAL A. Description: 1. Balanced set of vibration isolators for each item of equipment listed in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 2. Seismic restraint of equipment as indicated in the Contract Documents and as listed in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 3. Vibration isolation of piping and ducts as indicated in the Contract Documents and listed in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 4. Seismic restraint of piping and ducts as indicated in the Contract Documents and listed in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 5. Provide components or materials not specifically mentioned herein, but necessary for proper vibration isolation of equipment. B. Rotating Equipment Criteria: Maximum vibration levels at each bearing, while in operation not to exceed 0.08 in. /sec. If operating vibration velocities exceed this criteria, repair or replace equipment at no expense to the Owner until approval of equipment is given by the A /E. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Manufacturers: Mason Industries, Amber /Booth, Kinetics Noise Control, Vibration Mountings & Controls, Vibro- Acoustics, California Dynamics Corp (Caldyn), Tolco, or approved. Mason Industries model numbers are listed. 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Spring S -1, Open Spring: 1. Description: Free - standing and laterally stable, complete with 1/4 inch thick neoprene acoustical cup or pad between base plate and support. 2. Construction: a. Leveling bolts rigidly bolted to the base frame with locking cap screws. b. Spring diameter no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load, with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries SLF. B. Spring S -2, Housed Seismic Restraint Spring: 1. Description: a. Designed to resiliently resist seismic forces in all directions. b. Snubbing in all directions with adjustment to limit upward, downward, and horizontal travel to maximum of 1/4 inch before contacting snubbers. c. Spring shall have seismic rating certified as an OSHPD Pre - approved Anchorage (OPA) from Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) for State of California. 2. Construction: a. Leveling bolts rigidly bolted to the equipment with height- saving brackets and 1/4 inch neoprene waffle pad bonded to bottom of baseplate. b. Spring diameter no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load, with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. c. Maximum clearance of 1 /4 inch maintained around restraining bolts and between housing and spring to prevent interference with spring action. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries SLR or SLRS Series. 200548 - 3 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL C. Neoprene N -1, Neoprene Mount: 1. Description: Captive neoprene mounting within steel housing for minimum static deflection of 0.2 inch in compression. 2. Construction: Captive steel insert embedded in neoprene with load plate to permit bolting to supported equipment. Housing includes base plate with bolt holes. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries BR. 2.3 BASES A. General: Bases for vibration isolated equipment as indicated in the Contract Documents. Bases may be furnished by equipment manufacturer subject to meeting these specifications. Submit calculations verifying factory base stiffness is equivalent to stiffness of base specified in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. B. Base B -1, Supported Integral Structural Steel Frame: 1. Description: Structural steel support members, with welded -on isolator support brackets and pre- located and drilled anchor bolt holes. Coordinate isolator locations for each piece of equipment as required. 2. Construction: a. Structural members of minimum section depth equal to 10 percent of longest span between support isolators and of sizes and shapes required for equipment to be supported. b. Isolator support height saving brackets welded to structural base for lowest possible mounting height of supported equipment. 3. Criteria: a. Rigid, distortion free mounting base for supported equipment, allowing no excessive differential motion between driving or driven equipment components. b. Frame shall allow for minimum operating clearance of 1 inch between structural steel frame and floor or housekeeping pad. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries WF. C. Base B -2, Concrete Inertia Base: 1. Description: Rectangular structural steel concrete pouring forms for floating concrete base, welded or bolted construction. 2. Construction: a. Structural members minimum 1/12 of longest dimension of base but not less than 6 inch. Base depth minimum 12 inch unless recommended by supplier for mass or rigidity. b. Half inch reinforcing bars welded in place running in both directions at 6 inch centers located in layer 1-1/2 inch above bottom of base. c. Height savings brackets to maintain minimum 2 inch clearance below base. d. Steel templates for anchor bolt sleeves and anchor bolts. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries K or BMK Series. D. Base B -3, Hung Integral Structural Steel Frame: 1. Description: Four hanger rods attached to roof or floor framing system. Rods sufficient to carry 5 times overload without yielding or failure. Include H 1 Type hangers located on 4 hanger rods, in series with supported load. Attach rods to support "ears" or connect to an assembly using structural steel shapes. Include brackets and bolt equipment to frame supports. E. Base B -4, Roof Duct Supports 1. Description: Prefabricated frame constructed of strut and adjustable in height. Construction: a. Base support and other metal parts comprised of hot dipped galvanized steel 200548 - 4 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 2. Manufacturer and Model: Miro Industries 8 -DS Series. F. Base B -5, Rigid Roof Curb 1. Description: Prefabricated non - isolated seismic curb for mounting rooftop equipment, 12 inch height. 2. Construction: a. Curb fabricated from structured steel channel or minimum 12 gage sheetmetal with factory installed wood nailer. Curb components field assembled with nuts, bolts, and self- tapping screws. b. Cross bracing internal to curb. c. Fabricate curb so that HVAC unit is installed level. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries RRC Series. G. Base B -6, Curb Mounted Isolation Base: 1. Description: Factory fully or partially assembled vibration isolation base mounted over the roof curb and under the rooftop HVAC unit. 2. Construction: a. Continuous steel frames above and below isolators. b. Springs adjustable, free standing and laterally stable, and include 1/4 inch acoustical neoprene cup and leveling bolts. c. Spring diameters no Tess than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load, with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. d. Continuous sheet metal flashing attached to upper frame and separated from lower frame by neoprene weather seal. Flashing includes removable access ports at spring locations. e. Minimum 16 gage sheet metal straps to seismically secure HVAC unit to isolation curb. f. Fabricate curb so that HVAC unit is installed level. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries ISC Series. 2.4 VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGERS A. Hanger H -1, Spring Hanger: 1. Description: Combination of steel spring and fiberglass or neoprene isolator placed in series and encased in welded steel bracket. 2. Criteria: a. Spring diameter no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. b. Select hanger to carry 5 times overload without failure and to allow up to 15 degrees of rod misalignment in all directions without metal -to -metal contact or other short circuit. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries 30N. B. Hanger H -2, Neoprene Hanger: 1. Description: Neoprene -in -shear or fiberglass isolator encased in welded steel bracket. 2. Criteria: Minimum 0.35 inch operating static deflection. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries HD. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS A. Type IP-1, Isolation Pad: 1. Description: Neoprene waffle pads, with 2 layers of 3/4 inch thick neoprene separated by 16 gage galvanized sheet metal shim and load distribution plates. Size to limit surface pressure to 45 pounds per square inch. Where bolts are used to 200548 - 5 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL secure equipment, isolate bolts from equipment with neoprene washers and grommets. Allow no metal -to -metal contact between bolt and equipment. 2. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries Super W. B. Type WB -1, Neoprene Washers and Bushings: 1. Washer- bushing manufactured of bridge bearing neoprene. 2. Washer- bushing maximum loading not to exceed 1000 psi. 3. Washer- bushing to be used such that direct contact between bolt and equipment is eliminated. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries HG. 2.6 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: 1. Restraints capable of safely accepting external forces as defined in IBC and applicable state and local codes without failure to maintain mechanical equipment, piping, and duct in captive position. 2. Seismic devices not to interfere with vibration isolators during normal operation. 3. Seismic mounts shall have State of California OPA number verifying maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. 4. Submit calculations by registered engineer to verify snubber anchorage capacities. B. Seismic Restraint E-1: 1. Description: Interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge- bearing specifications. 2. Construction: a. Elastomeric materials replaceable, minimum 1/4 inch thick molded bushing. b. Air gap between hard and resilient material of not less than 1/8 inch, nor more than 1/4 inch. 3. Application: Locate and size snubbers to suit application. Furnish sufficient quantity such that restraint load rating will not be exceeded. Minimum of 4 snubbers required. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries Z -1225. C. Seismic Restraint E -2: 1. Description: Pre - stretched galvanized steel cable assembly with swivel end connections using 2 clamping bolts. Vertical rods at seismic brace locations braced with and rod clamp assembly to accept compressive loads. 2. Application: Cables sized to accommodate loads with minimum safety factor of 2. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries SCB with SSB rod clamp assembly. 2.7 ACOUSTICAL WRAP A. Description: Limp mass barrier material in sheet form for enclosing noise sources. B. Construction: PVC, 1 lb /sq. ft. weight, 400 lb/inch tensile strength, 140 Ibs /inch tear strength. C. Manufacturer and Model: Kinetics Noise Control KNM -100C or approved. 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Ducts: 1. Indoor Applications: 200548 - 6 of 13 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL a. Description: Flexible, woven fiberglass with neoprene coating, resistant to alkalies and gasoline and unaffected by mildew, 30 oz. per sq. yd, temperature range from minus 40 F to 200 F. b. Manufacturers: Duro Dyne Neoprene (Specification Grade), Vent Fabrics or approved. 2. Outdoor Applications: a. Description: Woven polyester with vinyl coating, non - porous, double layered, R value of 4.2, temperature range from minus 40 F to 180 F. b. Manufacturers: Duro Dyne Insulflex or approved. B. Piping: 1. Braided Type for Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Smaller: a. Description: Corrugated stainless steel core covered with high tensile stainless steel woven wire braiding, minimum lateral deflection 1/2 inch. b. Manufacturers: Keflex, Microflex, Metraflex, Mercer, Garlock, American Boa. 2. Elastomeric Type for Pipe Sizes 2 -1 /2 Inch and Larger: a. Description: Multiple plies of Kevlar tire cord fabric and peroxide cured EDPM, both molded and cured in hydraulic rubber presses. b. Construction: Two sphere cross - section, no steel wire or rings used as pressure reinforcement, floating steel flanges and solid steel rings within raised rubber flange ends to prevent pullout. Minimum rating 150 psi at 250 F. Connections made with flanged twin- spheres pre- extended as recommended by manufacturer to prevent additional elongation under pressure. c. Control Assemblies: For sizes 8 inch and larger operating at pressures above 100 psi. Assembly with control cables with end fittings isolated from anchoring plates, and 1/2 inch thick neoprene washer bushings designed for maximum of 1,000 psi. Mason Industries ACC. d. Manufacturers: Mason Industries Safeflex Series. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Fiberglass Acoustical Insulation: 1. General: One half to 6 inch thick low density unfaced fiberglass batts. 2. Manufacturers: Owens Corning or approved. B. Resilient Sealant: 1. General: Paintable, non - hardening, non - bleeding, non - drying, resilient calk. 2. Manufacturers and Models: U.S. Gypsum Co. Acoustical Sealant, Pecora Corp. Acoustical Sealant BA -98, Gloucester Corp. Penoseal Surpass (clear color only), or approved. 2.10 THRUST RESTRAINTS A. Description: Spring in series with neoprene pad. Restraint assembly designed to be field adjusted to allow maximum 3/8 inch movement at equipment start and stop. Restraint assembly designed to sustain overload force equal to 5 times design force without failure. Include attachment hardware. B. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries WBI and WBD. 200548 - 7 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Assistance: Vibration isolation supplier shall provide assistance to Contractor to ensure correct installation and adjustment of vibration isolators and seismic restraints. C. Prior to Startup: Clean foreign matter between base, isolator, equipment, and mounting surfaces. Verify that there are no rigid connections between equipment and building structure that degrade vibration isolation systems specified in this section. 3.4 EQUIPMENT A. Spring Mounts: 1. Mark vibration isolators to show undeflected height to verify proper isolation after installation. Install isolators for single piece of equipment with approximately equal deflection. Mount equipment level. 2. Coordinate with general contractor and structural engineer to ensure proper mounting attachment points for seismic restrained springs. 3. Install with Type WB -1 isolators. B. Spring Hanger Rods: Align isolator to clear isolator housing. Install housing as close as possible to structure. C. Bases: 1. Install floor- mounted bases with 1 inch clearance between floor or housekeeping pad and base. 2. Install concrete inertia bases with minimum 2 inch clearance between floor or housekeeping pad and base. Fill base with 3000 psi concrete conforming to ASTM C 94. 3. Attach curb mounted isolation base and rigid roof curb to roof structure and attach rooftop HVAC unit to curb in accordance with engineer, specialty consultant or seismic restraint device manufacturer's design. 200548 - 8 of 13 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 3.5 DUCTWORK A. Penetrations of Mechanical Room Walls and Floors and Acoustical Walls: 1. Install sheet metal sleeves through walls and gypsum wallboard ceilings covering entire inside perimeter of 1 to 1-1/2 inch oversized opening (1/2 to 3/4 inch on each side) unless combination fire /smoke dampers are indicated in the Contract Documents. Size penetration large enough to pack additional fiberglass and sealant between duct or duct insulation and sheet metal sleeve. 2. Install 16 gage galvanized sheet metal sleeves through floors unlesscombination fire /smoke dampers are indicated in the Contract Documents. Finish with sheet metal dam as specified in Section 200510. 3. Plaster sleeve to the wall, ceiling, and floor to ensure airtight seal. 4. Where ducts penetrate double walls, install separate sleeves cut and fit to each side of wall. Allow no sleeve connection between walls. 5. Pack gap between penetrating duct and sleeve with acoustical insulation and seal each side of wall airtight with resilient sealant. Use this penetration treatment regardless of existence of insulation 6. Seal penetrations of gypsum wallboard ceilings airtight with resilient sealant. B. Duct Clearance: Install vibration - isolated ducts to allow minimum 2 inch gap between top of duct and underside of floor structure above. C. Vibration Isolator Housing: Install as close as possible structure. D. Flexible Connectors: Install in ducts at connections to equipment that is externally isolated. E. Ducts within Shafts: Install without contact with walls. Anchor to building structure at floor only. F. Roof Mounted Duct Supports: 1. Coordinate installation of stanchions with roof structure. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Toad and seismic design requirements from manufacturer. Install duct supports per manufacturers recommendation based on required duct layout. 3.6 PIPING A. Equipment Supports: Coordinate piping supports with equipment supports to maintain uniformly efficient isolation, expansion and contraction, without creating excessive stresses at equipment connection or in portion of piping. Adjust vibration isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight. B. Penetrations of Mechanical Room Walls and Floors and Acoustical Walls: 1. Install sheet metal sleeves through walls and gypsum wallboard ceilings covering entire inside perimeter of 1 to 1-1/2 inch oversized opening. Size penetration large enough to pack additional acoustical insulation and sealant between pipe or pipe insulation and sleeve. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 for sleeves through floors, fire rated walls and floors, and sheet metal dams. 3. Plaster sleeve to wall, ceiling, and floor to ensure airtight seal. 4. Where piping penetrates double walls, install separate sleeves cut and fit to each side of wall. Allow no sleeve connection between walls. 200548 - 9 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 5. Pack gap between penetrating pipe and sleeve with acoustical insulation and seal each side of wall airtight with resilient sealant. Use this penetration treatment regardless of existence of insulation. 6. Seal penetrations of gypsum wallboard ceilings airtight with resilient sealant. C. Vibration Isolator Housing: Install as close as possible to structure. D. Flexible Connectors: Install in piping at connections to equipment that is externally isolated. E. Risers: Isolate at point of contact with floor structure. 3.7 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND DUCT SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: Comply with requirements in IBC and ASCE 7 -05 unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Coordination: Coordinate with submittals and Shop Drawings of plumbing and HVAC equipment such as pumps, air handling units, fans, and similar items. Coordinate with general contractor and structural engineer to ensure correct mounting attachment points. C. Vibration - Isolated Equipment, Piping, and Ducts: 1. Install seismic restraints with factory set clearances. Install seismic restraint to avoid short circuiting of vibration isolators. 2. Isolate bolts from direct contact with structure with Type WB -1 isolators. 3.8 THRUST RESTRAINTS A. General: Install on vaneaxial fans, plenum or plug fans with motors 3 horsepower and larger. Install between air handling unit floor casing panel and steel base for fan and motor. B. Fans: Install across flexible connection on fan discharge. 3.9 ROOF MOUNTED HVAC A. General: Install cement board and semi -rigid fiberglass insulation material to fill void within curbs of HVAC equipment including spaces between and around ducts that penetrate roof. B. Install both layers of cement board with seams overlapped. C. Seal edges and seams of both layers of cement board with resilient sealant. 3.10 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATION ISOLATED EQUIPMENT A. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. B. Do not install conduit clamps or hangers between flexible raceway termination and equipment connection. C. Recommended minimum flexible raceway length is 6 feet. 200548 - 10 of 13 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.11 COMMISSIONING SECTION 200548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.12 VIBRATION ISOLATION SCHEDULE A. Isolator designations are keyed to items specified in this section. EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR STATIC DEFLECTION (INCH) BASE SEISMIC RESTRAINT FANS Air Handling Units (All AH and VAH units except VAH- 03) Internal (S -1) Unit (IP- 1 /WB -1) Min 1.0" • B -1 by Mfr E -1, IBC VAH -03 Internal (IP- 1 /WB -1) Unit (S -2) Min 1.0" B -1 by Mfr E-1, IBC Supply Fans SF -1 and SF -2 S -2 Min 1 .0" B -1 by Mfr E -1, IBC Fans, Suspended H -1 Min 1 .0" B -3 E -2, IBC VAV boxes, cabinet heaters, electric heaters -- 0.35 B -3 IBC Rooftop Smoke Exhaust Fans Rubber mounts by Mfr -- Mfr IBC Roof Mounted Exhaust Fan EF -01 S -1 -- B -6 IBC Roof Mounted Exhaust Fans (All except EF -01) WB -1 -- B -5 IBC PUMPS Centrifugal, In -Line, Pipe- Mounted H -2 0.35 -- E -2, IBC Centrifugal, In -Line, Floor- Mounted N -1 0.2 Mfr E-1, IBC 200548 - 11 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR STATIC DEFLECTION (INCH) BASE SEISMIC RESTRAINT Variable Speed Pump Package 5 -2 2.0 B -2 by Mfr 5 -2, IBC BOILERS Cast Iron, B -01 and B -02 IP -1 /WB -1 -- Mfr. E -1, IBC CHILLERS Rotary Screw, C -1 IP -1 / WB -1 -- Mfr. E -1, IBC SPLIT SYSTEM UNITS IP -1 / WB -1 -- Mfr IBC AIR COMPRESSOR IP -1 / WB -1 -- Mfr IBC PIPING Suspended Piping Inside Boiler Room, 2 Inch and Smaller H -2 0.35 -- IBC Suspended Piping Inside Boiler Room, 2-1/2 Inch and Larger H -1 1.0 -- IBC Floor- Mounted Piping Inside Mechanical Rooms IP -1 and WB- 1 -- -- IBC Piping outside of mechanical rooms -- -- -- IBC Pipe Risers IP -1 and WB- 1 -- -- IBC DUCTS Suspended Ducts in mechanical room, first 15' from unit H -2 • 0.35 -- IBC Floor- Mounted Ducts in mechanical IP -1 and WB- 1 -- -- IBC 200548 - 12 of 13 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR STATIC DEFLECTION (INCH) BASE SEISMIC RESTRAINT rooms Roof Mounted Ductwork -- -- B -4 IBC NOTES: 1. Attach flex connectors for ductwork and piping at point of connection to the unit. For piping flex connectors, locate connector as close to the unit as possible, in first horizontal section of pipe. 2. Bases specified m the schedule can be supplied by the manufacturer of the equipment if they meet the specifications given herein. 3. Attach flex connectors where ductwork attaches on both upstream and downstream sides of unit. END OF SECTION 200548 - 13 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING SECTION 200593 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) of mechanical systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1 .2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. UL 873, Standard for Temperature - Indicating and Temperature - Regulating Equipment. C. TAB Subcontractor: 1. General: TAB work performed by an independent subcontractor, not affiliated with the Contractor. 2. Qualifications: Certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). 3. Experience: Minimum 5 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. 4. TAB Subcontractors: Neudorfer Engineers, Air Balance Associates, National Indoor Air Care, Airtest Co., American Air Measurement, RS Analysis, or approved equal. 5. Obtain associated Product Data and Shop Drawings required to determine design -to- actual operating data (coil pressure drops, fan curves and similar data). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Preliminary Data: Submit the following within 30 days after award of contract: 1. Name of TAB subcontractor. 2. Individual qualifications of persons responsible for supervising and performing the work of this project. 3. TAB agenda listing methods and procedures, and including blank forms applicable to this project. 4. List of projects completed by TAB subcontractor of similar size, scope and equipment. Include name of Contractor and Owner contacts. 5. List of test instruments and dates as to last calibrated. 6. System flow diagrams with pertinent data (flow, pressure, velocity design) for each system to be balanced. 7. Proposed final report table of contents. C. Pre - Balance System Check -Out Report: Prior to commencement of TAB work, Contractor shall confirm in writing to TAB subcontractor, with copies of notice to the A/E and the 200593 - 1 of 8 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Owner, that equipment and system check -out has been performed as described in Article "Work by Contractor ". D. Balancing Report: 1. Provide complete balancing report in accordance with NEBB requirements, including the following: a. System flow diagrams and floor plans. b. Pump curves. c. Fan curves. d. Manufacturers' start-up and test data. e. Field start-up and test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. f. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. 2. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: a. Title page. b. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. c. Project name. d. Project location. e. Architect's name and address. f. Engineer's name and address. g. Contractor's name and address. h. Report date. i. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing supervisor who certifies the report. j. Summary of contents, including the following: 1) Design versus final performance. 2) Notable characteristics of systems. 3) Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. k. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. I. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. m. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: 1) Settings for outdoor, return, and exhaust air dampers. 2) Conditions of filters. 3) Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. 4) Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. 5) Settings for supply air static pressure controller. 6) Other system operating conditions that affect performance. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Make 3 site visits to assess system readiness. B. Do not proceed with TAB work until work has been completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be completed. C. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Attend and participate in minimum of 3 field coordination drawing phase meetings, contributing air and water balancing requirements to the field coordination documents. 200593 - 2 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING B. Coordinate efforts of factory- authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC and equipment to support and assist TAB activities. C. Give 7 days advance notice to parties needing to be present or to participate with the tests and to the A/E for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. D. Perform TAB work after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. Refer to Section 233113 for allowable duct leakage requirements. 1.6 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING A. General: Phase in properly with A/E reviewed /accepted Construction Schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUMENTS A. General: Furnish materials and equipment necessary to measure system capacities, electrical voltage and current, fan speeds, static pressures, air velocities, water pressure drops, sound levels and other readings necessary to evaluate system performance and adjust quantities to those indicated. Materials and equipment shall remain in possession of TAB subcontractor after project is completed. B. Instrumentation: Use in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Calibration: At least every 12 months. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Description: Perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 WORK BY CONTRACTOR A. System Performance: Contractor is responsible for performance of equipment and systems. Do not assume that supplier will ship equipment adjusted to meet project requirements. 200593 - 3 of 8 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING B. Equipment Operation: 1. Check equipment for proper operation as soon as electrical power is available. Perform adjustments required for proper operation. 2. Report malfunctions to manufacturer and take corrective action immediately to prevent delay of work. 3. Check -out equipment for electrical problems, check rotation of motors, read voltage and current in each leg of each motor, heater, and similar devices, and check readings against nameplate. Lubricate per manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Before balancing and testing commences, operate (test run) equipment for minimum 1 week. C. Air Distribution System Inspection: Check out air distribution system to ensure that fans are connected to ducts, that outlets are connected to branch ducts, and that a volume damper exists for each outlet (supply, return, and exhaust) and is in the wide -open position. Verify installation and function of branch volume dampers. D. Controls Operation: Check out and calibrate control components under equipment and system operation service. These components include, but are not limited to, thermostats to ensure they are connected to the appropriate devices, respond to temperature changes, and perform correct action compatible with controlled devices. E. Strainers and Filters: After equipment and system check -out work has been completed, and prior to commencement of TAB work, perform the following: 1. Clean strainers in hydronic systems. 2. Remove air filters in air distribution equipment and systems and provide new filters. F. Access: Provide scaffolds, staging, and accessories required to allow TAB subcontractor to gain access to equipment, dampers, valves, and other devices located beyond range of 6 foot stepladder. G. Fan Adjustment and Drive Changes: Perform necessary drive changes as directed by TAB subcontractor, including furnishing required sheaves and belts. Coordinate with Sections 233410, 235400, and 238100. H. Pump Impeller Trim: Remove impeller, arrange for impeller trim, reinstall and rebalance pump to eliminate pump head adjustment for constant volume systems that use pump discharge valves to reduce pump head by more than 10 percent of design to achieve balanced conditions. I. Instrument Test Holes: Install at locations as directed by the TAB subcontractor. Refer to Section 2331 13. J. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices after check -out and test run period prior to TAB work. 3.5 WORK BY TAB SUBCONTRACTOR A. General: Adjust quantities to.within 1. Supply air outlets and fans 2. Return and exhaust fans 3. Return and exhaust air inlets 4. Heating and cooling flows percent of design values as follows: 0 to plus 10 percent 0 to plus 10 percent 0 to minus 10 percent 0 to minus 10 percent 200593 - 4 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING B. For rooms and terminal units that are identified to maintain negative pressure relationships to adjacent rooms, adjust air quantities to within the percent of design values as follows but no less than the air quantities per WAC 246 - 320 -525 requirements: 1. Supply air outlets 0 to minus 10 percent 2. Return and exhaust air inlets 0 to minus 10 percent C. Systems: Include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Supply air systems. 2. Return air systems. 3. Exhaust air systems. 4. Ventilation systems. 5. Chilled water systems. 6. Heating water systems. 7. Auxiliary heating and cooling systems. 8. Domestic hot water circulating systems. 9. Stairwell pressurization systems. 10. Atrium smoke evacuation system. 11. Calibration /Verification of flow monitoring stations. D. Readings: 1. General: Take readings including, but not limited to, the following: a. Air Quantities: 1) Supply, return, exhaust, and outdoor air at each terminal. 2) Perform duct transverse at branch mains conveying minimum 2000 cfm and for system total air. b. Air Temperatures: 1) Outdoor air at equipment. 2) Return air at equipment. 3) Supply air leaving equipment. 4) Mixture of outdoor and return air before entering cooling and heating coils and other heat transfer equipment. c. Air Handling Equipment: 1) Fan RPM 2) System static pressure and fan suction and discharge pressures. 3) Clean filter pressure drop. 4) Heating and cooling coil air pressure drop. 5) Sheave make, sizes, and shaft size. 6) Number of belts, make, and size. d. Hydronic Pressures and Flows: 1) Water pressure at inlet and outlet of pumps as close to pump impeller as possible. 2) Water pressure drop across suction strainer of pumps. 3). Water pressure drop across chillers, boilers, and other energy - producing equipment. 4) Water pressure drop across coils, heating elements, heat exchangers, and other energy -using equipment. 5) Flow- measuring devices in system. e. Hydronic Temperatures: 1) Inlet and outlet of chillers, boilers, and other energy - producing equipment. 2) Inlet and outlet of coils, heating elements, heat exchangers, and other energy -using equipment. f. Electrical: 1) Measured voltage and amps on each phase of each motor (for example, pumps and fans) while equipment is under maximum normal load. 2) The nameplate voltage and current for each motor. 200593 - 5 of 8 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 2. Compare pressure drop readings to manufacturers' rating sheets to determine actual flow through equipment. 3. Explain readings out of range. E. System Difficulties: Obtain readings on each unit or piece of equipment as early as possible such that discrepancies can be resolved before anticipated close of job. F. Filter Pressure Drop: Following proportional adjustment of supply air outlets, measure initial clean filter pressure drop. Simulate filter loading by covering face of filters to increase filter pressure drop. For constant volume systems, use average of clean and final pressure drops. For VAV systems, use final pressure drop. If final pressure drop is not indicated on the Drawings, contact A /E. Adjust fan drive to produce design value within allowable range for supply air fans. Remeasure clean filter pressure drop at final fan setting. G. Static Pressure Setpoint for Variable Air Volume (VAV) Air Handling Systems: 1. Adjust fan speeds and system static pressure setpoint, as necessary, to attain full cooling airflow rate throughout system with variable frequency drive operating near lowest frequency. Simulate dirty filter pressure drop and record readings. Ensure full Toad amperages at fan motors are not exceeded. Cooling coil surface shall be wet during full - cooling balancing. Record system operating static pressure setpoint. 2. Set system static pressure setpoint to lowest pressure that will maintain sufficient inlet pressure at hydraulically most distant VAV box. Record number of "hydraulically most distant box ". Confirm sufficient static pressure at most distant box by reading airflow delivered from that box. Record duct static pressure at the "hydraulically most distant box" that corresponds with the supply air fan duct static pressure setpoint. H. Pressure Setpoint for Variable Speed Pumps: 1. Measure pressure differential at most limiting control valve. Ensure pressure is sufficient to maintain proper flow rate. Record final operating characteristics of pump. 2. With limiting ( "hydraulically most distant ") valve at full flow, adjust pump speed pressure control setpoint to lowest value that will maintain minimum differential pressure required at limiting valve. Record number of the equipment associated with the limiting valve. Record differential static pressure at the limiting valve that corresponds with pump speed pressure setpoint. I. Fan Adjustment and Drive Changes: Inform Contractor as to which sheaves and belts need to be changed. Take final readings and make required sheave adjustments. J. Outdoor Air /Economizer Cycles: After supply air outlets and return air inlets are in balance and air quantities correct, adjust outdoor air damper to air quantity indicated on the Drawings for each system. If not indicated, contact A/E for minimum outdoor air quantities. Adjust using temperature averaging method when outside air temperature is 15 F higher or lower than return air temperature. If economizer control is specified, check for proper setting of controls and for proper operation of dampers (outdoor air, return air, and relief). Adjust return /relief system to result in a slight positive pressure in building (0.03 to 0.05 inch w.g.). K. Inspection and Recheck: 1. Upon request, recheck random selections of up to 10 percent of readings recorded in Balancing Report in presence of the Owner's representative. 200593 - 6 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 2. Balancing Report will be rejected if more than 20 percent of rechecked readings deviate more than 10 percent of recorded readings in report. In this event, perform complete rebalancing of system. 3. Life safety, stairwell pressurization and elevator pressurization systems and systems serving rooms that need to maintain required pressure relationships will be rechecked in their entirety. L. Marking of Adjustments: 1. After final inspection and recheck, permanently mark dampers, valves, and other adjustment devices to allow adjustment to be restored if disturbed in the future. 2. If recheck requires re- balancing, eradicate previous markings and re -mark. 3. Set and lock valve memory stops. M. Final Field Activities: Prior to final acceptance, perform the following: 1. Leave systems in proper working operation. 2. Reinstall belt guards. 3. Close access doors. 4. Reinstall covers on electrical J -boxes and switch boxes. 5. Restore thermostat settings to original settings. 6. Reinstall insulation over flow meters, balancing valves, and pumps. 7. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and equipment housing, which have been cut or drilled for TAB work in manner recommended by insulation subcontractor. 8. Adjust vanes on adjustable grilles and diffusers and modular type diffusers to eliminate drafts and to prevent stratification for air circulation acceptable to the A /E. N. Sound Level Readings: 1. Include dBA and octave band dB readings of each room after final balance in final report. Take readings with HVAC systems in operation. List frequencies or include printout of area in report for dB readings. Translate readings to NC level. Include NC chart for each room. 2. List readings for classrooms and any areas of learning /teaching including commons, gym and performing art center. Random samples of 20 percent of offices within administration area are acceptable. Restrooms, kitchens, storage rooms and mechanical rooms do not need to be measured. 3. For each space type tested, select a measurement location that has the greatest sound level. 3.6 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB work, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near -peak summer and winter conditions. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor and TAB subcontractor have specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 200593 - 7 of 8 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING B. Submit preliminary report of balance data to the Commissioning Authority and A /E. This documentation shall be a requirement for final functional performance testing. C. Participate in selected (maximum of 6) commissioning meetings for coordination and support of commissioning process. END OF SECTION 200593 - 8 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION SECTION 200700 MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes insulation and fire resistive wrap for plumbing and HVAC piping, ductwork, and equipment. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary conditions and Division 01 and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to the Work in this Section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. ASTM E 96, Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 4. ASTM E 2336, Standard Test Methods for Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Systems. 5. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 6. NFPA 255, Surface Burning Characteristics Building Materials. 7. UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. Insulation Subcontractor's Qualifications: Specialty contractor normally engaged using products from manufacturers specified in this section. D. GREENGUARD Environmental InstituteTM Certification: Include for pipe insulation and duct wrap and rigid board duct insulation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation data, maintenance data and certifications for each type of required insulation. 1 .4 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Definitions: 200700 - 1 of 13 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION 1 "Exposed" is work exposed to view of occupants in normally occupied areas and in mechanical, electrical, and equipment rooms. Work installed within accessible air distribution plenums is considered exposed. 2. "Concealed" is work located in ceiling spaces, chases, behind cabinets, and other locations not exposed to view. 3. "Cold Plumbing Piping" includes the following down to 0 F: a. Domestic cold water. b. Non - potable cold water. c. Make -up water. d. Indirect condensate drain. e. Waste conveying condensate. f. Irrigation within building. g. Fire protection system installed in insulated exterior canopies. 4. "Cold HVAC Piping" includes the following: a. Chilled water supply and return. b. Dual temperature. c. Refrigerant suction and liquid. 5. "Hot Plumbing Piping" includes the following: a. Hot water and hot water circulating (all temperatures). b. Non - potable hot water. c. Tempered Water Lines. 6. "Hot HVAC Piping" includes the following up to 850 F: a. Heating water supply and return. b. Refrigerant discharge (hot gas). 7. "Conditioned Air Duct" is duct for air that is heated, cooled, or humidified, and includes supply, return, and outdoor air intake and combustion air ducts. 8. "Equipment" includes the following: a. Cold Equipment: 1) Chiller evaporators. 2) Chilled water pump housings. 3) Compression /Expansion tanks. 4) Air separators. 5) Heat exchangers. b. Hot Equipment: 1) Hot water storage tanks. 2) Heat exchangers. 3) Hot water generators. 4) Domestic water heaters. 5) Heating water pump housings. 6) Compression tanks. 7) Air separators. 8) Condensate receivers. 9. "Piping" includes pipe, fittings, valves, flexible connections and appurtenances. 200700 - 2 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION B. Abbreviations: 1. ASj: All-service jacket. 2. FSK: Foil- scrim -kraft jacket. 3. PCF: Pound per cubic foot density. 4. Perm: Water vapor transmission rate (permeability). 5. SSL: Self- sealing lap. 1.5 SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS A. Provide composite or component ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, and UL 723 as follows: Flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. 6. Composite includes insulation, jacketing, and adhesive used to secure jacketing or facing. C. Components include PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement, tape, and cloth. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fiberglass Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 547, Type 1. Include factory applied ASj /SSL. K -value not greater than 0.23 at 75 F mean temperature. B. Fiberglass Pipe Fitting Insulation: Thermal blanket, ASTM C 553, Type I or II. K -value not greater than 0.26 at 75 F mean temperature. C. Elastromeric Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. K -value not greater than 0.27 at 75 F mean temperature. 3 to 6 PCF. D. Calcium Silicate Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 533, Type 1. Include factory corrugated aluminum jacket, 0.016 inch thick, and isolation felt. K -value not greater than 0.68 at 700 F mean temperature. 14.5 PCF. E. Cellular Glass Pipe insulation: ASTM C 552. K -value not greater than 0.29. 7.5 PCF. F. Fiberglass Duct Insulation: ASTM C 553, Type I, II, or III, ASTM C 1290, ASTM C 1 1 39, Type III (faced), ASTM E 84, and ASTM C 1 1 36, Type II for FSK jacket. 0.75 PCF for duct wrap and 3 PCF for concealed and 6 PCF for exposed rigid board. G. Staples, Bands and Wires: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 200700 - 3 of 13 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION H. Adhesives, Sealers and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass Pipe and Duct Insulation: CertainTeed, Knauf Insulation, Johns Manville, Owens- Corning, or approved. B. Elastomeric Insulation: Aeroflex USA, Nomaco K -Flex, Armacell LLC, or approved. C. Calcium Silicate Insulation: Industrial Insulation Group, LLC Thermal 12 GoId®. D. Cellular Glass Insulation: Pittsburg Corning Formglas or approved. E. Fire Resistive Wrap: 3M Fire Barrier Wrap 61 5 +, Thermal Ceramics FireMaster Duct Wrap, or approved equal. 2.3 PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A. Insulation materials and thicknesses shall meet or exceed the insulation requirements of the applicable energy code. Where insulation thickness specified is larger than those listed in the applicable energy code, use the larger values. B. Insulate cold plumbing and cold HVAC piping with fiberglass, 1 inch thick for all sizes. C. Insulate Hot HVAC Piping with the Following: 1. Fiberglass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes 2 inches and smaller. 2. Fiberglass: 2 inch thick for pipe sizes 2-1/2 to 6 inches. 3. Fiberglass: 3-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes 8 inches and larger. D. Insulate Hot Plumbing Piping with the Following: 1. Fiberglass: 1 inch thick for pipe sizes 2 inches and smaller. 2. Fiberglass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger. E. Insulate buried hot and cold plumbing and HVAC piping with elastomeric, multiple layers for 1-1/2 inch total thickness. F. Insulate cold plumbing and HVAC piping at wall supports with elastomeric, same thickness as adjacent fiberglass pipe insulation. At Contractor's option, insulated pipe hangers specified in Section 202115 acceptable. G. Insulate hot and cold HVAC piping in trenches and utilidors with cellular glass, 2 -1 /2 inches thick. Include multi -ply laminated jacket. • H. Insulate refrigerant suction and liquid piping with elastomeric, 1 inch thick for all sizes. 200700 - 4 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION I. Increase thickness of pipe insulation by 1/2 inch where piping is located outdoors or otherwise exposed to ambient air. J. Include factory applied ASJ /SSL on fiberglass piping insulation. K. Fittings and Flanges: 1. General: Thickness equal to adjacent pipe insulation. 2. Indoor: Preformed fiberglass, mitered sections of pipe insulation, or fiberglass blanket. Finish with one -piece premolded PVC fitting covers. 3. Jacketing: Preformed fiberglass, mitered sections of pipe insulation, or contoured fiberglass inserts. Finish with preformed outdoor grade ultraviolet- resistant PVC jacket identical in composition to adjacent jacketing. L. Valves, Specialties and Pumps: 1. Removable pad type flexible blanket sandwich section of fiberglass, equal thickness as adjacent insulation, enclosed in silicone impregnated glass cloth cover machine sewed at ends. 2. Include stainless steel "D" ring straps with Velcro tabs or full length Velcro at longitudinal seam. 3. Length of blanket sufficient for removal of bolts without damaging adjacent insulation. M. Adhesives, Mastics and Cements: Compatible with piping insulation. 2.4 DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION A. Duct Wrap: Flexible fiberglass duct wrap insulation with factory applied FSK facing (vapor barrier) consisting of aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass scrim laminated to UL rated kraft. B. Rigid Board: ASJ, R -value not less than 4.2. C. Duct wrap thicknesses and R- values shall meet listed requirements for the following applications: 1. Not within Conditioned Space: Insulation installed on supply, return, mixed, outside and transfer air duct located outside of the insulated building envelope with R -value equal to or greater than 7. Duct wrap 3 inches thick. Rigid board 2 inches thick. 2. Within Conditioned Space (Mixed and Outside Air Duct Only): Insulation installed on outside air duct located within conditioned space downstream of gravity damper with R -value equal to or greater than 7. Duct wrap 3 inches thick. Rigid board 2 inches thick. 3. Within Conditioned Space (Except Mixed and Outside Air): Insulation installed on supply, return, exhaust, relief and transfer air duct located inside of insulated 200700 - 5 of 13 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION building envelope with R -value equal to or greater than 3.3. Duct wrap 1-1/2 inches thick. Rigid board 1 inch thick. 4. Within Conditioned Space (Ducts and Plenums that Function as Part of the Building Envelope): Insulation installed on outside air ducts upstream of gravity damper shall meet applicable requirements of building envelope code. D. Insulation materials and thicknesses shall meet or 'exceed insulation requirements of the applicable energy code. Where insulation thickness specified is larger than those listed in the applicable energy code, use the larger values. Insulate duct systems as follows: 1. Low Pressure Supply Duct: a. Rectangular Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap. Liner as specified in Section 233113. b. Concealed Round Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap. c. Exposed Round Duct: No wrap. Uninsulated in space being served. 2. Medium Pressure Supply Duct: a. Rectangular Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap. Liner as specified in Section 2331 13. b. Concealed and Exposed Round Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap. 3. Mixed Air Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap where concealed and rigid board where exposed. 4. Outside Air Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap. Liner as specified in Section 233113. 5. Transfer Duct: a. Rectangular Duct: 1 layer of duct liner as specified in Section 2331 13. b. Concealed Round Duct: No wrap. 6. Exhaust Ducts: 1 layer of duct wrap. Liner as specified in Section 233113. 7. Relief Ducts: 1 layer of duct wrap. Liner as specified in Section 2331 13. 8. Where duct liner is specified to be provided in Section 2331 13, exterior duct insulation wrap is not required for the following duct systems: a. Low and Medium Pressure Supply, Relief E. Adhesives, Mastics, and Cements: Compatible with duct and plenum insulation. 2.5 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Insulate the following cold plumbing and HVAC equipment: 1. Chiller evaporators if not factory insulated. 2. Chilled water pump housings. 3. Air separators 4. Expansion tanks 5. Coil packages. B. Insulate the following hot HVAC equipment: 1. Air separators. 2. Expansion Tanks 3. Coil packages. 200700 - 6 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION C. Insulate the above equipment with fiberglass, 2 inches thick. Fiberglass board, maximum 0.02 perm vapor transmission rate. K -value not greater than 0.23 at 75 F mean temperature. 1. Exposed: a. 6 PCF, ASJ facing. b. 6 PCF, ASJ, glass cloth and mastic finish with corner beads. 2. Concealed and Exposed Irregular Surfaces: a. 3 PCF, ASJ or FSK facing. b. 3 PCF, ASJ, glass cloth and mastic finish with corner beads. 2.6 JACKETING A. Metal: 0.016 inch thick aluminum or 0.10 inch thick Type 316 stainless steel with moisture barrier on inner surface. ASTM B 209. B. Elastomeric Insulation: Factory applied aluminum, aluminized glass cloth, or hypalon sheet with moisture, weather, and ultraviolent resistant finishes. C. Factory Assembly: At Contractor's option, 5 ply, laminated, flexible, self- adhering assembly consisting of 3 layers of aluminum and alternating 2 layers of polyester with acrylic adhesive on inside surface and natural aluminum stucco embossed finish acceptable. VentureClad Type 1577 CW or approved. D. Factory Applied Metal Jacket: At Contractor's option, fiberglass pipe insulation with factory applied metal jacket for pipe sizes 2 inch and larger acceptable. Knauf Redi- KIadTM or approved. 2.7 FIRE RESISTIVE WRAP A. General: Lightweight, non - asbestos, high- temperature inorganic foil encapsulated insulation blanket. Duct wrap system approved for use on commercial duct systems similar to applications for grease hood ducts allowing zero inch clearance to combustible construction and as a 2 hour fire resistive rated enclosure system when used with listed or approved through - penetration system. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Two -hour rated resistive enclosure tested to ASTM E 2336 and ISO 6944 and installed per requirements of a valid ICC -ES Building Code Report (ESR report). 2. Class 1 interior finish materials, ASTM E 84. 3. Three -hour through - penetration protection systems for grease duct, ASTM E 814 and UL 1479. , C. Tapes: 1. High Performance Filament Tape: One inch wide. 2. Aluminum Foil Tape: To seal cut edges of blankets. 200700 - 7 of 13 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION D. Banding Material: Minimum 3/4 inch wide, 0.015 inch thick, Type 304 stainless steel for 2 hour rating. Spaced maximumum of 12" on center and 1-1/2" from edges of collars. E. Insulation Pins: Min 0.1 18in thick, 6 inch long, Type 300 Series stainless steel, with 2- 1 /2 inch square or round speed clips. Pins spaced 12in max transversely and 10-1/2" max lengthwise along the ends and bottom of the duct. F. Support Rod: Steel threaded rod, mounted to concrete floor by passing through pre - drilled hole and bolting with nut and washer on top of floor, or with steel drop -in or wedge expansion type concrete anchors. G. Cradles: Shall be steel angle, min 75mm by 75mm by 6.3mm, supporting wrapped duct at 1 500mm on center maximum, hung from concrete floor with support rod. H. Firestopping Materials: 1. Mesh: Type 304 stainless steel, 0.011 inch thick, 12 inches wide. 2. Fire Resistive Blanket: UL No. R14514 classified, noncombustible, with flame spread rating not greater than 0, smoke development rating not greater than 0, and fuel contribution rating not greater than 0. 3. Firestop Sealant: Water- based, ceramic firestop. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 200700 - 8 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION 3.4 TIME OF APPLICATION A. General: Apply insulation only after piping and ducts have been pressure tested and certified by the A/E as ready for insulation. If insulation is applied prior to pressure testing, necessary removals, repairs, and modifications to insulation due to leaks that may occur shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Follow with regard to ambient temperature requirements and special techniques. 3.5 EXTENT OF INSULATION A. Insulate piping, conditioned air ductwork, and equipment, except as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Do not Insulate the Following: 1. Piping: a. Valve stems, handwheels, and operators. b. Unions and flanges, strainers, and Expansion joints on hot water and hot water circulating (all temperatures), steam, steam condensate return, and heating water piping. c. Trap primer piping downstream of trap primers. d. Temperature /pressure test ports (Pete's Plugs). e. Tempered water except for systems 100 F and above. f. Heating water pipes within fin tube and unit ventilator enclosures. g. Waste conveying condensate below slab on grade. 2. Ducts: a. Transfer, exhaust and relief ducts except as specified in this section. b. Return ducts in suspended ceiling spaces located within building insulation envelope. c. Return ducts exposed in conditioned space. d. Factory- insulated flexible ducts. e. Supply ducts exposed within a space that serves that space only. f. Duct flexible connections. 3. Equipment: a. Items with factory- applied insulation meeting the requirements of this section. b. Nameplates and ASME labels. C. Ducts Specified to Have Soundlining and Factory Soundlined Ducts: Refer to Section 2331 13. Need not be insulated unless additional insulation is required to meet thickness requirements of this section. • 200700 - 9 of 13 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION 3.6 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Apply in a workmanlike manner by skilled workmen regularly engaged in this type of work. B. Apply to clean and dry surfaces. C. On cold piping and duct surfaces, apply with continuous, unbroken vapor barrier. Insulate and seal hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections and penetrations that are secured to cold surfaces with vapor barrier mastic. Apply vapor seals at butt joints at every fourth pipe section joint and at each fitting. D. Install insulation through pipe ring for hot pipes 1-1/2 inch and smaller. Insulated pipe hanger not required. E. Extend surface finishes to protect raw edges, ends, and surfaces of insulation. F. Install piping and duct insulation continuous through walls, ceilings, and floor openings and sleeves, except where firestop materials are required. G. Install with joints tightly butted or adhered per manufacturer's requirements. H. Install insulation to allow access to equipment for inspection and repairs. I. Bevel and seal insulation around equipment nameplates and ASME labels. J. Do not allow fiberglass insulation to get wet or absorb moisture. Remove and dispose of wetted and moist fiberglass insulation and replace with new, dry material. Drying out wetted fiberglass insulation not acceptable. K. Select inside diameter of piping insulation to accommodate thickness of electric heat tracing cable specified in Section 200513. 3.7 PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A. PVC Covers for Fittings and Valves: Seal circumferential edges by 2 inch minimum overlap onto adjacent pipe insulation using PVC tape or ASJ /SSL butt strip material. B. Glass Fabric Finish for Fittings and Valves: Lap 2 inches onto adjacent pipe insulation. C. Cold Piping: 1. Secure fiberglass ends with SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inches wide. Adhere elastomeric butt joints per manufacturer's requirements. 2. Secure joints and exposed ends at fittings, valves, and equipment with vapor barrier mastic. 200700 - l0 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION 3. Install 4 inch long elastomeric insulation insert between wall support clamp and pipe or use insulated pipe hanger. Vapor seal joint connections to adjacent fiberglass insulation. 4. Install insulation on waste conveying condensate pipes which receive condensate from ice machines, condensate drain pans, and similar applications from floor drains, floor sinks, and roof receptors. Insulate from underside of drain to a point 5 feet downstream of trap or to connection to another waste pipe. D. Hot Piping: 1. Secure fiberglass ends with ASJ /SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inches wide. Secure AS.) laps and butt strips with outward clinch staples at 4 inch spacing, or with suitable lap adhesive. 2. Secure PVC covers with tacks, PVC tape, outward clinch staples, or solvent type PVC adhesive. E. Buried Piping Insulation: 1. General: Stagger and seal seams and joints for specified thickness. 2. Bedding: Install in 4 inch thick sand bed. F. Calcium Silicate Piping Insulation: 1. General: Install per manufacturer's instructions at all pipe hanger and pipe bracing locations. Secure in place with wire or metal bands. 2. Fittings: Insulate with segments of molded insulation. Secure with 20 gage galvanized steel wire. Finish with glass cloth embedded between 2 layers of insulating cement, each 1/8 inch thick. 3.8 DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION A. Cut insulation slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full thickness at corners. Apply insulation with edges tightly stitched with staples. Tape stitched seam with 3 inch wide pressure sensitive aluminum foil tape or seal joints with 2 coats of vapor barrier mastic reinforced with one layer of open weave glass fabric. B. Secure insulation to bottom of rectangular and square ducts 18 inches and wider with welded pins and speed clips on 18 inch centers. Cut off protruding ends of the pins flush after speed clips have been installed. Seal vapor barrier facing where pins have pierced through with tape of same material by applying vapor barrier adhesive to both surfaces as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Install duct wrap with maximum 25 percent compression. D. Insulate exhaust and relief ducts from exterior louver, roof cap, or similar termination, to a point 10' -0" into building or to backdraft or motor operated damper, whichever distance is less. Remaining exhaust and relief ducts uninsulated. 200700 - 11 of 13 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION E. Seal other joints and penetrations of the vapor barrier facing with 3 inch wide pressure sensitive aluminum foil tape. Seal cuts or tears with strips of the aluminum foil tape. F. Where louvers are blanked off, insulate blank off as specified for outside air ducts. 3.9 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. General: 1. Form or fabricate insulation to fit equipment. Groove or score as required to closely conform to round surfaces. Bevel edges and tightly butt and stagger joints. 2. Apply smooth coat of insulating cement over irregular surfaces. 3. Install removable insulation on heads of heat exchangers and other equipment requiring access for maintenance, repair, and cleaning. Fabricate removable section joints using a male - female shiplap type joint. Finish entire surface of removable section as specified in this section. B. Indoor to 450 F: 1. Secure with adhesive, fasteners, or bands. Locate fasteners maximum 3 inch from edges and spaced maximum 12 inches on center. 2. Overlap vapor barriers minimum of 2 inches at seams and seal with pressure sensitive tape or mastic. 3. Cover penetrations, facing damage, and mechanical fasteners with minimum 2 inch overlap of tape or mastic. 4. When glass cloth and mastic is used, stretch glass cloth snugly to form smooth finished surface. 3.10 JACKETING A. Jacketing Application: Install over insulation in the following locations: 1. Exposed piping and ducts in finished spaces and normally occupied areas. Locate jacket seams in least visible locations. 2. Below 6 feet above finished floor in mechanical rooms. 3. Piping and ducts located outdoors. 4. Over calcium silicate insulation. B. Metal: 1. Provide friction type Z-Iocks or 2 inch minimum overlap joints to hold insulation and jacketing in place. 2. Seal joints continuously along longitudinal seams, applied to shed water. 3. Seal circumferential joints. Finish with preformed butt strips, minimum 2 inches wide. Overlap adjacent jacketing minimum 1/2 inch. Secure jacketing and butt strips with 1/2 inch bands and seals. 4. Install longitudinal seams for pipes to be out -of -sight where pipes are exposed. 200700 - 12 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION C. Factory Assembly: Apply to pipe and duct insulation per manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.11 FIRE RESISTIVE WRAP A. General: Install continuous through sleeves for walls, ceilings, and floor openings except where firestop materials are required. Installed system, consisting of fire resistive duct wrap and smoke control system and grease hood exhaust duct specified in Section 233113, shall meet requirements of ASTM E 2336. Install minimum 2 -layer system for 2 -hour protection. 3.12 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION • • 200700 - 13 of 13 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. System specific commissioning for the HVAC and Building Management Systems (BMS) 2. Smoke control system B. Related Sections 1. 019113 — Commissioning General Requirements 2. Division 20 & 23 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK — refer to 019113 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to 019113 B. Systems Readiness Plan 1. The Contractor shall provide a system readiness plan, which shall include the following: a. Systems Readiness Checklists — provided by CA and completed by the Contractor b. Startup and testing procedures and data forms, in accordance with the project specifications, for all equipment and systems within the commissioning scope of work c. Piping and duct testing reports, to be approved by the AE d. Piping systems flushing plan be approved by the AE e. Piping systems cleaning plan be approved by the AE f. Water treatment reports to be approved by the AE 2. Within 20 working days of Product Submittal approval, submit three (3) copies of the Systems Readiness Plan with blank forms for CA review. 3. Submit the completed readiness plan within 15 working days of completing equipment and water treatment startup and prior to functional performance testing. a. All record sheets and reports shall be fully completed b. Submit 2 hard copies c. Submit 1 electronic copy in PDF format C. If it is necessary to begin functional performance testing on a system (or systems) before the readiness of other systems can be documented, it may be acceptable to submit preliminary portions of the Systems Readiness Plan that have been completed only for the system(s) that are ready for testing. These preliminary submittals do not take the place of the completed Systems Readiness Plan submittal. 200800 - 1 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS PART 2 - PRODUCTS — refer to 019113 2.1 CALIBRATION GASES — Provide calibration gases to demonstrate calibration of the following sensors. A. Carbon Dioxide (CO2) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING PROCESS AND PROCEDURES — refer to 019113 3.2 SYSTEMS READINESS PROCESS A. Provide a Systems Readiness Plan as specified under Submittals B. Complete the systems readiness process in accordance with the accepted Systems Readiness Plan C. Review and Complete Systems Readiness Checklists in accordance with Section 019113 and 200800. D. Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator shall verify completion of all items, sign and return the checklist to the Commissioning Authority as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents E. The initial Systems Readiness Checklists are provided elsewhere in this section of the contract documents. The final checklists may be modifications of the initial checklists, and checklists may be added; modifications and additions to be made by the Commissioning Authority after equipment submittals have been accepted. F. A separate completed checklist shall be submitted for each system and item of equipment within the commissioning scope of work, as specified in 019113. G. The Systems Readiness Checklists do not represent all the contract documents for the associated equipment. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the contractor from requirements specified elsewhere 3.3 TAB REVIEW A. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing (TAB): TAB shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with the project specifications. The TAB contractor shall support commissioning by submitting the preliminary TAB data for CA review and participating on the Commissioning TAB Field Review, in which the TAB Contractor demonstrates specified results to the CA after completion of final TAB. B. Equipment tested: All HVAC systems & equipment C. Demonstrate: 200800 - 2 of 50 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS 1. Determination of the final setpoints for pump speed and fan speed control per the project specifications and NEBB or AABC standards. Demonstrate for all setpoints. 2. Airflow rates are balanced and adjusted per the project specifications and NEBB or AABC standards a. Demonstrate minimum outside airflow rates method for all air handling equipment b. Demonstrate a 10% sample for all other measurements 3. Hydronic system flow rates are balanced and adjusted per the project specifications and NEBB or AABC standards. a. Demonstrate for all boilers, chillers, cooling towers, and distribution pumps b. Demonstrate a 10% sample for all other measurements. 3.4 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. The Functional Performance Test (FPT) Procedures shall be developed, performed, and demonstrated in accordance with Section 019113. B. At a minimum, the contractors and equipment suppliers listed in the FPTs Minimum Participants Table in this section of the specifications are required to participate in developing, performing, and demonstrating the indicated FPTs. C. The Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator shall coordinate the subcontractors, with the Commissioning Authority's input, in developing, performing, and demonstrating the Working FPT. D. Functional testing shall consist of the following four phases: 1. Component testing: a. Component testing applies to 100% control input and output devices, which includes those provided with the equipment and those provide with the Energy Management and Control System (EMCS). Examples include but are not limited to: sensor assemblies, detectors, relays and switches, valves, dampers, and actuators b. Component testing applies to thermometers, gauges: c. Component testing consists of demonstrating field I/O calibration and operation including but not limited to: 1) Accuracy of sensors is within design temperature range as specified. 2) Accuracy and settings of binary switches and alarms is as specified, within design temperature range 3) Actuators operate smoothly in a linear relationship with the signal they receive over the full range of operation 4) Fail safe operation of components and controllers is as specified for Toss of control signal, electric power, and network communications 5) All components, values and alarms are correctly mapped to operator interface station 2. Systems Testing; Operational Verification: After demonstrating acceptable component functionality, and prior to demonstrating real -time performance, a sequence of operation test shall demonstrate that the programming used for each type of equipment acceptably implements the specified sequence of operation. When identical software programming is used to control multiple similar systems, the sequence of operation test shall be performed on a random selection of 10% of the equipment, but at least 3 systems, whichever is greater, which shall be chosen by the commissioning agent at the time of the test demonstration. Real -time 200800 - 3 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS performance for each system must be demonstrated as described under "Systems Testing; Real Time Performance Demonstration (trend logging)" in a subsequent paragraph 3. Systems Testing — Integrated System Verification: After operational testing has successfully demonstrated that each system functions in accordance with the project documents, functional testing shall occur to verify that the interaction between the systems is as required. Each interactive function shall be functionally tested, including those provided the equipment suppliers and those provide with the Energy Management and Control System (EMCS). 4. Systems Testing — Real Time Performance Analysis (trend logging): a. After operational testing has been successfully completed real time performance testing shall be performed. Data shall be logged for the intervals and periods specified in the FPT procedures. Unless otherwise specified in the FPTs, test periods shall include occupied, unoccupied, weekend, and holiday schedules. b. Analysis of the data shall demonstrate that that the systems operate in accordance with the acceptance criteria specified in the FPT procedures. Verify that data demonstrates acceptable results before submitting for CA review. If acceptable results are not demonstrated, perform testing and trouble shooting and corrective action to provide resolution. Provisions for retesting, as specified in 019113) shall apply to trend log analysis. 3.5 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST (FPT) DEMONSTRATION SAMPLING A. When an FPT applies to many similar components or systems that are not a part of a life - safety system, the contractor may demonstrate the functional performance tests (FPTs) to the Commissioning Authority (CA) as specified in Section 019113. Demonstration Sampling will apply only in accordance with 019113, and only for the systems listed in the accomoanvina Functional Performance Test (FPT) Demonstration Sampling Table. FPT (SPEC) NUMBER FPT PROCEDURE SAMPLE SIZE 200800- 3.7 C. 3.0.1 & 3.0.2 AH Sequences 4 3.1.3 VAV Terminal Units Sequences 3 3.6 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST (FPT) TREND LOGGING A. Demonstrate the following: 1. During normal operation, systems and components operate per sequence of operation. 2. No alarms occur during the period. 3. Equipment operates per specified sequence of operation. 4. Controls are tuned to assure responsiveness and stability of controls. 5. Specified setpoints can and are being met during normal operation. 6. System performance is as intended by the design and documents. B. Format: Provide contractor reviewed trend logged data showing all requirements listed in 200800 3.6 A have been met in the following format: 200800 - 4 of 50 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS 1. Numerical data: Comma delimited file format for use by other spread sheet programs. C. Data points and logging intervals: To be determined in Commissioning Authority provided Functional Performance Test. 1. Log up to 25 analog points to be logged at 10 minute intervals for duration of 7 days including a weekend. 2. Log up to 25 digital points to be logged at change of state for duration of same 7 days including a weekend. 3.7 FPTS MINIMUM PARTICIPANTS TABLE: A. The following table lists the FPTs, and the subcontractors and suppliers that are required to participate in their development and performance as specified in 019113. B. The key to the codes used in the minimum participants column of the table is as follows: 1. BAS = Building Automation System contractor; 2. ES = Equipment Supplier's startup technician; 3. MC = Mechanical Contractor; 4. FA = Fire Alarm system supplier; 5. 0 = Owner. 6. GC = General Contractor, 7. EC = Electrical Contractor, 8. EE= Electrical Engineer, 9. ME= Mechanical Engineer, 10. TAB = Test and Balance Contractor C. • FPT (SPEC) NUMBER 200800 — 3.7 C. FPT PROCEDURE MINIMUM PARTICI PANTS REVIEW & ACCEPT FPT PRE -FPT COMPLE TE READY TO DEMONS TRATE FPT TO CXA 1.0.0 Htg System Components and Simple Sequences Blr Safety Fail /Alarm Blr Circ Pump Fail /Alarm Bldg Loop Pump Fail /Alarm VFD Temp Sensor Calibration Blr E.Stop Expansion Tank Charge BAS, VFD and Boiler 200800 - 5 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS FPT (SPEC) NUMBER 200800 — 3.7 C. FPT PROCEDURE MINIMUM PARTICI PANTS REVIEW & ACCEPT FPT PRE -FPT COMPLE TE READY TO DEMONS TRATE FPT TO CXA 1.1.0 Htg System Sequences Blr Lead /Lag Blr 3 -Way Valve Control Bldg Loop Supply Temp Cntrl Bldg Loop Supply Temp Reset Bldg Loop Pump Cntrl Bldg Loop Pump Lead /Lag Blr Enable /Disable Schedules Occ /Unocc BAS, Boiler Rep 2.0.0 CIg System Components and Simple Sequences Chiller Safety Alarms Bldg Loop Pump Fail /Alarm Chiller Fail Alarm Expansion Tank Charge BAS, ES VFD and chiller Rep, MC 2.1.0 CIg System Sequences Bldg Loop Supply Temp Cntrl Bldg Loop Supply Temp Reset Chiller Enable /Disable Schedules Occ/U nOcc BAS 3.0.0 AH System Components and Simple Sequences BAS 200800 - 6 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS FPT (SPEC) NUMBER 200800 — 3.7 C. FPT PROCEDURE MINIMUM PARTICI PANTS REVIEW & ACCEPT FPT PRE -FPT COMPLE TE READY TO DEMONS TRATE FPT TO CXA Dampers Fan Status /Alarms Coil Cntrl Valves Temp Sensor Calibration Push -Button Override 3.0.1 AH System Sequences Htg Unocc Low Limit Clg Unocc Nght High Limit Optimum Start Space Temp Cntrl Occ Sensor Schedules Occ /UnOcc BAS 3.0.2 AH DAT Control Htg Occ Clg Occ Clg Occ Econoizer BAS 3.1.0 VAH System Components and Simple Sequences Dampers Fan Status /Alarms Coil Cntrl Valves Temp Sensor Calibration Push -Button Override High Static Safety CO2 Sensor Calibration BAS, VFD Rep 3.1.1 VAH wNAV TU System Sequences Htg Unocc Low Limit Clg Unocc Nght High Limit BAS 200800 -7of50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS FPT (SPEC) NUMBER 200800 — 3.7 C. FPT PROCEDURE MINIMUM PARTICI PANTS REVIEW 8 ACCEPT FPT PRE -FPT COMPLE TE READY TO DEMONS TRATE FPT TO CXA Optimum Start DAT Reset Supply Duct Static Control Supply Duct Static Reset Return Fan Cntrl Space Temp Cntrl Occ Sensor Schedules Occ /UnOcc 3.1.2 VAH DAT Control Htg Occ CIg Occ CIg Occ Econoizer BAS 3.1.3 TU DAT Control BAS 3.1.4 VAH -03 Only Sequence BAS 3.1.5 VAH -03 DAT Control Htg Occ CIg Occ CIg Occ Econoizer BAS 3.1.6 Coil Leak By Test BAS 3.2.0 EF System Comp- Sequences BAS /MC 3.3.0 Split AC System Comp -Seq BAS /MC, ES 3.4.0 Heat Exchanger Control BAS /ES/ MC 4.0.0 Remote System Cntrl BAS 5.0.0 Water Meter Monitoring BAS 5.1.0 Power Panel Monitoring BAS 5.2.0 Phase Failure Protection BAS 5.3.0 Outside Air Temp Sensors BAS 5.4.0 Global Commands BAS 200800 - 8 of 50 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS FPT (SPEC) NUMBER 200800 — 3.7 C. FPT PROCEDURE MINIMUM PARTICI PANTS REVIEW & ACCEPT FPT PRE -FPT COMPLE TE READY TO DEMONS TRATE FPT TO CXA 5.5.0 Building Gas Sensing BAS 6.0.0 Lighting Cntrl BAS /ES, EC 7.0.0 Fire Alarm -HVAC Interaction BAS /EC/ MC /ES 7.0.1 Smoke Control System BAS /EC/ MC /FA/T AB /GC /A E 8.0.0 Test and Balance TAB 9.0.0 Trends BAS 10.0.0 Security Alarm BAS, ES, EC 10.1.0 Card Access BAS, ES, EC 11.0.0 Electric Unit Heaters BAS /MC 200800 - 9 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 3.8 SYSTEMS READINESS CHECKLISTS SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS AIR COOLED CHILLER SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) C -1 Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: ❑ ❑ Area is clean and clear of construction debris per contract documents ❑ ❑ Installation requirements satisfied per Contract Documents. ❑ n Installation requirements satisfied per Manufacturer's instructions i❑ ❑ Vibration isolation devices (flexible connections) installed. ❑ ❑ %" drain valve at chiller water inlet w /full size drain to FS (Drawing M8.02) ❑ ❑ Inspection and access doors are operable to all internal parts. ❑ ❑ Associated piping, shutoff valves, control valves, temperature transmitters, flow switches and insulation are complete; tagged and labeled. ❑ ❑ 4" housekeeping pad in place. Heat trace installed and wired on heat exchanger shell and piping above grade n ❑ All gauges and thermometers are installed per project documents. Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: Electrical Installation: ❑ 1 Heat trace installed and wired on heat exchanger shell and piping above grade I._ L_ Final wiring connections complete H L Wiring labeled per project requirements 11 F1 Unit disconnects within sight of unit, power available to unit. 1_1 ❑ Proper size fuses and /or heater overloads. 1 ' 1 Electrical receptacle within 50 ft. of equipment. Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: BAS Installation: BAS controls installed and verified operational. BAS alarms operational Point -to -point record sheets attached 200800 - 10 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS AIR COOLED CHILLER SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) C -1 ❑ ❑ Controls provided with chiller integrated with BAS controls Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: Start-U • : ❑ Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. ❑ Startup performed by manufacturer's technician in accordance with manufacture's installation and start-up /testing procedures. Completed startup report attached ❑ Internal controls verified operational. ❑ Controls provided with chiller have been integrated with BAS controls ❑ Chillers have been adjusted for best efficiency. Attach report. ❑ Demonstrate operational control tests per project documents to CA ❑ Chillers safeties tested, adjusted and demonstrated to CA. Signed: Date: Company: Readiness: ❑ Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. ❑ Test and Balance (TAB) is complete with preliminary reports submitted to CA. Balanced settings are marked or labeled on balance devices. ❑ All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: END OF AIR COOLED WATER CHILLER Company: 200800 - 11 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS BOILER SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) B -01, B -02 BP -01, BP -02 Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. _ Mechanical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority Li E Area is clean and clear of construction debris per contract documents L Fl Installation requirements satisfied per Contract Documents. L Installation requirements satisfied per Manufacturers Instructions D iii Vibration isolation devices, seismic restraints and anchor bolts installed per project documents. L; IF1 Inspection and access doors are operable to all internal parts. D 1 Associated piping, shutoff valves, control valves, temperature transmitters, flow switches and insulation are complete; tagged and labeled. [-j Fil Drain valves installed for water level controls, water columns and low water cutoffs and all drains ran to the nearest floor drain per contract documents I 1 ❑ Piped safety relief valves discharge full size to nearest floor drain. G L Flue vent installed and properly pitched "A" per foot for gas flow up and out with fire - stops and sealing of roof flashing. ❑ 11 Gas train complete with drip leg and manual shut -off easily accessible and visible. r E Proper size combustion air entering mechanical room for both boilers and gas water heaters. (Where applicable) i j ❑ All gauges and thermometers are installed per project documents. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Electrical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority -1 [ ' Final wiring connections complete L i Wiring labeled per project requirements Li Li Unit disconnects within sight of unit, power available to unit. i ; Proper size fuses and /or heater overloads. Boiler control panel installed and complete with interface to BAS controls verified. (Coordinate with controls contractor). Electrical receptacle within 50 ft. of equipment. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: BAS Installation: Ctr CA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority BAS controls installed and verified operational. BAS alarms operational 200800 - 12 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS BOILER SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) B -01, B -02 BP -01, BP -02 ❑ ❑ Point -to -point record sheets provided to CXA ❑ ❑ Boiler control panel integrated with BAS controls. (Coordinate with boiler start-up tech.) Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Start-Up: Ctr ❑ E ❑ ❑ ❑ Signed: Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. Startup performed by manufacturer's technician in accordance with manufacture's installation and start-up /testing procedures. Completed startup report attached Internal controls verified operational. Boilers safeties tested, adjusted and demonstrated to CXA. Controls provided with boiler have been integrated with BAS controls Boilers have been adjusted for best efficiency. Attach report. Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Signed: . Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. Test and Balance (TAB) is complete, including backdraft damper weights adjusted, with preliminary reports submitted to CXA. Balanced settings are marked or labeled on balance devices. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF BOILERS 200800 - 13 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS PUMPS SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) HWP -01, HWP -02, CHP -01 Variable Speed Pump Package Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority Li G Area is clean and clear of construction debris per contract documents E r] Installation requirements satisfied per contract documents. G G Manufacturer's installation requirements are satisfied, including suction strainer /impeller /bearing removal maintenance clearance and pressure gauge with pet cocks to read pressure across pumps. G L1 Vibration isolation devices, seismic restraints, base mounts, hangers and anchor bolts installed per project documents. G Associated piping, shutoff valves, check valve, thermometers, ball valves, gate valves, drain and fill hose valves, TP ports, balancing valves, insulation are complete; tagged and labeled. 1 j 11 Drain valves installed for draining pump to clean suction filters. C; G Pumps have been aligned by contractor or manufacturer per contract documents Ll f j Piping supported adjacent to pumps such that weight is not carried on pump casings. C E VFD installed per manufacturer instructions. (Where applicable) t] I = Pumps rotation is corrected, color coded wire corrected. 1 j ^] All gauges and thermometers are installed per project documents. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Electrical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority ; 1 fl Final wiring connections complete I . 1 Wiring labeled per project requirements -j [ ; Unit disconnects within sight of unit, power available to unit. 11 Proper size fuses and /or heater overloads set per manufacturer direction. VFD wired per manufacturer instructions. (Where applicable) Electrical receptacle within 50 ft. of equipment. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: BAS Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority BAS controls installed and verified operational. BAS alarms operational Point -to -point record sheets provided to CXA 200800 - 14 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS PUMPS SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) HWP -01, HWP -02, CHP -01 Variable Speed Pump Package Signed: Signed: Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Start-Up: Ctr ❑ ❑ Li ❑ ❑ Signed: Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. Startup performed by VFDs factory certified service technician in accordance with manufacture's installation and start-up /testing procedures. Completed startup report attached. 15822 2.2 A. All pumps operating without excessive noise or vibration. Operational controls adjusted and fully operational. Pump safeties tested and adjusted. Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr U ❑ ❑ ❑ Signed: Signed: Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. Test and Balance (TAB) is complete, including backdraft damper weights adjusted, with preliminary reports submitted to CXA. Balanced settings are marked or labeled on balance devices. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF PUMPS 200800 - 15 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS AIR HANDLING UNIT SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Fill in the blank AH -01 through AH -31 or VAH -01 through VAH -04) AH- _ Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority L Area is clean and clear of construction debris per contract documents. C ❑ Installation requirements satisfied per contract documents. L Manufacturer's installation requirements are satisfied, including filter removal /motor and blower maintenance clearance. L 0 Vibration isolation devices adjusted, shipping blocks removed, blower assemblies are free to float, seismic restraints, base mounts, hangers and anchor bolts installed per project documents. Li Inspection and access doors are operable to all internal parts. L Associated piping, shutoff valves, check valve, thermometers, ball valves, gate valves, drain and fill hose valves, TP ports, balancing valves, automatic flow control valves, manual air vents, insulation are complete; tagged and labeled. L I 1 Hose end drain valves with cap installed for draining coils. u L 2" Filters are installed to not let any air bypass the filters and are removable without restrictions. L r ] Sound attenuator is installed and secure (if applicable). Fl ❑ Economizer /exhaust damper and linkages installed and operate full swing without any restrictions 7 i Backdraft dampers installed and free to operate. I 1 ❑ Casing penetrations sealed with no air leakage. C [ J Fans rotation is corrected, color coded wire corrected (if applicable). 11 7 All gauges and thermometers are installed per project documents. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Electrical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority .1 1=1 Final wiring connections complete Wiring labeled per project requirements Unit disconnects within sight of unit, power available to unit. Proper size fuses and /or heater overloads set per manufacturer direction. Electrical receptacle within 50 ft. of equipment. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: BAS Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority 200800 - 16 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS AIR HANDLING UNIT SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Fill in the blank AH -01 through AH -31 or VAH -01 through VAH -04) _ AH- D ❑ BAS controls installed and verified operational. ❑ ❑ Accesses to actuators are appropriate for any maintenance and damper adjustment. ❑ ❑ BAS alarms operational [j ❑ Airflow measuring stations installed on all VAHs ❑ ❑ Point -to -point record sheets provided to CXA Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Start-Up: • Ctr ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Signed: Commissioning Authority notified of testing per contract documents. AHU start -up conducted following manufacturer instructions with documented procedure. AHU operating without excessive noise or vibration. Internal controls verified operational. AHU safeties tested and adjusted. Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr 0 ❑ 1 1 ❑ Signed: Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms provided to CXA. Test and Balance (TAB) is complete, including backdraft damper weights adjusted, with preliminary reports submitted to CXA. Balanced settings are marked or. labeled on balance devices. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF AIR HANDLING UNIT 200800 - 17 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS HEAT EXCHANGER SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Ctr L Li H E El E C Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority 0 Area is clean and clear of construction debris per contract documents. [ Installation requirements satisfied per contract documents. L Manufacturer's installation requirements are satisfied, including filter removal /motor and blower maintenance clearance. L Vibration isolation devices adjusted, seismic restraints, , hangers and anchor bolts installed per project documents. [J Inspection and access doors are operable to all internal parts. L1 Dampers and linkages installed and operate full swing without any restrictions E Casing penetrations sealed with no air leakage. Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Electrical Installation: Ctr C; i 1 1 [i i] Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority ❑ Final wiring connections complete 11 Wiring labeled per project requirements n Unit disconnects within sight of unit, power available to unit. [ ; Proper size fuses and /or heater overloads set per manufacturer direction. _71 Electrical receptacle within 50 ft. of equipment. Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: BAS Installation: Ctr Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority .] BAS controls installed and verified operational. 1 . Accesses to actuators are appropriate for any maintenance and damper adjustment. Internal control integration with DDC complete Point -to -point record sheets provided to CXA Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Start -Up: Ctr Commissioning Authority notified of testing per contract documents. Start-up conducted following manufacturer instructions with documented procedure. 200800 - 18 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS HEAT EXCHANGER SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: 0 Signed: I Internal controls verified operational. Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr 0 ❑ H Ej Signed: Signed: Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms provided to CXA. Test and Balance (TAB) is complete, including backdraft damper weights adjusted, with preliminary reports submitted to CXA. Balanced settings are marked or labeled on balance devices. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF AIR HEAT EXHANGER 200800 - 19 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS VAV BOX SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) VAV boxes associated with VAH -01, 02 and 04 Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority El n Area is clean and clear of construction debris per contract documents. n p Installation requirements satisfied per contract documents. IJ Manufacturer's installation requirements are satisfied. ❑ ❑ Equipment labeled with melamine plastic laminate labels screwed in. L L1 Vibration isolation devices installed i._i [1 Inspection and access doors are operable to all internal parts. Associated piping, shutoff valves, TP ports, automatic flow control valves, strainer w /blow down, air vents with 3/4:" hose bib, insulation are complete; tagged and labeled. 11 Hose end drain valves with cap installed for draining coils. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: BAS Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority Ll L BAS controls installed and verified operational. j ; I Accesses to actuators are appropriate for any maintenance and damper adjustment. n 1-; BAS alarms operational f I ; 1 Point -to -point record sheets provided to CXA Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Start-Up: Ctr H Signed: Commissioning Authority notified of testing per contract documents. VAV start-up conducted following manufacturer instructions with documented procedure. Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms provided to CXA. Test and Balance (TAB) is complete, including backdraft damper weights adjusted, with preliminary reports submitted to CXA. Balanced settings are marked or labeled on balance devices. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. 200800 - 20 of 50 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS VAV BOX SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) VAV boxes associated with VAH -01, 02 and 04 0 Signed: Signed: EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF VAV BOXES 200800 - 21 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS FIRE ALARM INTERACTION SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Ctr ❑ ri ❑ Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority All fire smoke dampers have been installed with break away temporary bolts ❑ removed and labeled access doors for inspection of damper blade per contract documents ❑ All fire smoke dampers have been tested for complete damper actuator range with no restrictions after power has been applied to them Fire smoke damper actuators installation has been coordinated with other ❑ trades such that access will not be blocked for removal and repairs in the future Li Duct smoke detectors have been installed with accessibility and have been labeled with device address Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Electrical Installation: Ctr ri ❑ Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority I ,. Fire smoke dampers are all wired to relays and are verified operational per contract document 1 1 Duct smoke and fire smoke detectors to be completely wired and fully functional alarming at the FACP Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Start-Up: Ctr ;] I " Signed: Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents Programming is complete per contract documents Test AHU shutdown program before testing fire /smoke damper duct detectors Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr Completed and signed copy of all start-up reports /checklists /test forms attached Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures 200800 - 22 of 50 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS FIRE ALARM INTERACTION SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF FIRE ALARM INTERACTION 200800 - 23 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Ctr u 0 1 1 ❑ Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority II Shaft leakage areas tested and documented within acceptable criteria as listed on Drwg M5.00. i Shaft air pressurization has been tested and documented within acceptable criteria as listed on Drwg. M5.00. 0 Door opening force has been tested and documented within acceptable criteria as listed on Drwg. M5.00. 0 Atrium exhaust airflow has been tested and documented within acceptable criteria as listed on Drwg. M5.00. Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Electrical Installation: Ctr E ❑ Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority l 1 All associated fans have been supplied with power. I1 Controls have been installed and are being controlled by the fire alarm control panel. Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Start-Up: Ctr -] 1 , r ; Signed: Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents Test and Balance Complete Programming is complete per contract documents Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr Signed: Completed and signed copy of all start -up reports /checklists /test forms attached Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Date: Ctr: 200800 - 24 of 50 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Signed: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF SMOKE CONTROL 200800 - 25 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS EXHAUST FAN SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Fill in the blank: EF -01 through EF -16 EF- Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority E ❑ Installation requirements satisfied per contract documents. 0 11 Manufacturer's installation requirements are satisfied, including filter (if applicable) removal /motor and blower maintenance clearance. E, E Vibration isolation devices adjusted, shipping blocks removed, blower assemblies are free to float, seismic restraints, base mounts, hangers and anchor bolts installed per project documents. ❑ El Inspection and access doors are operable to all internal parts. ❑ Area is clean and clear of construction debris per contract documents. LI Backdraft dampers installed and free to operate. , . ❑ Speed controller installed 0 ! ] Fans rotation is corrected, color coded wire corrected (if applicable). LI ❑ Damper linkages connected and free to operate without binding. (where applicable) Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Electrical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority J ' Fans rotation is corrected, color coded wire corrected (if applicable). C1 ! Final wiring connections complete [2 f j Speed controller installed H 1 Wiring labeled per project requirements 1 Unit disconnects within sight of unit, power available to unit. ; Proper size fuses and /or heater overloads set per manufacturer direction. I _ 1 . Electrical receptacle within 50 ft. of equipment. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: BAS Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority BAS controls installed and verified operational. Accesses to actuators are appropriate for any maintenance, repair and damper adjustment. (Where applicable) BAS alarms operational Point -to -point record sheets provided to CXA 200800 - 26 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS EXHAUST FAN SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Fill in the blank: EF -01 through EF -16 _EF- Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Start-Up: Ctr Signed: Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. EF start-up conducted following manufacturer instructions with documented procedure. Internal controls verified operational. Operational controls adjusted and fully operational. Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr 0 Li 1 U Signed: Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF EXHAUST FANS 200800 - 27 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) CHILLED WATER or HEATING WATER Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Ctr ❑ ❑ _] ❑ 1_J E 11 [1 ❑ I.] ❑ E. C 1 ❑ I . 1 H J Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority j ] Manufacturer's installation procedures were read and followed. ❑ Hose end drain valves installed at all low points. ❑ Air vents with valves installed at all high points of the hot water system. Li Automatic air vent piping installed for drainage to nearest drain ❑ Unions installed on al equipment requiring disconnect for servicing. I 1 Dielectric unions installed on all dissimilar materials per contract documents. ❑ Pressure and temperature gauges installed at all specified points. ❑ P/T ports installed at locations per contract documents. I_J Relief valves installed on all pressure vessels and piped to drain per contract documents. ❑ Strainers installed at all specified locations including blow -off valve and cap. 1 Strainers cleaned prior to balancing. ❑ Air separators, expansion tanks and suction diffusers installed. 1 J Chemical pot feeder and /or glycol tanks installed and operational. 7_1 Valves provided and labeled per contract documents. Li Piping insulated and labeled. ❑ Expansion tank pressures have been checked and set per contract documents if different from shipping charge. Automated water treatment installed per contract documents (if applicable). f l Heating piping assembly has been flushed and hydrostatically tested per project documents. (Attached documented process and results) r Chiller piping assembly has been flushed and hydrostatically tested per project documents. (Attached documented process and results) Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: BAS Installation: Ctr Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority BAS controls installed and verified operational. Point -to -point record sheets provided to CXA Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Start-Up: Ctr Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. 200800 - 28 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) CHILLED WATER or HEATING WATER Signed: Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr ❑ ❑ j ❑ Signed:. Signed: Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF HYDRONIC PIPING 200800 - 29 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS TEST AND BALANCE SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) AIR or WATER Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Ctr E 0 ❑ C n I ;i 1 1 . ; C —1 LH Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority C All equipment has been checked prior to balancing. 5 Hydronic system and strainers has been cleaned and treated prior to balancing. L I System water pressure has been checked and properly set prior to balancing. C Expansion tanks are properly pressurized and not water logged. C; Air vents installed and operational, water system balanced with no air in system. n Fan belt tension and fan and pump rotation verified prior to balancing. ❑ Construction filter removed, filter clean, damper position operation checked prior to balancing. n Toilet rooms are negative relative to other areas. 1 Rooms' pressures are positive while allowing for door closure while system is in economizer mode. L ] Relief damper operation has been checked to assure dampers open and close as needed. Li All volume dampers, fire dampers, balancing and controls valves are set in a fully open position at the start of balancing. L Final volume damper and balancing valve position permanently marked for final balancing positions. n List of control minimum OA damper positions in report and provided to controls contractor. , 1 Noise and vibration has been checked and adjusted as necessary. Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: BAS Installation: Ctr Signed: Signed: CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority r _, BAS controls installed and verified operational. i 1 Point -to -point record sheets provided to CXA Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Start -Up: . Ctr Signed: Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. Operational controls adjusted and fully operational. Date: Ctr: 200800 - 30 of 50 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS TEST AND BALANCE SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (Circle one) AIR or WATER Readiness: Ctr 0 0 0 0 Signed: Signed: Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. Test and Balance (TAB) is complete with preliminary reports submitted to CXA. Balanced settings are marked or labeled on balance devices. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Date: Ctr: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF TEST AND BALANCE 200800 - 31 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS CONTROLS SYSTEM READINESS FORM Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. BAS Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority L [ I Manufacturer's installation procedures were read and followed. r] ❑ All control points have been provided per the Project Documents and are communicating with front end computer. D All thermostats provided per approved plan and on interior walls. J ❑ All immersion sensors installed with thermal transfer medium. L Interface with boiler /pump system is installed. Li C All specified associated software (such MS Windows, networking software, MS Office, Internet Explorer, EMS software, licenses) has been provided, installed and is operational at workstation to meet owner's needs. Li n System graphics are complete (showing all devices controlled, all adjustable points shown, all specified components), accurate (reflects actual field /unit installation, end -to- end verification of points done) and functional. L Access Security levels have been set up per owner's needs. El H Network connection is complete, the central operator terminal has been updated and remote monitoring of the system has been tested. ❑ L All specified associated equipment (such as PC, Monitor, printer, modem & laptop) has been provided, installed and is operational. -, ] D Surge protection and battery back -up devices installed and tested. E Control wiring, panels and all system components are permanently labeled, including point address designation, system reference and descriptions. L] • j Acceptance start -up test plan has been submitted and approved. L C Graphical interface plan has been submitted and approved by CXA. L; All control points have been provided and are communicating with front end computer. LJ [r ; Room temperature and other setpoints installed per specification and owner's direction. Li r Operating schedules have been set up per owner's direction. `] Minimum OA %, from balancer, provided on graphics as permanent reference value. : i Supply /retum fan offset for zone pressure control, from balancer, provided on graphics as permanent reference value. Alarms have been programmed per Alarm plan, Project Documents and owner's direction. Stability of loops and VFD's has been verified. Energy /water monitoring set up calibrated and tested. (If applicable) Ambient OA, humidity, and CO2 monitoring set up, calibrated and tested. (If applicable) Refrigerator /freezer alarm and paging set up, calibrated and tested. (If applicable) All sensors calibrated including temperature, CO2, pressure, flow and metering devices. Signed: Date: Ctr: 200800 - 32 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS CONTROLS SYSTEM READINESS FORM Signed: Date: CXA: Start-Up: Ctr ❑ Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. ❑ Operational controls adjusted and fully operational. Signed: . Date: Ctr: • Readiness: Ctr ❑ Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. ❑ Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. ❑ All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. ❑ EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF CONTROLS 200800 - 33 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS SPLIT DX A/C SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: AC- Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Mechanical Installation: Indoor Unit Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority 0 Unit is accessible for service. • J ❑ Mounting is per contract documents. rJ Cl Seismic restraints installed. D [ Equipment labels are installed per contract documents. ( 0 [ Refrigerant piping support and piping insulation complete. 0 0 Condensate drain with P -trap installed. Condensate pump installed if applicable. ❑ ❑ Filters are installed and accessible. L Ll Supply fan motor accessible, in good condition. rj r i Coil fins are not damaged. Outdoor Unit Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority 1 [l Unit is accessible for service. G ❑ Mounting is per contract documents. Cl [l Equipment labels are installed per contract documents. H !7 Refrigerant piping support and piping insulation complete. 2 Casing secure and undamaged. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Electrical Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority I ; Fans rotation is corrected, color coded wire corrected (if applicable). F Final wiring connections complete r ' l Wiring labeled per project requirements Unit disconnects within sight of unit, power available to unit. Proper size fuses and /or heater overloads set per manufacturer direction. Electrical receptacle within 50 ft. of equipment. Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: BAS Installation: Ctr CXA Ctr= Contractor CXA= Commissioning Authority BAS controls installed and verified operational. 200800 - 34 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS SPLIT DX A/C SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: AC- 0 Accesses to actuators are appropriate for any maintenance and damper adjustment. 0 0 BAS alarms operational 0 Point -to -point record sheets provided to CXA Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Start-Up: Ctr Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. Li Split A/C start-up conducted following manufacturer instructions with documented procedure. Split A/C operating without excessive noise or vibration. r] Internal controls verified operational. [] Operational controls adjusted and fully operational. C Split NC safeties tested and adjusted. Signed: Date: Ctr: Readiness: Ctr D Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms provided to CXA. n Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. [11 All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CXA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. D EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Signed: Date: Ctr: Signed: Date: CXA: Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. END OF SPLIT DX NC SYSTEM 200800 - 35 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Electrical Installation: ❑ All terminal, connector's screws and bolts tightened per the manufacturers' requirements. ❑' ❑ All relays have been labeled per the project documents. 0 J All low voltage wiring has been installed in conduit per the project documents. ❑ ill Associated lighting relay panel cabinets installed and labeled per project documents. ❑ G Wiring labeled per project requirements U ❑ Provided all necessary wiring and conduit to each remote alarm panel. ❑ Luminaires and accessories installed and fully operational Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: BAS Installation: iLI J BAS controls installed and verified operational. L- ❑ Point -to -point record sheets attached Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: Start-Up: ❑ Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. Factory trained technicians and application engineers provided initial programming, field testing, and system start up, training and operation assistance per contract documents. Internal controls verified operational. Operational controls adjusted and fully operational. Signed: Date: Company: Readiness: Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms provided to CA. Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. 200800 - 36 of 50 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: ❑ EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: END OF LIGHTING CONTROLS 200800 - 37 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS GENERATOR SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Emergency Power System Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Electrical Installation: ❑ ❑ Unit is installed per the manufacturers' requirements. r- n Access for maintenance is provided per manufacturers requirements. ❑ ❑ Air intake and exhaust system installed per contract documents (if applicable) ❑ Diesel particulate filter installed per contract documents. (if applicable) ❑ ❑ Engine cooling system is full with ethylene glycol mix if required for ambient temperatures [1 Fan belts in good condition and tight. ❑ LI Final wiring connections complete ❑ Wiring labeled per project requirements ❑ L 1 Each lighting relay cabinet is connected to the normal power supply. L i ❑ Provided a dedicated isolated ground receptacle outlet connected to the emergency power supply for connection of the PC interface equipment. Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: BAS Installation: 7 1 1 Control and status panel instruments and alarms are connected to the engine and operational as required by the contract documents. ❑ BAS controls installed and verified operational. ❑ Point -to -point record sheets attached Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: Start-Up: Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. Factory certified technicians provided field testing, system start up, training and operation assistance per contract documents. Tests completed were transfer switches, engine start circuits, time delay circuits, status points, and system control points. Performed 4 hour 100% full resistive load test using a temporary load bank. Conducted field test in accordance with NFPA 110. 200800 - 38 of 50 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS GENERATOR SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Emergency Power System ❑ Internal controls verified operational. ❑ Engine safest r devices tested, adjusted, and demonstrated to CA. 0 Voltage sensing relays have been field adjusted for engine start contacts to signal generator to start when the voltage of the normal source drops below 80% on any phase, after a time delay of 1 second to allow for momentary dips. ❑ Transfer switch shall provide power transfer to generator within 10 second of normal power source failure. ❑ Operational controls adjusted and fully operational. Signed: Date: Company: Readiness: ❑ Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. ❑ Contractor provided a full tank of diesel fuel upon completion of all testing. ❑ Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. ❑ All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. ❑ EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Signed: Date: Company: END OF GENERATOR 200800 - 39 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS BUILDING SECURITY SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Electrical Installation: ❑ ❑ All terminal, connector's screws and bolts tightened per the manufacturers' requirements. ❑ All relays have been labeled per the project documents. ❑ ❑ All low voltage wiring has been installed in conduit per the project documents. ❑ ❑ Associated lighting relay panel cabinets installed and labeled per project documents. ❑ L ., Wiring labeled per project requirements ❑ ❑ Provided all necessary wiring and conduit to each remote alarm panel. ❑ ❑ Luminaires and accessories installed and fully operational Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: BAS Installation: ❑ ❑ BAS controls installed and verified operational. Li F: Point -to -point record sheets attached Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: Start-Up: ' 1 Commissioning Authority notified of and witnessed testing per contract documents. 1 Factory trained technicians and application engineers provided initial programming, field testing, and system start up, training and operation assistance per contract documents. Internal controls verified operational. Operational controls adjusted and fully operational. Signed: Date: Company: Readiness: Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. 200800 - 40 of 50 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS BUILDING SECURITY SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: ❑ EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: END OF BUILDING SECURITY 200800 - 41 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS ELECTRIC HEATER SYSTEM READINESS FORM System: (circle one) EH -01, EH -02 and EH -03 Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Electrical Installation: ❑ ❑ Area is clean and cleared of construction debris per contract documents ❑ Heater installed per contract documents and manufacturers installation ❑ Units are wired per contract documents ill Units are trimmed out Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: Start-Up: Li Operational controls adjusted and fully operational. Signed: Date: Company: Readiness: ❑ Completed and signed copy of all start-up checklists /test forms attached. ❑ Equipment and systems are labeled per project documents. l ; All known issues have been corrected or reported to the CA and the systems are ready for the functional performance test phase of commissioning. ' EQUIPMENT READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING — Contractor's pre - functional testing is complete; contactor has verified that functional performance testing (FPT) of the equipment and associated system demonstrates acceptable results as specified in FPT procedures Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Signed: Date: Company: Signed: Date: Company: END OF ELECTRIC HEATER 200800 - 42 of 50 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS GROUNDING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM READINESS FORM Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Electrical Installation: ❑ Each separately- derived system neutral is grounded to nearest building steel. ❑ System neutrals, service equipment enclosures, exposed noncurrent carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cable, receptacle ground connectors, plumbing systems and gas piping systems are bonded together. [1 Separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in feeder and branch circuits has been provided. Each end on a grounding lug, bus or bushing and to intermediate metallic enclosures has been terminated. ❑ Grounding conductors have been connected to motors by clean metal -to- metal. Bare grounding conductors below grade Minimum 30 inches below the soil Not in contact with gravel fill or concrete unless making transition from connections above the slab to conductors below grade. Neatly trained around foundations and footings. ❑ Shields of any shielded power or control cable at each splice or termination as recommended by the manufacturer has been grounded. ❑ Metal sheathing and all exposed metal vertical structural elements of building have been grounded. Li Grounding conductors to ground rods are connected at the upper end of the rod with the end of the rod and the connection point below finished grade. ❑ Thermite welds were cleaned to bare metal prior to welding and slag was brushed from the weld area and thoroughly cleaned. Engineer was notified before backfilling. ❑ Electrical system and equipment grounds comply with all local, state and NEC codes and regulations. L System ground does not exceed 5 ohms meggered resistance. Main grounding system was sized to conform with section 250. Table 250 -94 of NEC. Conduit to protect ground wire from damage to an area 6 feet above floor has been provided. C A ground conductor has been supplied in all non - metallic conduits. It is a bare, stranded, annealed copper conductor. Completed and signed copy of independent testing agency certified test reports attached. Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Signed: Date: Company: END OF GROUNDING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION 200800 - 43 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS TELECOM SYSTEM READINESS FORM Instructions: Contractor shall submit a completed and signed checklist for each item of equipment listed as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents. Electrical Installation: C 1 Manufacturer's installation procedures were followed. ❑ All wiring, terminations, patch panels, cross - blocks have been labeled per the project requirements. ❑ All conduit, tray, inner ducts, poles and sleeves have been labeled per the project requirements. ❑ All cabling and hardware have been labeled per the project requirements. ❑ All color coding standards have been met. LI All station outlets have been labeled per the project requirements. ❑ All cabling has been installed per the manufacturer specifications. ❑ Maintenance loops in cables have been provided as required. ❑ All phones, intercom devices and data and communication ports installed. ❑ All grounding and bonding procedures completed per the project requirements. ❑ HVAC systems to provide environmental control in telecommunications spaces is installed as required. ❑ Telecommunications System test reports have been submitted to and approved by the Contracting Agency. Reports attached. ❑ Each and entire system operation has been demonstrated to Contractor's representative, manufacturer's representative for each major comm. Sub system and contracting Agency's representative. Required documents and Sign -in sheet of demonstration attendees attached. ❑ Incoming inspection test reports attached. 11 Final inspection tests attached ❑ Fiber testing reports attached. Li Completed and signed copy of independent testing agency certified test reports attached. Note: This checklist is not intended to represent all the requirements of the Project Documents within this section. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the Contractor from their contractual obligation to complete all the work as detailed within the entire specification section. Signed: Date: Company: END OF TELECOM • 200800 -.44 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS 3.9 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST PROCEDURES A. SAMPLE Discharge Air Temp Control A) Objectives 1) Demonstrate that: a) The economizer dampers, heating control valve, reheat control valve and cooling control valve operate in sequence to maintain the room temperature at setpoint ± 1 F. b) Coil capacities match design. c) Simultaneous heating and cooling do not occur d) Economizer is in full cooling before the cooling coil operates e) Temperature control loop is tuned f) Real Time Performance Analysis (trend logging). Provide trend logging analysis as specified under Real Time Performance Analysis B) Basis of test: 1) DAT Control: a) DDC system shall monitor supply air temp and shall modulate outside air damper, exhaust air damper, return air damper, heating water coil control valve, re -heat water coil control valve and chilled water coil control valve in sequence to maintain 55 °F supply air temp. B) Prerequisites 1) Complete start-up of AHU systems and associated controls 2) AHU system point mapping is complete to the BAS 3) AHU graphical interface is complete. 4) Final installation is verified. C) Minimum Participants 1) Commissioning Authority or Owner's Witness 2) BAS technician D) Required Test Instrumentation: 1) None E) Test result recording Procedure: Enter A for acceptable results. When results are not acceptable enter N, and describe deficiencies in the Notes section of the record sheet. Describe any deviation, or elaboration, on the test procedure in the Notes section of the record sheet. Attach a separate sheet for notes if necessary Contractor name /company /date /time: CA name /company /date /time: Initiate all commands and monitor system response from the DDC operator's A or N 200800 - 45 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS Contractor name /company /date /time: CA name /company /date /time: terminal. Enter A for acceptable results. When results are not acceptable enter N, and describe deficiencies in the Notes section of the record sheet. Describe any deviation, or elaboration, on the test procedure in the Notes section of the record sheet. Attach a separate sheet for notes if necessary Procedure A) Prerequisites listed above are complete. B) Setup. Start the test with the room temperature (RT) setpoint satisfied and heating and cooling loop outputs of 0 %. Override the outside air temperature to 55F (verify that this temperature is well below the anticipated return air temperature of any unit). Verify that the unit is operating with: 1) The heating coil control valve closed 2) The outside air damper modulating to maintain minimum outside airflow rate 3) The return and relief dampers in the minimum outside air position. C) Verify increasing heating output. Manually reset the RT setpoint upward in 2 °F increments until the system is in full heating. 1) For the initial change in setpoint verify that: 2) The cooling output remains 0% and the mixing dampers remain in the minimum outside air position with the outside air damper modulating to maintain minimum outside airflow rate 3) The heating valve modulates to satisfy the new setpoint while the outside air damper remains fully open and the return and relief dampers remain the minimum outside air position. 4) The heating output and DAT do not overshoot their final values (with setpoint satisfied) by more than 20 %. 5) Temp setpoint is satisfied without excessive hunting. 6) For each additional change in setpoint verify that: . 7) The heating valve modulates further open to begin to satisfy each new setpoint. 8) After the initial change in output, the output slowly continues to increase over time in a characteristic integral response. 9) Reheat valve modulates as heating output increases to maintain discharge are temp with out excessive hunting. D) Verify heating coil capacity 1) Record the scheduled coil entering air temperature 2) Record the scheduled coil leaving air temperature 200800 - 46 of 50 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS Contractor name /company /date /time: CA name /company /date /time: 3) Calculate and record the air temperature rise from the scheduled entering and leaving air temperatures, 4) Record the scheduled supply airflow rate 5) Record the actual airflow through the coil from the TAB report 6) Verify TAB report and the schedule airflow are +1- 10% of each other. 7) Override the economizer dampers to obtain a mixed air temperature as close practical to the scheduled coil entering air temperature 8) Record the mixed air temperature reported by the EMCS 9) Record the coil leaving air temperature reported by the EMCS 10) Calculate and record the air temperature rise from the EMCS reported entering and leaving air temperatures, 11) Verify that the air temperature rise across the coil is equivalent to the air temperature rise calculate from the scheduled entering and leaving air temperatures ± 10% 12) Release all overrides and allow the system to stabilize E) Verify decreasing heating output. Manually reset the RT setpoint downward in 2 °F increments until the heating output approaches 0 %. With each change in setpoint verify: 1) The heating valve modulates further closed, without hunting, to attempt to satisfy the heating setpoint until the valve eventually modulates fully closed. 2) After the initial change in the control loop output the integral portion of the control equation continues to change the heating output over time, without hunting 3) The cooling output remains at 0% F) Verify heating to cooling transition. Continue to manually reset the setpoint downward in 2 °F increments until the heating output goes to 0% and a cooling output is initiated. 1) Verify that the heating output goes to 0% before a cooling output is initiated. 2) Upon initiation of the cooling output: 3) The economizer dampers begin to modulate open for free cooling, while the OA flow rate remains at or above minimum 4) The cooling and heating coil control valves remain closed 5) The cooling output and DAT do not overshoot their final values (with setpoint satisfied) by more than 20 %. 200800 - 47 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS Contractor name /company /date /time: CA name /company /date /time: 6) No more than 2 cycles of over /undershoot are observed. G) Verify increasing economizer cooling. Continue to manually reset the setpoint downward in 2 °F increments until the system is in full economizer. For each change in setpoint verify that: 1) The return and relief dampers modulate to satisfy each new setpoint. 2) After the initial change in cooling output, the output slowly continues to increase over time in a characteristic integral response. 3) The cooling and heating coil control valves remain closed H) Verify initiation of chilled water coil cooling. Continue to manually reset the setpoint downward in 2 °F increments until the cooling valve is approximately 50 %open. For each change in setpoint verify that: 1) The economizer damper remain in full free cooling (100% OA) 2) The cooling coil control valve begins to modulate to maintain the DAT setpoint. 3) Upon initiation of the cooling coil control valve operation 4) The cooling output and DAT do not overshoot their final values (with setpoint satisfied) by more than 20 %. 5) No more than 2 cycles of over /undershoot are observed. 6) After the initial change in cooling output, for each change in setpoint verify that: 7) The valve modulates to satisfy each new setpoint. 8) The output slowly continues to increase over time in a characteristic integral response. 1) Verify economizer lockout 1) With the system in full economizer operation override the outside air temperature input to a value 1 °F above the return air temperature. Verify the system remains in full economizer 2) Override the outside air temperature input to a value 3 °F above the return air temperature. Verify the economizer dampers return to the minimum outside airflow position, while cooling coil control valve modulates to maintain setpoint. 3) Override the outside air temperature input back to a value 1°F below the return air temperature. Verify the economizer dampers return to the minimum outside airflow position, while cooling coil control valve modulates to maintain setpoint. 4) Override the outside air temperature input back to a value 3 °F below the return air temperature. Verify the economizer dampers modulate to full economizer while cooling coil control valve modulates to maintain setpoint. 200800 - 48 of 50 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS Contractor name /company /date /time: CA name /company /date /time: 5) Verify full cooling. Continue to manually reset the setpoint downward in 2 °F increments until the system is in full cooling (100% OA and valve fully open) J) Verify cooling coil capacity 1) Record the scheduled coil entering air temperature 2) Record the scheduled coil leaving air temperature 3) Calculate and record the air temperature rise from the scheduled entering and leaving air temperatures, 4) Record the scheduled supply airflow rate 5) Record the actual airflow through the coil from the TAB report 6) Verify TAB report and the schedule airflow are +1- 10% of each other. 7) Override the economizer dampers and heating coil valve to obtain a mixed air temperature as close practical to the scheduled coil entering air temperature 8) Record the mixed air temperature reported by the EMCS 9) Record the coil leaving air temperature reported by the EMCS 10) Calculate and record the air temperature rise from the EMCS reported entering and leaving air temperatures, 11) Verify that the air temperature rise across the coil is equivalent to the air temperature rise calculate from the scheduled entering and leaving air temperatures ± 10% 12) Release all overrides and allow the system to stabilize K) Verify decreasing cooling output. Incrementally reset the setpoint upward in 2 °F increments until the cooling output is 0 %. Verify that the 1) Verify that the valve modulates fully closed before the economizer dampers begin to modulate to decrease outside air 2) Verify that after the valve modulates fully closed the economizer dampers begin to modulate to decrease outside air until the minimum outside airflow rate is reached 3) Verify that after the minimum outside airflow rate is reached the system goes into heating 4) Real Time Performance Analysis (trend logging). Provide trend logging analysis as specified under Real Time Performance Analysis L) Return all system components and commands to normal operating condition. Notes: 200800 - 49 of 50 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC AND BMS END OF SECTION 200800 200800 - 50 of 50 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200810 09819.00 SYSTEMS TRAINING SECTION 200810 SYSTEMS TRAINING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes training the Owner's personnel in the operation, maintenance, and management of the fire suppression, plumbing, smoke control and HVAC systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200800 and 200820 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Systems training shall take the form of classroom and field sessions to introduce operation, maintenance and management personnel to Operation and Maintenance Manuals, drawings, and other documents and aids available to operate and maintain equipment. Training shall occur following installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work and prior to final acceptance. Commence instruction periods with approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Factory trained specialists in area of major equipment and system shall present sessions on their specific equipment and system. For control systems specified in Section 230900, representative shall be the technician who performed testing and adjustment. C. Conduct extensive hands -on training during fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems preliminary commissioning so that actual operation and maintenance of equipment and systems could be the responsibility of operation, maintenance and management personnel at completion of preliminary commissioning if the Owner so chooses. Conduct instructions in appropriate sessions. Comply with total minimum hours specified in individual specification sections. D. Conduct a subsequent training session 90 days after occupancy to answer Owner's questions and review training instructions. This session shall also be by factory trained specialists. Include 12 hours for this session. E. Video record training sessions with emphasis of video subject and hands -on equipment operation. Following training sessions, deliver 2 copies of video tape CD /DVD to the Owner. 200810 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 1.3 VISUAL AIDS SECTION 200810 SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Utilize visual aids, such as slides, video and movies. Visual aids shall be made a part of the Owner's permanent files. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SYSTEMS TRAINING A. General: Operator training shall provide a complete overview of equipment, components, and systems with an emphasis on: 1. Documentation in the preliminary Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 2. How to use the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 3. System operational procedures for all modes of operation, including warm -up, cool - down, occupied, unoccupied, start -up, shut -down and similar cycles. 4. Acceptable tolerances for system adjustments in operating modes including noise and vibration adjustments and economy and efficiency adjustment. 5. Procedures for dealing with abnormal conditions including emergency operations. 6. Hazards and safety. 7. Automatic temperature control sequences of operation. 8. Automatic temperature control system interface; including how to implement changes to setpoint conditions and global overrides. 9. Review of maintenance and operations in relation to written applicable warranties, agreements to maintain and service and similar continuing commitments. 10. Seasonal de- commission and re- commission. B. Schedule: Submit training schedule and agenda to the A/E and the Owner for approval 4 weeks prior to first training session. C. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain equipment, systems, and subsystems. Furnish educational materials and tools needed to conduct training sessions. D. Typical Agenda as Follows: 1. Opening remarks 2. Introduction 3. Description of HVAC Systems: a. Air Side: 1) Cooling 2) Heating 3) Ventilation 200810 - 2 of 5 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200810 09819.00 SYSTEMS TRAINING 4) Life safety and Smoke Control b. Wet Side: 1) Cooling 2) Heating 4. Description of HVAC Equipment and Systems (Individual Suppliers Shall Discuss Equipment): a. Wet Side: 1) Refrigeration Equipment: a) Accessory equipment b) Electrical c) Control d) Refrigerant piping 2) Hydronic: a) Pumps b) Chiller c) Piping and valves d) Controls e) Water treatment f) Electrical 3) Boilers: a) Water make -up b) Water treatment c) Piping d) Controls e) Safety accessories f) Electrical 4) Chillers: a) Water treatment b) Piping c) Controls d) Safety accessories e) Electrical 5) Insulation b. Air Side: 1) Air Handling Units and Fans: a) Fans b) Coils c) Heat exchangers d) Controls e) Electrical f) Vibration isolation g) Insulation 2) Duct System: 200810 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200810 09819.00 SYSTEMS TRAINING a) Type(s) b) Pressure(s) c. Controls: 1) System type 2) Purpose 5. Description of Plumbing Equipment and Systems: a. Piping and valves b. Pumps c. Plumbing fixtures d. Plumbing fixture faucets and flush valves e. Trap primers 6. Description of Fire Suppression Systems: a. Alarm valve assemblies b. Piping and valves c. Valve tamper switches d. Review of NFPA 25 7. Walk- through of building (project). 8. Start-up Procedures: a. Seasonal considerations b. Check list c. Emergency procedures 9. Operation Procedure: a. Occupancy considerations b. Seasonal considerations (changeover) c. Manual /automatic d. Emergency 10. Shut Downs: a. Check list b. Normal c. Emergency d. Alarms and resets 1 1 . Maintenance of HVAC, Plumbing, and Fire Suppression Systems: a. Routine b. Preventive c. Service d. Lubrication e. Overhaul f. Factory g. Cleaning h. Access provisions 12. Warranties: a. What they cover. b. How to use them. 200810 - 4 of 5 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200810 09819.00 SYSTEMS TRAINING 13. Spare Parts 14. Tools: a. Normal tools, supplies and equipment. b. Special tools. 1 5. Hands -on operation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC system equipment in conjunction with preliminary commissioning. 16. Sequence of operation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC system during fire emergency. 3.2 RETRAINING A. After fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC system commissioning, instruct Owner's operation and maintenance personnel on changes and reconfiguration which may have occurred during commissioning process. END OF SECTION 200810 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE • MANUALS SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes preparation of mechanical systems Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200800, and 200810 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. General: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. 2. For each component and systems listed in Article "Table of Contents" and furnished and installed by Contractor, include the following (both in hard and electronic format). Include a basic description of systems. B. Product Data and Parts List: Include local source of supply for parts and replacement. List parts and components of equipment stating catalog number (serial number and ratings, such as HP, voltage, and GPM.) and size of part used in or on equipment. Include information pertinent to specific project and annotate each page to clearly identify specific product or part installed and identify data applicable to installation. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Procedures: Include safety precautions and safety features. D. Troubleshooting Guide: Include equipment functions, operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include assembly, installation, wiring diagrams, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions. F. Manufacturer's Service Instructions. Include suggested frequency of maintenance and list of lubricants. 200820 - 1 of 5 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS G. Start -up Instructions with Certificates of Start-up and Verification: Include test data and performance curves, routine and normal operation, regulation and control, shutdown and emergency conditions. H. Final approved submittals. I. Warranties: Copy of each warranty, guarantee, bond and maintenance /service contract issued. Include information for Owner's personnel indicating proper procedures in event of failure and instances which might affect validity of warranties. State warranty start date and duration of components. J. Maintenance and service contracts (if specified). K. Final testing and balancing reports. L. Filters: Include sizes, quantities, and locations. M. Belts: Include sizes, quantities, and locations. N. Fuses: Include list. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01. B. Submit preliminary copy of the Operation and Maintenance Manual in 1 package. Submit the preliminary operating and maintenance manual as part of the initial equipment submital, under separate bound bound cover for review by Engineer and Commissioning Authority. Incomplete, "piece- meal" submittals not acceptable and will be returned unreviewed. C. Submit completed copy of Operation and Maintenance Manuals to the A/E and the Commissioning Authority for review and approval. Submit approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals to the Owner minimum 60 days before instruction periods as specified in Section 200810 commence with review comments and corrective measures identified during these procedures being incorporated. Following instruction periods, incorporate corrective measures and submit final Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.4 TABLE OF CONTENTS A. Plumbing: 1. Fixtures. 2. Flush valves. 3. Faucets. 200820 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 4. Valves. 5. Water heaters. 6. Hose bibbs and wall hydrants. 7. Meters. 8. Pressure Regulators. 9. Backflow preventers. 10. Trap primers. 11. Pumps. 12. Air Compressor and appurtenances B. Fire Suppression: 1. Grooved couplings. 2. Valves. 3. Sprinkler heads. 4. Alarm valve assemblies. 5. Water flow detectors. SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE 410 MANUALS C. HVAC: 1. Boilers. 2. Chillers. 3. Water treatment. 4. Pumps. 5. Valves. 6. Air handling units. 7. Supply Fans 8. Smoke Evacuation Fans. 9. Exhaust fans 10. Variable air volume (VAV) units. 1 1 . Packaged HVAC equipment. 12. Heat Exchangers 1 3. Pressure switches. 14. Backdraft dampers. 15. Electric heaters. 16. Cabinet Heaters 1 7. Expansion tanks. 18. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire /smoke dampers. D. Temperature Controls: 1. Thermostats and temperature sensors. 2. Other sensors. 3. Sequences of operation with final setpoints. 200820 - 3 of 5 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE . MANUALS 4. As -built wiring diagrams including line and low voltage wiring between field components and HVAC control panels and equipment control panels. 5. Point -by -point system verification checklist. 6. DDC programming diagrams. 7. Central operator workstation functions with specific software programming for installed systems. 8. Control valves. 9. Control dampers. 10. Actuators. 11. Variable frequency drives. 12. Airflow measuring units. 13. Equipment. 14. Power backup. 15. Floor plans of building with locations of controllers, actuators, sensors and transformers. 16. Floor plans of building with location of equipment and their controls. 17. Spread sheet showing points and controls associated with a piece of equipment and location of power source. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMAT A. Assemble Operation and Maintenance Manual in 3 -ring binder(s). Use multiple binders if pages in a single binder would exceed 4 inch thickness. Separate binders for each category, such as Plumbing, Fire Suppression, and HVAC. Where one subject matter encompasses more than one binder, differentiate by volume numbers. Include indexed tabs for each binder. B. The Operation and Maintenance Manual shall be provided also in an electronic format (Excel, Word, and Bitmap). Performance data shall be in a spreadsheet format and operation startup and troubleshooting information shall be in a Word document. Diagrams shall be in bitmap format. Assemble Auto CAD drawings so that X -refs are automatically attached. C. Fold drawings to 8 -1 /2 inch size and bind as above (with reinforcing at punched holes) or place in clear plastic holder designed for 3 -ring binders. D. Identify on cover and spine for each binder with printed title such as "PLUMBING ", "FIRE SUPPRESSION ", or "HVAC" OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ", names of project, Owner, general contractor, Subcontractor, Architect, and mechanical engineer, year of project completion. 200820 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS E. Include in each binder and volume material specified in Articles "Scope of Work" and "Table of Contents" for ease of reference and use. Binders shall have a commercial quality stiff cover, metal- hinged, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. F. Include overall table of contents of items submitted organized by system (not by specification section). G. Include heavy, tabbed divider sheet for each category with title on tab. Include table of contents for category, including catalog numbers or drawings numbers if appropriate. H. Include names, addresses and phone numbers of equipment suppliers. I. Include Record Drawings reduced proportionately. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION • • 200820 - 5 of 5 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 202110 PIPING A. Description: Work includes piping and associated appurtenances for piping that apply to multiple systems. Piping specific to a single system is specified in that particular section. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME 831.1, Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping. 3. NSF 61, Drinking Water Systems Components - Health Effects C. Installer Qualifications for Copper Press Fitting Couplings: Installers shall be certified by the pressure -seal joint manufacturer as having been trained and qualified to join piping with pressure -seal pipe couplings and fittings. D. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME BPVC, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of piping, fittings, and associated appurtenances. C. Welding certificates. D. Installer Qualification Data for Copper Press Fitting Couplings. E. .Testing Reports: Pressure testing records. 202110 - 1 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL SECTION 202110 PIPING A. Pressure Ratings: Provide components with minimum pressure rating of 125 psig working pressure. Refer to other sections for higher working pressures. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Pipe: U. S. Steel, Sharon Tube, Vision Metals (formerly Quanex), CSI, Maruichi American (Mac Pipe) National. B. Cgpper Tubing: Cerro, Mueller, Wolverine. C. Steel Pipe Fittings: Anvil International, Mill Iron Works, Hackney, Ward, Phoenix, Allied, Nibco, Tube Forgings of America (TFA), Vogt, Bonney Forge, Stockham. D. Copper Tube Fittings: NIBCO °, Mueller, Elkhart. E. Gaskets: Crane, Garlock, U. 5. Rubber, Anchor, Flexitallic. F. Shaped Nipples: Allied, Bonney Forge. G. Origin: Items shall be manufactured in the United States. 2.3 STEEL PIPING A. Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, standard weight for 10 inch and smaller and 0.375 inch wall for 12 inch and larger, ASTM A 53, Grade A or B, or ASTM A 106, Grade A, B, or C. B. Fittings: 1. 2 Inch and Smaller: 150 pound WSP, black malleable iron, screwed, ASME B16.3 and ASTM A 197; 3000 pound forged steel socket weld, ASME B16.11 and ASTM A 105 II. 2. 2 -1 /2 Inch and Larger: Standard weight, seamless steel, butt welding, ASME B16.9, Grade WPB. C. Grooved Joint Couplings and Fittings: 1. Shall not be allowed. No exceptions. D. Unions, 2 Inches and Smaller: 1 50 pound WSP, black malleable iron, screwed, ASME 16.39, brass seat. E. Pipe Nipples: Same piping material as connecting piping; Schedule 80 for 1-1/2 inch unthreaded length with pipe sizes less than 1-1/4 inch. Close nipples not acceptable. F. Flanges: 202110 - 2 of 9 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING 1. 2 Inch and Smaller: 125 pound WSP, cast iron screwed, ASME B16.1 and ASTM A 126, Class B; 150 pound forged steel weld neck or slip -on, ASME B16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I; 1 50 pound forged steel socket weld, ASME B16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I. 2. 2 -1 /2 Inch and Larger: 150 pound forged steel weld neck or slip on, ASME 816.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I. Flanges facing flat faced cast iron flanges with flat face finish. G. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick compressed non - asbestos material selected for applicable temperature and pressure of systems installed. Full face gaskets for flat faced flanges. H. Joint Compound: Teflon tape. 2.4 COPPER TUBING A. Tubing, Above Ground: Type L copper water tube, hard - drawn, ASTM B 88. B. Tubing, Underground: Type K copper water tube, soft - drawn, ASTM B 88. C. Tubing, Flexible: Soft copper tubing, flexible stainless steel hose, or approved. Rated for design working pressure of application. For natural gas piping, refer to Section 221123. D. Fittings: Wrought copper fittings and screwed adapters for soldered and brazed joints, ASME B16.22; cast bronze fittings and screwed adapters for soldered and brazed joints, ASME B16.18. E. Grooved Joint Couplings and Fittings: 1. Shall not be allowed. No exceptions. F. Copper Press Fitting Couplings: 1. Suitable for Types K and L hard drawn copper tubing for sizes 1/2 through 2- 1 /2 inch and soft drawn copper tubing for sizes 1/2 through 1-1/4 inch. Press -to- connect joint made with pressing tool and jaw sets recommended by fitting manufacturer. NIBCO° Press SystemTM, no substitutions. Contractor shall provide pressing tool and jaw set for all installed pipe sizes to Owner at final completion. 2. Approved by NSF International, IAPMO, UL and compliant with UPC , NFPA 1 3, and NFPA 99. 3. Wrought copper fittings per ASTM B 75 conforming to ASME B16.18 or ASME 816.22. Rated to maximum 200 psig non -shock working pressure for temperature range between minus 20 to 250 F. G. Mechanically Formed T -Drill Fitting Method: 1. Shall not be allowed. No exceptions. 202110 -3of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING H. Unions: Wrought copper solder joint unions, ASME B16.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings, ASME B16.18. I. Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Cast bronze, 125 pound Class, ASME Standards. J. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick compressed non - asbestos material selected for applicable temperature and pressure of systems installed. Full face gaskets for flat faced flanges. K. Joint Compound: Teflon tape. L. Solder Material: 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder or 96 percent tin 4 percent silver conforming to ASTM B 32. Solder for domestic water piping lead free (not more than 0.2 percent lead). Flux water soluble conforming to ASTM B 813. J.W. Harris "Bridgit ", Hardy & Harman, Allstate or approved. M. Brazing Material: Copper - phosphorus alloys, BcuP Series, conforming to AWS A5.8. Solder for domestic water piping lead free (not more than 0.2 percent lead). Flux water soluble conforming to ASTM B 813. J.W. Harris, Hardy & Harman, Allstate, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install piping, fittings, and appurtenances in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum 202110 -4of9 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 2021 10 PIPING joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions or flanges for disassembly and maintenance replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Bushings not acceptable. Align piping accurately at connections, with 1/16 inch misalignment tolerance. Refer to Section 202115 for pipe hangers and supports. B. Install pipe generally sloped to permit drainage at low points, free from sags, bends, and traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work. Refer to other sections for specific installation requirements. C. Location of Piping: 1. Piping plans, sections, details, and diagrams are diagrammatic indicating general arrangement of piping installation. Locate piping and include offsets to avoid interference with building structural members, equipment, building openings, light fixtures, ductwork, electrical work, and other obstructions. 2. Arrange piping to allow access for operation, service, disconnection, and removal and replacement of valves, fixtures, and equipment. 3. In general, maintain the maximum possible headroom in ways of egress, including pedestrian walkways and maintenance aisles, minimum headroom of 6' -8" from floor to bottom of any component. 4. Within buildings, conceal piping in walls and chases and above ceilings except where indicated in the Contract Documents to remain exposed. Do not cover or enclose work until completely inspected and approved. Should Work be covered or enclosed prior to inspections and approvals, uncover work as directed by the A /E. After Work has been inspected and approved, make repairs and replacements with materials as necessary to obtain approval of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 5. Route piping parallel to column lines and perpendicular to floor unless indicated otherwise. D. Flexible Tubing: Install in sleeves below concrete slabs on grade for routing of services to kitchen and laboratory island fixtures and remote equipment. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. G. Install piping to allow application of insulation. H. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. I. Clean interior of piping before making joints and placing in position by blowing clean with steam or compressed air. Maintain cleanliness of piping throughout installation. Install caps or plugs on open ends of cleaned piping. 202110 -5of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.5 SCREWED JOINTS SECTION 202110 PIPING A. Use threads on iron and steel pipes, fittings and couplings in accordance with ASME B31.1. B. Produce sufficient lengths of high quality threads to insure full metal -to -metal contacts when screwed home in fittings. Countersink, ream and dean ends of pipes after threading. C. Make up full connections with not more than 3 full threads exposed, by such method that will not subject pipes or fittings to twisting or cross strains. Lubricate male threads with thread lubricant or pipe joint tape. D. Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. 3.6 SOLDERED AND BRAZED JOINTS A. Comply with applicable provisions of ASTM B 828 or "Copper Tube Handbook" by CDA for soldered joints and "Brazing Handbook" by AWS for brazed joints. B. Cut ends square and remove fins and burrs. Replace dents and damaged tubing with new tubing. C. Remove grease and oil from joints by wiping with clean cloth saturated with suitable chemical solvent. Clean with emery cloth. D. After cleaning, apply non - corrosive flux, apply heat and material and hold joint rigidly until hardened. E. Wipe excess material from exterior of joint before hardening. F. Before soldering and brazing remove stems and washers of valves. G. Braze 3 inch and larger piping. 3.7 WELDED JOINTS A. Weld 2 -1 /2 inch and larger steel piping, (and shaped nipples to existing piping for connection of new piping). Construct joints according to AWS D10.12. B. Bevel piping ends mechanically or by flame cutting. Where beveling is done by flame cutting, thoroughly clean surfaces of scale and oxidation just prior to welding. C. Do not split, bend, flatten or otherwise deform piping before, during, or after installation. During erection, take care to remove dirt, scale, and other foreign matter 202110 - 6 of 9 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING from inside piping by use of pipe swab or pipe "pig" before connecting sections, valves, equipment, and fittings. Where pipe temperature falls to 32 F or lower, heat pipe to approximately 100 F for distance of 1 foot each side of weld before welding, and finish weld before pipe cools to 32 F. D. Replace defective welds at no additional cost to the Owner. Do not repair by adding weld material over defect or by peening. 3.8 COPPER PRESS FITTING COUPLINGS A. Use manufacturer - recommended tool and procedure. Leave insertion marks on pipe after assembly. 3.9 FLANGED JOINTS A. Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and equipment. B. Clean flange faces and install gaskets concentrically positioned. C. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads and tighten bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets. 3.10 CLEANING AND INSPECTING A. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). B. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports, and accessory items. C. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31.1 and ASME B31.9 3.11 FLUSHING A. Isolate equipment from piping during flushing. Provide bypass piping and remove after flushing is completed. Provide cap, plug, or blind flange at pipe connections. B. Isolate equipment from piping during flushing. Provide bypass piping and remove after flushing is completed. Provide cap, plug, or blind flange at pipe connections. C. Remove strainer screens during flushing except those protecting control equipment. Clean screens protecting control equipment during flushing and after flushing is completed. Coordinate with controls system. subcontractor to have automatic control valves fully open during flushing. D. Flush designated piping systems by circulating water through 100 mesh screen at 7 -1 /2 feet per second for 1 hour minimum. 202110 - 7 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 202110 09819.00 PIPING E. Flush heating water and chilled water piping. Flushing and sterilization of domestic water piping is specified in Section 221 1 16. F. Following initial flushing but before the systems are refilled, reinstall strainer screens, coordinate with chemical treatment specialist specified in Section 232500 and provide assistance with chemical cleaning and addition of chemical treatment to the systems. 3.12 PRESSURE TESTING A. Provide equipment and apparatus necessary for tests. Make tests in presence of the A /E. Notify the A/E at least 48 hours before expected tests. B. Test piping systems after flushing, before insulation has been applied and before backfilling. C. Test Pressures and Duration: Test piping systems at pressure of 1-1/2 times design working pressure or at 100 psig, whichever is greater. Maintain test pressure for sufficient time to permit complete inspection of system under test. Minimum 2 hour duration. Test in sections and test entire system when completely installed. D. Test Procedure: 2. 3. 4. 5. Before tests, remove or valve off from the system gages, traps, pressure reducing valves, pumps, and other apparatus which may be damaged by test pressure. Install calibrated test pressure gage in system to observe any loss in pressure. Open normally closed control valves. Test piping at metal temperature greater than 35 F. Open vents, and other connections which can serve as vents, during filling so that is vented prior to applying test pressure to system. air E. Testing Media Requirements: 1. Use clean, fresh city water for hydrostatic testing of hydronic, condensate, and pumped condensate piping. Water temperature shall be not less than 60 F and not greater than 100 F. 2. Use oil -free clean dry compressed air for gaseous piping. 3. Drain water immediately after hydrostatic testing. Vent system while draining to avoid creating a vacuum. Blow out condensate piping with compressed air, including dead legs and low points. F. Test Repairs: 1. Remove materials such as gaskets and bolts damaged during tests and flushing and provide new components. 2. Use new gaskets each time a flanged joint is made up. 202110 -8of9 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING 3. Repair defects which develop during testing and retest piping systems until they show no defect or weakness and are tight. Do not use chemicals, stop -leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. 4. Repair welded joints that are defective in accordance with applicable requirements. Re- examine repaired components by original method to determine freedom from defects, and retest repaired joints. G. Test Records: Make and submit records for each piping installation. Include copies in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Include at a minimum, the following items: 1. Date of test. 2. Description and identification of piping tested. 3. Test fluid. 4. Test pressure. 5. Test duration. 6. Remarks, to include such items as: Leaks (type, location); repairs made on Teaks. 7. Signature and date of person witnessing the test. 8. Certification by Contractor. 3.13 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 202110 - 9 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 202115 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES SECTION 202115 PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes pipe hangers and supports, strainers, thermometers, pressure gages, temperature /pressure test ports (Pete's Plugs), alignment guides, and associated appurtenances for piping that apply to multiple systems. Specialty components specific to a single system are specified in that particular section. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 2. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. NFPA 255, Surface Burning Characteristics Building Materials. 4. UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. MSS Compliance: Comply with MSS SP -58 for materials, design, and manufacture of pipe hangers and supports. Comply with MSS SP -69 for selection and application of pipe hangers and supports. Comply with MSS SP -89 for fabrication and installation of pipe hangers and supports. Refer to MSS SP -90 for terminology used in this section. D. Pipe hangers and clamps and related components installed in ceiling spaces used as a return air plenum shall have ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, and UL 723 with flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item. Include MSS reference in product data for pipe hangers and supports. • 202115 -1 of 12 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 202115 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish factory- fabricated piping specialties recommended by manufacturers for use in services indicated. Furnish piping specialties of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psig WSP to comply with installation requirements. Furnish sizes as indicated with connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Contractor's option. Refer to other sections for higher working steam pressures. B. Except as otherwise indicated, furnish factory- fabricated pipe hangers and supports complying with MSS SP -58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected to suit piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle and shield for insulated piping and where insulated pipe hangers are used. C. Materials: Match piping material at point of contact with piping: 1. Carbon steel, cast or malleable iron for black steel pipe. 2. Carbon steel, cast or malleable iron with epoxy coating galvanized steel pipe and zinc coating for piping installed outdoors. 3. Carbon steel or malleable iron with copper finish or plastic coated, or copper for copper pipe. 2.2 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Horizontal Piping: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevises: MSS SP -69 Type 1. 2. Yoke Type Pipe Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 2. 3. Steel Pipe Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 4. 4. J- Hangers: MSS SP -69 Type 5. 5. Adjustable Band Hangers: MSS SP -69 Type 9. 6. Split Pipe Rings: MSS SP -69 Type 1 1 . 7. Pipe Slides and Slide Plates: MSS SP -69 Type 35, including glide type plate. 8. Adjustable Roller Hanger: MSS SP -69 Type 43. 9. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base: MSS SP -69 Type 46. 10. Trapeze Hanger: MSS SP -69 Type 59, shop or field fabricated made from structural - steel shapes with hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 for formed steel channels. B. Hanger Rods: Hot rolled steel, ASTM A 36. Refer to Article "Hanger Rod Schedule" in this section. 202115 - 2 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 202115 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES C. Horizontal Pipes at Walls: 1. 2 -1 /2 Inch and Smaller: Malleable iron or carbon steel, galvanized, 1 hole clamp. 2. 3 Inch and Larger: Welded steel bracket with ring or clevis hangers. D. Horizontal Underground Pipes Hung from Slab Above: Type 316 stainless steel. E. Vertical Pipes at Walls and Columns: 1. 2-1/2 Inch and Smaller: Galvanized steel preformed metal shapes. 2. 3 Inch and Larger: Welded steel brackets as specified for horizontal pipes at walls, connected with pipe clamps. F. Riser Clamp for Vertical Pipes between Floors: MSS SP -69 Type 8 and Type 42. G. Hanger Rod Attachments: 1. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS SP -69 Type 13. 2. Steel Clevises: MSS SP -69 Type 14. H. Building Attachments: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts: MSS SP -69 Type 18 or UL listed. 2. Top Beam C- Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 19. 3. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 20. 4. C- Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 23. 5. Welded Steel Brackets: a. Light Duty: MSS SP -69 Type 31. b. Medium Duty: MSS SP -69 Type 32. c. Heavy Duty: MSS SP -69 Type 33. 6. Side Beam Brackets: MSS SP -69 Type 34. I. Manufacturers: Anvil International, Unistrut, Powerstrut, Superstrut, PHD, ERICO /Eristrut, Cooper B -Line, Tolco, Simpson Strong -Tie, or approved. 2.3 ENGINEERED SECONDARY PIPE POSITIONING AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. General: Support of piping accomplished by engineered products specific to each application. Typical applications: 1. Vertical and horizontal branch piping serving plumbing fixtures. 2. Piping penetrations through wood and steel stud framing. 3. Trapeze hanger with horizontal piping either above or below the strut. B. Manufacturers: Hubbard Enterprises /HOLDRITE or approved. 2.4 INSULATED PIPE HANGERS A. Description: Hydrous calcium silicate or polyisocyanurate foam (urethane) insulation which covers 100 percent of the pipe and extends beyond overlapping full wrap 202115 - 3 of 12 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202115 PIPING SPECIALTIES galvanized steel or PVC jacket. Thickness of insulation same as specified in Section 200700 for specific pipe systems. B. Manufacturers: Shaw Pipe Shields A4000, Mechanical Pipe Shields Manufacturing for both hot and cold pipe applications or approved. 2.5 ANCHORS A. Anchors: Fabricated of same material as, or material compatible with, pipe being anchored. 2.6 LOW PRESSURE Y -TYPE STRAINERS A. Description: Line size of connecting piping with ends matching piping system materials. Select strainers for 125- psi working pressure. Include ASTM A 666 Type 304 stainless steel screens, unless specified otherwise, with 3/64 inch perforations at 233 per sq. in. and blowout connection with ball valve and capped nipple or gate valve with plug. 1. Threaded Ends, 2 Inch and Smaller for Steel Pipe: Cast iron body. 2. Threaded or Solder Ends, 2 Inch and Smaller for Copper Pipe: Cast bronze body with brass screen. 3. Flanged Ends, 2 -1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast -iron body. 4. For Domestic Water Service: FDA approved epoxy coating on interior and exterior surfaces. 5. Manufacturers: Armstrong, Watts, Crane, Hoffman Specialty, Metraflex, Spirax Sarco, or approved. 2.7 DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND NIPPLES A. 2 Inch and Smaller: Victaulic Clearflow Dielectric Waterway, no exceptions. B. 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Victaulic Clearflow Dielectric Waterway, no exceptions C. Ratings: Select temperature and pressure applicable for the systems in which they are installed. 2.8 THERMOMETERS A. Description: Industrial grade, cast metal case, separable socket construction; non - toxic, colored organic spirit filled glass tube; 9 inch scale length. Range 0 to 100 F with 1 F increments for chilled water piping and 50 to 250 F with 2 F increments for heating water and condenser water piping. B. Thermal Wells: Matched to thermometer stem. Brass, 3/4 inch NPT, extension neck length to extend 1 inch beyond the pipe insulation jacket. Well lengths shall cover a bulb insertion depth inside pipe across a minimum of 2/3 of pipe inside diameter. 202115 -4of12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 202115 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES C. Manufacturers: Ashcroft, Palmer, Trerice, Weksler, Weiss, Marsh, Taylor, Miljoco, or approved. 2.9 PRESSURE GAGES A. Description: 4 -1 /2 inch size, stem mounting, cast metal case without back flange, cast metal threaded ring, phosphor bronze liquid filled bourdon tube, diaphragm seal, white face with black numerals, adjustable pointer. Plus or minus 1 percent accuracy over full scale range. Identify units of measurement by means of a factory- applied inscription on the faceplate of each gage such as pounds per square inch. B. Needle (Gage) Valve: Brass needle valve, 600 psig WSP at 300 F, 1/4 inch NPT. C. Appurtenances: 1/4 inch nipple, reducer, and snubber. D. Pressure Ranges: Maximum gage pressure not greater than 150 percent nor Tess than 110 percent of the anticipated maximum pressure at point of installation. Gages 0 to 100 psig: 1 psig maximum pressure increment per gage mark. Gages 1 to 200 psig: 2 psig. Gages 1 to 300 psig: 5 psig. E. Manufacturers: Lonergan, Weksler, Weiss, Marsh, Taylor, U.S. Gauge, Ashcroft, International Register, Trerice, Miljoco, or approved. 2.10 TEMPERATURE /PRESSURE TEST PORTS (PETE'S PLUGS) A. Description: Brass, 1/4 inch NPT with extension for insulated piping, length to suit insulation thickness. B. Manufacturers: Peterson Equipment Company Type XL Pete's Plugs, MG P/T Plug, Sisco P/T Plug, or approved. 2.11 THERMAL FLEXIBLE LOOPS A. Description: Flexible expansion loop specifically designed for thermal and seismic movement. B. Design: Plus or minus 1 -1 /2 inch movement, imparting no thrust loads to anchor. C. Construction: Two flexible sections of stainless steel hose and braid, 2 -90 degree long radius elbows, and 1 -180 degree long radius return bend. D. Manufacturers: Metraflex Metraloop or approved. • 202115 - 5 of 12 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 2.12 ALIGNMENT GUIDES SECTION 202115 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Description: Cast semi -steel or fabricated steel, factory fabricated, with bolted two - section outer cylinder and base for alignment of piping and two- section guiding spider for bolting to pipe. Size guide and spiders to clear pipe and insulation (if any), and cylinder and length recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. B. Manufacturers: Adsco Manufacturing, Advanced Thermal Systems, Flex -Hose Co., Hyspan Precision Products, Metraflex, Michigan Hanger - ERICO, Senior Flexonics, Pathway or approved. 2.13 PIPE WRAP A. Description: Ten mil thick vinyl, minimum three inches wide. B. Manufacturer: Power Marketing Co., Transfer VID -10, or approved. 2.14 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Select with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated, and to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls or ceilings including pipe sleeve extension. Nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas and prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. 1. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For water -proof floors and areas where water and condensation can be expected to accumulate, cast brass or sheet brass escutcheons, solid or split hinged. 2. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 202115 - 6 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 202115 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structure steel for proper piping support. Install additional supports at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints and at changes in direction of piping. Install insulated pipe hangers for insulated hot pipes 2 inch and larger and for all sizes of insulated cold pipes specified in Section 200700. B. Install hangers, supports, clamps, attachments and engineered secondary pipe positioning and support systems to support piping securely from building structure. Comply with MSS SP -69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible, MSS SP -69 Type 59. Where piping of various sizes to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Use of wire, perforated metal, or scrap framing materials to support piping not acceptable. C. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary insert, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. D. Spacing of Hangers and Supports: 1. Maximum spacing between supports for straight runs of piping listed in Article "Spacing of Hanger and Supports Schedule" in this section. 2. Support polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) pipes at maximum 4 foot spacing for straight runs. E. Pipe Ring Diameter: 1. Uninsulated Pipes: Ring diameter to suit pipe size. 2. Insulated Pipes: Ring diameter to suit outer diameter of insulated pipe hanger. F. Anchoring, Guiding, and Supporting Piping: 1. Anchor and support piping so that expansion and contraction will take place in direction desired without stressing pipe, joints, and connected equipment. 2. Prevent vibration with vibration dampers and prevent undue strains on equipment served. 3. Fabricate hangers used for support of 2 inch nominal pipe size and larger piping to permit adequate adjustment after erection while still supporting the load. 202115 - 7 of 12 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 2021 15 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES 4. Use wall brackets where pipes are adjacent to walls or other vertical surfaces which may be used for supports. 5. Fabricate supports to carry weight of piping and to maintain proper alignment. 6. Install inserts for supports in concrete. Powder - actuated inserts not allowed. 7. Install pipe rollers, alignment guides, and anchors at points where necessary to keep pipes in accurate alignment, to direct expansion movement, and to prevent buckling, swaying and undue strain, and per expansion joint manufacturer's instructions. 8. Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes, and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 are not exceeded. 9. Hang individual pipes and multiple pipes by trapeze hangers separately from roof structure and not from the roof deck itself and not from work of other trades. Hanging pipes from ducts and equipment not acceptable. 10. Install supplementary steel framing as specified in Section 200510 where required for pipe hangers and supports. 11. Install supports for horizontal pipe within 1-1/2 inches of each elbow. 3.5 PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Horizontal Piping: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes. 2. Yoke Type Pipe Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 F pipes, 4 to 16 inch sizes, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, 1/2 to 24 inch sizes, if little or no insulation is required. 4. J- Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 5): For suspension of pipes, 1/2 to 4 inch sizes, to allow off - center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 5. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, 1/2 to 8 inch sizes. 6. Split Pipe -Ring with or without Turnbuckle- Adjustment Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, 3/8 to 8 inch sizes. 7. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 43): For suspension of pipes, 2 -1 /2 to 20 inch sizes, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 8. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS SP -69 Type 46): For support of pipes, 2 to 30 inch sizes if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. B. Vertical- Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 8): For support of pipe risers, 3/4 to 20 inch sizes. 202115 - 8 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202115 PIPING SPECIALTIES 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 42): For support of pipe risers, 3/4 to NPS 20 inch sizes, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. C. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS SP -69 Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS SP -69 Type 14): For 120 to 450 F piping installations. D. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS SP -69 Type 18 or UL listed): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C- Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar -joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. C- Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 23): For structural shapes. 5. Welded Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated Toads: a. Light Duty (MSS SP -69 Type 31): 750 Ib. b. Medium Duty (MSS SP -69 Type 32): 1 500 Ib. c. Heavy Duty (MSS SP -69 Type 33): 3000 Ib. 6. Side Beam Brackets (MSS SP -69 Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 3.6 LOW PRESSURE Y -TYPE STRAINERS A. Install strainers full size of pipelines, in pipe ahead of the following items and equipment, and elsewhere as indicated, if integral strainer is not included: 1. Pumps, unless pump is equipped with a suction diffuser 2. Unit coils 3. Control valves 4. Pressure regulators 5. Solenoid valves 3.7 DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND NIPPLES A. Install at the Following Locations: 1. At black and galvanized steel piping connections to copper tubing. 2. At black steel piping connections to copper headers for coils installed in air handling units, fan coil units, air terminal boxes, and duct mounted heating and cooling coils. 3. At black steel piping connections to bronze valves and similar devices. 3.8 THERMOMETERS A. Install at the Following Locations: 202115 - 9 of 12 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 202115 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES 1. Inlet and outlet of equipment where fluid changes temperatures except where temperature /pressure test ports are indicated on the Drawings. 2. Other locations as indicated on the Drawings. B. Thermal Wells: Install in piping so that thermometer scale is readable by personnel from a normal standing position on floor or grating. Fill thermal well with heat transfer medium approved by thermometer manufacturer. 3.9 PRESSURE GAGES A. Install at the Following Locations: 1. On the suction and discharge of pumps except domestic hot water circulators. Inlet to pump suction diffuser or pump strainer. Install single pressure gage connected through gage valves to suction and discharge connections of each pump and to inlet of pump suction diffuser or pump strainer. Assembly consists of nipples at tappings, needle (gage) valves, couplings, snubbers and tee into gage. 2. Inlet and outlet of pressure reducing valves. 3. Inlet and outlet of reduced pressure backflow preventers. 4. Other locations as indicated on the Drawings. B. Installation: Install (gage) needle valve, and snubber so gage dial is readable by personnel from a normal standing position on floor or grating. 3.10 TEMPERATURE /PRESSURE TEST PORTS (PETE'S PLUGS) A. Installation: Install so that thermometer dial and pressure gage can be inserted and easily readable by personnel from a normal standing position on floor or grating. Where installed in insulated pipes, install with coupling to extend test port through insulation and jacket. B. Installations at Equipment: Install immediately adjacent to the equipment such that there are no fittings between the Pete's Plug and the final equipment connection point. C. Installation at Miscellaneous Devices: Install immediately adjacent to sensors, pressure gages, and thermometers. D. Tag: 1-1/2 inch round tag, 19 gage brass with 1/4 inch letters, labeled "TEST TAP ". Attach with brass chain. 3.1 1 THERMAL FLEXIBLE LOOPS A. Install flexible loops for each service as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Install support of return bend per manufacturer's instructions and in neutral condition. 202115 - 10 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 202115 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES C. Install alignment guides and anchors to direct movement axially into flexible expansion loop. 3.12 ALIGNMENT GUIDES A. Install guides on piping adjoining pipe expansion fittings and loops. B. Attach guides to pipe and secure to building structure. 3.13 PIPE WRAP A. Double wrap underground steel piping and fittings, including riser, to a minimum of six inches above grade. Clean and prime before wrapping. Complete pressure testing prior to wrapping. B. Factory Applications: Provide factory- applied wrapping for straight lengths of pipe, applied spirally wound with half - overlapping. Hold -back not less than 4 inch on each end for field welding. C. Field Applications: Field wrap fittings and field joints. Initially stretch tape to conform with surface while spirally half - overlapping for total of 4 thicknesses. Overlap factory- wrapped pipe wrapping minimum of 6 inch. D. Field Applications at Hangers for Underground Piping: Apply pipe wrap around piping for total of 4 thicknesses and 4 inch length at pipe hangers. E. Inspection: 1. Inspect wrapped surfaces for film thickness and uniformity of tape application. 2. Test wrapped surfaces in their entirety for presence of flaws with electrical flaw and holiday detector at crest voltage of 5000 Volts. 3. Provide calibrated instrument incapable of field adjustment, with calibration within previous 6 months certified by manufacturer or by acceptable testing laboratory (e.g., National Bureau of Standards). 4. Perform test before and after installation. Repair defects and repeat tests. 3.14 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep - pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. Escutcheons not required where sleeves project above floor. 3.15 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, 202115 -11 of 12 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL • 09819.00 • SECTION 202115 PIPING SPECIALTIES test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.16 HANGER ROD SCHEDULE ROD DIAMETER (INCH) PIPE SIZE (INCH) LOAD AT 650 F (POUNDS) 3/8 2 and smaller 730 1/2 2-1/2 and 3-1/2 1,350 5/8 4 and 5 2,160 3/4 6 3,230 7/8 8 to 12 4,480 3.17 SPACING OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SCHEDULE PIPE SIZE (INCH) STEEL AND IRON PIPE MAXIMUM SPAN (FEET) COPPER TUBING MAXIMUM SPAN (FEET) . WATER SERVICES GAS, AND AIR SERVICES WATER SERVICES GAS AND AIR SERVICES 1/2 and smaller 7 8 5 6 3/4 7 9 5 7 1 7 9 6 8 1 -1/4 7 9 7 9 1 -1/2 9 12 8 10 2 10 13 8 11 2 -1/2 11 14 9 13 3 12 • 15 10 14 . 4 14 17 12 16 6 17 21 8 19 24 END OF SECTION 202115 -12 of 12 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION 221 123 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes natural gas piping and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary,Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements:. Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ANSI Z21.80, Standard for Line Pressure Regulators. 2. ASME B31.2, Fuel Gas Piping. 3. International Fuel Gas Code. 4. NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code. 5. Local gas utility company coordination requirements for gas service. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. C. Testing Reports: Pressure testing records. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 200510, 202110, and 202115. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. Furnish materials and products complying with ASME B31 .2 where applicable with pressure rating on natural gas piping system selected for maximum design pressures. 221123 -1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 2.2 INDOOR AND OUTDOOR NATURAL GAS PIPING A. Pipe and Fittings: Comply with requirements in Section 202110. For exposed installations, use steel piping with the following exceptions: 1. Grooved Joint Couplings and Fittings and Teflon Tape on Screwed Connections: Not acceptable. 2. Unions: Use only type approved by UPC and AHJ. 3. Fittings: Malleable iron screwed where acceptable to the AHJ, otherwise forged steel socket weld. 4. Flexible Tubing: Type 300 series corrugated stainless steel tubing (CSST) and flame retardant jacket with compatible mechanical brass fittings acceptable. Gastight Division /Titeflex Corp. or Dumont. 5. Flexible Connector: Type 304 braided stainless steel. Screwed, welded, or flanged ends. CSA approved. UL listed for flammable and combustible gases and liquids. Rated for 1 75 psig at 70 F. Flex -Hose UltraFuel Flex or approved. 2.3 UNDERGROUND NATURAL GAS PIPING (EXTERIOR TO BUILDING) A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 2513, SDR II polyethylene (PE), 60 psi minimum working pressure as approved by local authorities. B. PE Fittings: ASTM D 2683, socket - fusion type or ASTM D 3261, butt - fusion type with dimensions matching PE pipe. C. Where underground steel piping and fittings are required for connections to gas meter assembly and for exposed piping, finish with field applied pipe wrap. Comply with requirements in Section 202115. 2.4 VALVES A. Gas Cocks 1-1/2 Inch and Smaller: 175 psig non -shock WOG, bronze straightway, flat or square head, threaded ends. Include handle. Nordstrom No. 142, NIBCO, or approved. B. Gas Cocks 2 Inch and Larger: 175 psig non -shock WOG, cast iron body, bronzed mounted, straightway cock, square head, flanged ends. Include handle. Nordstrom No. 143, NIBCO, or approved. C. Solenoid Valves: Line size, brass or aluminum body, Nitrile rubber seats and disc, line voltage, two -way, normally closed, manual reset, visual indication. UL listed and labeled and FM approved for fuel gas service. ASCO Red Hat 8000 Series or approved. D. Seismic Shutoff Valves: UL and IAMPO listed and labeled. Rated for 60 psig maximum working pressure. Include visual open /close indicator, manual reset, and preset tripping mechanism. Sensing means shall actuate shut -off within 5 seconds when subjected to 221123 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS horizontal sinusoidal oscillation having peak acceleration of 0.3g for period of 0.4 seconds. Pacific Seismic Products, or approved. 2.5 PRESSURE REGULATOR A. Indoor Locations: Aluminum die cast body, corrosion resistant internal parts, synthetic rubber diaphragm, nitrile rubber self - aligning valve. Valve factory assembled and leak tested. Regulator valve with over - pressure protection device and automatic vent limiting device so that venting regulator to atmosphere is not required. Regulator selected for capacity and inlet and outlet pressures indicated on the Drawings. CSA certified. Comply with ANSI Z21.80. Maxitrol 325 Series or approved. 2.6 GAS METER ASSEMBLY A. By local gas utility. B. Coordinate for meter to be equipped with a pulse signal output for connection to Direct Digital Control (DDC) system specified in Section 230900. 2.7 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. Use cast iron pipe sleeves through exterior walls, both above and below grade. B. Supports and Anchors: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. C. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. D. Vent Cap: Screened type. Clay & Bailey CB -300. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 221123 - 3 of 5 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non - compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 INDOOR AND OUTDOOR PIPING AND COMPONENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. B. Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural gas piping. C. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP -69 and Section 221123, whichever is more stringent. D. Remove cutting burrs before assembling piping. E. Use sealants which are chemically resistant to natural gas on metal gas piping threads. Use sealants sparingly, and apply to only male threads of metal joints. F. Ground gas piping electrically and continuously within project. Bond tightly to grounding connection. G. Install drip legs in gas piping at equipment connections and where required by code. H. Install "Tee" fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped at bottom of pipe risers. I. Install dielectric unions where dissimilar metals are joined. J. Install piping with 1 inch slope in 60 feet (0.14 per cent) in direction of flow. K. For concealed installations, flexible tubing allowed where concealed in stud walls and where installed in vented PVC sleeves below slabs on grade. Install steel pipe for other concealed locations. L. For pressure regulators installed outdoors, pipe vent full size and terminate with weatherproof vent cap or 180 degree fitting with screen. M. Install gas valves at branch connections and risers. Locate to be accessible and protected from possible injury. 221123 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 3.5 UNDERGROUND PIPING INSTALLATION (EXTERIOR TO BUILDING) A. Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural gas piping. B. Install underground, natural gas piping buried at least 36 inches below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Division 32 for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. C. Install underground PE natural gas piping according to ASTM D 2774. D. Apply pipe wrap specified in Section 2021 15 on underground steel piping and fittings. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Connect gas piping to gas -fired equipment item with drip leg, shutoff gas cock, and flexible connector. Do not conceal components. Install gas valves to allow for easy access. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.7 FLUSHING OF NATURAL GAS PIPING A. After completion of natural gas piping installation and prior to pressure testing, flush interior surfaces by injecting dry nitrogen into open ends of piping just prior to making final connections to equipment and utility services. 3.8 PRESSURE TESTING A. Test natural gas piping in accordance with ASME 831.2, and local utility requirements and this section. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.9 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 221123 - 5 of 5 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION 221513 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes compressed air piping, air compressors, receivers, lubricators, regulators, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping, for compressed air piping operating at more than 150 psig. 2. ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping, for compressed air piping operating at 150 psig or less. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 1 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. Include blank copy of test report form. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate (using large scale) details of construction conditions, joints and accessories, dimensions, and finishes. D. Test Reports: 1. Field start -up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 200510, 202110, and 202115. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and 221513 -1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. 2.2 INDOOR COMPRESSED AIR PIPING A. Pipe and Fittings: Comply with requirements in Section 202110 for black steel piping. 2.3 AIR COMPRESSOR A. Description: Factory assembled package with compressor mounted on a vertical receiver. B. Air Compressor: Pressure lubricated, two stage, air cooled, belt driven motor supported on a vertical receiver. Compression main bearings either roller or ball type. Include open drip proof motor mounted on adjustable slide rails. Include pressure gage, gage cock, pulsation dampener, intake air filter, and enclosed belt guard. C. Receiver: Integral, Vertical, galvanized steel, designed for 200 psig and constructed to ASME. Factory air test to 1-1/2 times working pressure. Include safety relief valve, pressure gage, and automatic electronic drain. D. Electrical and Controls: Include magnetic motor starter and high and low pressure switches for single point electrical connection. E. Manufacturers: Ingersoll -Rand, Quincy, or approved. 2.4 REFRIGERATED AIR DRYER A. Description: Non - cycling, refrigerated with hermetic reciprocating compressor, unit mounted starter, air - cooled aftercooler, moisture separator, coalescing after filter, and automatic type drain. Capacity not less than that for the air compressor. B. Refrigerant: R -134a. C. Instrumentation: On /off switch, power on light, high evaporator air temperature light, air inlet temperature gage, refrigerant suction pressure gage, air outlet pressure gage, and air inlet pressure gage. D. Manufacturers: Ingersoll -Rand, ZEKS, Hankison International, Pneumatech, Quincy, or approved. 2.5 COMBINATION FILTER /REGULATOR A. Description: Filter element sintered polypropylene for filtration to 5 microns. Filter with zinc metal bowl. Nitrite seals. Maximum operating condition 250 psig and 175 F. 221513 - 2 of 5 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS Include gage on regulator for range from 0 to 160 psig. Adjustable pressure setpoint over entire gage range. Wilkerson Combination Unit C Series or approved. 2.6 AUTOMATIC ELECTRONIC DRAIN A. Description: Automatic electronic drain, floating seal solenoid, adjustable drain cycle time, adjustable valve open period, 200 psig rated valve, wall mount tabs, 110 Volt. Quincy Northwest Posi -Drain or approved. 2.7 QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS A. Description: Brass, 125 psig working pressure. Female side of coupling (fixed end) with male thread connection and automatic shutoff. Male side with hose stem and ball check. 2.8 HOSE REELS A. Description: Brass, compatible hose, clamps, couplings, and splicers suitable for compressed air service, 1/2 inch nominal diameter rated for 200 psig minimum working pressure, 30 foot length. B. Hose: Reinforced single wire braid, CR- covered hose for compressed air service. C. Hose Clamps: Stainless steel clamps or bands. 2.9 COMPRESSED AIR HOSE A. Description: Multipurpose compressed air hose for use with pneumatic hand tools, 1/2 inch nominal diameter, 50 foot length. Include end fittings for connecting to quick disconnect couplings and to hand tools. Furnish 1 roll of hose for Owner's use. 2.10 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. B. Supports and Anchors: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. C. Pressure Gages: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. D. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. E. Valves: Comply with requirements in Section 200523. 221513 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non - compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. B. Install with minimum uniform pitch of 1/8 inch per foot towards drain. C. Install 6 inch long capped and valved drip leg at bottom of each air drop and at end of each main and branch main. D. Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. E. Install branch connections to compressed air mains from top of main. F. install pressure gage on discharge piping from each air compressor and on each receiver. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Connect compressed air piping to air compressors and to compressed air outlets and equipment requiring compressed air service. 221513 - 4 of 5 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221513 • 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS • • I. Install unions adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine and specialty. J. Apply pipe wrap specified in Section 202115 on underground steel piping and fittings. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF COMPRESSED AIR EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A. Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance. B. Floor Mounted Equipment: 1. Install on level surface. 2. Anchor bolt to housekeeping pads. C. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Connect compressed air piping to mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Install shutoff valve and union for each connection and drain valve on drain connection. Locate unions to allow removal of equipment without piping disassembly beyond union. 3.7 FLUSHING OF COMPRESSED AIR PIPING A. After completion of compressed air piping installation and prior to pressure testing, flush interior surfaces by injecting dry nitrogen into open ends of piping just prior to making final connections to equipment. 3.8 PRESSURE TESTING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200510. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.9 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 221513 -5of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230512 09819.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY - HVAC SECTION 230512 INDOOR AIR QUALITY - HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes flush out (burn -in) utilizing outside air to be completed after Substantial Completion and prior to Owner occupancy after significant finish materials have been installed. Refer to additional requirements in Section 200800. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Section 200500 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Performance Data: 1. Develop and submit a written plan describing how 100 percent outside air flush out will be achieved after substantial completion and prior to building occupancy. 2. Plan shall describe how 60 F building temperature will be maintained at all times, with relative humidity no higher than 60 %. 3. Plan shall also include how operational area air quality will be maintained, including installation and periodic replacement of special filters and what measures will be taken to disable and protect return air openings during flush out periods. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. During construction provide temporary construction ventilation by continuously ventilating affected spaces during installation of materials that emit volatile organic compounds (VOC) and for at least 72 hours after installation. Ventilate longer than 72 hours if necessary to completely remove odors. Exhaust the air directly to the outside: do no recirculate to other enclosed spaces. If continuous ventilation is not possible 230512 - 1 of 3 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230512 09819.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY - HVAC using the building's HVAC system for temporary ventilation, then ventilate via open windows and temporary fans. B. After construction with all new finished installed, install new filtration media and flush out the building continuously, 24 hours per day, using 100% tempered outside air for at least two weeks after substantial completion of construction is achieved and before the building is occupied. Maintain an internal air temperature of at least 60 F and relative humidity no higher than 60 %. If the contractor is required to perform touch -up work during this time, provide temporary construction ventilation during the work and extend the building flush out by a minimum of five days after touch -up intallation. C. Ventilation system shall not operate when dust producing activities are occurring on site. Provide protection of ductwork and air distribution systems as noted in Section 233113. D. Following final flush out, immediately replace filters, types as specified in Section 234100. 3.2 COMMISSIONING COORDINATION A. Building systems commissioning may be performed concurrently with the 14 day flush out period if commissioning is performed during normal work hours not exceeding 8 hours per day. In effect, during each 24 hour period, 8 hours may be devoted to commissioning whereas remaining 16 consecutive hours shall be devoted to building flush out. B. Complete air and water balancing work prior to start of building HVAC commissioning unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner. 3.3 INSPECTION A. Prior to start of flush out period, notify the Owner and A/E in writing that facility is ready for inspection to verify completion. Allow 3 workdays after receipt of such notice for the Owner and A/E to perform the inspection. B. Notice shall certify that finishes have been installed; ductwork, plenums and air handling equipment are clean, and free of dust, oil and other contaminants; air and water balancing have been completed; HVAC components have been tested; and start -up process has been completed. C. The Owner will issue written approval to start the flush out period within 3 working days after receipt of notice or respond with remedial actions that need to be performed before approval can be issued. 230512 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230512 09819.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY - HVAC 3.4 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR OCCUPIED AREAS A. When the building is partially occupied during construction, whether new or renovated facilities, operate the HVAC system to isolate occupied areas from where construction is occurring. B. Protect the existing HVAC outside air intake and return air plenums from pollutant sources created by construction, including equipment exhaust and dust and odor pollution. END OF SECTION • • 230512 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 230900 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Manufacturer: Alerton Technologies, Inc. BACnet system as installed by ATS Automation. Furnish a Microsoft Windows based Direct Digital Control system (DDCS) in accordance with this specification section. Items of work included are as follows. 1. Provide all necessary hardware and software to meet the specified functional requirements. 2. Prepare individual hardware layouts, interconnection drawings and control loop configuration data from project design data. 3. Implement the detailed design for all system input /output points, distributed control and system data bases, graphic displays, Togs, and management reports based on control descriptions, logic drawings, configuration data, and bid documents. 4. Design all equipment cabinets, panels, and the data communication network cables including all associated hardware. 5. Provide all cabinets, panels, and data communication network cables including all associated hardware. 6. Provide all interconnecting cables between supplied cabinets, controllers, and output devices. 7. Provide all interconnecting cables between all operator terminals and peripheral devices (such as printers, etc.) supplied under this section. Route thru existing structures and bury cable from building to building as required. 8. Provide complete specifications for all items supplied by the Vendor from others (such as printers, instruments, etc.). 9. Provide supervisory specialists and technicians at the job site to assist in all phases of system installation, start -up and commissioning. 10. Provide a comprehensive operator and technician training program as described herein. 11 Provide as -built documentation, software, and all DDC control logic and all associated support documentation. 12 Provide variable frequency drives for all equipment, including VAH and AH units and pumps, on project. Refer to Section 23091 5. B. Perform all commissioning pre - functional testing and fill out checklists as described in series 200500, 20800 and 019113 specifications. C. Perform all commissioning Functional Performance testing and fill out checklists/ reports as described 019113 and 20800 specifications. D. Attend Commissioning Coordination Meetings as described in 019113 specifications. 230900 - 1 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS E. Complete Post Construction Checklists as described 019113 and 20800 specifications. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Related work in other sections of the specifications: 1. Section 200500 - General Provisions and Division 1 for general requirements. 2. Division 24 -28 - Electrical. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General Requirements 1. Provide a Distributed Processing System complete with Direct Digital Control (DDC) and Direct Analog Control (DAC) software. 2. All DDC Controllers for terminal units, air handlers, Central mechanical equipment, and Windows based operators' terminal(s) shall communicate with each other and share information. 3. The controls contractor shall assume complete responsibility for the entire controls system as a single source and shall certify that he has on staff under his direct employ on a day to day basis, factory trained technical personnel, qualified to engineer, program, debug, and service all portions of the DDC control system, including central system Operators terminal, global controllers, terminal unit controllers, and all other portions of the DDC control system. B. Basic System Features: 1. Zone by zone DDC control of space temperature, usage scheduling, optimum starting, equipment failure reporting, and override timers for off -hours usage. A zone is the area served by one HVAC terminal unit (VAV box, unit ventilator, zone coil, etc.) 2. Remote Operator Terminal software shall be a Windows v3.1 or later application program. Software shall be multitasking, capable of executing and displaying multiple instances in individual windows while running concurrently with other Windows programs such as word processors or database programs. Software shall completely support Windows v3.1 Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) interface. Software shall strictly follow Microsoft Windows API guidelines. Systems using proprietary software or Windows formats other than above are strictly prohibited. Operation of the terminal software shall be simple and intuitive. 3. Complete energy management firmware, including self adjusting optimum start, demand limiting, global control strategies and logging routines for use with total control systems. All energy management firmware shall be resident in field hardware and not dependent on the Operators Terminal for operation. Operators terminal software is to be used for access to field based energy management control firmware only. 230900 - 2 of 38 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 4. Priority password security systems to prevent unauthorized use. Each user shall have an individual password. Each user shall be assigned which control functions they have access to. 5. Equipment monitoring and alarm function including information for diagnosing equipment problems. 6. The complete system including, but not limited to terminal unit controllers, Global controllers and Operator terminals shall Auto - restart, without operator intervention, on resumption of power after a power failure. Database stored in Global Controller memory shall be battery backed up for a minimum of 30 days. Unitary controllers shall utilize EEPROM for all variable data storage. Batteries on unitary controllers shall not be allowed. 7. Modular system design of proven reliability. 8. Each field panel capable of independent control. 9. All software and /or firmware interface equipment for connection to remote monitoring station from field hardware or the Operators Terminal. 10. Equipment runtime totalization of fans, heaters, boilers, etc., capable of alarm generation and alarm dial out to remote sites. 11. Classroom and office sensors with push button override, local setpoint adjustment and digital display. 12. Field control devices such as terminal unit controllers shall have optically isolated communication lines. Controllers not optically isolated and utilizing a ground referenced communication technique are specifically prohibited. 13. Communication wiring for field control devices shall not be dependent on daisy chaining of communication wiring. Communication wire may be run in star patterns, daisy chained or combination of either, allowing units to be added to a communication line easily in the future. 14. All DDC hardware and software shall be designed and manufactured by US corporations. All hardware shall be UL listed with integral labels showing rating. 15. In addition to the local operator interface, the BAS supplier shall provide web -based access to the system as part of standard installation. User shall be able to access and modify all displays of real -time data that are part of the BAS via a standard Web browser using password security and activity log access that is same hierarchical security scheme as BAS system. Web browser shall tie into the network via owner - supplied Ethernet network connection. Web -page host shall be a separate device that resides on the BAS BACnet network, but is not the BAS server for the control system. BAS server must be a separate computer from the Web -page host device to ensure data and system integrity. The web -page software shall not require a per user licensing fee or annual fees. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE • A. Responsibility: The supplier of the DDCS shall be responsible for inspection and Quality Assurance (QA) for all materials and workmanship furnished by him. 230900 - 3 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS B. Component Testing: Maximum reliability shall be achieved through extensive use of high - quality, pre- tested components. Each and every controller, sensor, and all other DDC components shall be individually tested by the manufacturer prior to shipment. C. Tools, Testing and Calibration Equipment: Provide all tools, testing and calibration equipment necessary to ensure reliability and accuracy of the DDCS. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The latest edition of the following standards and codes in effect and amended as of date of Supplier's Proposal, and any subsections thereof as applicable, shall govern design and selection of equipment and material supplied: 1. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 2. IBC International Building Code, including local amendments 3. UL 916 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Energy Management Equipment 4. NEC National Electrical Code 5. IMC, International Mechanical Code, including local amendments 6. WSEC, Washington State Energy Code B. City, county, state, and federal regulations and codes in effect as of date of purchase. C. Except as otherwise indicated, vendor shall secure and pay for all permits, inspections, and certifications required for his work and arrange for necessary approvals by the governing authorities. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Drawings: 1. Supplier shall submit review drawings, installation and operation instruction and a recommended spare parts list. 2. Drawings shall be standard sizes (24 inches x 36 inches) or (11 inches x 17 inches). 3. Provide submittal drawings as noted in Section 200500. 4. Sequences of operations shall be written as the contractor understands or intends to program the system. Cut and past of the project documents sequence is not acceptable. B. System documentation by the Vendor shall include the following as a minimum: 1. System configuration diagrams in simplified block format. 2. Electrical drawings showing all system internal and external connection points, terminal block layouts and terminal identification. 3. Manufacturer's instructions and drawings for installation, maintenance and operation of all purchased items. 4. Overall system operation and maintenance instructions, including preventive maintenance and troubleshooting instructions. 230900 - 4 of 38 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 5. Complete recommended spare parts list. C. Submit the Commissioning required documents per specification 019113, 200800. D. WSSP Materials Credit M1.0 and M1.1: Submit evidence that materials of this section comply with the requirements of this credit to recycle, compost and /or salvage at least the percentage of the construction, demolition and land clearing waster for the project as a whole as identified in the project score sheet. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall cover all costs for parts, labor, and associated travel, and expenses for a period of one year from substantial completion of the project. B. Hardware and software personnel supporting this warranty agreement shall provide on- site or off -site service in a timely manner after failure notification to the Vendor. The maximum acceptable response time to provide this service at the site shall be 24 hours. C. This warranty shall apply equally to both hardware and software. 1.8 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA • A. Submit in compliance with Sections 200500 and 200820. 1.9 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT • A. After entire heating and ventilating system is operational and prior to system commissioning, calibrate sensing and readout devices and observe the operation of each and every item of equipment, control point, sequence of operation and submit a report that items furnished under this contract are functioning according to the intent of the above specifications. The report shall include a list of all equipment, points, sequences tested and list the readings observed. The report shall be signed by the individual directly responsible for the supervision of the installation of the Temperature Control System. The report shall be submitted prior to commissioning functional testing and a copy shall also be included in the Operations and Maintenance manual. B. Schedule and coordinate with the Section 200593 Subcontractor to have field technician on site to place systems in operation as required and to perform necessary adjustments to facilitate the complete balancing of HVAC systems. The field technician shall be required to be on site for a minimum of fourty (40) hours. Scheduling of the foregoing shall be at time mutually acceptable to the Section 200593 Subcontractor and the Section 230900 Subcontractor as approved by the Architect." 230900 - 5 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1.10 WIRING A. The control system shall be installed by skilled electricians and mechanics, trained and qualified for this work. Electric wiring in connection with the automatic temperature control system shall be furnished and installed by licensed electricians in accordance with applicable National, State and local codes and the electrical provisions of the specification. Supervision and checkout of the system shall be by the Section 230900 Subcontractor. Line and low voltage wiring shall be installed in conduit and in accordance with electrical section of these specifications. B. Provide cabling in conduit, at locations underground, mechanical rooms, walls, floors, non- accessible ceiling spaces, and areas where cabling may be subject to damage. Non - accessible ceiling spaces shall be considered ceiling spaces where cabling is not accessible by removal of suspended acoustical ceiling panels. Cabling in conduit is not required in mechanical mezzanine or catwalk areas. C. Install cabling in cable trays and surface raceway where shown on drawings. D. Install cabling utilizing "D" rings above suspended acoustical ceiling where cable tray is not identified and in mechanical mezzanine or catwalk areas. Install as follows: 1. Provide "D" rings at intervals required to securely support cable and at a maximum of 4' on center. 2. Attach "D" rings directly to building structure. Do not connect "D" rings or cabling to suspended ceiling grid or support wires, other equipment, pipes, conduit or duct work. 3. Do not install cabling at areas where access may be required for equipment maintenance. 4. Install "D" rings and exposed cabling perpendicular or parallel to walls. 5. Install exposed cabling and "D" rings without excessive sagging between "D" ring and other supports. E. Provide suitable cable fittings and connectors as needed to accommodate installation of low voltage cabling at conduit, surface raceway, cable tray, and "D" ring locations. F. Wiring within equipment housings shall be done in a neat and organized manner. Wires shall be routed in bundles arranged to allow easy access. G. Cabling, conduit and raceways shall be concealed in occupied spaces. Exposed cabling, conduit or raceways in finished spaces shall not be allowed. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1 SYSTEM SERVER (FRONT END) A. Hardware/ software requirements 230900 - 6 of 38 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1. 2.8 GHz, P4 desktop CPU (or non -Intel platform equivalent to this) 2. 512Mb of RAM minimum. 3. 80 gigabyte hard disk, 1.44M 3 Y2" floppy drive, SVGA Card with 1024 x 768, 24 -bit True Color, !omega 100MB Zip Drive, 48X CD Rom Drive, 17" SVGA Color Monitor, Keyboard and mouse, 56Kbps EIA -232C Modem with automatic answer /originate capability 4. Operating system for the computer operator workstation server shall be Microsoft Windows NT 5.0, 2000, XP or RedHat Linux 6.0 or Sun Solaris 7.0 5. Internet Explorer 6.0 or later 6. 10Base -T Ethernet Port 7. Printer capable of providing letter quality print. HP deskjet 750 or better. B. Graphical Displays 1. Operator Terminal shall display all data associated with project as called out on drawings and /or point list supplied. Terminal software shall accept either PCX or Windows BITMAP format graphic files for display purposes. Graphic files shall be created utilizing scanned full color photographs of system installation, AutoCAD drawing files of field installation drawings and wiring diagrams from as -built drawings. 2. System shall be capable of displaying graphic file, text and dynamic point data together on each display. Information shall be labeled with descriptors and shall be shown with the appropriate engineering units. All information on any display shall be dynamically updated every second without any action by the user. Terminal shall allow user to change all field resident EMS functions associated with the project such as set points, time schedules, holiday schedules, etc. from any screen no matter if that screen shows all text or a complete graphic display. This shall be done without any reference to point addresses or other numeric /mnemonic indications. 3. All displays shall be generated and customized in such a manner by the local DDCS supplier that they fit the project as specified. Canned displays shall not be acceptable. Displays shall use standard English (or specified language) for labeling and readout. Systems requiring factory programming for graphics or DDC logic are specifically prohibited. All graphics and DDC programming shall be supported locally by the installing contractor without factory dependency or assistance. 4. Digital points shall be displayed as On /Off or with customized text. Text shall be justified Left, Right or Center as selected by the user. Also allow digital points to be displayed as individual bitmap objects on the display screen such that they overlay the system graphic. Each digital point displayed in this manner shall be assigned up to three bitmap files for display when the point is On, Off or in Alarm. For Digital Output points, toggle the points commanded status when the bitmap is selected with the system digitizer (mouse) by the operator (i.e. selecting a picture of a switch or light with the mouse shall toggle the points status and display a different picture). Also allow digital points to be displayed as an animated graphic. 230900 - 7 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 5. Animated graphic points shall be displayed as a sequence of multiple bitmaps to simulate motion (i.e. when a pump is in the OFF condition, display a stationary picture of the pump. When the operator selects the picture with the mouse, the points status is toggled and the picture of the pump rotates the vanes in a time based animation). Allow operator to change bitmap file assignment and also create new and original bitmaps on line. System shall be supplied with a library of standard bitmaps which may be used unaltered or be modified by the operator. Systems that do not allow customization or creation of new bitmap objects by the operator shall not be allowed. 6. Analog points shall be displayed with operator modifiable units. Analog Input points may also be displayed as individual bitmap objects on the display screen as an overlay to the system graphic. Each analog input point may be assigned to a minimum of five bitmap files each with High /Low limits for automatic selection and display of the bitmaps. As an example, a graphic representation of a thermometer would rise and fall in response to either the room temperature or its deviation from the controlling setpoint. Analog Output points, when selected with the mouse, shall be displayed as a prompted dialog box. Selection for display type shall be individual for each point. 7. Analog points may also be assigned to an area of a system graphic, where the color of the defined area would change based on the analog points value. As an example, an area of a floor plan graphic served by a single control zone would change color respective to the temperature of the zone or its deviation from setpoint. All editing and area assignment shall be created or modified on -line, using simple icon tools. 8. A Customized Menu Label shall be used for display selection. Menu items on a display shall allow penetration to lower level displays or additional menus. Dynamic point information and menu items may be mixed on the same display to allow sub displays to exist for each item. Each display may be protected from viewing unless operator has appropriate security level. A separate display security level may be assigned to each display and system point. 9. All dynamic point information shall be updated on the Operators terminal display CRT once every 1 second. Any changes by the operator shall be acted on by devices in the field within 2 seconds maximum. 10. A Mouse or other form of digitizer shall be used to move pointer arrow to desired item for selection of new display or to allow the operator to make changes to point data. 11. Displays may be modified on site or via remote communications. 12. Display resolution shall be limited only by the CRT hardware and Windows software driver only 13. Entire system shall operate without dependency on the Operator's terminal. C. Security System 230900 - 8 of 38 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1. Provide security system that prevents unauthorized use unless operator is logged on. Access shall be limited to operator terminal's functions unless user is logged on. This includes displays as outlined above. 2. Existing Remote Operator's Terminal shall provide security for 200 users minimum. Each user shall have an individual password. Password shall be up to 5 and User name shall be up to 30 alphanumeric characters, case sensitive. Each User shall be individually assigned which control functions and menu items the user has access to. All passwords, user names and access assignments shall be adjustable on -line, at the operators terminal. Each user shall also have a set security level that defines access to displays and also defines what individual points the user can control. D. Anti -Virus Software 1. Provide McAfee anti -virus software on controls system workstation. Coordinate requirements with District's IT staff prior to assignment of static IP address from Owner and connection to HSD network. E. Display of Scheduling Information 1. Display of Weekly schedules shall show all information in easy to read 7 day (week) format for each schedule. This includes all on /off times for each day along with all optimum start information. 2. Holiday schedules shall show all dates that are to be holidays. Holidays shall be shown on the terminal in a graphical calendar format showing all scheduled days for a given month. User shall be able to easily scroll through the months for each year for up to 20 years into the future as a minimum. Each day assigned as a holiday shall display as "All Off" or show "Scheduled" for that day. 3. Event schedules shall be shown in the same graphical calendar format and manner as Holiday schedules. Event schedules allow for scheduling of special events up to 20 years into the future. After event has elapsed, control returns to normal schedule. 4. Operator shall be able to change all information for a given Weekly, Holiday or Event schedule if logged on with the appropriate security access. This includes all information that has to do with optimum start including assignments such as sensors to use and heating /cooling factors. F. Alarm Indication 1. System Terminal shall provide audible, visual and printed means of alarm indication. The Alarm Dialog box shall always become the Top Dialog box regardless of the application(s) being run at the time (such as a word processor). Printout of alarms shall be sent to the assigned terminal and port. 2. Provide log of alarm messages. Alarm log shall be archived to the hard disk of the system terminal. Each entry shall include point descriptor and address, time and date of alarm occurrence, point value at time of alarm, time and date of point return to normal condition, time and date of alarm acknowledge. 230900 - 9 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 3. Alarm messages shall be in plain English (or specified language) and shall be user definable on site or via remote communication. System shall provide a minimum of 20 user definable messages for each zone controlled. G. Trend Log Information 1. System shall periodically gather samples of point data stored in the field equipment (see section 2.2.D) and archive the information on the Operator terminals hard disk. Archive files shall be appended with new sample data, allowing samples to be accumulated over several years. Systems that write over archived data shall not be allowed. Samples may be viewed at the operators terminal in a Trend Log. Trend log displays shall be in spreadsheet format. Provide capability for operator to scroll through all trend log data. System shall automatically open archive files as needed to display archived data when operator scrolls through the data vertically. Display all trend log information in standard engineering units. 2. System software shall be capable of graphing the trend log point data. Software shall be capable of creating x -y graphs that display up to 6 points at the same time in different colors. Graphs shall show point value relative to time. 3. Operator shall be able to change trend log setup information as well. This includes information to be trend logged as well as interval at which information is to be logged. All points in the system may be logged. All operations shall be password protected. Setup and viewing may be accessed directly from any and all graphics point is displayed on. 4. Provide means for operator to export to a comma delimited file format all trend log data for use by other spread sheet programs. Operation of system shall not be affected by this operation. In other words, the system shall stay 100% on -line. H. Energy Log Information 1. System shall periodically gather energy log data stored in the field equipment and archive the information on the operator terminal's hard disk. Archive files shall be appended with the new data, allowing data to be accumulated over several years. Systems that write over archived data shall not be allowed. System shall automatically open archive files as needed to display archived data when operator scrolls through the data. Display all Energy log information in standard engineering units. 2. System software shall be capable of graphing the Energy log data. Software shall be capable of creating graphs in x -y format that show recorded data relative to time. 3. Operator shall be able to change the Energy log setup information as well. This includes which meters to be logged, meter pulse value and what type of energy units is being logged. All meters monitored by the system may be logged. All operations shall be password protected. 4. Provide means for operator to export to a comma delimited file format all trend log data for use by other spread sheet programs. Operation of system shall not be affected by this operation. In other words, it shall stay completely on -line. 230900 - l0 of 38 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS I. Controller Status 1. Provide means for operator to view communication status of all controllers connected to the system. Display shall include controller, status and error count. Status will show if controller is communicating or not. Error count shall show actual count of communication errors between system and controllers in the field. 2. Provide means for operator to reset error count for all controllers to zero. 3. Provide capability to select alarm indication for each controller. J. Configuration /Setup 1. Provide means for operator to display and change system configuration. This shall include but not be limited to system time, day of the week, date of day Tight savings set forward setback, printer type and port addresses, modem port and speed, etc. Items shall be modified utilizing easy to understand terminology using simple mouse /cursor key movements. K. Provide the capability for off -site monitoring at Control Contractor's local or main office. At a minimum, off -site facility shall be capable of system diagnostics and software download. Owner shall provide phone line for this service. 2.2 GLOBAL CONTROLLER A. General 1. Global controller shall provide battery backed real time clock functions. It shall also provide system communications to programmable and application specific controllers as noted in section 2.3 in the field. Global controller shall interface with Operator terminal(s) for information display. Global controllers shall share information in a Peer -to -Peer manner utilizing a high speed LAN communication network. Global Controller shall be capable of 1 Meg baud LAN communication rates. 2. Global controller shall decide global strategies for system based on information from any points in the system regardless if the point is directly monitored by the controller. Program that implements these strategies shall be completely flexible and user definable. Any system utilizing factory pre - programmed global strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on site or downloaded via remote communications are not acceptable. Changing global strategies via firmware changes is also unacceptable. Program executed speed shall be once per second as a minimum. 3. Programming shall be object oriented using control program blocks. Provide documentation in flow chart form for all programming as part of the final system As -Built documentation. Include samples of flow chart documentation in submittals. All flow charts shall be generated with CAD system and automatically downloaded to controller. No reentry of data base shall be necessary. 230900 - 11 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 4. Provide means to view inputs and outputs to each program block in real time as program is executing. This function may be done via the Operators Terminal, field computer, or via modem. 5. Controller shall have a minimum of 1 Mb battery backed Static RAM, expandable to 4 Mb, along with 256 Kb of EPROM. Battery shall retain static RAM memory and clock functions for a minimum of 30 days. Battery shall be a field replaceable lithium type. Battery shall automatically re- charge on resumption of local power. 6. Communication to field devices shall be via four individual two wire communication trunks. Communication baud rate of each trunk shall be individually selectable to 1200, 4800, or 9600 baud. All field devices shall automatically search and detect the communication rate to match the Global controller. All field devices on the communication trunk shall be optically isolated. Ground referenced communications to field devices is prohibited. Routing of communication trunk may be daisy chained, run in star patterns or any other configuration that makes wiring easiest. Global controller shall be capable of communication to all field controllers that manufacturer has made in the past to allow backward compatibility. 7. Controller shall have at a minimum, four (4) additional communication ports in addition to the LAN port. Two of the ports shall be RS -232, one for communication to portable field computer and one for a modem for remote communications. The other two ports shall be RS -485 for connection to a permanent panel mounted display device (see section 2.4 for description), and for future connection to other devices. B. Communications 1. The central system shall use the building Local Area Network (LAN) for communication. The communication between the central server and the controllers shall be BACnet /IP. A router shall be provided, as required, to bridge BACnet /IP and the data link used between the controllers (BACnet over ARCNET or MS /TP). C. Remote Communications 1. Provide all functions that will allow remote communications via modem to off -site locations. Include modem along with all cabling necessary for installation. 2. Provide Windows v3.1 or higher compatible software for off -site computer which allows operator to view and change all information associated with system on color graphic displays if desired. Operator shall be able to change all parameters in this section from off -site location including all programming of global controllers and programmable terminal unit controllers. 3. Global Controller shall have capability to call out alarm conditions automatically if desired. Alarm message and site description shall be sent to off site computer or serial printer. If desired, controller may also send encoded message to digital pager. All Global controllers connected to the local LAN shall be capable of calling out alarm messages through one shared modem connected to one or more of the Global controllers on the local LAN. 230900 - 12 of 38 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 4. Controller shall have capability to call 20 different phone numbers each as a minimum. Numbers called may be controlled by type of alarm, time schedule, holiday schedule or other selectable program parameters. 5. Owner shall provide standard voice grade phone line for remote communication function. 6. Global controller and supplied modem shall be capable of modem -to -modem baud rates of 14.4K baud minimum over standard voice grade phone lines. Lower baud rates shall be selectable for areas where local phone company conditions require lower baud rates. D. Schedules 1. Schedules shall be arranged in a three tiered hierarchy as follows: a. Highest level: Event Schedules b. Middle level: Holiday Schedules c. Lowest level: Weekly Schedules 2. Each Global Controller shall have at a minimum: a. 100 Weekly time schedules (7 day) b. 100 Holiday schedules (400 programmable days each) c. 20 Event schedules (400 programmable days each) d. With 8 schedule entries per day. 3. Each schedule may be assigned to any point, controller, or program in the system. 4. Each schedule (Weekly, Holiday and Event) shall be capable of performing an optimum start. Optimum start calculation shall be based on outside air temperature, zone air temperature deviation from zones daytime heating and cooling set points, and individual zone adaptive heating and cooling coefficients that are adjusted each day based on performance parameters of the individual zone. Each schedule may use identical or individual sensors in its calculations. 5. Holiday schedule shall be provided to allow operation of system based on different schedule on specified holidays. Display of Holiday schedule shall be via a monthly calendar format. Operator shall be able to scroll through months and years. 6. Event schedules shall be identical to Holiday schedule format. However, event schedule shall be a one time action that once that time period is passed, the event schedule shall be erased for that particular day. Events may be scheduled up to one year in advance. 7. Operator may define and setup all schedule information from system terminal, via portable computer on site or via remote communications. This includes all times, dates and optimum start parameters. These functions shall be password protected. E. Logging Capabilities 1. Each Global Controller shall log as a minimum 50 user selectable points with a minimum of 100 samples per point with standard memory configuration. Logging shall be expandable, user defined, with additional memory in global controller. 230900 - 13 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Sample time interval shall be from 1 to 1000 seconds. Sample initiation may be by any of the following conditions: a. Selectable begin and end date and time b. Point COS (Any system point) c. Point Alarm Status (Any system point) d. Schedule ON status (Weekly, Holiday or Event schedules) e. Any point in the system whether it is real or calculated may be logged. 2. Logs may be viewed both on site or off -site via remote communication. 3. Global controller shall periodically upload trended data to Operator terminal for long term archiving if desired. F. Alarm Generation 1. Alarms may be generated for any condition of the system. This includes things such as analog point high /low alarm limits, digital point COS, communication failure to terminal unit controllers, etc. Controller shall have a minimum of 6 alarm types with 7 categories for each type. 2. Each alarm may be dialed out as noted in paragraph B. above. 3. Provide alarm log for viewing of alarms. Log may be viewed on site at the system terminal or off -site via remote communications. G. Graphical Interface 1. The system software shall include a Graphic Programming Language (GPL) for all DDC control algorithms resident in standalone control modules. Any system that does not use a drag and drop method of graphical icon programming as described herein is NOT acceptable. GPL is a method used to create a sequence of operations by assembling graphic microblocks that represent each of the commands or functions necessary to complete a control sequence. Microblocks represent common logical control devices used in conventional control systems, such as relays, switches, high signal selectors, etc., in addition to the more complex DDC and energy management strategies such as PID loops and optimum start. Each microblock shall be interactive and contain the programming necessary to execute the function of the device it represents. 2. Graphic programming shall be performed while on screen and using a mouse; each microblock shall be selected from a microblock library and assembled with other microblocks necessary to complete the specified sequence. Microblocks are then interconnected on screen using graphic "wires," each forming a logical connection. Once assembled, each logical grouping of microblocks and their interconnecting wires then forms a graphic function block which may be used to control any piece of equipment with a similar point configuration and sequence of operation. H. Memory Modules 1. Global Controller data storage memory shall be modular, allowing additional memory to be added in the field (two modules minimum). Additional memory may 230900 - 14 of 38 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS be allocated by the operator to increase the storage capability of any or all routines requiring memory for storage of data. Modules shall be battery backed static RAM in Single In -line Modules (SIMM) or other easily insertable package. 2.3 TERMINAL UNIT CONTROLLERS A. General 1. Provide programmable and application specific Terminal Unit Controller as needed to comply with sequence of operation, point list and drawings. All Terminal Unit Controller units shall be completely stand -alone with no Toss of control if communication with global controller is interrupted. All control parameters, DDC programs and local variables such as setpoint information shall be stored in EEPROM on board each Terminal Unit Controller allowing the operator to change information as desired. Controllers that utilize a battery to backup control parameters, etc., shall not be allowed. 2. All points on drawings, in sequence of operation and on point list shall be connected to and controlled by DDC units. No control shall be done by external devices such as thermostats or analog controls that are not part of the DDC system. 3. Programmable Terminal Unit Controllers shall be used in custom applications such as central plant, built up air handlers, fume hoods or when application specific controllers sequence of operation is not applicable. 4. Communication from Global controller to Terminal Unit Controllers shall be via two wire communication trunk as specified for Global Controllers above. Any type of Terminal Unit Controller shall communicate on the same communication trunk. System shall communicate to one Terminal Unit Controller regardless of whether other Terminal Unit Controllers on the same communication line are powered and connected. Ground referenced communications is prohibited. 5. Global controller shall communicate to all field controllers manufacturer has made in the past as well as currently. B. Programmable Terminal Unit Controllers 1. Each programmable Terminal Unit Controller shall be completely programmable from the system terminal, via field computer or via remote communications. Program execution rate shall be ten times per second minimum (once every 100 milliseconds). 2. This controller shall be programmed to perform custom strategies for system based on information from all points in the field. Program that implements these strategies shall be completely flexible and user definable. Any controllers utilizing factory programmed strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on site, require factory assistance, or cannot be downloaded via remote communications are not acceptable. Changing strategies via firmware changes is also unacceptable. 3. Programming shall be object oriented using program blocks familiar to control specialists for all program strategies. Provide documentation in flow chart form for 230900 - 15 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS all programming. Include samples of flow chart documentation in submittals. All flow charts shall be generated with CAD system and automatically downloaded to controller. No re -entry of data base shall be necessary. As -Built documentation of all software shall be provided to end user in flow chart form at completion of project. 4. Program and program parameters such as set points shall be stored in EEPROM. Battery backed RAM shall not be accepted for this level of controller. 5. All inputs shall be universal in that they accept analog and digital information. Inputs shall be capable of detecting a 0.1 second momentary closure. Analog inputs shall be capable of accepting thermistor inputs, 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC, or 4 to 20 mA inputs. No external hardware shall need to be added for Terminal Unit Controller to accept these different types of inputs. All inputs shall utilize a minimum of 10 bit analog to digital conversion. 6. Every digital output shall have local status indication. Outputs shall have minimum control resolution of 0.1 seconds On or Off. 7. Each of the analog outputs shall be independently switch selectable to output 0 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA. Unit shall be programmable to output a sub range of voltage or current to match the device controlled. Analog outputs shall use 8 bit digital to analog conversion. 8. Terminal Unit Controller may be programmed to control what is displayed on zone sensor display. See section 2.5. Terminal Unit Controller may be programmed to show alpha numeric values on zone sensor display in response to program changes or button presses on the zone sensor. 9. Each Terminal Unit Controller shall provide 24 VDC at 250 mA as a source of power for current transducer sensors in the field. C. Application Specific Terminal Unit Controllers 1. Application Specific Terminal Unit Controllers shall be completely stand -alone controllers for unitary type controls such as VAV terminal boxes, heat pumps, AC units, unit ventilators, etc. All programs shall be resident in controller for complete stand -alone operation. 2. EEPROM technology shall be used for storage of program parameters such as set points, limits, etc., controllers utilizing a battery for backup of program parameters shall not be allowed. 3. All application specific Terminal Unit Controller units shall have capability to use Digital display zone sensor, or thermistor type zone sensor as listed in section 2.5. 2.4 OPERATOR FIELD INTERFACE DEVICE A. Hardware 1. Furnish for temporary use during balancing and commissioning: Field Service Laptop with modem to communicate to global controller via RS -485 at 38.4K baud minimum. R5 -232 port shall be available for reprogramming displays. This port 230900 - 16 of 38 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS shall be accessible without removing any covers from unit. Laptop shall be at a minimum, Dell Pentium III, 128 Meg RAM, and a 10 Gig Hard Drive or approved equal, 14" viewable screen monitor. Include modem and software for remote dialup of all Grandview SD sites. 2. Provide Ethernet card and software to connect to the campus LAN network. 2.5 SENSORS A. Duct and Immersion Sensors: Temperature sensors shall be 1,000 OHM resistance type, providing a linear OHM per degree Fahrenheit characteristic change and shall be housed as required for the specific application. Averaging Sensors of five feet in length and shall be installed in such a manner so as to sense a representative sample of the medium being controlled. Accuracy of measured versus installed device shall be within 0.25degF. B. Low Limit Thermostats: Low limit thermostats shall be of the auto reset type. All freeze protection shall be provided with a sensing element which shall respond to the lowest temperature sensed by any one foot section of its element. A separate contact shall be provided for monitoring by the DDC System. All low limit thermostats shall be located downstream of each heating coil and shall close the outside air damper, send a alarm to the EMS, turn off the fan and open the heating valve if the temperature at its sensor drops below 40 °F (adjustable at freezestat). The reset button on the freezestat must be manually reset after three automatic trips to restore unit operation. Low limit thermostat function must be hard wired and not rely on the EMS controls for unit coil protection. Outside air dampers shall close via the spring return feature due to a loss in power to the actuator, not because of a command from the controller. Accuracy of measured versus installed device shall be within 0.25degF. C. Differential Air Pressure Transmitters: Differential air pressure type, adjustable 0.1" w.g. to 2.0" neoprene diaphragm. D. Outdoor Temperature Sensors: Temperature sensors shall be 1,000 OHM resistance type for outdoor use and with a conduit connector. E. CO2 Sensors: Sensor shall be mounted in the return air duct. It shall have a single beam non dispersive infrared sensing element with a range of 0 to 2500 PPM CO2 and accuracy no Tess than ± 50 PPM with no more than 2% output drift. It shall output a 4 -20 mA or 1 -5 VDC signal and have a life expectancy of at least 5 years of normal service and require calibration no more than once a year. Sensor shall be equal to Ventostat or approved substitute. F. Room Temperature Sensors/ Transmitters: Provide universal BAPI transmitter with Aspirating SS wall plate. Provide occupancy override buttons for all areas. Thermistor: 10 K ohm, -55 to 1 50degC operating range, .02degC drift maximum/ year, 3mW /degC Dissapation. 230900 - 17 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS G. Differential Pressure Transmitters: Differential pressure transmitters shall be pre - spanned for the medium being measured yielding a 4 to 20mA output signal. Submit chosen spans for review. Transmitter element shall be equipped with barbed fittings for 1/4" plastic tubing. H. Occupancy Sensors: Provide connection to extra contact, relay, and programming as required to receive occupancy signal from Div 24 -28 furnished motion detectors. I. Current Sensing Relays: Hawkeye H608 or approved equal. J. Air Flow Switch: The units used for air shall have a single -pole, single -throw (SPST) contact, adjustable setpoint, UL rated 9.8 amperes at 120 volts, and shall be Johnson Controls P32 Series or equal. K. Water Flow Switch: The units used for water shall have a single -pole, single -throw (SPST) contact, adjustable setpoint, UL rated 6 amperes at 120 volts, 100 prig design, and shall be Johnson Controls P74 Series with automatic reset, or equal. Each switch shall be provided with isolation and drain valves. 2.6 CONTROL DEVICES A. Valves shall be 2 -way and 3 -way as provided by Section 235200 and 232133. Provide actuators for all control valves on project. Coordinate actuator requirements with control valve manufacturer prior to order and install. 2.7 VALVE AND DAMPER ACTUATORS A. Gear Train Type: Actuators shall be heavy duty reversible type. Actuators shall be proportional or two position as required. Proportional actuators shall have a built -in electro- mechanical system to provide for positive repeatability of position, regardless of changes in output load. Actuators incorporating a force balanced feedback, hydraulic, or heat type positioner are not acceptable. Provide spring return actuators on all dampers to normally open or normally closed to suit application. Provide manual gear release on all actuators for positioning of damper or valve in actuator should fail. All actuators shall be installed per the manufacturers recommendations. Actuators shall be covered by a two year unconditional warranty from the substantial completion date. Manufacturer: Belimo in compliance with the above requirements or equal Delta -P. Actuators manufactured by Belimo but marketed under a different name shall be acceptable equals. B. All outside air and return air damper actuators shall be positive feedback type. The actual position of these actuators shall be reported back to the operators terminal and displayed. C. Actuator Fail Safe Requirements: 230900 - 18 of 38 • • t • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1. Spring Return Actuators: Provide spring return actuators for all economizer dampers, 100% outside air dampers, steam control valves, heating control valves on air handling units with unconditioned outside air, and where noted elsewhere. In general, upon loss of power to the actuator, air handler heating valves shall fail to an open position and outside air dampers shall fail to a closed position. 2. Non - Spring Return Actuators: Non - spring return actuators are acceptable for VAV box dampers, hot water valves at terminal units where the outside air is conditioned from a central air handler, chilled water valves, central plant hot water 3 -way mixing valves and large, central plant control valves (so adequate shutoff can be achieved), and where noted elsewhere. D. Auxiliary Devices: 1. End Switches: Provide built -in and adjustable auxiliary end switches for safety position indication on 100% outside air dampers and where noted elsewhere. Actuators with auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. 2. Feedback: Provide analog (2 to 10 VDC) position indication for feedback or master - slave applications and where noted elsewhere. E. Actuator Control Signals 1. Two - Position (24/120/230 VAC): Provide for open -close applications. 2. Floating Point / Triac (24 VAC / VDC): Acceptable for terminal unit control valves, VAV box dampers, and applications not requiring modulating proportional control. 3. Modulating Proportional (2 -10 VDC / 4- 20mA): Provide for all modulating applications on economizer dampers, central plant heating /cooling valves, and control valves over 2 ". F. Actuator Sizing 1. Damper torque loadings used in selecting the correct size actuator should be provided by the damper manufacturer. If this information is not available the following general selection guidelines should be used: Damper Type Torque Loading Opposed Blade, without edge seals, for non -tight close -off applications 3 in-lb/sq. ft. Parallel Blade, without edge seals, for non -tight close -off applications 4 in-lb/sq. ft. Opposed Blade, with edge seals, for tight close -off applications 5 in-lb/sq. ft. Parallel Blade, with edge seals, for tight close -off applications 7 in-lb/sq. ft. 230900 - 19 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 2. The above torque loadings will work for most applications under 2 in. w.g. static pressure or 1000 FPM face velocity. For applications between this criteria and 3 in. w.g. or 2500 FPM the torque loading should be increased by a multiplier of 1.5. If the application call for higher criteria up to 4 in w.g. or 3000 FPM use a multiplier of 2.0. Control valve actuators shall be capable of providing the minimum torque required for proper valve close off for the required application. G. Spring Return Actuators 1. Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no crank -arm and linkage and can be capable of direct mounting to a shaft. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either clockwise or counter - clockwise fail -safe operation and shall provide visual indication of rotation position. Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuator housing shall be zinc coated metal for protection in rugged environments. Actuators shall be UL listed and CSA certified, have a two year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Belimo or approved equal. H. Non - Spring Return Actuators 1. Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no crank -arm and linkage and can be capable of direct mounting to a shaft. Actuators shall have a manual override button on the cover and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall provide visual indication of rotation position. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be UL listed and CSA certified, have a two year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Belimo or approved equal. 2.8 CONTROL DAMPERS A. Frames and blades material: Galvanized steel shall be used for all dampers unless noted otherwise. Aluminum shall be used in special applications for increased corrosion resistance as noted elsewhere. Provide aluminum frames and blades at all science rooms and shops. B. Blades types: Triple -V- groove blades shall be used for air velocities of 1500 feet per minute and below. Airfoil Blades shall be used in special applications for high air static pressure and high flow rate systems where increased blade strength, reduced static pressure loss, tighter sealing ability and reduced noise is desired and noted elsewhere. C. Blade Configuration: Opposed blades shall be used for modulating damper applications. Parallel blades shall be used for two - position, open /close damper applications. D. Blade and Jamb Seals: Provide blade and jamb seals on all dampers. 230900 - 20 of 38 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS E. Thrust Bearings: Provide thrust bearings for installations with vertical blade orientation. F. Very Low Leakage Control Damper (Triple -V- Groove Blades): 1. Frame: 5 "x1 "xl 6 gauge galvanized steel hat channel reinforced with corner braces for structural strength equal to 13 gauge channel frames. Low profile 3- 1 /2 "x3 /8 "xl 6 gauge galvanized steel channel top and bottom frame on dampers under 13" high. Finish shall be milled. 2. Blades: 6" wide, 16 gauge galvanized steel approximately 6" on center. Parallel or opposed action. 3. Seals: PVC coated polyester fabric mechanically locked into blade edge. 4. Jamb shall be flexible metal, compression type. 5. Bearings: Synthetic. 6. Linkage: Concealed in frame. 7. Axles: Y2" plated steel hex. 8. Control Shaft: 6" x Y2" diameter. Outboard support bearings supplied with all single section dampers for field mount actuators. Factory- installed jackshaft supplied with all multiple section dampers. 9. Temperature Limits: -25F to 1 80F. 10. Performance: When tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500, the damper shall exhibit low leakage rates that meet 10 cfm /sf at 4" w.g. or Y2% maximum leakage level. 1 1 . Type: Ruskin Model RCD -46 Very Low Leakage Control Damper or approved equal. G. Ultra Low Leakage Control Damper (Airfoil Blades): 1 Frame: S "xl "x16 gauge galvanized steel hat channel reinforced with corner braces for structural strength equal to 13 gauge channel frames. Low profile 3- 1 /2'x3/8 "xl 6 gauge galvanized steel channel top and bottom frame on dampers under 12" high. Finish shall be milled. 2. Blades: Galvanized steel airfoil shaped, double skin construction of 14 gauge equivalent thickness, 6" wide. Blade extensions may be used on top and /or bottom blades to meet damper size requirements without diminishing free area. Parallel or opposed blade action. 3. Seals: Santoprene blade edge seals and flexible metal compression jamb seals. 4. Bearings: Stainless steel sleeve. 5. Linkage: Concealed in frame. 6. Axles: Y2" plated steel hex. 7. Control Shaft: 6" x Y2" diameter - removable. Outboard support bearings supplied with all single section dampers for field mount actuators. Factory - installed jackshaft supplied with all multiple section dampers. 8. Temperature Limits: -81 F to 302F. 9. Performance: When tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500, the damper shall exhibit low leakage rates that meet the ultra -low 2.0 cfm /sf at 1" w.g. level. 10. Type: Ruskin Model RCD -60 Ultra Low Leakage Control Damper or approved equal. 230900 - 21 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS H. Relays and Signal Transmitters: All necessary relays, contacts and interface devices shall be furnished to make a full and operable system. I. Duct Smoke Detectors furnished and wired to fire alarm system by Division 24 -28; installed by 233113 and wired to engage fan shutdown sequence by 230900. 2.9 OSA FLOW MONITORING STATIONS A. Furnish for all VAH units as indicated on the mechanical schedules. B. Shall be Ebtron Gold Series model GP1, Tek -Air, or approved equal, sized for OSA duct as indicated on HVAC plans. C. Coordinate accessible location in mechanical attic at OSA duct with Section 233113 Contractor for install. D. Verify calibration of flow monitoring station for accuracy with Section 200593. 2.10 POWER MONITOR /kWH TRANSDUCER A. Shall be "WattNode" 3 -phase pulse output power monitor, or approved equal, available through Continental Control Systems, 888 - 928 -8663. Provide complete with split core current transformers selected for compatibility with the electrical panel's current rating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections installation and programming required to insure a complete operating system in accordance with the sequences of operation and point schedules. Provide at least 10 assignable analog or digital points in reserve to be assigned as directed by the Architect. C. Provide all interlock and control wiring. All wiring shall be installed in a neat and professional manner in accordance with Division 24 -28 and all state and local electrical codes. D. Control wiring shall not be installed in power circuit raceways. Magnetic starters and disconnect switches shall not be used as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the Owner's Representative prior to rough -in. 230900 - 22 of 38 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS E. All control wiring in the mechanical, electrical, telephone and boiler rooms to be installed in raceways. All other wiring to be installed in a neat and inconspicuous manner as approved by the Architect and per local code requirements. F. The "Sequence of Operation" shall be as hereinafter specified. Provide night setback operation for each room to maintain lowered building temperature of 55 degrees F. (adjustable) during unoccupied periods (verify setback temperature with Architect). Outside air dampers shall remain closed during unoccupied, warm -up, and non - ventilation periods. Upon receipt of a fan status alarm from a current sensor, for any fan, the alarm status shall be displayed at the specified locations, but no action shall be commanded at the equipment. The software commands from the EMS to the fan shall continue to function as if there were no alarm condition received from the current sensor. MINIMUM INFORMATION AT THE TERMINAL UNITS: Calculated Set Point Equipment Failures /alarms Mixed Air Temperature Discharge Temperature Holiday Schedules Override Timer Status Economizer Status -On /Off Control Valve Position (commanded) Commanded VFD Frequency (VAV Unit Only) FOR ALL AIR HANDLER AND BLOWER COIL Fan Status (via current sensor) Outside air percentage Occupied /Unoccupied Mode Time Schedules Output Status Low Limit T -stat Alarm Override Timer Value Damper Position (commanded) MINIMUM INFORMATION AT THE TERMINAL FOR ALL VAV TERMINAL UNITS: Fan Status (via current sensor) Equipment Failures /alarms Override Timer Value Control Valve Position (commanded) Actual Airflow Max Airflow Damper Position (commanded) Override Timer Status Discharge Temperature Output Status Min Airflow 1. All required display information, for each unit, shall be displayed at the same time on one screen. (Except time and holiday schedules). 3.2 SPARE PARTS LIST A. Provide owner with recommended spare parts list. 3.3 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Variable Air Volume Air Handling Units (VAH-01, 02 and 04) 1. Air handling unit supply fan and return /exhaust fan will operate on their own controls during occupied hours and will shut off during unoccupied hours, or as scheduled. During occupied hours, the outside air and relief air dampers will open to minimum position and the return air damper will operate coordinately. During 230900 - 23 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS unoccupied hours, the outside air and relief air dampers will be fully closed and the return air damper will be fully open. 2. During occupied hours and under full cooling load, the supply fan variable frequency drive will modulate to maintain the static pressure in the supply ductwork at 1.0" WG, or as set (adjust static pressure in coordination with 200593 to maintain worst case individual terminal unit performance under full design airflow). The supply ductwork static pressure will be sensed at a location approximately 2/3 of way down the main supply ductwork. As cooling demand decreases, the EMS shall reset the supply duct static pressure down, while maintaining the worst case terminal unit performance (where applicable) with fully open terminal unit primary air damper. On units with return /exhaust fans, the return /exhaust variable frequency drive will modulate to maintain the static pressure in the building at 0.05" WG above atmospheric pressure, or as set. The space static pressure sensor will be located in a representative location in the building corridor. Unit OSA and return air dampers will modulate off signal from Ebtron flow monitoring station to maintain constant minimum ventilation air requirement regardless of VFD fan speeds. 3. The return fan shall run whenever the supply fan runs. The return fan VFD shall modulate in unison with the supply fan VFD. The return fan VFD shall not exceed the supply fan VFD and shall have the capability of tracking at 80% (adjustable) of the supply fan VFD speed. Return fan speed shall prioritize fan speed to track off supply fan and shall only decrease in speed if static pressure sensor in corridor off space being served drops below atmospheric pressure or as set. Coordinate and show locations of static pressure sensors in space with Engineer during production of control drawing submittals. 4. During occupied hours, on a call for cooling, the outside air, and return air dampers will modulate in economizer mode to maintain the air handling unit, leaving air temperature at setpoint conditions. During this mode of operation the EMS will override the outside air monitoring system, and command the dampers to open beyond the minimum outside air position. The leaving air temperature setpoint will be reset based off the terminal zone having the greatest cooling demand. If the greatest cooling output is greater than 95% (adjustable), and the DAT setpoint is greater than the lower limit of the DAT reset range (adjustable); then decrease the DAT setpoint by 1F (adjustable). If the greatest cooling output is Tess than 85% (adjustable), and the DAT setpoint is Tess than the upper limit of the DAT reset range (adjustable); then increase the DAT setpoint by 1F (adjustable). Poll for reset every 10 minutes. When economizer operation alone cannot maintain setpoint conditions, cooling coil valve will modulate to maintain setpoint conditions. When the outside air temperature rises above the return air temperature, or as set, the outside air and relief air dampers will return to minimum position. The return air damper will operate coordinately, and cooling coil valve will modulate to maintain setpoint conditions. During unoccupied hours, cooling will be locked out. 5. During unoccupied hours, on rise above the occupied hours cooling temperature setpoint, and if the outside air temperature is at least 8 degrees F (or as set) below 230900 - 24 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS the ventilation temperature setpoint, air handling unit fans will start. The outside air and relief dampers will fully open. The return air damper will fully close and cooling operation will remain locked out. When the space temperature is below the ventilation temperature, setpoint air handling unit fans will stop, the outside air and relief dampers will fully close, the return air damper will fully open and the system will return to unoccupied mode operation. 6. During unoccupied hours, if any zone space temperature falls below night low limit temperature, the supply fan will start. The Preheat coil valve will modulate to maintain the air handling unit, leaving air temperature (normally preheating not required) The outside air and relief air damper will remain closed, and heating coil valves at the variable air volume terminals will operate to maintain the space temperature at night low limit conditions. When night low limit conditions are satisfied, the supply fan will shut off and the system will return to unoccupied mode operation. 7. During occupied hours in the heating mode, the minimum outside air CFM and outside air damper will be controlled by an outside air monitoring system. The return air damper will operate coordinately with the outside air damper. The Preheat coil valve will modulate to maintain the air handling unit, leaving air temperature (normally preheating not required). For mixed air low limit control in heating mode, fan speed shall increase to 60% of max speed (adjustable), while maintaining min O.A. damper position to allow minimum 45° F (adjustable) mixed air temperature. If setpoint cannot be maintained by increase in fan speed, O.A. damper shall modulate closed to maintain mixed air temperature above 45° F. 8. Prior to the beginning of occupied hours, and if the space temperature is below the occupied hours heating setpoint, air handling unit fans will start using an adaptive optimum start -time logic. The outside air and relief air dampers will remain closed to restore the space temperature to the occupied hours heating setpoint. The system then will return to occupied mode operation as scheduled. 9. Provide high duct static pressure sensor and EMS alarm for safety shut -down of all units. Adjust setpoint 0.5 "WG higher than balanced cooling condition setpoint, not to exceed 2.0 "WG. 10. Low Temp Safeties: To ensure proper space temperature control, freeze protection, and prevent nuisance trips of low limit freezestats during extremely cold times; all VAH units shall provide programming to allow for minimum 45 °F (adjustable) mixed air temperature to the unit. Upon sensing mixed air temperature of less than this value, the air handling unit OSA and RA dampers shall modulate to maintain this minimum setpoint. B. VARIABLE VOLUME AIR HANDLING UNITS NOT SERVING VAV UNITS (VAH -03 only) 1. GENERAL: Each unit shall operate via DDC controller. The occupied/ unoccupied signal shall be received from the central control system optimal start program. Each unit shall have a discharge air temperature sensor. Each unit shall have a room 230900 - 25 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS sensor with a push button for after hours operation which when pressed will operate its respective zone in the occupied mode for 1 hour (adjustable). THIS OVERRIDE FUNCTION SHOULD BE EASILY ENABLED OR DISABLED THROUGH THE COS. The after hours time and zone set points shall be set at the LOS or COS. Supply and return fan speed is controlled by a variable frequency drive, which receives its input signal from zone temperature setpoint and mixed air temperature. 2. OCCUPIED: On an optimized signal to change from the unoccupied to the occupied mode, the supply and return fan shall be turned on at full speed, the outside air dampers remain closed, return air damper open, and the heating or cooling valve at each coil shall modulate open to meet the system demand based on temperature in the zones served. Upon reaching the occupied start time each coil shall maintain discharge air setpoint temperature and dampers shall modulate to minimum outside air position and mixed air temperature. As the fan speed changes, the outside air dampers must also change position to maintain the minimum outside air volumes. The EMS shall calculate total OSA air volume based off mixed air temperature algorithm utilizing return air and outside air temperature sensors. The unit shall be placed into heating mode, economizer mode or cooling mode; whichever is required to maintain the room temperature setpoint. The Fan shall operate at low speed for all heating modes. When heating is required, the valve shall modulate open to maintain the room air temperature setpoint. Upon call from CO2 sensor for more OSA, fan speed shall increase to maintain minimum 55° F, adjustable, mixed air temperature. When cooling is required, the VAH fan shall operate at low speed and shall increase as required to maintain space temp for cooling load based on a 55 -60 degree F discharge air temperature. If the discharge air setpoint cannot be achieved by economizer cooling or if the outside air temperature is above the economizer setpoint, the outside air dampers shall be positioned to minimum and the cooling coil valve shall modulate open to maintain the discharge air setpoint. During any cooling mode of operation the discharge air temperature shall not drop below 55° F. 3. UNOCCUPIED: During the unoccupied mode, the unit fans shall be off with the OA damper closed and return air damper open. Fans and heating control valve shall cycle as required to maintain room night setback temperatures. Cooling modes shall not operate during unoccupied periods. 4. FIRE ALARM: On a general signal from the fire alarm panel to the EMS, the fan shall shut down and the outside air damper will close. 5. CO2 VENTILATION CONTROL: A return duct mounted CO2 sensor, mounted in accessible location, shall drive the outside damper open when necessary to maintain CO2 setpoint. When the O.A. dampers reach 50% open, the fan(s) speed shall be increased with dampers remaining at 50% until CO2 setpoint is satisfied. In heating mode, fan speed shall increase, regardless of damper position, with O.A. damper position to allow for minimum 50° F (adjustable), mixed air temperature. C. Constant Volume Blower Coil and Air Handling Units (AH -01 through 31) 230900 - 26 of 38 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1. Air handling unit supply fan and return fan will operate on its own controls during occupied hours and will shut off during unoccupied hours. As scheduled, during occupied hours, the outside air damper will open to minimum position and the return air damper will operate coordinately. During unoccupied hours, the outside air damper will be fully closed and the return air damper will be fully open. 2. During occupied hours, on a call for cooling, the outside air and return air dampers will modulate in economizer mode to maintain the space temperature at setpoint conditions. When economizer operation alone cannot maintain setpoint conditions, cooling coil valve will modulate to maintain setpoint conditions. When the outside air temperature rises above the return air temperature, or as set, the outside air damper will return to minimum position. The return air damper will operate accordingly and way cooling coil valve will modulate to maintain setpoint conditions. During unoccupied hours, cooling operation will be locked out. 3. During occupied hours, on a call for heating, the heating coil control valve will modulate to maintain the space temperature at setpoint conditions. During unoccupied hours, if the space temperature falls below night low limit temperature, the supply and return fan will start, the outside air damper will remain closed and the heating coil control valve will modulate to maintain space temperature at night low limit conditions. When night low limit conditions are satisfied, the fans will shut off and the system will return to unoccupied mode operation. In occupied heating mode, O.A. damper shall modulate to partially closed position as required to maintain a minimum mixed air temperature of 45° F (adjustable) or above. 4. Where zone served by the air handler has an occupancy sensor for lighting control, the EMS shall connect to the auxiliary contact on the occupancy sensor and monitor for room occupancy. When the occupancy sensor signals an unoccupied room, the EMS shall close the outside air damper, run the fan and cycle control valve to maintain room temperature occupied setpoint, heating and cooling. Economizer cooling shall remain enabled if outside air temperatures allow as such for cooling mode of operation. Upon an occupied signal from the occupancy sensor the air handler shall return to normal occupied mode of operation for minimum ventilation air. 5. During scheduled unoccupied hours, on rise above the un- occupied hours cooling temperature setpoint, and if the outside air temperature is at least 5 degrees F (adjustable) below the ventilation temperature setpoint, air handling unit fans will start. The outside air damper will fully open, the return air damper will fully close and cooling operation will remain locked out. When the space temperature is below zone unoccupied temperature setpoint, air handling unit fans will stop, the outside air damper will fully close. The return air damper will fully open and the system will return to unoccupied mode operation. 6. Prior to the beginning of occupied hours, and if the space is below the occupied hours heating setpoint, air handling unit fans will start using an adaptive, optimum start -time logic. The outside air and relief air dampers will remain closed to restore 230900 - 27 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS the space temperature to the occupied hours heating setpoint. The system then will return to occupied mode operation as scheduled. 7. Each unit shall have a room sensor with a push button for after hours operation which when pressed will operate its respective zone in the occupied mode for 1 hour (adjustable). THIS OVERRIDE FUNCTION SHOULD BE EASILY ENABLED OR DISABLED THROUGH THE COS. 8. Units are direct drive and shall be supplied with VFD for fan speed balancing only. 9. Low Temp Safeties: To ensure proper space temperature control, freeze protection and prevent nuisance trips of low limit freezestats during extremely cold times; all AH units (except in Science and Lab spaces as noted below) shall provide programming to allow for minimum 45 °F (adjustable) mixed air temperature to the unit. Upon sensing mixed air temperature of less than this value, the air handling unit OSA and RA dampers shall modulate to maintain this minimum setpoint. 10. SCIENCE AND LAB SPACE ROOM PURGE CONTROL: For units AH -1 3, 29 and 30, provide push putton type room purge control switch to provide 100% OSA to space. Switch shall override OSA damper position to 100% open, or to allow for minimum mixed air temperature of 40 deg F, for a period of one hour; after which time, unit shall return to min OSA damper position. Provide label at switch to note "Room Purge." D. Reverse Flow Heat Recovery Units (HX -01 and 02) 1. The following sequence is for the central dual -core heat exchanger, serving the air - handling units, and refers to control interface with the heat exchanger, internal heat exchanger motorized damper and motorized, modulating, dampers located in (2) different locations around the heat exchanger. 2. The EMS shall enable /disable the heat exchanger controller whenever all of the air - handlers are operating in occupied mode of operation. The heat exchanger shall not be enabled when air - handlers are in un- occupied mode or un- occupied override mode of operation. When enabled, the heat exchanger internal damper shall be controlled by the heat exchanger internal controller and shall cycle as dictated by the heat exchanger controller. The additional outside air and relief air damper, non - heat exchanger dampers, shall remain closed except during economizer operation and un- occupied override operation, when ventilation air is required. 3. The EMS shall provide temperature sensors at each of the heat exchanger outside air/ relief air louvers and at the outside air duct and relief air duct connecting to the heat exchanger. The EMS shall monitor and display the temperatures at the Operator's Terminal. In addition, the EMS shall provide (2) additional duct mounted temperature sensors; one in the economizer outside air duct, downstream of the motorized damper, and one in the economizer relief air duct, between the motorized damper and the relief air louver. The EMS shall monitor and display the temperature sensor information on the Operator's Terminal. 4. During a call for economizer operation from one of the air - handlers the EMS shall override the heat exchanger damper position and prevent it from cycling, damper 230900 - 28 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS stays in one position. The EMS shall also modulate the duct mounted outside air damper and relief air damper to achieve economizer mode of operation. 5. Morning Warm -up: The heat exchanger shall be disabled with additional economizer outside air and relief air dampers closed. Air handler dampers are in full recirculation mode with outside air and relief air dampers closed and return air damper open. 6. Occupied Operation: a. Heating and Cooling with Minimum Outside Air: The heat exchanger shall be enabled, allowing heat exchanger damper to cycle per the heat exchanger internal controller, the additional outside air and relief air dampers shall remain closed. b. Economizer Operation: On a call for cooling with outside air, economizer operation, the heat exchanger damper shall be overridden and held in once position, not allowed to cycle. The additional outside air and relief air dampers shall modulate to provide cooling air for economizer mode of operation. 7. Unoccupied Operation: The heat exchanger shall be disabled with the additional outside air and relief air dampers closed. 8. Unoccupied Override: The heat exchanger shall be disabled with the additional outside air and relief air dampers closed. If more than 50% of the air - handlers are in un- occupied override at the same time, the heat exchanger and additional outside air and relief air dampers shall function as specified for occupied operation. 9. Alarms: If outside air temperature is 50 °F or below (adjustable) and the outside air duct temperature downline of the heat exchanger does not exceed the outside air temperature by 5 °F, an alarm shall be displayed at the Operator's Terminal. An alarm delay of 10 minutes shall programmed to allow time for the heat exchanger to become active on initial startup. E. Chilled Water System 1. When OSA temperature rises above 70F, or as set, and there is a call for cooling from 4 (adjustable) air - handlers or blower coils, the chilled water pump CHWP -01 shall be enabled. After status of CHWP -01 is proven, Chiller C -1 shall be enabled. Chilled water pump CHWP -01 shall run for 5 minutes after chiller is disabled. Chiller shall operate on it's own internal controls. The DDC EMCS shall provide a hardwired enable /disable signal to the chiller and a hardwired 4 to 20 mA input to the chiller for water temperature reset. In addition, the EMCS shall interface with the chiller, through the chiller BACnet controller, for monitoring of status outputs, temperature outputs and alarm outputs from the chiller control panel and display their condition on the appropriate graphics screen. 2. Chilled water setpoint shall be reset by the control system based on demand of the system. Initial setpoint shall be 45F. Poll chilled water valve positions every 10 minutes. When any 4 (adjustable) chilled water valves are greater than 90% open, chilled water temperature shall be lowered by 2F (adjustable) down to the minimum setpoint of 44F (adjustable). When all (adjustable) chilled water valve 230900 - 29 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS positions are below 90% (adjustable) the temperature setpoint will be raised by 2F (adjustable) up to the maximum setpoint of 55F. 3. EMS shall provide a pressure transducer near the end of the cooling system piping loops, total of one pressure transducer. The EMS shall use the pressure transducer inputs to vary CHWP -01 pump speeds using the associated pump VFD. The pump speed shall be modulated to maintain minimum system pressure. Pump speed shall not decrease to below minimum required chiller flowrate setpoint (obtain this value from chiller manufacturer). F. Heating Water System 1. Main building circulation pump, HWP -01 or HWP -02, shall run whenever there is a call for zone heat from any single heating valve and boiler sequencing panel shall be enabled. Main building circulation pump HWP -01 or HWP -02 shall run continuously at outside air temperatures below 50 °F (adjustable) or if there is a call for zone heat from any single heating valve and boiler sequencing panel shall be enabled. Lead pump shall be chosen based on runtime. If lead pump fails, the lag shall start and an alarm will be sent to the operators terminal. Boiler sequencing panel shall not be enabled until verification of HWP -01 or HWP -02 operation via current sensor feedback. 2. EMS shall provide a pressure transducer near the end of (2) of the heating system piping loops, total of two pressure transducers. The EMS shall use the pressure transducer inputs to vary the HWP -01 and HWP -02 pump speeds using the associated pump VFD's. The pump speed shall be modulated to maintain minimum system pressure. 3. The Boiler Sequencing Panel shall be enabled by the DDC EMCS system. The main building HWS loop temperature and boiler firing shall be reset by the boiler sequencing panel upon receiving a water temperature reset input signal from the EMS (see 235200). EMS reset temperature signal shall poll every 10 minutes. When any 4 (adjustable) heating water valves are greater than 90% open, heating water temperature shall be increased by 2F (adjustable) up to the maximum setpoint of 180F (adjustable). When all (adjustable) heating water valve positions are below 90% (adjustable) the temperature setpoint will be decreased by 2F (adjustable) down to the minimum setpoint of 140F. 4. The DDC EMCS system shall receive the following analog input points from the BISP (see 235200). These points shall have alarms and values programmed into the EMCS software. a. Heating System supply water temp (2- 10VDC) b. Heating System return water temp (2- 10VDC) c. Boiler return water temps. (2- 10VDC) (one per boiler) d. Boiler run status (one per boiler) e. Boiler failure signal (one per boiler) f. Boiler circ. pump failure signal (one per boiler) g. Boiler circulation pump run status 230900 - 30 of 38 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS h. General system alarm 5. The 230900 Contractor shall provide wiring and conduit between Boiler Sequencing Interface Panel (BSIP) and all low voltage sensors and devices. Refer to Section 235200 and Drawings. Coordinate with supplier of (BSIP). G. Variable Volume Terminal Units 1. General: Each unit shall operate via EMS controller. The occupied/ unoccupied signal shall be received from the EMS optimal start program. Each unit shall have a room sensor with a push button for after hours operation which when pressed will operate its respective zone in the occupied mode for 1 hour (adjustable). When any zones are placed in the occupied mode, the unit serving that zone shall operate. THIS OVERRIDE FUNCTION SHOULD BE EASILY ENABLED OR DISABLED THROUGH THE COS. The after hours time and zone set points shall be set at the LOS or COS. 2. Occupied: On an optimized signal to change from the unoccupied to the occupied mode, the primary air damper shall modulate to maintain room temperature setpoint and if needed the heating coil valve shall modulate open to maintain room setpoint until the occupied start time. The unit shall be placed into heating mode or cooling mode whichever is required to maintain each room setpoint. When a zone requires heating the primary air damper shall be positioned to minimum and the heating valve shall modulate open to maintain the room air setpoint. The primary air dampers shall not open beyond the minimum setpoint when in heating mode of operation. When a zone requires cooling the primary air dampers modulate open to maintain room setpoint. 3. Unoccupied: During the unoccupied mode, on call for heat, the primary air handling unit VAH shall turn on and primary air dampers open to minimum position. The heating control valve shall cycle as required to maintain room night setback temperatures. Cooling modes shall not operate during unoccupied periods. 4. Fire Alarm: On a general signal from the fire alarm panel to the EMS, the primary air damper will close. H. Domestic Hot Water Heater Control 1. Domestic water heaters shall be scheduled on during occupied mode, and off during unoccupied mode. Water heaters shall have an operating schedule separate from other equipment. Install a manual bypass switch at water heaters. The bypass switch shall override the EMS and turn the water heater ON when the switch is placed in the "manual" position. The water heater shall stay ON until the switch is returned into the "auto" position. This manual bypass switch shall also control any associated water heater circulation pumps. 2. Provide an insertion type temperature sensor in the domestic hot water supply pipe leaving the water heater. Temperature shall be displayed at COS & LOS. 3. Provide mushroom type panic switch at door to Boiler Room for emergency shutdown of gas fired water heaters, 3 water heaters in room, one switch for all heaters and boiler at each exit as shown on plans. Switch and wiring by 230900 230900 - 31 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS shall disable firing of water heaters. Label switch with Y2" high letters, label shall read "Emergency Gas Shutdown ". 4. Provide EMS system alarm and automatic shut -down of water heater firing control upon EMS system detection of water temperatures above 123 degrees F (adjustable). I. Domestic Hot Water Circulation 1. Domestic hot water circulating pumps shall be scheduled "OFF" during unoccupied mode, and "ON" during occupied mode. Provide insertion thermostat to cycle pump based on return, "HWC" temperature during occupied mode. When HWC temperature rises above setpoint the pump shuts off. Pump stays off until HWC temperature drops to 3° F below setpoint, then pump starts. Setpoint and offset shall both be adjustable and displayed on terminal. Initial "pump off" setpoint shall be 100° F. Install a manual bypass switch at circulation pumps. The bypass switch shall override the control system and turn the pump ON when the switch is placed in the "manual" position. The pump shall stay ON until the switch is returned into the "auto" position. j. Fire Alarm Shutdown 1. Provide relays, wiring, etc., to stop supply, exhaust, return and relief air fans only upon a signal from fire alarm control panel. A set of contacts shall be furnished in the fire alarm panel for this purpose, contacts provided by the Division 24 -28 Subcontractor. Connect to units in buildings. EMS shall be automatically reset when fire alarm system is reset. The kitchen cooking hood exhaust fan EF -05 shall remain operational during fire alarm shutdown. Fire Alarm system shutdown interface shall not effect operation of smoke evacuation and pressurization system units. K. Duct Smoke Detectors 1. Duct smoke detectors shall be installed on fan systems over 2000 CFM. The duct smoke detectors shall be provided and wired to the fire alarm system by the Electrical Subcontractor. The Section 230900 subcontractor shall be responsible for the wiring between the duct smoke detector and the fan system control circuit it serves. The wiring shall be installed so that the fan system shuts down when the duct smoke detector trips. The EMS subcontractor shall coordinate with the Electrical Subcontractor as necessary to complete and test this installation. L. Data Room Split AC and Elevator Machine Room 1. The split system air conditioning units and associated condensing units are self - controlled. All units shall receive status signal from the EMS. A separate temperature sensor connected to the EMS shall be located in the room for monitoring and alarm purposes. The temperature sensor shall be programmed to send an alarm to the LOS & COS when the temperature exceeds the adjustable alarm setpoint. The Section 230900 Contractor shall provide control wiring between evaporator and condenser system components for proper unit operation. 230900 - 32 of 38 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 2. The split system air conditioning units serving the MDF room shall operate in a lead /lag time schedule sequence and shall be enabled from the EMS. The redundant unit shall operate upon failure of lead unit or if space temperatures exceeds set - point. M. Electric Unit Heaters 1. Electric unit heaters shall be commanded on /off by EMS to maintain room temperature setpoint at 40° F (adjustable). An EMS sensor shall be installed in each room served by an electric unit heater to control the unit. Each of these units shall be on their own schedule, which shall be initially set for 24 hour operation. N. Cabinet Heaters 1. Cabinet heaters shall be commanded on /off by EMS to maintain room temperature zone occupied and unoccupied setpoints. An EMS sensor shall be installed in each room served by an electric unit heater to control the unit. O. Outdoor Lighting 1. DDC system to turn on and off (7) zones of outdoor lighting and (7) zone of interior lighting via DDC schedules and wiring to relays furnished by Division 24 -28. The Section 230900 subcontractor shall provide (7) zones of exterior lighting control and (7) zone of interior lighting from the EMS. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall control the (14) zones by connecting to contactors located in Custodial 1 190 furnished by Division 24 -28. Provide photocell control that shall lockout outside lighting when analog signal from photocell exceeds EMS programmed trip point (adjustable). Provide photocell control that shall lockout outside lighting when analog signal from photocell exceeds EMS programmed trip point (adjustable). Photocell shall be type with a variable analog output that varies proportionally with available light. Provide independent scheduling capability for each of the 14 zones. Provide a labeled manual override switch for the photocell. Manual override switch shall override all photocell control of exterior lighting. Provide and display alarm at LOS whenever photocell auto mode is manually overridden. P. Exhaust Fans 1. Exhaust fans, excluding fans controlled by manual fan switches and reverse acting t'stats, shall be programmed to run during zone occupied mode. Exhaust fans shall not run during zone unoccupied mode unless put into occupied mode by zone override button, switch or timer. Each exhaust fan shall have independent time scheduling control. 2. Exhaust fans shown controlled by reverse acting thermostats and manual switches shall be capable of operating at all times. 3. Provide fan status with adjustable current relay switch for all exhaust fans. Status shall be displayed at the terminal. 230900 - 33 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 4. Exhaust fans controlled by EMS reverse acting thermostats are EF -12, 1 3, 15, and16. All exhaust fans shall operate at temperatures above 80 °F (adjustable) during occupied and unoccupied hours. 5. Exhaust fans controlled by manual switches are kitchen exhaust fans EF -01 and EF- 02. Switches and wiring shall be provided by Section 230900. 6. Fume Hood exhaust fans EF -03, 04 and 05 are controlled by manual switches at Fume Hood. Wiring shall be provided by Section 230900. 7. During unoccupied hours of operation and EF -05 shall be interlocked with VAH -03, and EF -14 shall be interlocked to AH -07. If the air handling unit is put into unoccupied override mode of operation, these interlocked exhaust fans shall also operate during the override period. Q. Boiler and Water Heater Emergency Override 1. The 230900 contractor shall provide two mushroom panic type switches with associated wiring and conduit to boiler burner control panel and water heaters to interrupt firing control. Termination of wiring at burner control panel shall be by boiler manufacturer. Provide label at each switch located at each boiler room door as shown on plans with Y2" high lettering "Emergency Gas Shutdown ". R. Water Meter Monitoring 1. The EMS shall monitor and trend log output from the (2) contacting water meters. The Section 230900 subcontractor shall provide and coordinate the necessary conduit, wiring and output requirements for proper connection to the meters and accurate monitoring results. The water meters for the domestic cold water, and heating /cooling hydronic water system fills shall be monitored, trended and displayed by the EMS. 2. The hydronic system EMS meter shall control the water makeup solenoid valve for the heating /cooling system using the water usage information from the heating /cooling water meter. If the water meter detects a water usage of 5 GPM or more (adjustable) for 5 minutes (adjustable), the EMS shall close the normally open solenoid valve. The solenoid valve shall stay closed until manually reset at the EMS Local Operator Station. 3. The domestic CW EMS meter shall monitor CW usage each night from 12am -4am (adjustable schedule) and shall alarm the COS /LOS upon sustained usage of 5 minutes (adjustable) or more. Alarm shall notify of usage and indicate "Potential Leak in System." 5. Remote Control of Temperature Control System 1. The 230900 Subcontractor shall provide Hardware and Software for LOS & COS as required for remote access and control of the EMS including modems, software and appurtenances required. Graphics, reports, alarms, and trends shall be available at COS and schedules and temperatures shall be capable of being modified remotely. 230900 - 34 of 38 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS T. Phase Failure Protection 1. If control power monitor system, provided by the Section 230900 subcontractor, senses power phase loss or phase imbalance, the EMS shall shutdown 3 -phase controlled Toads not connected to emergency power circuits until phase balance is restored. Emergency power circuits are not to be shut down on phase failure. Loads not powered from emergency power circuits shall not restart until power has been restored. Phase failure shall generate an EMS alarm at the COS & LOS. In addition, the EMS shall interface with the security alarm panel to signal the failure. The EMS shall provide a contact closure signal for the security alarm panel and provide the wiring between the contact and the security alarm panel. The Division 24 -28 contractor shall terminate the EMS wires in the security alarm panel and program the panel for the specific alarm dial -out. U. Outside Air Temperature Sensor Locations 1. Provide a single outside air temperature sensor located in a shaded area with a North exposure for general outside air temperature monitoring. In addition, provide HVAC outside air temperature sensors located behind outside air louvers, in plenums. This is to provide accurate temperature indication of outside air actually being delivered to the unit(s). The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall furnish and install four (4) HVAC outside air temperature sensors in plenums. The exact location of these sensors shall be coordinated with the Architect during construction. The plenum mounted outside air temperature sensors shall be used during EMS control of the economizer sequence for the air handlers. The economizer sequence for an air handler shall use a temperature sensor with the same exposure as the outside air louver that serves that air handler. V. Global Freeze Protection Override 1. At the COS & LOS, provide an easily identifiable, manually activated point that shall allow for global freeze protection override of the heating and ventilation system. When the OSA temperature drops below 29° F (user adjustable) the domestic hot water circulation pumps start and the night setback temperature switches from its normal individual set point to a global set point of 65° F (user adjustable), the freeze prevention program does not directly start equipment, it changes the night setback temperature point and the existing night setback controls cycle equipment on and off. The current condition of this feature shall be easily identified on the computer terminal screen and the adjustable setpoints shall displayed and accessible. A short description shall be displayed next to each of the adjustable points for user direction. The description shall read: "Toggle this feature "ON" to optimize building freeze protection. Place feature in "AUTO" mode for normal operation." W. Global Air Handling System Emergency Shut Down 1. At the COS & LOS, provide an easily identifiable, manually activated point that shall allow for global shut down of building air handling equipment, including exhaust 230900 - 35 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS fans. When the single global point is manually toggled to the "OFF" position at the COS or LOS air handling units shall shut down. This mode of operation shall continue, regardless of the time of day, until the point is manually toggled back to the "AUTO" position. The COS or LOS display for this feature shall include a place to toggle between "OFF" and "AUTO ". A short description shall be displayed next to the adjustable point for user direction. The description shall read: "Toggle this feature "OFF" to shut down air handling equipment, including exhaust fans. Toggle this feature to "AUTO" for normal operation. X. Building Gas Sensing 1. The automatic temperature control system shall measure the building instantaneous gas demand and indicate the accumulated gas usage as well as trend log the gas demand. The demand peak in CF /Hr and its date and time occurrence shall be recorded. These values shall be observed by the operator. System shall log CF /Hr demand for demand period matching that of the serving gas utility for the past 60 days. Provide sensors or arrange for Puget Sound Energy to do so. The Section 230900 subcontractor shall pay for cost of sensors. Y. Building Power Demand Control 1. The EMS shall measure the building instantaneous electrical demand and indicate the accumulated power usage as well as trend log the electrical demand. Provide adjustable demand control to provide separate stages of demand control for HVAC equipment to reduce electrical demand. It shall be possible to turn off units and override night setback function for periods desired. The demand peak in KW and its date and time occurrence shall be recorded. These values shall be observed by the operator. System shall log KW demand for demand period matching that of the serving electric utility for the past 60 days. Provide pulse sensors or arrange for power company to do so. The 230900 subcontractor shall pay for cost of sensors. Z. Power Panel Monitoring 1. Provide at each of (20) electrical power panels throughout the building, a power monitor (kWH transducer). Refer to Electrical one -line diagram for panel locations. Power monitor and enclosure shall be provided and connected to EMS by Section 230900 sub - contractor. Division 24 -28 sub - contractor shall perform connection of power monitor voltage wiring and current transformers to electrical panels. 2. EMS shall monitor electrical consumption from each panel and display, at the LOS, each panel's real time electrical consumption, daily and monthly peak consumption with time and date of occurrence, daily and monthly kWH totals, and annual kWH total shall be displayed. The daily peak consumption and kWH totals shall be data logged and reset at 12:00 am (midnight). The monthly peak consumption and kWH totals shall be data logged and reset at the end of each month. The annual kWH total shall be data logged and reset at the end of each year. 230900 - 36 of 38 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 3. The (20) power monitors shall each be assigned to one of two categories, "Mechanical Equipment and Connected Outlet Loads" or "Lighting and Connected Outlet Load." Each category shall be displayed, at the LOS, with each category total for real time electrical consumption, daily and monthly peak consumption with time and date of occurrence, daily and monthly kWH totals, and annual kWH total shall be displayed. Each category daily peak consumption and kWH totals shall be data logged and reset at 12:00 am (midnight). Each category monthly peak consumption and kWH totals shall be data logged and reset at the end of each month. Each category annual kWH total shall be data logged and reset at the end of each year. AA. ADA Door Operation 1. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall provide operable door scheduling control from the EMS. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall control the doors by connecting to contactor located in series on line side of door operator circuit. Coordinate locations with Electrical drawings. Time scheduling capability shall be provided through the LOS and COS. Schedule shall initially programmed to allow door operation from 6am -6pm. BB. HVAC Emergency Override Button 1. Provide blue in color, push- button on, key off type, HVAC system override switch on east wall of Reception 1002 to manually shut -down all air handling units. Provide "HVAC System Shutdown" identification tag at switch." 3.4 TRAINING A. Provide application engineer to instruct owner in operation of systems and equipment. B. Provide basic operator training for a minimum of 3 persons on data display, alarm and status descriptors, requesting data, execution of commands and request of logs. C. Provide training above as required a minimum of 120 man- hours as part of this contract. Training to be at the Owner's convenience and in at least 3 separate periods. D. Refer to requirements of Section 200810. 3.5 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing, and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Consultant. 230900 - 37 of 38 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 3.6 PUGET SOUND ENERGY VERIFICATION INSPECTION A. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall be on site for (8) hours, split between one or two days, as required to assist in PSE verification of system operation. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall work with the PSE representative to verify proper sequence of operation for any requested components and explain system operation and graphic screen displays. 3.7 EMS SYSTEM START -UP PROCEDURES A. Perform all necessary calibration, testing and debugging and perform all required operational checks to ensure that the system is functioning in full accordance with these specifications. B. Perform and document tests to verify proper performance of components, routines and points. Repeat tests until proper performance results. This testing shall include a point - to -point log to validate 100 percent of the input and output points of the BAS system operation and 100 percent of the sequence of operation for each piece of equipment and controlled component. Provide additional tests as required in Sections 019113 and 200800. C. Upon completion of the performance tests described above, repeat these tests, in the presence of the Commissioning Authority as Required. D. Document all tests on approved test documentation forms and submit to the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 230900 - 38 of 38 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE fREQUENCY DRIVES SECTION 230915 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Variable frequency drives (VFD) for Divisions 22 and 23 equipment. VFDs shall be furnished and installed by controls system subcontractor specified in Section 230900 and shall be furnished to packaged equipment manufacturers specified in Section 232150 and 233113 for installation and wiring at the factory. B. Contract Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. IEEE 519, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems. 2. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 3. UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment. C. Installer Qualifications: Installing contractor shall have successfully installed VFDs in at least 3 facilities. Installations shall be similar in configuration to this project. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each VFD and appurtenance. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. Identify manufacturer's recommended maximum distance between VFD and motor controlled by VFD. Include blank copy of start -up and test report form. C. Shop Drawings: Submit control wiring diagram indicating factory and field installed wiring. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory start -up and test reports. 230915 - 1 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 2. Field start -up and test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 WARRANTY A. General: Warrant VFD for 2 years after Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. 1.5 SPARE MATERIALS A. Deliver spare parts kit, including 1 set of spare fuses for each drive size furnished to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Yaskawa E7, ABB ACH Series 550, Allen Bradley Powerflex 70, Danfoss VLT HVAC, Square D, or approved. B. Manufacturer shall maintain a service center or service representative within 50 miles of the project site. This center shall be capable of the following services: 1. Factory coordinated start -up service. 2. Emergency service calls, including replacement parts, within 24 hours. 3. Service contracts. 4. Training of customer personnel in operation and basic troubleshooting. 5. Stock of frequently replaceable parts at local warehouse. 2.2 COMPONENTS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Description: 1. General: Variable torque type. 2. Performance: a. Conversion of 3 phase, 60 hertz AC input power to adjustable voltage and frequency, 3 phase AC power for stepless motor control from 10 percent to 110 percent of base speed. Obtain input power voltage from Division 26. b. Capable of starting, stopping, and driving an AC variable output from 0 to 60 Hz while maintaining a constant volts /hertz ratio. Adjustable volts /hertz ratio via keypad. Capable of delivering 110 percent starting torque. c. Sized as required by motors as indicated on the Drawings. B. Construction: 1. UL listed and labeled assembly including specified options. 230915 - 2 of 8 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 2. Major components: a. Diode front end to convert AC to DC to create fixed DC bus voltage. b. Phase -to -phase and phase -to- ground metal oxide varistor (MOV) protection. c. Smoothing reactor for DC bus. d. DC bus capacitors. e. Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT) to create Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) waveforms to control motor speed. f. Separate terminal blocks for control and power wiring. C. Enclosure: UL listed and labeled. NEMA rated for installation location as follows: NEMA 1 in general; NEMA 3R for outdoors; and NEMA 12 for dirty locations and within air handling unit plenums. Surface mounted cabinet with hinged front door, top or bottom conduit entry, and key lockable. Manufacturer's standard paint finish. D. Overcurrent Protection: Input line overcurrent protective device, thermal magnetic type, externally operated and interlocked with enclosure door with short circuit interrupting rating (SCCR) of 42,000 Amps. Include a UL Listing label indicating the SCCR. E. Components and Requirements: 1. Electric disconnect lockable in OFF position with padlock. 2. Door interlock to prevent door from being opened when operating handle is in ON position. Interlock defeatable through simple, but not obvious, means. 3. Internal control power circuit with transformer and protective fuses. 4. Meet or exceed the current ratings listed in NFPA 70 for motors being controlled. 5. UL listed and labeled for electronic overload protection of motor. 6. Five percent line reactors in form of AC reactor, DC reactor, or a combination of the two. 7. Limit motor noise as result of VFD to 3 dB over line operation, measured at 3 feet from motor center line. If deemed too noisy by the Owner, raise carrier frequency or replace. 8. Programmable relay contacts SPDT (not open collector), quantity as required for sequence of operation, minimum 3 sets. 9. Adjustable acceleration and deceleration, commonly or separately, from 10 to 180 seconds with torque override acceleration protection and regeneration protection during deceleration. 10. Automatic adjustment of volts -to -hertz ratio to motor in proportion to load without changing speed. 1 1 . Separately adjustable minimum /maximum frequency limits. 12. Low frequency /low voltage start with linear adjustable ramp up to pre - selected speed. 13. Status Lights: Door- mounted LCD indicators to indicate the following conditions: a. Power on. b. Run. 230915 - 3 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES c. Overvoltage. d. Line fault. e. Overcurrent. f. External fault. 14. Thru- the -door operator interface with keypad and alphanumeric display for parameter setting and monitoring of: a. Output frequency b. RPM c. Output voltage d. Output current e. Running time f. Faults (including memory of last 3 received faults) g. Display to read in English words without use of codes. h. DC bus voltage i. Calculated motor torque j. Calculated motor power (KW) k. Parameters set via keypad without removing drive cover. 15. Auxiliary relay contact for remote fault indication. 16. Manual speed setting on operator interface. 1 7. Hand - off -auto switch on door. In HAND position, speed is controlled by door mounted speed potentiometer. In OFF position, VFD cannot be started. In AUTO position, speed is controlled by remote signal and VFD can receive remote start command. Stop command in AUTO position can be either remote, integral, or from door mounted HOA switch. 18. Main disconnect lockable in open position. 19. Overtemperature shutdown. 20. Input power dip ride through, 2 seconds. 21. Output short circuit and ground fault protection. 22. Start into spinning motor protection. Motor may be turning in either direction. 23. Overvoltage and undervoltage protection. 24. Current limit and torque limit capability. 25. Automatic restart after power interruption and after power decay (brownout) within 5 seconds. Automatic restart selectable via software programming. 26. Signal follower for 0 to 10 VDC and 0 to 20 or 4 to 20 mA inputs, direct and reverse acting behind the reactor. 27. Critical frequency range lockout, minimum of 2 critical frequency ranges. 28. Serial Communication (RS 485). Coordinate requirements with DDC system specified in Section 230900. 29. Output filter designed for constant duty with VFD operating at full rated Toad to keep rate of rise for each pulse in output below 1000 Volts per microsecond. 30. Output circuitry designed for constant duty with VFD operating at full rated load to prevent peak output voltage from reaching 1000 volts to ground at motor. 230915 - 4 of 8 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 31. Software programming for monitoring and commissioning by use of laptop personal computer. 32. Primary control of ON /OFF, speed, and failure to DDC system specified in Section 230900. Include output dry contacts for VFD failure, ON /OFF input which responds to remote dry contact closure, and speed control input which responds to remote 0 to 10 VDC and 0 to 20 or 4 to 20 mA signals. 33. RS -232 or USB communication port. 34. Programmable real time clock. 35. Option slots for optional I/O cards. F. DDC System Interface: 1. For VAH and Hydronic system pump VFD's only, include hardware (external gateway, if necessary), software, and connection cables to digitally communicate and exchange information with DDC system specified in Section 230900 for VFD's. 2. Include monitoring and control of motor speed, electric load in kW, volts, amps, hertz, percent of maximum motor speed, VFD fault description, and maintenance bypass switch, and network point address. 3. VFD able to modify settings including acceleration and deceleration times and skip frequency ranges via DDC system central operator workstation.] G. Fire Alarm System Interface: 1. Include dry contact override input to stop motor under any operating condition. 2. Include dry contact override input to allow motor to operate at a speed predetermined by VFD programming. 3. Include summary alarm dry contact for connection to fire alarm system indicating that VFD is not operable. 4. Include fire fighter override mode for "run to destruction" on smoke evacuation equipment. 2.3 OPERATING CONDITIONS A. Displacement Power Factor: Minimum 0.95 at any speed on load. B. Efficiency: Minimum 95 percent at rated load and frequency. C. AC Line Frequency Variation: Plus 2 Hz. D. AC Line Voltage Variation: Minus 10 percent to plus 10 percent. E. Capacity: 100 percent continuous, 110 percent for 60 seconds (10 percent overload). F. Input Power: Limited to 110 percent of motor load as derived in NFPA 70. G. Total Harmonic Voltage Distortion: Less than 3 percent without isolation transformer. 230915 - 5 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES H. Ambient Temperature: 32 to 104 F. I. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent, non - condensing. J. Elevation: Up to 3300 feet without derating output power capability. 2.4 MAINTENANCE BYPASS SWITCH A. General: Three - contactor bypass system with capability to automatically disconnect drive from power source for maintenance while in bypass mode. Manual operation not acceptable. Two- contactor bypasses not allowed. Provide for hydronic system pumps and VAH units only. AH units do not require bypass. B. Drive - Off - Line -Test switch shall be used for manual selection of operating mode. VFD shall be programmable to automatically switch to across - the -line operation. C. Operation: Manually switched, full voltage contactors to isolate VFD and power load directly from line. Include drive - off - bypass -test selector switch and status lights. Include contact closure to indicate "DRIVE ON BYPASS" to DDC system specified in Section 230900. D. Overload Protection: Bypass contactors with suitable overload protection in each leg conforming to applicable provisions specified in Division 26 for motor starters.] 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. After factory assembly, test each VFD using a dynamometer to cycle from minimum to 110 percent full Toad, including features and accessories. Include test report in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 230915 - 6 of 8 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not install VFDs until building environment can be maintained within conditions required by manufacturer. C. Before and during installation, protect VFD from site contaminants. D. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. E. Install VFDs on rigid formed steel channels as specified in Section 200510, on units or on building structure so that power wiring connecting VFD to motor is less than 60 feet in length or within limits of manufacturer's installation requirements. Install multiple VFDs so that cooling discharge air does not affect adjacent VFD cooling source. Direct installation on concrete and concrete masonry unit walls not acceptable. 3.4 START -UP SERVICES A. Manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform the following services: 1. Verify installation connections and controls. Test continuity of each circuit. 2. Adjust safety controls. 3. Adjust acceleration and deceleration ramps and volts -to -hertz characteristic. 4. Demonstrate satisfactory operation including line reactor and maintenance bypass switch during test run. 5. Program VFD to automatically reapply power and drive motor to control setpoint upon resumption of power following power failure. 6. Program VFD to attempt up to 3 automatic restarts within one hour after shutdown due to input power failure. 7. Perform field assistance and additional technical support and devices to solve problems evidenced on site related to drive operation. 8. Include field assistance and additional technical support and devices to solve problems evidenced on site related to VFD operation. 9. Include start -up reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.5 WIRING A. Power Wiring: Comply with requirements in Division 26. B. Control Wiring: Comply with requirements in Section 230900. 230915 -7of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 23091 5 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 3.6 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct 6 hour training session to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate the proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable performance over the entire operating range to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. G. After 30 days of normal operation schedule a meeting with the Owner's maintenance personnel responsible for VFD operation and the supplier's software technician to outline software changes to meet specific system requirements. job specific software changes agreed upon at this meeting shall be made at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 230915 - 8 of 8 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes pumps and associated appurtenances. SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each pump and appurtenance. Include blank copy of start-up and report form. C. Pump Curves: Submit head, efficiency, brake horsepower, and NPSH curves compared to capacity for each pump. Plot curves from zero to maximum flow. Indicate pump operating point. Identify pump equipment number, fluid pumped, specific gravity, pump speed, and impeller size. Submit family of impeller curves for selected pump size. A single pump curve not acceptable. D. Test Reports: 1. Start -up and test reports. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SELECTION A. Select pumps mid -range of available impeller diameters for a given pump, at no Tess than 2/3 flow rate at maximum efficiency, and with a drive motor sized to operate non - overloading at any point on pump curve for impeller selected. B. Select pump casing sized large enough to accommodate impeller at least 1 cataloged diameter larger than size of impeller to be furnished. 232123 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS C. Select pump for maximum 15 feet per second discharge velocity. 2.2 VERTICAL IN -LINE, SPLIT COUPLED A. Description: Centrifugal, close coupled, vertical in -line type, bronze - fitted, single stage, electric motor - driven. B. Construction: Cast iron casing, bronze impeller, stainless steel shaft, bronze sleeve, ball bearings, flanged connections. C. Coupling: Rigid spacer split type, aluminum. D. Shaft Seals: Outside, balanced, mechanical, ceramic /carbon faces, rated to minimum 225 F. E. Gage Connections: Tappings on pump suction and discharge connections. F. Drain and Air Vent Connections: Tappings and plugs on pump casing. G. Motor: NEMA Standard open drip proof, single speed. Comply with requirements in Section 1 5030. H. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett 80 SC Series, Armstrong 4300, Grundfos, or approved. 2.3 IN -LINE PUMPS A. Description: Centrifugal, close coupled, in -line, bronze - fitted, single stage, electric motor - driven, horizontal or vertical mounting. B. Construction: Cast iron casing, bronze impeller, steel shaft, bronze sleeve, ball bearings, flanged connections. C. Shaft Seals: Mechanical, ceramic /carbon faces, rated to minimum 225 F. D. Gage Connections: Tappings in pump suction and discharge connections. E. Drain Connection: Tapping and plug on bottom of casing. F. Motor: NEMA Standard open drip proof, single speed. Comply with requirements in Section 15030. G. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett 80 or 90 Series, Armstrong 4360, Grundfos, or approved. 2.4 PUMP SUCTION DIFFUSERS A. Description: Angle pattern, cast -iron body, threaded for 2 inch and smaller, flanged for 2 -1 /2 inch and larger, rated for 1 75 psig working pressure, inlet vanes, steel cylinder 232123 - 2 of 4 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS strainer with 3/16 inch diameter openings, disposable fine mesh bronze start-up strainer to fit over cylinder strainer, and permanent magnet located in flow stream and removable for cleaning. B. Accessories: Adjustable foot support, blowdown tapping in bottom, pressure gage tapping on side. C. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett, Armstrong or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PUMPS A. General: Support pumps and piping separately so piping is not supported by pumps. B. Base Mounted In -Line Pump Installation: Support pump from housekeeping pad by fabricated pipe or welded steel assembly as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 for supports, miscellaneous steel, and attachments and Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. C. In -Line Pumps: Provide rod hangers to support from piping system with access to oil cups, service, and maintenance. Mount maximum of 5' -0" above floor. Comply with requirements in Section 202115 for rod hangers, and Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 232123 — 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.5 START -UP SERVICES SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS A. The equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall provide start-up services of the pumps. Services shall include a check of proper installation, verification that pump suction diffuser start-up strainers have been removed, system check -out, adjustment, electrical service and motor grounding, and complete start-up. Coordinate start-up services with TAB work specified in Section 200593. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. 3.6 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232123 - 4 of 4 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION 232133 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes HVAC hydronic piping and associated appurtenances for the heating water and chilled water systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200510 and 202110 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping. • 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. • B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of piping, fittings, and associated appurtenances. Include blank copy of test report form. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Mechanical Room Piping 2. Pre- Insulated, Underground, Direct Buried Piping D. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Site visit reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1 .4 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 200548 - Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control: Flexible connectors. B. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Control and differential pressure valves, water pressure and differential pressure taps, valve manifolds, flow switches, thermal wells, and similar components. 232133 - 1 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS C. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Automatic control valve for installation at factory by automatic flow control piping assembly manufacturer. D. Section 232500 - Water Treatment: Water treatment equipment and associated components. E. Section 236220 - Air Cooled Chillers: Flow switches. 1.5 BASIC PIPING REQUIREMENTS A. Description: Comply with requirements in Section 202110. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 200510, 200523, 202110 and 202115. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. 2.2 HYDRONIC PIPING A. Description: Black steel or copper piping only. Comply with requirements in Section 202110 and 202115. 2.3 PRE - INSULATED, UNDERGROUND, DIRECT BURIED HYDRONIC PIPING A. Description: Factory fabricated and hydrostatically tested integral sealed units of HDPE outer jacket, copper or black steel carrier pipe, with insulation completely filling annular space between pipe and jacket. jacket ends protected with factory applied moisture barrier. B. System Design: Piping system manufacturer shall design the systems to accommodate thermal expansion and thrusts associated with the fluid used. Anchors and expansion provisions shown on the Drawings are for guidance only. Initial fluid temperature 40 F. Operating temperature 200 F for heating water system and 60 F for chilled water system. C. Outer jacket: Outer jacket high- density polyethylene (HDPE). Minimum: 0.125 inch thickness for jacket diameter up to 12 inches and 0.150 inch thickness for jacket diameter up to 24 inches. D. Insulation: Insulation polyurethane foam, factory spray applied for straight sections and poured in place for piping joints with the following minimum properties: Two pounds per cubic foot density, 90 to 95 percent closed cell content, initial thermal conductivity 232133 - 2 of 9 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 0.13 Btu /hr /sq ft /inch /F at 75 F. Two inch minimum insulation thickness to completely fill space between carrier pipe and jacket with foam. E. Carrier Pipe: Comply with requirements in Section 202110 for black steel and copper piping. Steel piping with welded joints and copper piping with brazed joints for all sizes. Piping material selected such that dissimilar metals at joints will not occur. F. Jacket Joints: Minimum 12 inches longer than field joint. Fusion butt welded or extrusion welded. Cover joint with a 6 inch wide polyethylene shrink sleeve for full circumference of jacket. G. Leak Detection System: Copper wire factory installed in insulation, continuous. Include alarm panel with connections to DDC system specified in Section 230900. H. Accessories: Flanges, couplings and fittings, including elbows, tees, field closures, rock shields, end caps, and wall and floor penetrations compatible with carrier piping and shipped loose by system supplier. I. Manufacturers: Thermal Pipe Systems, Thermacor Process Inc., Perma -Pipe, Rovanco, or approved. 2.4 EXPANSION TANKS A. Description: Pre - pressurized diaphragm type for hydronic system pressure reference. B. Construction: Welded steel, ASME tested and stamped, supplied with National Board Form U -1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, flexible .diaphragm sealed into tank, steel legs for vertical units or saddles for horizontal units. C. Diaphragm: Sealed into tank, butyl for systems containing water. D. Accessories: Pressure gage and air - charging fitting, tank drain. Precharge to pressure indicated on the Drawings. E. Manufacturers: Amtrol, Armstrong, Bell & Gossett, or approved. 2.5 AIR SEPARATORS A. Coalescing Type: 1. Description: Turbulence suppressive type microbubble air eliminator, 1 50 psig maximum working pressure, 270 F maximum working temperature. 2. 1-1/2 Inch and Smaller: Brass body with centered inlet and outlet, brass vent head, non - ferrous float, Viton seal and 0-ring, copper coalescing medium, NPT piping connections, NPT port at bottom for blowdown connection. Spirotherm Spirovent Junior Model VJR with Spirotop Air Release Valve. 232133 -3of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 3. 4 inch and Larger: Steel shell with centered inlet and outlet, brass vent head, non- ferrous float, Viton seal and 0-ring, brass skim valve, copper coalescing medium, flanged piping connections, NPT port at bottom for blowdown connection. Spirotherm Spirovent Model VDT with Spirotop Air Release Valve. 2.6 FLOW CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Flow control piping assemblies for installation in the supply and return piping to coils. Automatic flow control valve designed to maintain flow with plus or minus 5 percent of factory calibrated flow rate. Assemblies in return piping to include 2 -way and 3 -way automatic control valve and actuator furnished by control subcontractor as specified in Section 230900 for installation at the factory by flow control valve assembly manufacturer. B. Assembly Components: 1. Supply Connection: Ball valve, strainer with hose end blow down valve and cap, pressure /temperature test port, flexible hose, and union with pressure /temperature test port at coil connection. 2. Return Connection: Union with pressure /temperature test port at coil connection, flexible hose, union with manual air vent valve, 2 -way or 3 -way automatic control valve and actuator, and automatic flow control valve with cartridge, integral ball valve, and 2 pressure /temperature test ports. Automatic control valve and actuator furnished for factory installation. C. Construction: 1. Bail Valves: Brass alloy body rated no less than 300 psig and 250 F. 2. Strainers: Y -type, bronze body, rated for 300 psig with 20 mesh stainless steel screen. 3. Unions: Forged brass body, bronze alloy end connections, EPDM 0-ring, union seal, 600 WOG. 4. Automatic Flow Control Valve: Forged brass valve body with removable spring - loaded stainless steel flow control cartridge assembly. D. Pressure Range: 2 to 32 psig unless otherwise noted. E. Temperature /Pressure Test Ports: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. F. Flexible Hoses: Braided stainless steel over synthetic polymer liner, swivel end connections at coils, ASTM D 380, minimum 1 75 psig, flame retardant, 18 inch length. G. Exceptions: 1. Coils with Capacities Greater Than 57 gpm: Separate automatic flow control valve, ball valve, and automatic control valve. 232133 - 4 of 9 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 2. Pipe Sizes Exceeding Manufacturer's Available Sizes: Separate valves, automatic flow control valve, strainers, unions, automatic control valves, pressure /temperature test ports, and other components for a complete installation. H. Tags: Bronze engraved plate or laminated plastic securely chained to devices, with manufacturer and model number, rated flow gpm, pressure range, and project system /zone identification. I. Applications: Unit heaters, cabinet unit heaters, panel radiators, fan coil units, VAV unit and FTU coils, duct mounted coils, and air handling unit coils with capacity less than 57 gpm. J. Manufacturers: Griswold Controls, FlowCon International or approved. 2.7 COLD WATER FILL ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Automatic fill and make -up water assembly for hydronic system charging and pressure maintenance. B. Pressure Reducing Valve: Self- contained super capacity regulator, bronze body with screwed ends, replaceable stainless steel seat, replaceable composition disk, 150 psig working pressure, integral strainer with 32 mesh screen, 25 to 75 psig adjustable pressure range, maximum 10 psig pressure drop through the valve and strainer. Watts No. 223S or equivalent. C. Relief Valve: Bronze body, Teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled. Select for capacity greater than pressure reducing valve capacity. Watts No. 1 74A Series or equivalent. D. Manufacturers: Watts, Mueller, or approved. 2.8 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS A. Description: Cast brass, rated for 1 50 psig WSP and 270 F operating temperature. Units with non - ferrous floats, stainless steel linkage, and Viton. seal and brass spring operated seat. B. Manufacturers: Spirotherm Spirotop Air Release Valve or approved. 2.9 MANUAL AIR VENTS A. Description: Needle valve, 1/2 inch, with 2 feet of soft drawn copper tubing. 2.10 SIGHT FLOW INDICATORS A. Description: Paddlewheel indicator for flow in any direction. 232133 - 5 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS B. Constructions: Bronze rated for 180 psig at 300 F for pipe sizes 2 inch and smaller and carbon steel rated for 230 psig at 300 F for pipe sizes 2 -1 /2 inch and larger. Include flanged ends tempered glass window, Neoprene seals, and Teflon© rotator. C. Manufacturer: John C. Ernst Co. Model 241 for pipe sizes 2 inch and smaller and Model 201 for pipe sizes 2 -1 /2 inch and larger or approved ®. 2.1 1 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. B. Valves: Comply with requirements in Section 200523. C. Supports and Anchors: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. D. Thermometers and Pressure Gages: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. E. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non - compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 232133 - 6 of 9 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110, minimum 3/4 inch pipe size. B. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP -69 and Section 202115, whichever is more stringent. C. Branch Connections to Mains: Connect with tee fittings. On upfed branches, pitch branch piping fitting upward from pipe main. On downfed branches, pitch branch piping fitting downward from pipe main. D. Branch Connections to Mains: Connect with tee fitting to top of pipe mains. E. Coil Connections: Connect counterflow and to allow coils to vent and drain. F. Pump Connections: Support piping adjacent to pump so that no weight is carried on pump casing. G. Flow Switches: Install flow switches furnished under Section 236220. H. Control Components: Install control and differential pressure valves, water pressure and differential pressure taps, valve manifolds, flow switches, thermal wells, and similar components furnished under Section 230900. I. Air Vents: 1. Automatic Air Vents: Install at high points of hydronic systems unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Connect inlet through gate or ball valve. Install 1/4 inch copper discharge pipe from threaded outlet and terminate over floor drain, service sink, or other safe point of disposal. 2. Manual Air Vents: Install as indicated on the Drawings. J. Valves: Install at branch connections in addition to valves at flow control valve assemblies. 3.5 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Connect hydronic piping to mechanical equipment coils, traps, control valves, and other components as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Install shutoff valve and union or flanges for each connection and drain valve on drain connection. Locate unions to allow removal of equipment without piping disassembly beyond union. 3.6 FLUSHING AND PRESSURE TESTING A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 232133 -7of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 3.7 WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT A. General: Install equipment and associated components furnished under Section 232500 in accordance with water treatment specialist's directions and recommendations. 3.8 PRE - INSULATED, UNDERGROUND, DIRECT BURIED HYDRONIC PIPING A. Excavation, Bedding Material, Backfill and Compaction: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions for thickness and type of bedding and backfill material and with requirements of Section 200510. B. Pipe Tape: Install continuous 2 inch wide strip pipe tape marker in trench 6 inches below finish grade above each pipe. Yellow color with system identification in black letters. C. Piping: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved Shop Drawings. D. Expansion Loops, L and Z Bends: Factory fabricated identical to straight pipe sections. Install with flexible elastomeric expansion pads at changes in direction, covering top and sides of jacket. E. Manufacturer's Services: Provide services of an authorized and factory trained service agency to be on -site for the following: 1. Inspection and unloading of pipe materials. 2. Inspection of trench excavation and bedding material prior to laying pipe. 3. Train installers as to outer jacket jointing and anchor requirements. 4. Render advice during the installation of the pipe. 5. Inspection of anchors, expansion loops, and bends. 6. Witness hydrostatic tests of pipes. 7. Witness backfilling and compaction of trenches. 8. Prepare and issue reports to the A/E identifying work observed. 9. Prepare and issue a final report to the A/E certifying that entire pre - insulated, piping system was installed in accordance with the Contract Documents, manufacturer's installation instructions and approved Shop Drawings, and that system is operating properly. 3.9 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, 232133 -8of9 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232133 -9of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE SECTION 232150 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes variable speed pump package for heating and chilled water system and associated appurtenances. Pump package shall be manufactured Tess controls, to be installed in field by Section 230900. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: ASME B31 .9, Building Services Piping. C. Manufacturer of assembly shall be or listed by ETL as an approved manufacturer of factory assembled pumping systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each component and appurtenance. Include the following: 1. System design information sheet. 2. Packaged system dimension and general arrangement drawing. 3. Electrical power and control wiring diagram. 4. Pump material and construction drawing. 5. Pump curve showing design point. 6. Catalog information on valves, strainers and control components. 7. Name and address of factory trained service company. 8. Piping schematic of packaged system components, showing pipe sizes, location of reducers, components, specialties, and instrumentation. 9. Structural base drawings showing number and size of members accompanied by deflection calculations. 10. Blank copy of start -up and test report form. 232150 - 1 of 6 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE C. Pump Curves: Submit head, efficiency, brake horsepower, and NPSH curves compared to capacity for each pump. Plot curves from zero to maximum flow. Indicate pump operating point. Identify pump equipment number, fluid pumped, specific gravity, pump speed, and impeller size. Submit family of impeller curves for selected pump size. A single pump curve not acceptable. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory pressure test reports. 2. Site visit reports. .1.4 Operation and Maintenance Manuals A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. Include the following: 1. System design information sheet. 2. Description of system operation. 3. Packaged system dimension and general arrangement drawing. 4. Piping schematic of packaged system components and specialties. 5. Electrical power wiring diagram. 6. Bill of material. 7. Pump operation and maintenance instruction. 1.5 DELIVERY OF EQUIPMENT A. General: Entire packaged pumping system factory assembled and tested as a complete unit. Prior to shipment, system manufacturer may be required to disassemble unit to allow access of equipment to final location at jobsite. Reassembly of equipment at jobsite will be responsibility of installer. B. Drain Plugs: Remove from equipment where possibility of freeze damage during shipment may exist. C. Rigging, Unloading and Transporting Equipment: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1 .6 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Variable frequency drives. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General: Warrant variable speed pump package for 2 years after Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. 232150 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Systecon , Flowtherm, Armstrong, or approved. No substitutions. 2.2 COMPONENTS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Description: Factory assembled and tested with pumps sequenced by pressure. Package shall require only pipe connections, electrical power connections and necessary terminal contacts to various field mounted devices and direct digital control (DDC) system specified in Section 230900. Package shall consist of system base, pumps, electric motors, variable frequency drives, valves, piping, and components for a complete operating system. B. Components: 1. General: Components mounted on a structural steel base which will be used as a form for field poured concrete. Base with rigid sheet metal welded to bottom. Base large enough to support pumps, piping, and control panels, 6 inch minimum and 12 inch maximum depth. Spring isolators with static deflection as specified in Section 200548 mounted on height saving brackets such that operational clearance below the base shall be 1 inch. Steel components primed and entire package factory painted with enamel finish. 2. Base Mounted Pumps: Centrifugal, flexible coupled, bronze fitted, end suction, mechanical seals, and electric motor driven. Comply with requirements in Section 232123. Motor NEMA standard open drip proof. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. 3. Piping, Fittings, and Accessories: Comply with requirements in Section 2321 33. Size piping for 10 fps maximum velocity with pressure drop no greater than 8 -1 /2 feet per 100 feet pipe. Include base mounted supports for suction and discharge piping. Include suction diffuser on suction of each pump. Comply with requirements in Section 232123. Support piping independently of pump connections. Arrange pipe supports to permit field installation of insulation, thickness as specified in Section 200700. 4. Valves: Include pump suction and discharge gate valves and non -slam check valve on discharge for each pump. Comply with requirements in Section 200523. 5. Pressure Gages: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. 6. Temperature /Pressure Test Ports (Pete's Plugs): Include on suction and discharge of package connections. Comply with requirements in Section 202115. 7. Air Separator: Comply with requirements in Section 2321 33. 8. Compression Tank: Comply with requirements in Section 2321 33 for each system. 9. Chemical Feeder: Include chemical feeders with piping connections. Comply with requirements in Section 232500. 232150 - 3 of 6 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE 10. Make -Up Water Assembly: Include Y- strainer, pressure reducing valve, reduced pressure backflow preventer, isolation valves, pressure gage, and bypass with globe valve. Comply with requirements in Sections 200523, 202115 and 221116. 11. Hoist and Trolley: Include mono - directional, 1/2 ton capacity, package hoist and trolley system supported from base structure. Construct from ASTM A 36 structural steel tube for vertical support and structural steel I -beam for horizontal cross members. Main hoist trolley beam constructed of tapered flange I -beam. Trolleys with hardened pressed steel wheels with double row ball bearings. Include side plates which extended beyond wheels to act as bumper. Include chain hoist constructed of hardened steel housing with two -stage hardened spur gear reduction system, grease lubrication, mechanical load brakes, and bearing mounted pinions. 12. Flexible Connectors: Include for suction and discharge connections of each pump. Comply with requirements in Section 200548. 13. Variable Frequency Drive: Include for each pump. Comply with requirements in Section 230915 and Section 230900 for installation and wiring at variable speed pump package factory. C. Electrical Wiring: Run in conduit. Comply with requirements in Section 200513 and Division 26. D. Transmitters: 1. Flow Meters: a. Include 2 dual turbine, insertion type flow meter(s) for field installation. Onicon SF1210 or approved. Wiring between control system and meters, 2 -wire, shielded twisted cable, Belden 9320. Control wiring not included in conduit containing AC circuit wiring. b. Meter with 2 contra - rotating axial turbines, each with its own rotational sensing system, and averaging circuit to reduce measurement errors due to swirl in undeveloped flow locations caused by short straight pipe runs.. Rotational sensing of each turbine accomplished electronically by sensing impedance change and not with magnetic or photoelectric means. Paddle type rotors not acceptable. c. Sensor with maximum operating pressure of 400 psig, maximum operating temperature of 300 F and pressure drop of less than 1 psig at 17 fps flow velocity. Flow sensor with 1 75 to 1 turndown ratio. Accuracy within plus and minus 2 percent of reading over a 50 to 1 turndown (from 0.4 to 20 fps). Sensor individually wet - calibrated in flow laboratory against primary volumetric standard accurate to within 0.1 percent and directly traceable to NIST. d. Sensor with integral analog outputs of 0 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA linear to within plus and minus 0.1 percent of calibrated span for connection to control system and 3 internal frequency outputs, (top turbine, bottom turbine, average frequency) for commissioning and diagnostic purposes. Outputs linear with flow rate. 232150 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 2321 50 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE e. Turbine elements polypropylene with sapphire jewel bearings and tungsten carbide shafts. Flow sensor constructed of plated brass with aluminum electronics enclosure and gasketed cover. f. Unit for hot tap installation to be both insertable and removable through ball valve when pipe is under pressure. 2. Temperature Transmitters: a. Include 4 self- contained RTD type temperature transmitters. b. Temperature transmitters shall.each receive power input and send current output (4 to 20mA) over same pair of low voltage wires. Each transmitter head explosionproof. c. Temperature probe with platinum, wire wound, sensing element in a Type 316 stainless steel sheath, spring loaded, and inserted into 3/4 inch NPT stainless steel thermowell with explosionproof process fittings and connection head. Thermowell shall penetrate 1/2 pipe diameter. d. Temperature range 32 to 122 F for chilled water and 32 to 392 F for heating water. For applications measuring supply and return temperatures for a loop type water system, probes matched pair. e. Total system accuracy of the temperature transmitter/ probe assembly shall be plus and minus 1 percent of span. Sensing element and the transmitter individually calibrated and traceable to NIST. f. Stability of transmitter /probe assembly plus and minus 0.01 percent of span per F change in ambient temperature, plus and minus 0.001 percent of span /volt change in line voltage, and plus and minus 0.001 percent of span per 100 ohms of lead resistance. g. Wiring between control system and transmitters, 2 -wire, shielded, twisted cable, Belden 9320. Control wiring not included in conduit containing wiring AC circuit. h. Temperature transmitters factory installed and wired where possible. Remaining trartsmitters field installed and wired as specified in Section 230900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section 232150 - 5 of 6 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Installation: Install base with minimum 2 inch clearance between floor or housekeeping pad and base. Fill base with 3000 psi concrete conforming to ASTM C 94. C. Base Mounted Flexible Couple Pump: Align pump and motor assembly prior to start-up. Align not to exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum tolerance for parallel and regular alignment. 3.4 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232150 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232300 09819.00 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION .232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes refrigerant piping and specialties. B. Contract Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200510, and 202110 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASHRAE Standard 1 5, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. 2. ASHRAE Standard 34, Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants. 3. ASME 816.22, Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 4. ASME B31.5, Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components. 5. ASME BPVC, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. 6. ASME BPVC, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. 7. ASTM B 280, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. C. Refrigeration Piping Subcontractor Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years experience. D. The refrigeration piping subcontractor shall size piping in accordance with refrigeration equipment manufacturer's recommendations and sizing requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of piping, fittings and associated appurtenances. C. Qualifications: Submit documentation as defined under Paragraph "Refrigeration Piping Subcontractor Qualifications." 232300 - 1 of 4 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232300 09819.00 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS D. Test Reports: Testing and charging reports for each system. Include copy of reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1 .4 BASIC PIPING REQUIREMENTS A. Description: Comply with requirements of Section 202110. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REFRIGERANT PIPING A. Pipe: Copper, Type ACR hard drawn, ASTM B 280, cleaned and dehydrated for refrigeration service with ends capped and sealed, 300 psig working pressure rating. B. Fittings: Wrought copper solder joint, ASME B16.22. C. Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver /phosphorus /copper alloy with melting range 1 190 to 1480 F. 2.2 REFRIGERANT A. Description: Comply with ASHRAE 34. Type as indicated on the Drawings. 2.3 PIPE SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements in Section 202115. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 232300 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232300 09819.00 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non - compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION A. Connect refrigerant piping to mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.5 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. B. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP -69 and Section 202115, whichever is more stringent. C. Installation: 1. Ream pipe and tube .ends. Remove burrs. 2. Take care to keep piping clean and dry. Wet tubing not acceptable. 3. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. 4. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges, unions, or flared connections. 5. Install piping to prevent liquid refrigerant from entering compressor. Slope horizontal suction piping toward compressor. Slope horizontal hot gas discharge piping downward away from compressor. 6. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints or connected equipment and to prevent compressor piping vibration being transmitted to the building construction. 7. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. 8. Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing. 9. Install refrigeration specialties factory furnished with equipment specified in Section 238100. D. Oil Return: 1. Arrange piping to return oil to compressor. 2. Install traps, loops and double risers in piping as required by refrigeration equipment manufacturer. 3. Slope horizontal piping at 0.40 percent in direction of flow. 232300 - 3 of 4 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232300 09819.00 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS E. Electrical: Provide electrical connections. Coordinate with Section 230900 and Division 26. 3.6 TESTING AND CHARGING A. Testing: 1. Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5. 2. Pressure test system with dry nitrogen to 250 psig. 3. Perform final tests at 27 inch vacuum and 375 psig using halide torch or electronic leak detector. 4. Test to no leakage. If leakage occurs, repair and retest until leakage is zero. 5. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.8 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232300 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT SECTION 232500 WATER TREATMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes chemical cleaning and chemical water treatment for heating water and chilled water piping systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 2. Local environmental regulations. C. Treatment Specialist Qualifications: 1. Local representative with minimum 5 years experience in chemical cleaning and chemical treatment of piping systems for projects of similar size to this project. Company in the business of selling chemicals and equipment for chemical flushing and chemical treatment of piping systems for at least 5 years with staff for technical services and on -site consulting and trouble- shooting capabilities. 2. Water treatment company shall have, as a part of its direct organization or at its disposal, a recognized water treatment research and analytical laboratory with capability of analyzing and interpreting water, deposit, biological and metallographic samples. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each chemical and appurtenance. Include MSDS sheets for each chemical used for water treatment chemicals and chemical treatment equipment. Include blank copy start -up and test report form. C. Certifications: Treatment specialist qualifications. 232500 - 1 of 6 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT D. Test Reports: 1. Water analysis. 2. Chemical cleaning and chemical treatment operations. 3. Field start-up and test reports. 4. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 232133 - Hydronic Piping Systems: Water treatment equipment and associated components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Description: Chemical cleaning of heating water and chilled water piping after initial flushing and pressure testing have been performed per requirements in Section 202110. Work also includes chemical treatment following cleaning of piping. Work performed under supervision of water treatment specialist. B. Water Analysis: Perform water analysis for locally available water. Make recommendations as to required chemicals and quantities based on water analysis. Include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. C. Chemicals: 1. Standards: Chemical treatment in accordance with currently accepted standards for the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Chemicals EPA registered and labeled in accordance with EPA Standards. Comply with local codes, statutes, and requirements for addition of non - potable chemicals to building systems and for discharge to public sewers. 2. Chemical Cleaning of Piping: Biodegradable, equal to Hydrochem 280 for flushing with hot water and Hydrochem 281 for flushing with cold water to remove pipe protective coatings and oil. 3. Chemicals for Boiler Boilout: Chemicals one of the following: a. 0.05 percent by weight sodium hydroxide. b. 0.09 percent by weight potassium hydroxide. c. 0.1 percent by weight trisodium phosphate. d. Water treatment specialist's cleaning solution as a blend of hydroxides, passivators, and surfactants. 4. Closed System Chemical Treatment: a. Sequestering agent to reduce deposits and adjust pH. b. Corrosion and scale inhibitors with sodium nitrite, moly molybdenum, or molydate base. 232500 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT 5. HVAC Equipment with Condensate Drain Pans: EPA registered biocide tablet in sealed tamper -proof housing to control slime buildup, bacterial growth and musty odors. D. Test Kit: Necessary reagents and supplies packed inside a high- impact plastic carrying case with directions for the following: 1. Corrosion and scale inhibitor formulation and conductivity for closed systems. 2. Corrosion and scale inhibitor formulation and conductivity for open systems. 3. Bleed -off for open systems. 4. Glycol test for glycol solution systems. 5. Corrosion and scale inhibitor formulation for steam and boiler feedwater systems. E. Manufacturers: CH2O Inc., Chem -Aqua, RealChem Northwest, DeBois, or approved. 2.2 CHEMICAL POT FEEDER FOR CLOSED SYSTEMS A. Description: Vessel designed to facilitate feeding chemicals into heating and chilled water systems for water treatment. B. Construction: Welded steel to ASME standards, minimum 125 psig working pressure, connections including inlet, outlet, drain valve, and petcock vent. Quick opening cap for loading chemicals. Include pleated 20 micron filter. C. Capacity: Five gallons. D. Sight Glass: Bronze construction with screwed ends, ball action, and tempered glass window rated for 200 psig. Eugene Ernst Products Model EF1 E -57 -4 or approved. E. Manufacturers: J.L. Wingert, Neptune, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 232500 - 3 of 6 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 WATER ANALYSIS A. Perform a water analysis to determine quality of water available. 3.5 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Chemical Cleaning of Piping: 1. Following initial flushing as specified in Section 202110, chemically clean designated piping systems with flushing agent solution to remove pipe protective coatings and oil. 2. Coordinate with mechanical contractor and controls system subcontractor for their assistance and be responsible to have manual and automatic control valves fully open. 3. 'Measure system volume with water meter, when filling, and record volume. Use this value to determine amount of flushing agent to use. Install separate water meters in make -up water pipes to chilled and heating water systems. Provide flushing agent quantity in solution in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Circulate mixture for a time period as recommended by manufacturer. 5. Drain system and flush with water until water is clear, conductivity is within 50 micromhos /cm of makeup water, and has pH no greater than 8.3. Dispose of effluent in a manner acceptable to the AHJ. 6. Clean and flush traps and strainer screens of debris and foreign matter. B. Extent: Within 2 hours of completing chemical flushing, install chemical treatment for heating water and chilled water systems. Recommend proper treatment for systems and initiate various treatments, including required chemicals. C. HVAC Equipment with Condensate Drain Pans: Install tablets in integral and auxiliary drain pans when equipment is initially put into operation. Install additional tablets half way through and just prior to expiration of warranty period. D. Reports: Prepare reports of chemical cleaning of piping, boilout of boilers, and chemical treatment operations and submit to A /E. Include reports in Operation and Maintenance Manual. E. Install test kit on wall near water chemical application equipment or at a location as directed by the Owner. 232500 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT 3.6 START -UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of non - chemical water treatment system and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation of field assembled components, system check -out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start -up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Inspect piping and equipment to determine that systems and equipment have been cleaned, flushed, and filled with water, and are fully operational. C. Coordinate start-up services with heating water and chilled water piping system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 and TAB work specified in Section 200593. 3.7 POST INSTALLATION SERVICES A. System Assurance: Maintain system at proper chemical level until final completion. Following final completion, furnish chemicals for 1 year's required supply of water treatment delivered as directed by the Owner in sealed containers for each system. Coordinate with the Owner as to whether the required supply of chemicals is delivered at 1 time or at specific intervals during the 1 year period. B. Hydronic Systems Service Calls: 1. Make 2 field service calls during first month of operation for each system followed by monthly field service calls until final acceptance. 2. Provide additional quarterly service calls for a period of 12 months following final acceptance. 3. Following each service call, forward written report of the field test results and any changes or adjustments to the A/E and the Owner. In addition, draw samples of treated water and send to laboratory for reference testing. Forward copies of results to the A/E and the Owner. C. End of Warranty Inspection: Arrange with the Owner for inspection of internal surfaces of chiller tubes, boilers and similar equipment prior to end of warranty period. Based on results of these inspections, make recommendations as to adjustments to water treatment procedures. D. System Labeling: Upon completion of chemical flushing and chemical treatment, label each system same as for identification of piping specified in Section 200510 as follows: "THIS SYSTEM HAS BEEN CLEANED AND CHEMICALLY TREATED. DO NOT DISTURB UNLESS AUTHORIZED ". Locate labels to be plainly visible. E. Report: Prepare reports of cleaning and chemical treatment operations and submit copies to A /E. Include reports in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 232500 - 5 of 6 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT 3.8 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.9 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232500 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes sheet metal work and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. NFPA 96, Standard for the Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. 3. UL 181, Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. 4. UL 1978, Standard for Grease Ducts 5. UL 2221, Tests of Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Assemblies. C. Duct Cleanliness Requirements: 1. Prevent damage to ducts during transportation and off loading. Deliver only when ducts can be stored under permanent cover. Plastic tarp covering of ducts on jobsite not acceptable. 2. Keep site storage areas clean and dry with minimal exposure to dust. 3. Keep working area clean and dry and protected from weather elements. 4. Prior to installation of individual duct sections, inspect to ensure they are free from debris and wipe internal metal surfaces. 5. Cover duct risers to prevent entry of debris. 6. Cover open ends of ducts and downward facing and horizontal duct openings. 7. Ventilation system shall not operate when dust producing activities are occurring on site. 8. Prior to substantial completion, and prior to using the system, inspect the ducts again for dust and other debris that may have collected during construction. Immediately remove any dust using a HEPA vacuum. 9. If, in the opinion of the A /E, ducts and fittings are not kept clean or completely dry, replace ducts and fittings or clean interior of affected ducts and fittings to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 233113 -1 of 17 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Complete duct installation consisting of detailed sheet metal drawings on reproducible media same size as Contract Documents, coordinating duct and work of other trades to result in proper fit in available space. 2. Complete drawings in timely manner and coordinated with construction schedule. 3. Minimum scale 1/4 inch per foot. 4. Show ducts, volume dampers, hangers, supports, equipment, work of other trades in close proximity to ducts, vertical elevations of work above finished floor, reflected ceiling, lights, and other items necessary to fully coordinate the installation. 5. Direct use of the Drawings for preparation of Shop Drawings not acceptable. 6. Shop Drawings will not go through the formal review process, but submit 2 copies to the A/E as evidence of their being completed. 7. Submit for Owner review. D. Test Reports: 1. Pressure testing for leakage. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 200548 - Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control: Flexible connectors. B. Section 283111 - Fire Alarm and Detection Systems: Duct smoke detectors. C. Section 233300 - Air Distribution Accessories Duct Silencers (Sound Traps). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL WORK, GENERAL A. Duct Construction: 1. Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible (SMACNA), Third Edition, 2005. Standing seams not acceptable for exposed ducts. 2. Galvanized steel in general with G -90 zinc coating, ASTM A 653, minimum 26 gage. 3. Aluminum for shower exhaust ducts in Health Office, ASTM B 209. 4. Galvanized steel prepped or ducts finished with Paint Grip for field painting where exposed in finished spaces as scheduled in Division 09. 233113 - 2 of 17 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION B. Pressure Classifications: 1. Ducts between Variable Air Volume (VAV) Air Handling Units and VAV and Fan Powered Terminal Units: 4 inch w.g. 2. Ducts downstream of VAV and Fan Powered Terminal Units: 2 inch w.g. 3. Return and Exhaust Ducts: Plus 2 inch downstream of fans and minus 2inch w.g. upstream of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at 1.0 inch w.g. and above. 4. Return, Relief, and Exhaust Ducts: Plus 1 inch downstream of fans and minus 1 inch w.g. upstream of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at Tess than 1.0 inch w.g. Plus 1 inch w.g. for relief ducts. 5. Supply Ducts not Listed Above: 2 inch w.g. 6. Transfer Ducts: 0.5 inch w.g. 7. Smoke Pressurization and Exhaust Systems: Plus 4 inch downstream of fans and minus 4 inch upstream of fans. C. Round and Flat Oval Ducts: Spiral seam with beaded sleeve at transverse joints. D. Fittings: 1. Comply with SMACNA as follows: a. Round and Flat Oval Elbows: Full radius (R /D =1.5), 5 piece segmented or stamped per SMACNA Figures 3 -4 and 3 -7. b. Rectangular Elbows: Full radius (R /W =1.5) where minimum 5 duct widths is available downstream of elbow fitting prior to branch take off. If straight length not available, use square throat elbow with turning vanes. c. Round and Flat Oval Tees and Laterals: Conical fitting or tap per SMACNA Figure 3 -6, 90 degree tee with oval to round tap, 45 degree lateral fitting, tap, or saddle tap, or 45 degree rectangular lead -in per SMACNA Figure 3 -5. 90 degree tee not acceptable. Saddle tap connections for exposed ducts in finished spaces not acceptable. d. Spin -in Fittings: Conical type, with volume damper, quadrant, and accessories. Include closed outside end bearing, insulation guard for installation in duct with soundlining, and standoff bracket for installation in duct with insulation. e. Rectangular Laterals: 45 degree entry fittings per SMACNA Figure 4 -6. f. Offsets: Full radius (R /D =1.5 for round and flat oval and R /W =1.5 for rectangular) where space allows. Mitered offset (Type 2) with 30 degree maximum offset angle per SMACNA Figure 4 -7. Angle offset (Type 1) not acceptable. g. Divided flow fittings acceptable per SMACNA Figure 4 -5 except for branch connections to outlets and inlets. 2. Bellmouth Fittings: 18 gage spun sheet metal, formed into uniform radius bellmouth. Minimum radius of bell equal to 0.2 times neck diameter. 233113 - 3 of 17 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 3. Screened Openings: 1/2 inch mesh screen, 14 gage galvanized steel wire. Enclose mesh screen with 20 gage galvanized removable sheet metal frame around perimeter. 4. Duct Collars: 2 inch wide galvanized steel for galvanized ducts ; aluminum for aluminum ducts, 20 gage. Mitered corners for square and rectangular ducts. Escutcheon type for round and flat oval ducts. E. Clothes Dryer Vent Duct: 1. Flexible Duct: Aluminum. UL listed and labeled. Foil flexible, plastic, or vinyl hose not acceptable. 2. Rigid Duct: Type 304 stainless steel, ASTM A 480, or aluminum, ASTM B 209, minimum 24 gage with no fasteners protruding into duct. F. Dishwasher Exhaust Ducts: 1. General: Type 304 stainless steel, ASTM A 480, minimum 18 gage, continuously welded seams and joints for steam and water tightness. 2. Exposed: Polished, finish same as for hoods as specified by Food Service Equipment. G. Grease Kitchen Hood Exhaust Ducts: 1. General: Comply with requirements of NFPA 96. 2. Exposed: Type 316L stainless steel, ASTM A 480, minimum 18 gage continuously welded seams and joints, finish same as for grease hoods as specified by Food Service Equipment. 3. Elbows: Full radius (R /W =1.5). H. Fume Hood Exhaust Ducts: 1. General: Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A 480, minimum 16 gage, fabricated in accordance with SMACNA Round Industrial Construction Standards, Second Edition, 1999 and SMACNA Rectangular Industrial Construction Standards, Second Edition, 2004. 2. Seams and Joints: Butt - welded, using inert gas shielded welding methods including shielding gas on rear side of weld as well as on weld side. Welding not to cause distortion of sheet metal. 3. Fittings: Factory fabricated, round cross section same as ducts to which connected. Elbows multiple segment construction, welded, 5 piece construction on ducts 12 inch and smaller and 7 piece construction for larger ducts. Changes in duct size with reducing fittings with 20- degree included angle. McGill Airflow, AccuDuct, or approved. 4. Flanges: Continuously welded to duct and bolted to mating surface with stainless steel bolts and nuts and 1/8 inch thick resilient PVC full face gasket between flanges. 233113 - 4 of 17 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 5. Finish: Exposed surfaces of ducts and fittings with surfaces of welds ground and polished to No. 4 finish. Where concealed, and in mechanical rooms, exposed surfaces standard mill finish, welds ground smooth but not polished. Inside of joints ground smooth so as to present a smooth surface to air stream. 6. Connections to Fume Hoods: Duct fit into fume hood collar as a tight slip fit with sealant, 3 inch insertion, riveted. I. Turning Vanes: 1. Description: Airfoil design, smoothly- rounded entry nose, extended trailing edge, continuous internal tubes for stiffening and rigidity of section, adaptable to duct sizes. Maximum generated sound power level 54 decibels in octave band 4 at 2000 fpm velocity in 24 inch by 24 inch duct size. 2. Assembly Fabrication: Side rails by same manufacturer as turning vanes. Vanes installed on 2.4 inch centers across full diagonal dimension of elbow per SMACNA Figure 4 -3. Rail systems with non - standard tab spacing not acceptable. 3. Unequal Elbows: Fabricate and adjust to set vanes in assembly at correct angle of attack, resulting in leading and trailing edges in parallel to duct surfaces. 4. Manufacturer: H.E.P. - High Efficiency Profile - as manufactured by Aero /Dyne Co. (1- 800 - 522 -2423) or approved. 5. At Contractor's option, double wall turning vanes fabricated from same material as adjacent duct acceptable. Include mounting rails with friction insert tabs that align vanes automatically. j. Acoustical Turning Vanes: 1. Double thickness, perforated, glass fiber fill, mylar liner. 2. Manufacturer: Ductmate Industries or approved. K. Soundlined Ducts: Fabricate with duct soundlining such that no gap will result between sections of duct lining after assembly of duct sections. Fabrication and installation shall result in adjacent soundlining sections butted together without gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities. L. Duct Sealer: 1. Indoor Locations: UL 181 listed and labeled. Low odor, non -toxic vapors, surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50 when in a dry state. Rated for air temperature range of minus 20 F to plus 150 F. Rated to 10 inches w.g., minimum 65 percent solid content. McGill Airflow LLC, AirSeal United Duct Sealer (Water Based), Biddle Aqua -Crylic HVAC, Hardcast Irongrip 601, Design Polymerics DP1010, Ductmate Industries Proseal or EZ -Seal, or approved. 2. Outdoor Locations: UL 1 81 listed and labeled. 3 inch minimum width. Surface burning characteristics of 25 maximum flame spread and 50 maximum smoke developed. Rated for air temperature range of minus 40 F to plus 200 F. Sealer with 233113 - 5 of 17 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION UV inhibitors. McGill Airflow LLC, AirSeal UNI- WEATHER, Ductmate Industries Proseal or approved. 2.2 FOUR -BOLT OR CORNER -CLIP DUCT CONNECTION SYSTEM A. General: System used for sheet metal work at Contractor's option. B. Components: Roll-formed 20 gage galvanized steel flanges with integral mastic sealer, embossed corner pieces, UL listed-and labeled metal cleats, duct sealer, closed cell neoprene gaskets, and cadmium plated bolts and nuts. C. Lined Ducts: Fabricate with no gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities between adjacent sections of duct lining after assembly. D. Manufacturers: Ductmate Industries, Nexus, Ward Industries, or approved. Fabricate in strict conformance to manufacturer's instruction. 2.3 FACTORY SOUNDLINED DUCTS, ROUND AND FLAT OVAL A. Description: Double- walled, internally insulated, high velocity medium pressure duct system components. B. Construction: 1. Outer Pressure Shell, Straight Ducts: Spiral wound, galvanized steel, gages as follows at plus 4 inch w.g.: a. Ducts 6 Inch to 16 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 26 gage b. Ducts 18 Inch to 26 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 24 gage c. Ducts 27 Inch to 36 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 22 gage d. Ducts 37 Inch to 50 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 20 gage e. Ducts 51 Inch to 84 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 18 gage 2. Outer Pressure Shell, Fittings: Solid welded galvanized steel, gages as follows: a. Ducts 6 Inch to 12 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 26 gage b. Ducts 14 Inch to 18 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 24 gage c. Ducts 19 Inch to 26 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 22 gage d. Ducts 27 Inch to 50 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 20 gage e. Ducts 51 Inch to 60 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 18 gage f. Ducts 61 Inch to 84 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 16 gage 3. Inner Liner, Straight Ducts: Perforated galvanized steel, gages as follows: a. Ducts 3 Inch to 8 -1 /2 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 28 gage b. Ducts 9 Inch to 42 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 28 gage c. Ducts 44 Inch to 60 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 26 gage d. Ducts 62 Inch to 84 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 22 gage 4. Inner Liner, Fittings: Perforated galvanized steel, gages as follows: a. Ducts 3 Inch to 34 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 24 gage 233113 - 6 of 17 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION b. Ducts 35 Inch to 58 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 22 gage c. Ducts 60 Inch to 84 Inch Diameter or Major Dimension: 20 gage 5. Insulation: 2 inch thick, 1 PCF density, K -value 0.27 Btu /hr /sq ft /F at 75 F mean temperature, UL listed and labeled for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50. 6. Concentricity: Mechanical fastening to maintain positive concentricity of liner with shell. 7. Insulation Attachment: Mechanical fastening to retain insulation against dislocation by assembly processes. 8. Duct Connections: Slip joint. McGill Airflow LLC, UNI- FLANGETM or Ductmate Industries Spiramate acceptable for concealed installations. 9. Adapters: Include for terminations of acoustical duct runs. 10. Divided Flow Fittings: Construct with radiused entrance to branch top with solid welded connection. C. Manufacturer: McGill Airflow LLC, Acousti -k27 Type P or approved. 2.4 PLENUM CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY FABRICATED, FIELD ASSEMBLED A. Description: Acoustical plenum walls and appurtenances as indicated on the Drawings with inner wall solid face in general, and perforated as indicated on the Drawings. B. Construction and Components: 1. Panels: Minimum 3 inch thick, 4 inch thick at plug fans. Perforated panel sheets 22 gage galvanized steel with 3/32 inch diameter holes spaced on 3/16 inch staggered centers. Solid inner panel sheets 22 gage and solid outerpanel 18 gage, galvanized steel. 2. Sound Retarding and Absorbing Fill: Incombustible, inert, mildew resistant and vermin - proof. Slightly larger and thicker than inside dimensions of panel, no voids. 3. Internal Panel Reinforcement: Minimum 18 gage galvanized steel and spaced such that span does not exceed 2' - 0 ". Perimeter and internal reinforcement and panel sheets welded and riveted to form rugged metal- sheathed acoustical panel. Spot welds maximum 3 inch centers. 4. Face Sheet: Welded and riveted to panel assembly to compress and hold fill materials in place under severe conditions of vibration. 5. Door Panels: Solid 18 gage galvanized metal sides, 36 inches wide by 72 inches high, 4 inches thick, overlapping seal type, single continuous air /acoustic seals around sill, jambs, and head. Two hinges and 2 latches with inside release handle, assembled with hinge hardware attached and adjusted. Latches installed in field. Wedge lever type door latches with inside handles. Install doors to open against air pressure. 6. Roof Channels, Aprons, and Corner joiners: 16 gage galvanized steel formed to prevent direct path for sound and /or air leakage. Panel joiners 20 gage galvanized 233113 - 7 of 17 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION steel, roll formed to be greater in strength than standard 16 gage joiners. Panel accessories furnished in standard lengths for field cutting to required dimensions. 7. Openings for Duct Connections: Provided by plenum manufacturer. 8. Pipe and Conduit Penetrations: Located and cut in field and sealed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 9. Plenum Structure: Self- supporting. 10. Finish: Metal surfaces galvanized. C. Performance: 1. Transmission loss (TL) tested in accordance with ASTM E 90 -6IT. 2. Absorption coefficients for composite panel assembly tested in accordance with ASTM C 423 -65T. 3. Heat Transfer Factor: K -value 0.07 Btu /hr /sq ft /F temperature difference of standard air. 4. Plenum installation capable of withstanding positive internal static air pressure of 6.0 inch w.g. and negative internal static air pressure of 3.0 inch. 5. Meet combustion requirements established by ASTM E 84, not exceeding the following: a. Flame Spread of 25. b. Smoke Developed of 50. D. Manufacturers: Industrial Acoustics Company "BIG -H PLENUM ", Rink, Semco, McGill Airflow LLC, UNI- HOUSINGTM or approved. 2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Description: Factory- insulated with low permeability vapor barrier jacket constructed of reinforced metalized laminate film, suitable for medium and low pressure applications, 1 inch thick fiber glass insulation, coated steel spring helix reinforcement bonded to chlorinated polyethylene liner. 1. Ratings: UL 181 listed and labeled as a Class 1 flexible duct with maximum flame spread rating 25, maximum smoke - developed rating 50. 2. Length: Assemblies in 5 foot length with galvanized male and female fittings attached to liner and vapor barrier jacket acceptable. B. Manufacturers: Thermaflex MK -E, Wiremold 57K, Flexmaster 8m, or approved. 2.6 DUCT SOUNDLINING A. Description: Fiberglass acoustical and thermal insulation, 1 inch thick unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 233113 - 8 of 17 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION B. Standards and Ratings: ASTM C 1071 Type I (flexible) and Type II (rigid), NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B for preformed duct liners. K -value 0.24 Btu /hr /sq ft /F at 75 F mean temperature per ASTM C 1 77. C. Composition: 1. Semi -rigid borosilicate fibers bonded in thermosetting resin. 2. Density 1-1/2 Ib. per cu. ft. 3. R -value 4.2 hr /sq ft /F /Btu per ASTM C 518. 4. Composite surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50 per ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, and UL 723. 5. Temperature limit 250 F. 6. Velocity rated at 6000 fpm. 7. Airstream surface protected with acrylic coating with EPA - registered anti - microbial agent per ASTM G 21 and ASTM G 22. 8. Factory applied edge coating with Johns Manville SuperSeal Duct Butter, SuperSeal Edge Treatment, or SuperSeal HV. D. Duct Soundlining Adhesive: UL listed and labeled, surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50. Water based and non - flammable in wet or dry state. McGill Airflow LLC, AirSeal UNI -TACK, Hardcast Glas- Grip, Design Polymerics DP5050, Foster 85 -65, or approved. E. Manufacturers: 1. Rectangular Duct: Johns Manville Linacoustic RC, Knauf EM, Certainteed ToughGuard R, or approved. 2. Rectangular Plenums: Johns Manville Linacoustic R -300 rigid plenum liner board, Knauf Rigid Plenum Liner, Certainteed ToughGuard Rigid Liner Board, or approved. 3. Round Duct Up to 16 Inch Diameter: Johns Manville Spiracoustic preformed self - supporting "slide -in" duct liner or approved. 4. Round Duct 18 Inch Diameter and Larger: Johns Manville Spiracoustic Plus Round Liner Board or approved. 2.7 FASTENERS A. Description: Use blind rivets, sheet metal screws, or bolted connections where required by SMACNA for attachment purposes for sheet metal. Sheet metal screws and rivets minimum length required for secure fastening. Where rivets are specifically called for in this section, sheet metal screws may be used. B. Locations: For ducts, grilles, and accessories exposed to view in finished rooms, include finish -type fasteners. 1. Permanent Work: Blind stainless steel pop rivets. 2. Removable Items and Grilles: Cadmium - plated pan head or countersunk tapping screws. 233113 - 9 of 17 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 2.8 HANGERS FOR SHEET METAL WORK SECTION 2331 13 AIR DISTRIBUTION A. Description: Hangers, supports, and anchor bolts for sheet metal work and equipment, same material as for duct construction. B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts and structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. Comply with requirements in Section 200510. C. Duct Sizes: Refer to maximum cross - section dimension at location of hangers. D. Horizontal Rectangular , Round , and Flat Oval Ducts: Comply with SMACNA Standards. Wire hangers not acceptable. E. Vertical Ducts: Angles attached to sides in pairs. Comply with SMACNA. In shafts, include supplementary steel angles or saddles at each floor to distribute Toads from bracing angles or channels to the structure. 2.9 DUCT SUPPORTS ON ROOF A. Description: Adjustable height duct support consisting of hot dipped galvanized steel support bases and galvanized steel braced strut assembly supported and connected to support bases. B. Refer to Section 200548. 2.10 DRAIN PANS A. For Air Conditioning Units and Water Heaters: 18 gage galvanized steel, seams and joints continuous welded watertight, bottom double sloped to drain connection. Fabricate per SMACNA with 2 inch high sides. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct - insulation thickness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 233113 -10 of 17 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.2 PREPARATION SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance ", provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non - compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.4 DUCT INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install in workmanlike manner. Fabrications, fittings, joints, take -offs, attachments, turning vanes, dampers, and sealing in accordance with requirements of SMACNA as specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for seismic restraints of ducts and for penetrations through mechanical room walls and floors and acoustical walls. 3. Hang ducts from roof structure and not from the roof deck itself. Provide supplementary steel framing as specified in Section 200510 to span between roof structural members. 4. Locate ducts with sufficient clearance around equipment to allow for inspection, repair, replacement, and service. 5. Cap incompleted duct ends with temporary closures of taped polyethylene to prevent construction dust from entering ducts. 6. Install duct collars where exposed ducts pass through non -fire rated walls and ceilings. Fasten tight to ducts. 7. Duct sizes may be changed as long as the new dimensions are equivalent to those indicated and do not exceed 4 to 1 aspect ratio. 8. Transitions: a. Fabricate and install duct transitions for connections to equipment, such as fans, coils, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire /smoke dampers, motor operated dampers, VAV units, air handling units, heat recovery devices, etc where the connection sizes are different from duct sizes indicated on the Drawings. 233113 -11 of 17 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION b. Where transitions are required to fit into available space, fabricate to maintain equivalent free area of duct sizes with angle less than 15 degrees. 9. Drawings do not show offsets which may be required. Make offsets with fittings with as small an angle of offset as possible. Install turning vanes in square corner elbows. 10. Install acoustical turning vanes in return air square throat elbows. 11. Install flanged connections to equipment with neoprene gaskets. 12. Install ducts through roof to be watertight. Coordinate with any details on the Drawings as to flashings and curbs. 13. Install straight sheet metal duct at inlet VAV units and FTUs, 2 feet or 3 equivalent duct diameters long, whichever is longer, size equal to unit inlet connection. Include transition at upstream end of straight duct if primary duct size is larger than unit inlet connection. 14. Install straight sheet metal duct at outlet of VAV units and FTUs, size to match unit outlet connection or minimum size per schedule on the Drawings with transition from outlet connection size. Install branch connections minimum 4 feet from unit outlet. 15. Install ducts within shafts without contact with walls. 16. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. 17. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated on the Drawings. Locate where required for testing and balancing purposes as directed by the TAB subcontractor specified in Section 200593. 18. Install return air and transfer air openings above ceilings with minimum 2' -0" clearance to obstructions. 19. Where louvers are shown on the Drawings to be blanked off, cover backside of unused portion of louver with galvanized sheet metal and caulk weathertight. Paint outside surface of blank off material flat black prior to installation. 20. Duct Silencers (Sound Traps): Install duct silencers furnished under Section 233300. 21. Comply with UL design to maintain minimum 2 -hour fire rating requirement for installed smoke control system and grease ductwork. See also, Smoke Control System and Grease Hood Exhaust Duct Supports, in this section. B. Exterior Ducts: 1. General: Install ducts located outside of buildings in weatherproof manner. 2. Fabrication: Fabricate and use gage as required by SMACNA. Aluminum with 4 -bolt or corner -clip duct connections or flanged joints. Slope top of ducts for drainage. Seal seams and joints externally for watertight installation in neat and workmanlike manner. 3. Duct Supports on Roof: Install per manufacturers instructions. Cut vertical supports not to be higher than 1 inch above top of ducts. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 as to repair of galvanized surface. 233113 - 12 of 17 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL . 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 4. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean duct surfaces, such that ducts may be primed and finish painted. C. Clothes Dryer Vent Duct: Install flexible duct between appliance connection and rigid duct. Install with stainless steel worm drive hose clamp on both ends. Eight foot maximum length, fully extended. Install male end of rigid duct in direction of airflow. Install cleanouts for vertical risers. D. Dishwasher Exhaust Ducts: Slope horizontal ducts at 1/2 inch per lineal foot back to hood. E. Grease Hood Exhaust Ducts: Slope horizontal ducts at 1/2 inch per lineal foot to residue traps at base of vertical risers and at low points with provisions for clean out access doors. Install access doors in horizontal ducts per IMC and NFPA 96. F. Smoke Control System and Grease Hood Exhaust Duct Supports: 1. Also, refer to Section 200700 and drawings for fire resistive duct wrap requirements. 2. Support Rod: Steel threaded rod, mounted to concrete floor by passing through pre - drilled hole and bolting with nut and washer on top of floor, or with steel drop - in or wedge expansion type concrete anchors. 3. Cradles: Shall be steel angle, min 75mm by 75mm by 6.3mm, supporting wrapped duct at 1500mm on center maximum, hung from concrete floor with support rod. G. Fume Hood Exhaust Ducts: Slope horizontal ducts at 1 inch per 20 feet back to hood. H. Flexible Connectors: 1. Install flexible connectors furnished under Section 200548 at connections to vibration - isolated (spring and rubber isolator- mounted) fans, packaged HVAC equipment, externally isolated air handling units, fan coil units, and similar equipment. Internally isolated equipment does not require flexible connectors. 2. Support duct on both sides of flexible connector to ensure alignment and to avoid binding connector. 3. Install with sufficient slack to permit 2 inch horizontal or vertical movement without stretching fabric and to efficiently isolate vibration of fans from ducts. 4. Install flexible connector prior to rated dampers on mechanical room side of fire or smoke rated walls. 5. Install equipment without flexible connectors in corridor ceiling spaces where fire rating is required. I. Duct and Plenum Sealing: SMACNA Seal Class A. Apply duct sealer to transverse joints, longitudinal seams, fitting connections, corners of four -bolt or corner clip duct connection system, and fitting seams except continuous welded type. Spiral seams, continuous welded seams, and transverse joints for 4 -bolt or corner clip duct connection system are not required to be sealed unless visible and audible leaks exist or duct 233113 -13 of 17 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION leakage exceeds that allowed by leakage test specified in this section. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.5 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Install per SMACNA Figures 3 -10 and 3 -1 1. B. Connect to metal ducts with slip joint made using fire - resistant mastic and stainless steel or plastic machine - applied clamp. C. Five foot maximum length, fully extended. Generally install with straight sections, without bends. If bends are required, install with maximum one -90 degree bend, R /D =2.5 or greater. No kinks allowed. Sheet metal elbows to result in straight flexible duct runs acceptable. D. Hang flexible duct on 5' -0" centers and at 90 degree bend with 1 inch wide flat steel strap. Maximum 1/2 inch sag per foot. Support shall not cause out -of -round shape. E. Installation in corridor ceiling spaces where fire rating is required not allowed. 3.6 SOUNDLINING A. General: Install duct soundlining per SMACNA and NAIMA Duct Liner Installation Standards and as required by this article. Apply adhesive for 100 percent coverage. Secure soundlining with mechanical fasteners at maximum 15 inch centers. Start fasteners within 2 inches of leading edge of each section and within 3 inches of leading edge of cross joints within duct section. Coat exposed and mating edges and seams to prevent exposed glass fiber. Install sheet metal nosings at transverse lining terminations. Duct dimensions indicated on the Drawings are net inside dimensions. Increase sheet metal dimensions to accommodate duct soundlining thickness. B. Extent: 1. Rectangular supply air ducts for the first 25' from AH or VAH unit, including downstream of VAV terminal units. 2. Rectangular return air ducts for the first 25' from AH or VAH unit. 3. Supply, return and exhaust air ducts for the first 10 feet from the grille, except for those grilles serving shower rooms. 4. Relief Ductwork. 5. OSA Ductwork. 6. Transfer ducts. 7. All grille and diffuser boxes and boots. C. Transportation and Handling: 1. Transport and handle in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 233113 -14 of 17 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 2. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that materials comply with requirements and are undamaged. 3. Provide equipment and personnel to handle materials by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. D. Storage and Protection: 1. Store and protect in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 2. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. 3. Store in weathertight, climate controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to materials. 4. Exterior storage not acceptable. 5. Use off -site storage and protection when site does not permit on -site storage or protection. 6. Use equipment and personnel to store materials by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 7. Arrange storage of materials to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify materials are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. 8. Avoid installation of soundlined duct in exterior conditions (prior to enclosure of building exterior envelope). If it is absolutely necessary to install soundlined duct in exterior conditions, provide temporary enclosures with impervious sheet covering arranged to shed water, anchored securely against the wind. Ventilate building to prevent condensation and degradation of materials. E. Protection of Installed Work: 1. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed soundlining. Use durable sheet materials. 2. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. 3. Install protective coverings at openings. 4. Prohibit traffic or storage upon installed surfaces. F. Moisture: Do not allow soundlining to get wet or absorb moisture. Promptly remove and dispose of wetted or moist soundlining material and replace with new, soundlining material. Drying out wetted duct lining material not acceptable. G. Installation: For soundlined ducts, use care during installation to insure that soundlining remains clean and dry, and that no gap will result between sections of duct soundlining after assembly of duct sections. Installation shall result in adjacent soundlined sections butted together without gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities. Ensure that mating edges are sealed in the field. Apply additional sealant to result in complete encapsulation of fibers. 233113 -15 of 17 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.7 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION A. Coordinate location requirements with Division 28 work prior to preparing and submitting sheet metal Shop Drawings to ensure with detector manufacturer's installation requirements. 3.8 PRESSURE TESTING FOR LEAKAGE A. Description: Test supply, return, exhaust, and outdoor air ducts. B. Test Standard: SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual, First Edition, 1985. C. Test Apparatus: Portable blower with volume adjustment, flow measuring assembly for determining cfm of air being added to duct consisting of calibrated orifice mounted in straight tube with straightening vane and pressure taps, U -tube manometer, and calibration curve for orifice assembly. D. Test Procedures: 1. Test duct before insulation is installed. 2. Close off and seal openings in duct section to be tested. Connect test apparatus to duct by means of flexible duct. 3. Test for audible leaks as follows: a. Start blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open the control damper until duct pressure reaches 1 inch w.g. higher than designed fan static pressure. c. Survey joints and seams for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not retest until sealants have set. 4. After audible leaks have been sealed, retest. Seal and retest as necessary until maximum leakage is less than 2 percent of design air quantity of system has been achieved. 5. Submit duct section data, calculations, and test results for each duct section. 6. Summation of leakage for sections shall not exceed total allowable system leakage. 7. Test of each duct section may be witnessed by A /E. Give A/E at least 7 calendar days prior notice before such tests. 3.9 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 233113 -16 of 17 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 END OF SECTION 233113 -17 of 17 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES SECTION 233300 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes accessories for air distribution systems and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AMCA 500 -D, Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating. 2. AMCA 51 1 , Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices. 3. ARI 410, Forced - Circulation Air - Cooling and Air - Heating Coils. 4. ARI 880, Air Terminals. 5. ARI 885, Procedures for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminals and Air Outlets. 6. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 7. NFPA 92A, Recommended Practice for Smoke - Control Systems. 8. NFPA 92B, Guide for Smoke Management Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large Areas. 9. NFPA 255, Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 10. UL 181, Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. 1 1 . UL 555, Standard for Fire Dampers. 12. UL 5555, Standard for Smoke Dampers. 13. UL 1978, Standard for Grease Ducts. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. C. Fire Damper Log: Prior to air handling system startup, submit fire damper log. Log shall consist of an Excel spreadsheet listing each fire damper, smoke damper, and 233300 - 1 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES combination fire /smoke damper installed, type of damper, location, size, and electrical connection information. Include additional comments for miscellaneous information. D. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements in Section 2331 13. E. Test Reports: 1. Factory test reports for duct silencers (sound traps). 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1 .4 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Motorized dampers and air terminal unit controllers and actuators. B. Section 234100 - Filters: Duct mounted filter housings and filters during construction. 1.5 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETING A. Prior to installing fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire /smoke dampers, sheet metal subcontractor shall arrange for and conduct a pre - installation meeting to review installation requirements. Meeting participants shall include at a minimum representatives from the general contractor, sheet metal, electrical and fire alarm subcontractors, Fire Marshal, A /E, Mechanical Engineer and Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible (SMACNA), Third Edition, 2005. 2.2 VOLUME DAMPERS AND QUADRANTS A. Factory Built Adjustable Dampers: 1. Description: Single or multiple blades, steel construction meeting SMACNA Standards for construction requirements for volume dampers. 2. Ratings and Standards: Maximum 4 inch w.g. pressure differential, 2000 fpm velocity and 1 80 F. Testing and ratings per AMCA 500D. 3. Construction: Galvanized steel, 20 gage hat channel frame and 16 gage reinforced blades, linkage concealed in jamb, 1/2 inch diameter plated steel axles and control shaft, and synthetic sleeve type bearings. 4. Manufacturers: Greenheck Model MBD -1 5, Air Balance, Ruskin, or approved. B. Remote Cable Control System for Quadrants Where Ducts are Not Accessible: 233300 - 2 of 12 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 1. Description: Cable system for remote operation of a volume damper consisting of Bowden 0.054 inch sheathed stainless steel control wire, rack and pinion gear drive, and control kit for flush ceiling mounting. 2. Manufacturer: Young Regulator Beldon Cable Controls, or approved. 2.3 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Description: Extruded aluminum frame and blades, extruded vinyl edge seals mechanically locked into blade edge. Blades with field adjustable, zinc plated steel counterbalance weights to allow pressure relief to start opening at 0.01 inch w.g. and be fully open at 0.06 inch w.g. Corrosion resistant bearings, synthetic type. Linkage concealed in frame. Dampers designed for maximum 1 500 fpm spot velocities and up to 4 inch w.g. back pressure. B. Manufacturers: Ruskin Model CBD2, Greenheck, American Warming & Ventilating, Air Balance, Duro Dyne, Pacific Air Products, or approved. 2.4 FIRE DAMPERS A. Description: Fire dampers, each with frame and sleeve for wall, floor, and ceiling installations. Comply with SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide. Include UL Fire Resistance Classified Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where installed at ceiling diffusers and grilles in fire rated ceilings. B. Classification: UL 555, NFPA 90A. UL listed and labeled for dynamic systems with airflow in either direction. Include label indicating maximum allowable air quantity of 11 cfm /sq ft at 8 inch w.g. for fan driven air flow installations and 8 cfm /sq ft at 4 inch w.g. for relief and transfer air installations. 1-1/2 hour fire rated in general. Refer to Architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction. C. Type: Metal curtain folding type with replaceable 165 F fusible link, steel; spring closing for horizontal installations. Blades recessed out of airstream for 100 percent free area. D. Sleeves: Galvanized steel, gage as required to meet manufacturer's installation instructions, factory mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper. E. Manufacturers: Ruskin, Air Balance, Nailor Industries, or Greenheck. 2.5 SMOKE DAMPERS A. Description: Smoke dampers, each with frame, sleeve, airfoil blades, and actuator for wall, floor, and ceiling installations, 350 F. Comply with SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide. Include UL Fire Resistance Classified Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where installed at ceiling diffusers and grilles in fire rated ceilings. 233300 - 3 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES B. Classification: UL 555S, NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B, NFPA 92A, NFPA 92B, Leakage Class 1. UL listed and labeled for dynamic systems with airflow in either direction. Include label indicating maximum allowable air quantity of 11 cfm /sq ft at 8 inch w.g. for fan driven air flow installations and 8 cfm /sq ft at 4 inch w.g. for relief and transfer air installations. 1-1/2 hour fire rated in general. Refer to Architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction. C. Performance Rating: AMCA listed and labeled meeting AMCA 511 certifying air performance and air leakage performance. D. Size: Free area inside sleeves and within damper stop minimum 90 percent of area of connecting duct. Provide larger damper size to maintain 90 percent free area. Increase size of damper if duct sizes indicated on the Drawings are smaller than manufacturer's available sizes. E. Blades: Airfoil type, double skin, 6 inch maximum width. Single airfoil shaped blade for blade width extensions. F. Smoke Detector: Integral, factory wired for single -point connection. G. Blade Position Assembly for smoke management systems: Factory installed and tested assembly to permit remote damper operation after initial closure. Include blade damper indicator switch with remote indication. H. Sleeves: Galvanized steel, gage as required to meet manufacturer's installation instructions, factory mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper. I. Actuator: Factory installed electric, 120 volt, 60 cycle, 1 phase, actuator and linkage mounted out of air stream, normally closed (damper closes when power is interrupted). Electric actuators with 5 year warranty, microprocessor based controller with electronic cutoff at full open, incapable of burning out if stalled before full rotation is reached, maximum 0.23 amp when running and 0.1 amp at full open, and auxiliary switch. Belimo Air Controls FSNF120 -S Series. No substitutions. J. Manufacturers: Ruskin SD60, Air Balance, Nailor Industries, or Greenheck. 2.6 COMBINATION FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS A. Description: Combination fire /smoke dampers, each with frame, sleeve, airfoil blades, and actuator for wall, floor, and ceiling installations, 350 F. Comply with SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide. Include UL Fire Resistance Classified Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where installed at ceiling diffusers and grilles in fire rated ceilings. 233300 - 4 of 12 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES B. Classification: UL 555, UL 5555, NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B, NFPA 92A, NFPA 92B] Leakage Class 1. UL listed and labeled for dynamic systems with airflow in either direction. Include label indicating maximum allowable air quantity of 11 cfm /sq ft at 8 inch w.g. for fan driven air flow installations and 8 cfm /sq ft at 4 inch w.g. for relief and transfer air installations. 1-1/2 hour fire rated in general. Refer to Architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction. C. Performance Rating: AMCA listed and labeled meeting AMCA 511 certifying air performance and air leakage performance. D. Size: Free area inside sleeves and within damper stop minimum 90 percent of area of connecting duct. Provide larger damper size to maintain 90 percent free area. Increase size of damper if duct sizes indicated on the Drawings are smaller than manufacturer's available sizes. E. Blades: Airfoil type, double skin, 6 inch maximum width. Single airfoil shaped blade for blade width extensions. F. Heat - Actuated Device: Electric fuse link for controlled closure and automatic reopen after test, smoke detection, and power failure. 165 F activation temperature for duct air temperature less than 1 1 5 F and 2 1 2 F for duct air temperatures 1 1 5 F and higher, 350 F elevated temperature rated. G. Smoke Detector: Integral, factory wired for single -point connection. H. Fire Thermostat Assembly for smoke management systems: Factory installed and tested assembly to permit remote damper operation after initial closure. Include blade damper indicator switch with remote indication and high limit temperature sensor with manual reset. Automatic reset to normal position when fire alarm system is reset. Include for projects with central fire alarm system as specified in Division 28. I. Sleeves: Galvanized steel, gage as required to meet manufacturer's installation instructions, factory mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper. J. Actuator: Factory installed, electric, 120 Volt, 60 cycle, 1 phase, actuator and linkage mounted out of air stream, normally closed (damper closes when power is interrupted). Electric actuators with 5 year warranty, microprocessor based controller with electronic cutoff at full open, incapable of burning out if stalled before full rotation is reached, maximum 0.23 amp when running and 0.1 amp at full open, and auxiliary switch. Belimo Air Controls FSNF120 -5 Series. No substitutions. K. Manufacturers: Ruskin FSD60, Air Balance, Nailor Industries, or Greenheck. 233300 - 5 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 2.7 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. General: Include access doors wherever access to ducts is necessary for reaching equipment. Double construction, hemmed edges (no sharp edges), tight fitting with gasket, hinged, with latch, and insulation or soundlining equivalent to that of adjacent duct. Steel angle frame. Access panels with sheet metal fasteners not acceptable. B. Access Door Sizes: 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 inches by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 inches by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 inches by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 inches by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 inches by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 inches by 17 inches. C. Latches: Die -cast, Ventfabrics No. 100 for doors 2' -0" high and smaller. Cat. No. 260 for doors up to 3' -0" high. Cat. No. 310 for doors higher than 3' -0 ". Use 2 for each door. Cam latches acceptable. D. For Medium Pressure Rectangular, Round, and Flat Oval Ducts for Access to rated dampers: Combination access and pressure relief type or sandwich type with latches, retaining chain, and handle. Round or rectangular door to suit installation and access requirements. Access doors per manufacturer's standard sizes with maximum possible size for duct dimensions. Solid metal construction except insulated type where duct is insulated or constructed with duct soundlining lining. McGill Airflow, Ductmate Industries, or approved. E. Grease Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct: Grease and airtight, UL 1978 listed and labeled, meeting NFPA 96 standards and mechanical codes. Access doors sandwich type or with weld -on frame with or without hinge. 2.8 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) UNITS A. Description: Pressure independent, VAV units used to regulate airflow and /or heat to zone in response to zone temperature requirements. B. Agency Listings: UL listed and labeled or ETL. Certified under ARI 880 Certification Program. Include ARI seal. Sound performance certified in accordance with ARI 885. C. Construction - General: 1. Casing: Minimum 22 gage galvanized steel, height as required to fit in available space. 2. Insulation - Non - Porous Type: Interior surface of unit casing acoustically and thermally lined with 3/8 inch thick closed cell, fiber free, polymer foam insulation mechanically fastened to unit casing. UL listed and labeled meeting NFPA 90A and 233300 - 6 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES UL 181. Density 1-1/2 Ib. per cu. ft. Solid metal liner over fiberglass insulation acceptable. 3. Primary Air Damper: Low - leakage with provisions for connecting actuator, maximum leak rate 5 percent of maximum manufacturer's scheduled fan capacity at 1 inch w.g. inlet static pressure. Solid shaft rotating in Delrin or bronze oilite self - lubricating bearings. Shaft clearly marked on end to indicate damper position. Mechanical stop to prevent overstroking. Synthetic seals. Inlet sized to fit standard round duct. 4. Primary Airflow Sensor: Integral flow -cross style multiple point, center averaging flow sensor for primary air flow measurement within plus or minus 5 percent of unit rated airflow with 1-1/2 diameters of straight duct upstream of unit, integral flow taps and calibration chart provided on each unit. Annular type sensor acceptable. 5. Access Panel: Removable insulated panel on bottom of unit for full access to interior. 6. Discharge Duct Connection: Slip and drive rectangular connection. 7. Control Enclosure: Galvanized steel, with single point power supply connection and terminal block, control terminal block. 8. Digital Controller: Microprocessor -based controller furnished under Section 230900, factory installed by VAV unit manufacturer. 9. Primary Air Damper Actuator: Furnished under Section 230900, factory installed by VAV unit manufacturer on outside of housing. Installation inside control enclosure not acceptable. D. Heating Water Coil: 1. General: Factory mounted, installed at discharge of box, galvanized steel casing. 2. Extension sheet metal transition as required to limit coil face velocity to scheduled values indicated on the Drawings. Length to result in maximum 45 degree airflow transition angle from fan discharge to coil. 3. Coil Performance: Based upon ARI 410 4. Coil: Seamless copper tubes of minimum 0.016 inch thick wall with male solder header connections, tubes mechanically expanded into aluminum fin collars, maximum fin spacing of 8 fins per inch, leak tested at 300 psig. E. Warranty: Single source by VAV unit manufacturer, including controls. F. VAV Unit Component Responsibility: VAV unit manufacturer shall coordinate shipping. Refer to Article "VAV Unit and FTU Component Responsibility Schedule" in this section. G. Manufacturers: Titus, Nailor Industries, Environmental Technologies, or approved. 2.9 HEATING AND COOLING COILS A. Hydronic Coils: 1. Description: Hydronic coils for air handling units and duct mounted coils. 233300 - 7 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 2. Ratings: ARI410. 3. Construction: a. Cabinet and duct mounted coils as indicated on the Drawings. b. Counterflow arrangement. c. Maximum fin spacing 10 fins per inch. d. Maximum 45 inch coil fin height. e. Coils 5/8 inch copper tube, minimum 0.020 inch thick wall, and 0.008 inch thick aluminum fins with copper, bronze, or cast iron headers. f. Supply and return piping with labels on same side of units unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. g. Select coils using 0.001 fouling factor. h. Cabinet mounted coils with headers and tubes arranged for 100 percent drainage of heat transfer fluid via a single threaded plug in each coil row. 4. Pressure Tests: Factory tested to 315 psig minimum air pressure under warm water. Suitable for operation at 250 psig working pressure. 5. Cooling Coils: Moisture removal type with wavy pattern fins. Straight fins not allowed. 2.10 DUCT SILENCERS (SOUND TRAPS) A. Description: Pre - fabricated, baffle type, duct silencers. B. Construction: 1. Minimum 22 gage for rectangular silencers and minimum 18 gage for tubular silencers, galvanized steel construction with lock- formed mastic - filled seams. 2. Interior panels 26 gage galvanized steel, die stamped in 1 piece, incorporating solid nose to form bellmouth entrance, perforated air passage corrugated in direction of airflow, and terminating with exponential exit. 3. Interior components held in place by spot welding not more than 3 inch on center. 4. Interior configuration of straight- through passages of consistent dimensions. 5. Acoustical filler of inorganic fiberglass, vermin -and moisture - proof, compressed to 4 -1 /2 pound per cubic foot density, tested to ASTM E 84. Filler encapsulated with Tedlar. 6. Multiple assembly of attenuators where required by airflow, assembled and installed as recommended by manufacturer. Assembly full height and width of plenum for air handling units specified in Section 233410. 7. Pressure rating 8 inch w.g. C. Source Quality Control: Test by independent laboratory in accordance with ASTM E 477. 1. Test acoustic ratings, including dynamic insertion Toss, self - generated noise, and airflow in both forward and reverse flow at minimum 2000 fpm face velocity. 2. Test for air tightness at 200 percent of scheduled fan static pressure or 6 inch w.g., whichever is greater. Zero percent leakage required. 233300 - 8 of 12 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES D. Manufacturers: Industrial Acoustics Company, Rink, Dyna - Sonics, Semco, VAW Systems, or approved. 2.11 CLOTHES DRYER VENT COMPONENTS A. Vent Receptacle: 22 gage aluminized steel receptacle with top or bottom opening for connection between flexible and rigid ducts. Include furring strip for installation in 2 by 4 wall. Powder coated finish. UL listed and labeled for installation in 1 hour fire rated wall. In -O -Vate Technologies Dryerbox Vent Receptacle (561- 743 -8696) or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to • commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance ", provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non - compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.4 VOLUME DAMPERS A. General: Volume dampers may not be shown on the Drawings. Install damper in duct to each supply, return, and exhaust opening and for branch mains serving more than 1 opening. B. Construction and Installation: Install factory built adjustable dampers with actuators with metal fasteners. Use of factory applied adhesive seal without fasteners not acceptable. In general, arrange with axis of blade in long dimension of rectangular duct. Install bearing on each end. Seal installation airtight. 233300 - 9 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES C. Location: Install dampers in accessible locations. Locate as far from outlet and inlet as possible. D. Setting: Set and lock in full open position, prior to TAB work. E. Install 12 inch long orange colored 1/2 inch wide surveyors tape on quadrant of volume dampers located above ceilings. 3.5 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. General: Install at exhaust and relief air duct terminations to atmosphere that do not have motor operated dampers. 3.6 FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, AND COMBINATION FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS A. General: Install per manufacturer's installation instructions. Install to prevent rattling and vibration. Utilize sleeves, angles and other materials so that installation is equivalent to that used by manufacturer when tested by UL. B. Actuators: Install smoke and combination fire /smoke dampers so that actuators and other components mounted external to the damper are accessible. Install dampers so that actuators can be removed from damper shaft for replacement. 3.7 ACCESS DOORS A. General: Install at duct smoke detectors, backdraft dampers, motorized dampers, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire /smoke dampers, both sides of duct mounted coils, airflow measuring units, duct sensors, and plenums. Arrange door swings so that access doors open against air pressure. B. Access Doors for Fire Dampers, Smoke Dampers, and Combination Fire /Smoke Dampers: 1. Size large enough to permit replacement of fusible link, resetting of damper, and damper inspection. Minimum dimension 12 inch or maximum dimension allowed by duct size. 2. Hinged and latched, or clamped with mechanism to allow easy removal. 3. Tight fitting, full neoprene gasketed, constructed to prevent air leakage. 4. Install permanent engraved phenolic nameplates in accordance with Section 200510, IBC Chapter 7, IMC Chapter 6. Color as selected by the AHJ. 5. Demonstrate to the Owner and A/E that fusible link can be replaced, damper can be reset, and damper can be inspected for up to 5 fire damper locations and for up to 5 smoke and combination fire /smoke damper locations as selected by the Owner. 233300 - l0 of 12 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 3.8 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNITS A. General: Install to be accessible for service and maintenance to components by maintenance personnel standing on ladder, without need to reach over or around light fixtures, ceiling supports, piping, and similar obstructions. Components needing service and maintenance include but are not limited to filters, controls, valves, strainers, fan motors, starters, disconnect switches, damper actuators, and airflow sensors. B. Coordination: Units located above inaccessible suspended ceilings will require access through access doors. Coordinate requirements for right or left hand access and connections to suit field connections. Access doors will be furnished and installed as part of general construction work but sizes shall be determined as part of the sheet metal work. C. Support units from structure as for ducts. Support devices shall not block access. D. Provide ceiling "dots" under the service and maintenance locations of each unit to allow maintenance personnel to identify locations of ceiling panels that need to be removed and reinstalled to access components. Obtain A/E approval of products to be used for this purpose and their method of attachment to ceiling. • 3.9 ELECTRIC DUCT HEATERS A. Install to allow clearance in front of control box per NEC requirements. 3.10 DUCT MOUNTED HEATING] COILS A. General: Install per SMACNA Figure 7.1. Provide plenums or transitions upstream and downstream of coils. • 3.11 DUCT SILENCERS (SOUND TRAPS) A. General: Install per manufacturer's installation requirements and as indicated on the Drawings. Where elbows precede or follow duct silencers, install with baffles parallel to plane of elbow turn. 3.12 FILTERS A. Duct Mounted Filter Housings: Install housings specified in Section 234100 as indicated on the Drawings. Locate and arrange to allow easy access to replace filters. B. Filters during Construction: Install filters specified in Section 234100 over return air grilles and other return air openings for air handling systems that are operated during construction. Size filters to exceed the grille and opening sizes. Install to be airtight. Remove at end of construction prior to building flush -out mode. 233300 - 1 1 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 3.13 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.14 COMMISSIONING AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.1 5 VAV UNIT AND FTU COMPONENT RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED BY MOUNTED BY CONNECTED BY 1. VAV Unit Unit Manufacturer Mechanical Contractor Mechanical Contractor (1) 2. Primary Air Damper Actuator Control Subcontractor Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer 3. Primary Airflow Sensor Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer 4. Heating Water Coil Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer Mechanical Contractor a. Heating Coil Control Valve Control Subcontractor Mechanical Contractor Mechanical Contractor b. Control Valve Actuator Control Subcontractor Control (3) Subcontractor Control Subcontractor 5. Electric Heater Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer Electrical Contractor 6. Low Voltage Field (4) Wiring Control Subcontractor 7. Air Flow Transducer Control Subcontractor Control (2) Subcontractor 8. Temperature Sensor Control Subcontractor Control Subcontractor Control Subcontractor 9. Digital Controller Control Subcontractor Unit (2) Manufacturer Notes: 1. Duct and piping connections. 2. Internal tubing and wiring by box manufacturer, external (field) wiring by control subcontractor. 3. If not integral to control valve. 4. 24 Volt control power connected by control subcontractor. END OF SECTION 233300 - 12 of 12 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SECTION 233410 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes air handling units, heat recovery units, fans, fan drives, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AMCA Publication 99, Standards Handbook. 2. AMCA Standard 204, Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans. 3. AMCA Standard 210, Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating. 4. AMCA Publication 21 1 , Certified Ratings Programme - Product Rating Manual for Fan Air Performance. 5. AMCA Standard 301, Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data, as tested to AMCA 300, Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. 6. AMCA Publication 311, Certified Ratings Programme - Product Rating Manual for Fan Sound Performance. 7. AMCA Standard 320, Laboratory Methods of Sound Testing of Fans Using Sound Intensity. 8. AMCA Publication 51 1 , Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices. 9. ARI 260, Sound Rating of Ducted Air Moving and Conditioning Equipment. 10. ARI 430, Central Station Air - Handling Units. 1 1 . ASTM B 1 1 7, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 12. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1 3. UL 705, Power Ventilators. 14. UL 1995, Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. 233410 - 1 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, ladder -type wiring diagrams differentiating between portions of wiring that are factory installed and portions to be field - installed, and maintenance data for each air handling unit, fan and appurtenance. Include dimensions, weights, capacities, certifications, component performance, electrical characteristics, casing construction details, wiring interconnections, gages, and finishes of materials. Include blank copy of start-up and test report form. C. Performance Data: Submit fan performance curve for each air handling unit and fan. Indicate on separate graph for each fan and for combined fans operating in parallel, static pressure versus volume flow, efficiency, and brake horsepower, with scheduled design point shown and labeled. Performance certified in accordance with AMCA 210. A single fan curve not acceptable. Include coil selection worksheets, showing consideration for altitude, air density, fluid characteristics, and fouling factor. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory airflow, air leakage, and flood test reports. 2. Field start-up test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 WARRANTY A. General: Warrant equipment for minimum of 1 year after Substantial Completion Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time. Make available for replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. 1 .5 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Variable frequency drives. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR HANDLING UNITS, CUSTOM INDOOR A. General: Custom horizontal type air handling units as indicated on the Drawings with components for specified unit operation. B. Shipping Splits: Ship unit in one piece, unless too large to be legally shipped by truck. If too large to ship as one piece, ship unit in sections for field assembly by the Contractor. Include detailed assembly instructions. Label parts and sections. Furnish assembly materials including insulation, sealant, fasteners, and hardware. Include joining flanges for unit base. C. Casings: 233410 - 2 of 20 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 1. General: Sections, dimensions, and service access spaces as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Construction: a. Custom arrangement, minimum 16 gage galvanized steel walls, top, and bottom or surfaces braced and reinforced to maintain leakage and casing deflection measured at mid span not to exceed L /200 at 1.5 times operating pressure to maximum plus 10 inches w.g. for positive pressure sections and minus 10 inches w.g. for negative pressure sections where L is panel span. b. Units constructed with welded structural steel channel around entire perimeter with intermediate welded channel and angle iron supports. c. Floor 12 gage painted steel or 1/8 inch thick aluminum tread plate, tack welded flat to structural channel with seams continuously welded or maximum deflection not to exceed L /200 with 200 pound point load. d. Casing double wall construction with galvanized steel solid inner liner and galvanized steel exterior. e. Include minimum 1-1/2 inch high perimeter collar around the entire unit base and around each floor opening to ensure unit is internally watertight. f. Wall and roof seams turned inward to provide a clean and flush exterior surface. g. Entire base shall act as an auxiliary drain pan and hold up to 1-1/2 inch of water. h. Units delivered in multiple sections sealed watertight at seams and joints and finished with painted metal protective cover strips. 3. Access Doors: a. Hinged and gasketed 16 gage double thickness door with insulation and lining to match casing inner liner and casing thickness. Include mounting straps and gasketing. b. Hinges continuous piano type stainless steel. c. Locate for access to internal equipment and mixing box sections. Minimum door opening size 18 inches wide. Minimum height 70 inches where unit height permits. Doors in fan sections sufficiently wide for removal of motor. Door opening fully gasketed. d. Doors swing against air pressure. Minimum 2 high pressure latches operable from inside and outside of door. If doors do not open against pressure, include safety latches that allow access doors to partially open after first handle movement and fully open after second handle movement. 4. Insulation: a. In sections except fan section, 2 inch thick, 3 pound per cubic foot density fiberglass insulation covered with solid liner for walls and roof. Closed cell insulation with minimum R -value equal to fiberglass thickness filling entire panel cavity acceptable. b. In fan section, include 4 inch thick, 3 pound per cubic foot density fiberglass insulation covered with perforated plate liner for walls. Closed cell insulation 233410 - 3 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT with minimum R -value equal to fiberglass thickness filling entire panel cavity acceptable. c. In fan section, include Tedlar sheet between insulation and perforated liner. Mylar sheet not acceptable. d. Insulation edges protected with metal lagging. e. Insulation systems using stick pins not acceptable. 5. Base: a. Welded and painted structural steel channel at perimeter with intermediate welded channel and angle supports. Minimum height 6 inches to provide elevation of condensate drain pan outlet high enough to accommodate required condensate drain trap vertical dimensions. There are no housekeeping pads on project for air handling units. b. Include lifting Tugs, minimum 4 per unit section. c. Underside of floor insulated with 2 inch thick fiberglass or polyurethane spray foam insulation with minimum R -value equal to fiberglass thickness. d. Maximum base deflection L /1000 during rigging where L is distance between lifting lugs. 6. Finish: a. Surfaces chemically cleaned, washed, dried, and coated with polyurethane primer and enamel finish to minimum 1-1/2 mil thickness. Enamel finish able to withstand salt spray test per ASTM B 1 1 7 for minimum 500 continuous hours. b. Custom color as selected by the A /E. 7. Acoustical Performance: Unit maximum sound power level with unit installed components operating at design conditions not to exceed decibels (dB), re: 10 -12 Watts listed in the following table per ARI 260. Maximum Air Handling Unit Sound Power Levels (dB) Unit Opening OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (HERTZ) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 AHU -01 Discharge 72 74 66 66 61 58 53 49 AHU -01 Inlet 67 69 61 61 56 53 48 44 AHU -02 Discharge 73 75 66 67 62 63 61 59 AHU -02 Inlet 71 73 65 65 60 57 52 48 AHU -03 Discharge 76 73 67 67 65 68 64 61 AHU -03 Inlet 69 71 66 64 65 64 61 57 AHU -04 Discharge 76 78 74 70 69 69 64 62 AHU -04 Inlet 70 72 68 65 67 66 62 58 AHU -05 Discharge 75 76 76 71 69 66 62 58 AHU -05 Inlet 71 71 72 74 64 65 57 50 AHU -06 Discharge 79 79 78 76 74 71 66 61 AHU -06 Inlet 71 71 74 76 66 67 58 51 AHU -07 Discharge 74 75 75 70 68 65 60 57 233410 - 4 of 20 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233410 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT Unit Opening OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (HERTZ) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 AHU -07 Inlet 68 71 65 66 56 55 51 48 AHU -08 Discharge 73 70 64 64 61 64 61 58 AHU -08 Inlet 67 69 65 60 59 59 55 53 AHU -09 Discharge 79 79 78 75 74 • 71 66 61 AHU -09 Inlet 71 71 74 76 66 67 58 51 AHU -10 Discharge 73 70 63 64 61 64 61 58 AHU -10 Inlet 68 70 65 61 60 60 56 54 AHU -11 Discharge 73 70 63 64 61 64 61 58 AHU -11 Inlet 68 70 65 61 60 60 56 54 AHU -12 Discharge 79 80 73 72 70 71 65 64 AHU -12 Inlet 80 75 73 69 69 70 65 62 AHU -13 Discharge 83 82 74 79 77 74 72 70 AHU -13 Inlet 69 72 67 67 58 57 53 50 AHU -14 Discharge 81 81 73 78 76 73 71 70 AHU -14 Inlet 69 71 65 66 56 55 52 48 AHU -15 Discharge 73 75 70 66 65 65 61 59 AHU -15 Inlet 69 71 66 62 61 61 57 55 AHU -16 Discharge 72 74 69 65 64 64 60 58 AHU -16 Inlet 69 71 66 62 61 61 57 55 AHU -17 Discharge 74 71 64 65 62 65 62 59 AHU -17 Inlet 68 70 65 61 60 60 56 1 54 AHU -18 Discharge 74 71 64 65 62 65 62 59 AHU -18 Inlet 68 70 65 61 60 60 56 54 AHU -19 Discharge 73 70 63 64 61 64 61 58 AHU -19 Inlet 68 70 65 61 60 60 56 54 AHU -20 Discharge 74 75 75 70 68 66 60 57 AHU -20 Inlet 69 71 65 66 56 55 52 48 AHU -21 Discharge 72 74 69 65 64 64 60 58 AHU -21 Inlet 72 67 64 60 60 61 56 53 AHU -22 Discharge 72 74 69 65 64 64 60 58 AHU -22 Inlet 69 71 66 62 61 61 57 55 AHU -23 Discharge 72 74 69 65 64 64 60 58 AHU -23 Inlet 69 71 66 62 61 61 57 55 AHU -24 Discharge 72 74 69 65 64 64 60 58 AHU -24 Inlet 72 67 64 60 60 61 56 53 AHU -25 Discharge 71 73 68 64 63 63 59 57 AHU -25 Inlet 69 • 71 66 62 61 61 57 55 AHU -26 Discharge 74 71 64 65 62 65 62 59 AHU -26 Inlet 68 70 65 61 60 60 56 54 233410 - 5 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233410 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT Unit Opening OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (HERTZ) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 AHU -27 Discharge 74 71 64 65 62 65 62 59 AHU -27 Inlet 68 70 65 61 60 60 56 54 AHU -28 Discharge 75 76 76 71 69 66 61 58 AHU -28 Inlet 71 72 66 67 57 56 54 49 AHU -29 Discharge 75 76 76 71 69 66 61 58 AHU -29 Inlet 70 72 66 67 57 56 54 49 AHU -30 Discharge 75 76 76 71 69 66 62 58 AHU -30 Inlet 70 72 66 67 57 56 54 49 AHU -31 Discharge 72 74 70 65 64 64 60 58 AHU -31 Inlet 71 73 69 64 64 63 59 57 VAH -01 Discharge 82 82 74 79 77 74 72 70 VAH -01 Inlet 71 71 73 75 65 66 58 51 VAH -02 Discharge 82 81 73 78 76 73 73 70 VAH -02 Inlet 69 71 65 66 56 55 52 48 VAH -03 Discharge 84 90 88 82 78 73 68 65 VAH -03 Inlet 80 87 87 78 74 71 66 61 VAH -04 Discharge 73 70 64 64 61 64 61 58 VAH -04 Inlet 66 68 64 61 62 61 58 54 8. Pipe and Conduit Penetrations: Sheet metal sleeve through casing construction. Seal and caulk to prevent air leakage. 9. Duct Connections: Include factory installed bellmouth collars for supply fan discharge connections, and rectangular collars for other duct connections. D. Fan Sections, Centrifugal: 1. Type: Wheel with reinforced steel inlet plate with removable spun inlet cone and structural steel frame. Casing- mounted, AMCA labeled, direct drive. Fan construction and descriptive nomenclature in accordance with AMCA 99. Fan tested, rated, and certified per AMCA 210 for air delivery and per AMCA 300 for sound power levels. Fan balancing process, including vibration limits and documentation performed per AMCA 204. Comply with Article "Plenum Fans" in this section. 2. Selection: Select centrifugal fans for point of design at maximum possible mechanical efficiency. At this point of design, fan characteristic curve shall continuously slope for at least 10 percent of fan static pressure, both above and below point of design. 3. Wheels: Blades continuously welded, die - formed, airfoil type. Tapered spun wheel cones or shrouds to provide stable air flow and high rigidity. 4. Fan Shafts: Solid, ground, and polished. Carbon steel, SAE 1045 material, machined to close tolerances. Key to fan wheel. Coat fan shaft with rust inhibitor after machining. Hollow shafts not acceptable. 233410 - 6 of 20 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 5. Bearings: Ball or roller type, L -50 life at 200,000 hours, grease - lubricated. American Fan Bearing Manufacturers' Association Series FS (Fairly Silent) acoustical criteria at rotational speeds 1/3 of the fan RPM or higher. 6. Balancing and Overspeed Requirements: Select fans not to pass through their first critical speed at any cataloged RPM. Size for first critical speed of at least 1.43 times maximum speed for the class. Rotors statically and dynamically balanced including overspeed test at 125 percent of normal. Shafts free from critical speeds within 125 percent of normal. Allowable vibration, peak -to -peak displacement, not to exceed 2.0 mils. 7. Motors: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. Locate on access door side of casing. 8. Vibration Isolation Mountings and Seismic Restraints: Internal isolation. Fan, motor, and drive isolated from casing and factory- mounted on welded steel isolation base with seismically restrained spring isolators. Base mounted on fan section channel base. Factory- assembled flexible connection between the fan outlet and casing. Comply with requirements in Section 200548. E. Heating and Cooling Coils: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 233300. 2. Support Frames: a. Fully enclosed within unit casing. Racks arranged to allow coils to slide out individually. b. Removable coil access panels for removal of coils through the casing wall. c. AHU Heating Coils: Galvanized steel support frames. F. Drain Pan: 1. Stainless steel construction, minimum 16 gage, 2 -way sloping located under cooling coil sections to collect condensate from coils, headers, return bends, and uninsulated piping. 2. Extend pan downstream from cooling coil 18 inches or 1/2 height of cooling coil, whichever is longer. 3. Install pan to slope to drain. 4. Insulate exterior of drain pan to prevent condensation. 5. Include copper or stainless steel drain connections, minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter, or as indicated on the Drawings. G. Plenum Sections: Include minimum 15 inch length unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Include access door. In addition, include space between heating coil and cooling coil for freezestat furnished and installed by control system subcontractor and for cleaning coil fins. H. Filter Section: Rear access, where space is available, or side access filter housing with pre - filters and final filters. Comply with requirements in Section 234100. 233410 - 7 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT I. Mixing Box Section: 1. Include mixing box with motorized dampers as integral part of air handling units. 2. Parallel blade type for throttling and two- position control. Orient outside air and return air dampers so that blades direct air toward each other. Size for 1200 to 1500 feet per minute face velocity. 3. Separate minimum and maximum outdoor air dampers as indicated on the Drawings. 4. Airfoil blade dampers constructed with extruded aluminum or steel blades with extruded vinyl or rubber edge seals. Blade ends sealed with stainless steel "arc" seals. External linkage controlled by separate actuators. Multiple sections of each damper linked together with welded connections. 5. Damper leakage rate not to exceed 3 cfm per square foot of damper area at 1 inch w.g. pressure. 6. Include shaft extension with positive actuator connection via flat spot on shaft for set screw or other non -slip mechanical connection. 7. Actuators furnished, installed, and wired by control system subcontractor specified in Section 230900. Mounting brackets by air handling unit manufacturer arranged to ensure that operators are mounted in easily accessible sections of the unit. J. Electrical Panel: 1. Description: a. UL or ETL listed and labeled. b. Factory wired and tested prior to shipment. c. NEMA 1 construction mounted on unit fan casing with separate power and secondary 120 Volt compartments. d. Controls and other electrical components within casing. Casing penetrations sealed to eliminate air Teaks. e. Dual point power supply connection. f. Integral transformer with disconnect and fuses for 120 Volt duplex receptacles, lighting, and control loads. 2. Code Required Accessories: Include factory mounted electrical and mechanical code required accessories and as follows: a. Horsepower and full load current rated disconnecting means. b. Overcurrent protection (main and internal subcomponent). c. Motor control with running overload protection. d. Duplex receptacle adjacent to each fan section. e. Electrical installation instructions. 3. Components and Wiring: Comply with NEC and requirements in Division 26. Number coded per wiring diagrams. Label electrical components per wiring diagrams. 4. Terminals: Include terminal block for main power connection, and terminal board for low voltage control wiring. Include knockouts in bottom of main control panel for field wiring entrance. 233410 - 8 of 20 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 5. Variable Frequency Drives (VFD): Comply with requirements in Section 230915 and Section 230900 for installation and wiring at air handling unit factory. 6. Fan Branch Circuits: Individually fused. Final electrical connection to fan motor made with flexible conduit sufficiently long for vibration isolation. 7. Lighting: 25 watt interior vapor -tight fixture with protective metal cage for each accessible compartment. Locate common weatherproof switch with pilot light on outside of unit near an access door. K. Gratings: Include for openings 1 square foot and larger in floor, damper openings in floor, and where indicated on the Drawings, include removable welded steel gratings. Design to support minimum 300 pound point load. L. Air Leakage Tests: a. Factory pressure test to ensure leakage rate of casing does not exceed 1.0 percent of unit airflow rate at 1.5 times scheduled fan static pressure to maximum plus 1.5 inches w.g. for positive pressure sections and minus 1.5 inches w.g. for negative pressure sections. b. Sections designed for positive pressure tested positively and sections designed for negative pressure tested negatively. c. Leakage calculated by totaling leakage into and out of unit. d. Use calibrated orifice to measure leakage airflow. M. Flood Tests: Flood unit bases to level of 1 -1 /2 inch to ensure no leakage through floor and perimeter water barrier. N. Instrument Test Holes: Include test ports for unit static pressure testing between each component of unit. Duro Dyne IP -4 or approved. • O. Manufacturers: SilentAire, Haakon, Huntair, Energy Labs, MAFNA, ClimateCraft, or approved. 2.2 HEAT RECOVERY UNITS, CUSTOM, INDOOR A. General: As manufactured by BKM Reverse Flow or approved equal B. Construction: 1. Double- walled, insulated, air pressure tight casing assemblies. No through metal shall be allowed. Where dissimilar metals are used, they shall be dialectically isolated from one another to prevent galvanic action. All Seals and gaskets shall be easily changeable and constructed of EPDM rubber which is ultra violet and ozone stable and have a normal temperature range from -40 to +130 degree F. 2. Assembled panels shall be a minimum of 2 -1 /4" thick and shall be fabricated with the minimum 16 -gauge solid exterior sheet and 16 -gauge solid inside panel. Each panel shall have an integral formed channel of all four sides for added structural 233410 - 9 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT stability. Inner panels shall be sealed to each other with polyurethane adhesive sealant and mechanically fastened with tek screws on 12" staggered centers. 3. Wall panels are to be fastened to the channel base by means of a 1" tack weld on 12" centers, staggered from inside to outside of the housing. All seams and joints are finish caulked with non - hardening polyurethane sealant. 4. Interior panel insulation shall be 3 lb density fiberglass. Panel U -valve shall not exceed 0.07 Btu hr /sq. ft /F. UL fire rating, flame spread 10 -20, fuel contributed 10- 1 5, smoke developed 0 -20. 5. Acoustical housing sections shall consist of 2 -1 /4" panels and shall be fabricated of minimum 16 -gauge solid outer panel and 20 -gauge perforated inner sheet. Perforated sheets shall have 3/32" diameter holes spaced no more than 3/16" on center in a staggered pattern. The insulation shall be 3-lb fiberglass with Yo mil polyethylene covering between the insulation and the perforated coversheet. 6. The structure shall be self- supporting. 7. Exterior skin is galvanneal steel with Heresite VR -500 air -dry phenolic. C. Damper Section: 1. Bearings shall be sealed and will not require any additional maintenance when shaft sizing of shaft less than 1" are utilized. 2. EPDM Rubber will be used for seals. Seals are to be attached without the use of adhesives for ease of maintenance and replacement. 3. Damper blade is to be insulated and of a double walled, single blade design. D. Base 1. Unit casing shall be built up on a structural steel channel base suitably sized to prevent deflection during rigging. All seams in the floor shall be tack welded and sealed. The floor shall be braced by structural steel members at a maximum of 24" on center. Formed steel for the channel base shall not be acceptable. 2. The entire depth of the channel shall be insulated with R -19 fiberglass insulation. The sides of the floor pan shall be insulated to prevent condensation at the channel base. 3. Unit drain pans will be continuously welded, watertight 304 stainless steel with 1 1/4" drain connections. Each pan will pitch for positive condensate drainage. 4. All carbon steel surfaces shall be coated with Heresite VR -500 air -dry phenolic. Color VR- 506 gray. Steel floor surfaces shall be top- coated with Heresite VR -500 air -dry phenolic. Color VR -506 gray. 5. The under side of the base will be covered with a 20 -gauge galvanized coversheet. 6. Lifting lugs, will be welded or bolted on (removable) depending on job requirements. E. Access Doors: 1. All access doors, if equipped, are to be double wall construction, fabricated and insulated with the same gauge and quality of materials as the main housing. 233410 - 10 of 20 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT Structural steel shall be provided within the door and frame. All hinges and latches shall be mounted to structural steel. 2. Each door and frame shall be fabricated with integral flanges, working together to form a double gasketed seal effective against positive or negative pressure. Access doors shall have an integral flange, which supports a neoprene gasket, which mates to the doorframe. All gaskets are to be mechanically fastened to mounting flange; the use of glue or self- adhesive gasket is not acceptable. 3. All access doors are to be hinged using a minimum of two chrome plated, high - pressure diecast zinc, heavy duty, flush offset hinges with nylon bearings. The offset in the hinges shall be sufficient to prevent over - compression of the door's gasketed sealing system, and minimize gasket wipe. Piano hinges shall not be acceptable. All fastening hardware on outdoor access doors shall be stainless steel. 4. All access doors shall be provided with a minimum of two heavy -duty, chrome plated latches, die -cast from a non - corrosive zinc aluminum alloy. Latches shall be provided with both interior and exterior turn handles. Exterior handle shall contact matching chrome plated ramp and provide adequate pressure to form a positive gasket seal. 5. Where inspection only access is required, bolt on access panels with gaskets will be provided. F. Heat Transfer Cassettes 1. The characteristics of various finished aluminum products are determined in part by their alloy content. The Reverse Flow energy recovery system utilizes pure aluminum plates of 1100 alloy to offer excellent corrosion resistance. The structural frames and optional storm louvers are constructed of 16 -gauge 304 stainless steel. 2. The energy transfer cassettes consist of 63 corrugated plates per module and have a minimum thickness of .0276 inch, maximum .032 inch per plate. With a sensible energy recovery effective rate of 90% winter 80% summer +- 5% and latent recovery of up to 70% during cold winter conditions. System will not require freeze protection to -40 F under standard applications. 3. Energy transfer cassettes shall be easily accessible, removable and cleanable with a pressure washer if ever required. 4. Heresite dip type coatings may be applied for use in caustic exhaust air environments. G. Filtration /Cleaning 1. Unit shall be of a self - cleaning design. No filters will be required under normal operating conditions. Cassette will have the capability to be power washed in the field if ever required. H. Control Panel / Electrical 1. Provide single point electrical connection. 233410 - 1 1 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 2. An integral control panel shall be mounted on top of the damper section in an enclosed weather tight compartment. 3. Controls include the following components: a. Damper control timer with built -in economizer cycle. (Built in clock with 6 points of input, 4 output) b. eDrive DC Servo - driven precision linear actuator. c. Sealed from contamination d. Adjustable limit switch positioning e. 1 10V/ 1 ph input power f. Power supply - converts incoming 1 ph power to 24VDC for use by servo controls g. Servo Power Amplifier - provides 400W power output for eDrive electronic precision linear actuator h. On /off switch and building power connection block. i. PLC servo controller j. Thermostatically - controlled vent fan only provided for the control cabinet. 4. All components shall be fully wired and tested prior to shipment. 5. All electrical components shall be individually CSA and UL listed. 2.3 PLENUM FANS A. Description: Unhoused, centrifugal type, direct drive as indicated on the Drawings. Tested, rated, and certified in accordance with AMCA 210 for air delivery and AMCA 300 for sound power levels. Fan balancing process, including vibration limits and documentation performed per AMCA 204. Include AMCA label. Factory tested at scheduled fan RPM. B. Construction: 1. Class per AMCA 99 for air quantity and static pressure as scheduled, steel framework, bearing support structure, and inlet panel, AMCA Arrangement 4 for direct drive. 2. Wheel: Non - overloading, backward inclined with airfoil blades, aluminum, statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Bearings: Self aligning ball or roller pillow block type, L -50 life at 200,000 hours, grease lubricated. 4. Finish: Steel components finished with electrostatically applied backed polyester urethane powder coating. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 20051 3. D. Vibration Isolation Mountings and Seismic Restraints: Internal isolation. Fan, motor, and drive isolated from casing and factory- mounted on welded steel isolation base with seismically restrained spring isolators. Base mounted on fan section channel base. Comply with requirements in Section 200548. 233410 - 1 2 of 20 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT E. Manufacturers: Greenheck Model QEP, Loren Cook, Huntair, Twin City, or approved. 2.4 CENTRIFUGAL FANS A. Description: Centrifugal type, direct drive, arrangement, rotation, wheel type, and discharge as indicated on the Drawings. Tested, rated, and certified in accordance with AMCA 210 for air delivery and AMCA 300 for sound power levels. Fan balancing process, including vibration limits and documentation performed per AMCA 204. Include AMCA label. Factory tested at scheduled fan RPM. B. Construction: Class per AMCA Publication 99 for air quantity and static pressure as scheduled, steel construction with baked enamel finish, fan shaft same diameter entire length of shaft. Fan with continuous and complete welded joints for housing and wheel, shaft seal in housing, overhung wheel, outboard split bearings with no fan bearings in air inlet , and access door in casing. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. D. Motor Mounting: Adjacent to fan, same base or foundation. E. Balancing: Wheels statically and dynamically balanced. F. Bearings: Ball or roller type, L -50 life at 200,000 hours, grease lubricated. G. Manufacturers: Loren Cook CA Series, New York Blower, Twin City, Greenheck, or approved. 2.5 IN -LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS A. Description: Direct drive in -line centrifugal fan as indicated on the Drawings. Arrangement and motor as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Construction: 1. Housing: Galvanized steel, internally lined with 1 inch thick fiberglass neoprene coated duct liner with exposed edges sealed with adhesive. Include access panel, self- contained removable drive door, adjustable motor base, belt tunnel, support brackets, automatic belt tensioner, and inlet and outlet duct connections. Baked enamel finish. 2. Wheel: Aluminum, backward inclined, statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Bearings: Self - aligning, relubricable ball type with cast iron flanges and locking collars, L -50 life at 200,000 hours. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 20051 3. D. Electrical: 233410 - 13 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 1. Factory wired from junction box mounted on exterior of unit to motor. Electrical connection to fan motor made with flexible conduit sufficiently long for vibration isolation. 2. Variable Speed Controller: Factory or field installed and connected on junction box cover. 3. Variable Frequency Drives (VFD): Comply with requirements in Section 230900 and Section2 30915. E. Manufacturers: Greenheck Model BSQ and SQ, Loren Cook, or approved. 2.6 UTILITY SET SMOKE EXHAUST FANS A. Description: Belt drive centrifugal utility set UL listed as "Power Ventilators for Smoke Control Systems" rated at 500F maximum temperature for a minimum of four hours of operation. Arrangement, rotation, wheel type, and discharge shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Construction: Steel rotatable housing with continuously welded seam construction, lifting Tugs, electrostatically applied baked on 2 -4 mil polyester- urethane industrial gray finish, backward inclined continuously welded steel wheel, split taperlock bushings, adjustable motor base, and automatic belt tensioner. Wheel statically and dynamically balanced to grade G6.3 per ANSI 52.19. Include self - aligning relubricable pillow block bearings with L -50 life at 400,000 hours. Bearings shall be fixed to the fan shaft using concentric mounting locking collars. Bearings shall include Zerk fittings to allow for lubrication. Include shaft guard, inlet guard, inlet flange, outlet guard, and weatherproof construction suitable for outdoor installation. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. Motor shall be rated for Wye - Delta operation. Include weather hood for motor and drives suitable for outdoor installation. D. Fan Drives: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. OSHA compliant belt guard shall completely cover the motor, pulley, and belts. E. Base: Provide with manufacturer seismic rated welded structural steel base and neoprene rubber, oil and UV resistant, vibration isolation mounts. F. Manufacturers: Greenheck, Loren Cook CPS or CPV Series, New York Blower, Twin City, or approved. 2.7 VANE AXIAL, STAIR PRESSURIZATION FANS A. Description: Belt drive tube axial inline fan UL listed as "Power Ventilators for Smoke Control Systems" rated at 300F maximum temperature for a minimum of four hours of 233410 - 14 of 20 o • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT operation. Arrangement shall be AMCA arrangement 9 with propeller secured to the motor shaft. B. Construction: Steel housing with continuously welded seam construction, lifting lugs, electrostatically applied baked on 2 -4 mil polyester- urethane industrial gray finish, airfoil blades shall be fabricated steel continuously welded to heavy duty hub, split taperlock bushings, and automatic belt tensioner. Fans shall incorporate fully adjustable universal mounting system to allow for field transitions to horizontal basemount, horizontal ceiling hung, vertical base mount, and vertical ceiling hung configurations. Fan blades shall be statically and dynamically balanced to balance grade G6.3 per ANSI 52.19. Include self - aligning relubricable pillow block bearings with L -50 life at 400,000 hours. Bearings shall be fixed to the fan shaft using concentric mounting locking collars. Bearings shall include Zerk fittings to allow for lubrications. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. Motor shall be rated for Wye - Delta operation. Furnish Nema -4 Open Transition Wye -Delta configuration motor starter for installation by Division 26. D. Fan Drives: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. OSHA compliant belt guard shall completely cover the motor, pulley, and belts. Belts, bearings, and drives shall be protected from the airstream by heavy gauge steel belt tubes bolted bearing covers. E. Manufacturers: Greenheck, Loren Cook, New York Blower, Twin City, or approved. 2.8 UPBLAST ROOF EXHAUST FANS A. Description: Factory assembled, roof mounted, upblast, direct drive as indicated on the Drawings with backward inclined centrifugal fan. UL listed and labeled. Tested in accordance with AMCA 211 and 311. B. Construction: Weatherproof, spun aluminum housing with internal supports, aluminum curb cap. Fan wheel aluminum, non - overloading, dynamically balanced. Motor and drive assembly mounted on rubber -in -shear neoprene vibration isolators. Fan forced cooled with outside air. Type C spark resistance construction per AMCA Publication 99 for fans with explosion proof motors. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 20051 3. D. Bearings: Ball type, L -50 life at 200,000 hours. E. Accessories: Gravity backdraft damper, aluminum birdscreen with 85 percent free area, solid state variable speed controller mounted on junction box within housing for direct drive fans, and 12 inch high prefabricated metal insulated roof curb with cant strip. F. Manufacturers: Greenheck CUE, Loren Cook, or approved. 233410 - 15 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 2.9 UPBLAST ROOF EXHAUST FANS FOR TYPE I HOODS A. Description: Factory assembled, roof mounted, upblast, belt drive with backward inclined centrifugal fan. UL listed and labeled. Tested in accordance with AMCA 211. B. Construction: Weatherproof, spun aluminum housing with internal supports, aluminum curb cap. Fan wheel aluminum, non - overloading, dynamically balanced, and coated with non -stick material similar to Teflon`. Motor and drive assembly mounted on rubber -in- shear neoprene vibration isolators. Include automatic belt tensioner. Fan forced cooled with outside air. Type C spark resistance construction per AMCA Publication 99. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. D. Bearings for Belt Drive Fans: Ball type, L -50 life at 200,000 hours. E. Accessories: Prefabricated and spring isolated, refer to Section 200548, metal ventilated roof curb, height sufficient for fan discharge to be minimum 40 inch above roof surface, hinged sub -base, motor prewired to weatherproof junction box, and drain with connection to grease collector /separator box. F. Manufacturers: Greenheck CUE, Loren Cook, Greenheck, or approved. 2.10 IN -LINE EXHAUST FANS A. Description: Direct drive, in -line, fan with forward curved centrifugal wheel. UL listed and labeled. B. Construction: Steel housing, 1/2 inch acoustic insulation liner, mounting brackets, backdraft damper with cushion stops, horizontal discharge. Baked enamel finish. C. Motor: Shaded pole, sleeve bearing, permanently lubricated, suspension brackets with neoprene isolators. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. D. Terminal Box: Mounted within housing with receptacle, plug and cord. E. Accessories: 1. Solid state variable speed controller factory or field installed and connected within housing. 2. Time delay switch. F. Manufacturers: Greenheck SQ, Loren Cook, or approved. 2.1 1 FAN DRIVES A. Description: Cast iron drives rated for air handler use for belt drive fans as indicated on the Drawings. 233410 - 16 of 20 i • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT B. Type: 1. 10 hp and Smaller: Variable pitch V -belt sized for 175 percent of motor horsepower. Minimum 2 belts for motors 5 hp and larger. 2. 15 hp and Larger: Fixed pitch V -belt sized for 175 percent of motor horsepower. Minimum 2 belts. C. Belts: Grip notch type factory or field installed. Browning Gripbelt or approved. D. Drive Ratio: Drive ratio to give required CFM at static pressure of system. In each case, if during balancing, static pressure in any system is found to vary from that indicated on the Drawings, change drive ratio at no extra cost to the Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with ductwork and piping as necessary to interface installation of air handling equipment and access to components. C. Coordination: Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.4 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall maintain personnel within a 50 mile radius of job site. Representative capable of troubleshooting air handling unit faults. 233410 - 17 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 1. Include 1 man day to meet with the mechanical, electrical and control subcontractors and the mechanical engineer at the job site. Schedule this meeting within 1 week after equipment is delivered to final location at job site but prior to equipment operation. Purpose is to assure that all parties understand what interconnections are required. 2. After equipment installation, include 1 man day to assist control and electrical subcontractors in the termination of the interconnecting wires in unit mounted control panels. This service shall also verify the proper connection and polarity of the wires. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A. Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance. B. Repair damaged heating and cooling coil fins. C. Floor Mounted Air Handling Units: 1. Install on level surface. 2. Anchor bolt to housekeeping pads. 3. Seal floor penetrations watertight. D. Variable Frequency Drives: Install variable frequency drives furnished under Section 230900. E. Roof Mounted Units: Attach roof curbs to roof and attach units to roof curbs. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. Refer to architectural drawings for roof flashing. F. Floor Mounted Fans: Install fans on equipment frames. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. G. Suspended Fans and In -Line Exhaust Fans: Provide hanger rods to support fan unit from slab above or from roof structure. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 for supplementary steel framing and Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. H. Roof Exhaust and Upblast Roof Exhaust Fans: Attach manufacturer's roof curbs to roof and mount fans on roof curbs. . Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. Refer to architectural drawings for roof flashing. I. Air Measuring Units: Install units furnished under Section 230900. J. Exterior Installations: Hot dip galvanized hardware and steel support frames for roof mounted fans. Install weatherhood over fan motors and drives. 233410 - 18 of 20 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 3.6 CLEANING A. Air handling equipment shall remain sealed except during installation. When daily activities have been completed, clean and seal unit. Do not use compartments for storage. B. Thoroughly clean plenums and casings of debris and blow free small particles of rubbish and dust before making final duct connections. Prior to startup, clean to remove traces of oil, dust, and dirt. Vacuum clean fan wheels, exterior surfaces of casings, and entering air face of coils. 3.7 START -UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of air handling units and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check -out, adjustment, and complete start -up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start-up services with air distribution system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 and TAB work specified in Section 200593. • 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Tighten belts to proper tension. Adjust fans and provide drive changes to deliver design airflow. Comply with requirements in Section 200593. • B. Lubricate bearings with oil or grease as recommended by manufacturer. C. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 3.9 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct two 8 hour training sessions to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of air handling equipment. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. 233410 - 19 of 20 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT D. Demonstrate the proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over entire operating range to satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 233410 - 20 of 20 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233713 09819.00 OUTLETS AND INLETS SECTION 233713 OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes grilles, diffusers and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ADC 1062R4, Air Diffusing Equipment Certification, Rating and Test Manual. 2. AMCA 500 -L, Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Ratings. 3. AMCA 51 1 , Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices. 4. ASHRAE 70, Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets. 5. ICC Evaluation Service AC 167, Acceptance Criteria for Fabric Air Dispersion Systems. 6. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of grille and diffuser and associated appurtenances. C. Color samples for fabric air distribution system. D. Color chart for louvers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS A. Except as otherwise indicated, furnish manufacturer's standard grilles and diffusers of size, shape, capacity and type as indicated on the Drawings for complete installation. 233713 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233713 09819.00 OUTLETS AND INLETS B. Performance: Furnish grilles and diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each grille and diffuser type and size as listed in manufacturer's current data. C. Ceiling Compatibility: Furnish with border styles compatible with adjacent ceiling systems specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to architectural drawings and specifications for types of ceiling systems. D. Seismic Restraints for Grilles and Diffusers Weighing Less than 20 Pounds: Include means to positively attach grilles and diffusers to ceiling grid system. E. Manufacturers: Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, Metalaire, Kees, Tuttle & Bailey, or approved. 2.2 LOUVERS A. General: Refer to Arch. B. Hinged Option: Include hinged louver option as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to interface installation of grilles and diffusers with other work. C. Install grilles and diffusers level and plumb. 233713 - 2 of 3 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233713 09819.00 OUTLETS AND INLETS D. Install grilles and diffusers with airtight connection to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of adjustable components and fire dampers. E. Ceiling- Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Grille and diffuser locations have been indicated on the Drawings to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated on the architectural reflected ceiling plans. For grilles and diffusers installed in lay -in ceiling panels, locate in center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify A/E for determination of final location. F. Seismic Restraints: 1. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing Less then 20 Pounds: Positively attach grille and diffuser to ceiling grid system. 2. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing 20 to 56 Pounds: In addition to positively attaching grille and diffusers to ceiling grid system, install two No. 12 gage hanger wires connected to grilles and diffusers to ceiling system hanger or to structure above. 3. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing More than 56 Pounds: Support directly from structure above. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for seismic restraints. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust grilles and diffusers to air patterns indicated on the Drawings, or as directed, before starting air balancing. 3.5 CLEANING A. After installation of grilles and diffusers, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Remove and provide new grilles and diffusers that have damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 233713 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 234100 FILTERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 234100 FILTERS A. Description: Work includes air filters for air handling equipment and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASHRAE 52.1, Gravametric and Dust -Spot Procedures for Testing Air - Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter. 2. ASHRAE 52.2 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air - Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size. 3. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200510. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each air filter and appurtenance. C. Certification: Submit certificate signed by the Owner as to receipt of spare filters. 1 .4 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 233300 - Air Distribution Accessories: Duct mounted filter housings and filters during construction. 1.5 SPARE MEDIA A. For Air Handling Units, Heat Recovery Units, Packaged HVAC Equipment, and Similar Equipment with Filters: Four sets for each type of filter. One for initial installation, one installed prior to the TAB work specified in Section 200593, one installed after final flush out, and two additional sets delivered to the Owner at Substantial Completion. 234100 - 1 of 4 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 234100 FILTERS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REPLACEABLE FILTERS A. Pleated Media Type: Extended surface with reinforced non -woven cotton fabric in self - supporting frame, MERV 8 per ASHRAE 52.2, 2 inches thick, UL Class 1. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr 30/30, AAF International, Flanders Filter, or approved. 2.2 FINAL FILTERS A. Extended Surface Bag Type: Pocket style filters consisting of fiberglass media, galvanized steel header and pocket retainers and bonding agents. Tapered self - supporting pleated pockets. MERV 9 per ASHRAE 52.2, 2 inches deep, UL Class 1. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr Hi -Flo Series, AAF International, Flanders Filter, or approved. 2.3 FILTER HOUSINGS AND FRAMES A. For Air Handling Equipment: Filter housings and frames furnished by air handling equipment manufacturer and integral to air handling equipment unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Air handling equipment filter frames sized for filter media as specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings. Filter access through hinged side servicing access doors with sash locks or rear access where space is available. B. Side Servicing Access: 1. General: Factory fabricated and assembled, 16 gage galvanized steel housing and frames, reinforced corners, access doors on each side, with sponge neoprene periferal gasket, maximum leakage 1 percent at 3 inch w.g. 2. Dimensions: Size for filter media with filter as specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr 4P Glide /Pack, AAF International, Flanders Filter, or approved. C. Duct Mounted Filter Housing: 1. General: Factory fabricated and assembled with 16 gauge galvanized or plated steel housing, reinforced, and braced. 2. Track: Sized to accommodate filters of thickness specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings, continuous, and constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel angle. 3. Access Door: Full height of duct with full length piano hinge and latches. Door full gasketed and seal air tight. 4. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr 4P Glide /Pack, AAF International, Hess, Flanders Filter, or approved. 234100 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 234100 FILTERS 2.4 FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. General: Pleated media type with reinforced synthetic blend filter media that has been electrostatically charged, MERV 8 per ASHRAE 52.2, 1 inch thick, Class 2. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr Aeropleat IV +, Flanders Filter, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with ductwork and air moving equipment as necessary to interface installation of and access to filters. C. Install filters in proper position to prevent passage of unfiltered air. D. HEPA Filters: Pressurize housing to a minimum of 3.0 -inch wg or to designed operating pressure, whichever is higher. Test housing joints, door seals, and sealing edges of filter with soapy water to check for air leaks. E. Install resistance indicator static pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters to indicate air pressure drop through air filter. Install indicator on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in accessible and readable position. 3.4 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 3 hours. 234100 - 3 of 4 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.5 COMMISSIONING SECTION 234100 FILTERS A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 234100 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 235100 09819.00 FLUES AND STACKS SECTION 235100 FLUES AND STACKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes flues and stacks for natural gas fired boilers, domestic water heaters, furnaces and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. UL 103, Standard for Factory Built Low Heat Chimneys. 2. UL 378, Standard for Draft Equipment. 3. UL 441, Standard for Gas Vents. 4. UL 1 738, Venting Systems for Gas - Burning Appliances Categories II, III, and IV. 5. UL 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment. 6. ULC 5636, Type BH Gas Venting Systems. 7. NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code. 8. NFPA 21 1 , Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel- Burning Appliances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each flue and stack and appurtenance. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Flues and stacks. D. Calculations: Submit manufacturer's engineered calculations with shop drawings showing flue size, layout and routing meets boiler manufacturer requirements. 235100 - 1 of 4 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 235100 09819.00 FLUES AND STACKS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLUES AND STACKS FOR EQUIPMENT WITH FORCED DRAFT BURNERS A. Description: Double wall, factory fabricated, breeching, and stack system. Designed gas tight to prevent leakage of combustion products not exceeding 1000 F under continuous operation and not exceeding 1700 F for 10 minutes. UL listed and labeled. B. Application: Boilers C. Construction: ASTM A 666 Type 304 stainless steel inner wall and Type 304 outer wall with 2 Inch thick ceramic fiber insulation between walls. D. Components: Supports, guides, drain outlet fitting at base of stack, ventilated roof thimble, flashing, storm collar, stack cap, and miscellaneous components for complete installation. E. Warranty: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion against functional failure due to defects in material and manufacturer's workmanship. F. Manufacturers: Selkirk Metalbestos IPS, AMPCO (Ameri- Vent), Metal -Fab, McGill Airflow UNI- STACKT" 1400 Series, Schebler, or approved. 2.2 FLUES AND STACKS FOR HIGH EFFICIENCY (CONDENSING) EQUIPMENT A. Description: Double wall, factory built for use with Categories I, II, III, and IV appliances per NFPA 211 burning natural gas. Rated for 480 F under continuous operation. Suitable for use with condensing equipment. UL listed and labeled. B. Application: Domestic water heaters. C. Construction: Type 403 stainless steel outer wall and ASTM A 959 AL 29 -4C stainless steel inner wall with annular insulating air space between the walls. D. Components: Hangers, supports, guides, drain outlet fitting, ventilated roof thimble, flashing, storm collar, cap, and miscellaneous components for complete installation. E. Manufacturers: Heat -Fab Saf -T CI Vent, Metal -Fab Corr /Guard, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 235100 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 235100 09819.00 FLUES AND STACKS 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 START -UP SERVICES A. Application: 1. Draft fan systems. B. Start-Up Services: Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of the systems. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check -out, adjustment, electrical service and motor grounding, and complete start-up. Start -up by contractor not acceptable. 3.5 CLEANING A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean flues and stacks internally, during and after installation, to remove dust and debris. Clean external surfaces to remove welding slag and mill film. Grind welds smooth and apply touchup finish to match factory or shop finish. C. Provide temporary closures at ends of flues and stacks that are not completed or connected to equipment. 3.6 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, 235100 - 3 of 4 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 235100 09819.00 FLUES AND STACKS test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 235100 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235200 BOILERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes boilers and associated appurtenances. SECTION 235200 BOILERS B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME BPVC, Boiler Pressure and Vessel Code, Section IV, Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers. 2. ASME CSD -1, Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers. C. Obtain boiler operation permit from Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA), (1- 800 - 552 - 3565). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each boiler and appurtenance. Include blank copy of start -up and test report forms. C. Shop Drawings: Submit boiler control wiring diagram including wiring diagram of multiple boiler management control panel. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory start -up and test reports. 2. Field start -up and test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 235200 - 1 of 6 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 1.4 WARRANTY SECTION 235200 BOILERS A. General: Warrant boiler for 1 year after Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. B. Burner Warranty: Warrant burner for 5 years after Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover parts only. C. Pressure Vessel Warranty: Warrant the following items for 10 years after Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover parts only. L Pressure vessel. 2. Furnace. 3. Tubes. 4. Tube sheets. 5. Shell. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HEATING WATER BOILERS, CAST -IRON CONDENSING, MID - EFFICIENCY A. Description: Factory fabricated, assembled and tested fire tube cast iron condensing boiler, designed to operate at temperatures which result in condensation of stack gases within boiler and boiler vent. Boiler ASME stamped for minimum 150 psig working pressure. Boiler for natural gas complete with fuel burning equipment, safety and operating controls, insulated steel jacket, and appurtenances. Boiler factory wired requiring only connection to power, fuel supply, flue, and system piping to be ready for operation. Cast iron heat exchanger. B. Ratings: As indicated in accordance with CSA requirements. C. Standards: UL listed and labeled burner and controls. ASME "H" stamp and CSD -1. D. Burner: Powerflame C- series forced draft, modulating, with minimum 6 to 1 turndown. Interrupted spark ignition. No substitutions. E. Gas Train: Dual manual valves, solenoid main gas valve, pilot gas pressure regulator, and automatic pilot gas valve. 24 Volt control. F. Electrical: Factory wired with junction box, control transformer, and terminals for remote start -stop interface. 120 or 230 Volt, 1 Phase power as indicated on the Drawings. Single point electrical connection. G. Appurtenances: ASME safety relief valve, pressure /temperature gage, and required safeties, such as manual reset low water cut -off and proof of flame switch. Include drain 235200 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235200 BOILERS connection and aluminum condensate receiver pan for elimination of condensation, inlet air (sealed combustion) adapter, variable frequency drive for combustion air fan and washable inlet filter. H. Individual Boiler Control System: Burner mounted, UL listed and labeled control panel complete with the following: 1. Digital text display, operating lights and switches. 2. Full modulation firing rate controls, pre -purge and post purge cycles, UV scanner, high limit control, flame safeguard and second manual reset high limit. 3. The control system shall adjust firing rates in response to outdoor temperature. 4. Control panel to include contacts for remote start -stop, monitoring, and common alarm by DDC system specified in Section 230900. 5. Include provisions for remote shutdown switch control to automatically shut off burner. I. Multiple Boiler Management Control Panel: 1. Pre -wired control cabinet with remote setpoint reset and sequencer control, boiler staging control, control transformer, power -on- switch, power -on -lamp, boiler -on lamps for each boiler, cabinet fuse and fuse holder, lock and key, water temperature sensor, system starter thermostat, high temperature safety shutdown sensor, and wiring information. 2. Panel microprocessor controlled to maximize overall boiler system efficiency. Control and staging of boilers shall reflect that part load efficiency of condensing boilers is greater in most cases than full load, and shall stage boilers on and off to take advantage of this fact. 3. Panels capable of controlling 2 boilers. 4. Connections for DDC system specified in Section 230900 as follows: a. Digital output for common alarm for each boiler. b. Digital input for start /stop for each boiler. c. Analog input (4 to 20 mA) for setpoint adjustment. J. Manufacturer: Burnham MPC Series, Hydrotherm KN Series or approved.] 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and inspect factory assembled boilers, before shipping, according to ASME BPVC. B. Include test report in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 235200 - 3 of 6 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION SECTION 235200 BOILERS A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.4 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall maintain personnel within a 50 mile radius of job site. Representative capable of troubleshooting boiler, combustion and master sequencer faults. Representative also to maintain programming equipment necessary to make software changes. 1. Include 1 man day to meet with the mechanical, electrical and control subcontractors and the mechanical engineer at the job site. Schedule this meeting within 1 week after equipment is delivered to final location at job site but prior to installation. Purpose is to assure that all parties understand what interconnections are required. 2. After equipment installation, include 1 man day to assist control and electrical subcontractors in the termination of the interconnecting wires in boiler mounted control panels and multiple boiler management control panel. This service shall also verify the proper connection and polarity of the wires. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF BOILERS A. General: Support boilers and piping separately so piping is not supported by boilers. 235200 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235200 BOILERS B. Anchor bolt boiler to housekeeping pad. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for seismic restraints. 3.6 START -UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of boilers and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check -out, adjustment, and complete start -up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start -up services with heating water system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 and TAB work specified in Section 200593. C. Include minimum of 3 working days during which time include at least 2 observations each of morning programmed start-up, mid day operation, and programmed night shut down to verify proper operation of controls relating to boiler operation. 3.7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct two 8 hour training sessions to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of boilers and associated combustion control equipment. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over entire operating range to satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. G. After 30 days of normal operation, schedule a meeting with the Owner's maintenance personnel responsible for boiler operation and the supplier's software technician to 235200 - 5 of 6 • • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235200 BOILERS outline software changes to meet specific system requirements. Job specific software changes agreed upon at this meeting shall be made at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.8 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 235200 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS SECTION 236220 AIR COOLED CHILLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 .1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes air cooled chillers and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. ASHRAE Standard 1 5, Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems. 3. ARI 550/590, Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle. 4. ASME BPVC, Boiler Pressure and Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. 5. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 6. UL 1995, Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment. If unit is not UL approved, manufacturer shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, arrange for field inspection by an UL representative to verify conformance to UL standards. If necessary, perform modifications to unit to comply with UL as directed by the UL representative. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each chiller and appurtenance. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. Include blank copy of start -up and test report forms. C. Shop Drawings: Submit chiller control wiring diagram indicating factory and field installed wiring. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory start -up and test reports. 2. Field start -up and test reports. 236220 - 1 of 7 • • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Include full labor and materials warranty on chiller for 2 years and extended material warranty for compressors for 5 years beyond Substantial Completion date. 1.5 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 232133 - Hydronic Piping Systems: Flow switches. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR COOLED CHILLERS, ROTARY SCREW TYPE A. Description: One piece water chiller with multiple rotary screw compressors, evaporator, condenser coil, condenser fans, expansion valves, starter, and controls. Factory assembled and run tested and shipped with oil and refrigerant charge. B. Ratings: UL listed and labeled, ARI 550/590 for water chillers and local energy code. C. Cabinet: Galvanized steel frame and panels, mounted on a welded structural steel base. Panels and control boxes finished with a baked on powder paint and structural base with air dry paint. D. Compressors, Motors, and Lube Oil System: 1. Rotary screw compressors, semi - hermetic, direct - drive, 3600 rpm, with capacity control slide valve, rolling element bearings, differential refrigerant pressure oil pumps, oil heaters, and internal crankcase heaters. Motors suction gas cooled, hermetically sealed, two -pole squirrel cage induction type. 2. Oil separator and filtration devices separate from compressor. Include check valves in compressor discharge and lube oil system and solenoid valve in lube system. 3. Include with optional compressor sound compartments. E. Evaporator: Shell and tube design with internally finned copper tubes roller expanded into tube sheet. Designed, tested, and stamped in accordance with ASME for 300 psig refrigerant side working pressure and 215 psig water side working pressure. Internal baffles. Drain and vent connection on each shell with fittings for temperature control sensors. 3/4 inch thick insulation with thermal conductivity of 0.26 Btu /hr /sq ft /inch /F on shell. Thermostatically controlled electric heat tape for freeze protection to minus 20 F outside air temperature. 236220 - 2 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS F. Condenser Coil: Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to internally finned seamless copper tubing. Include integral subcooling circuit and oil cooling for compressor bearing and injection oil. Factory pressure and leak tested at minimum 500 psig. G. Condenser Fans and Motors: Direct - drive, dynamically balanced propeller fans. Vertical discharge. Motors with permanently lubricated ball bearings and internal thermal overload protection. Include fan guards. H. Refrigeration System: Complete refrigerant operating charge with R -134a. Each unit with 2 independent refrigerant circuits, with 1 or 2 compressors per circuit. Each circuit with compressor suction and discharge services valves, liquid line shutoff valve, removable core filter drier, liquid line sight glass with moisture indicator, charging port, and electronic expansion valve. Compressors fully modulating with electronic valves for stable capacity operation over entire operating range. I. Electrical and Controls: 1. Factory mounted and wired, housed in weathertight enclosure with access for field connections of power wiring and remote interlocks. Controls, including sensors, factory tested prior to shipment. 2. Microcomputer controls for control functions including start -up, shut down, leaving chilled water temperature control, compressor and electronic expansion valve modulation, fan sequencing, anti - recycle logic, automatic lead /lag compressor starting, and load limiting. 3. Microprocessor based unit control module to avoid unit shutdown due to abnormal operating condition associated with low refrigerant temperature, high condensing temperature, and motor current overload. 4. Failure protections include loss of chilled water flow, evaporator freezing, loss of refrigerant, low refrigerant pressure, high refrigerant pressure, reverse rotation, compressor starting and running over current, phase Toss, phase imbalance, phase reversal, and loss of oil flow. 5. Include display of diagnostic checks when problem is detected. Digital display read and advanced on unit without opening control panel doors. Include menu driven digital display to monitor data points as follows: a. Chilled water setpoint b. Entering and leaving chilled water temperatures c. Percent running load amps (RLA) for each compressor d. Evaporator and condenser refrigerant pressures and temperatures e. Ambient temperature. f. Voltage 6. Single point electrical connection for power and controls. Factory installed and wired with transformer for 1 1 5 Volt single phase power for control power. Separate 1 1 5 Volt electrical connection for electric heat tape. 236220 - 3 of 7 • • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS J. 7. Include factory installed ambient sensor and control logic to prevent unit from starting below field adjustable temperature setpoint. Initial setting 50 F. 8. Include communication interface via BACnet with DDC system specified in Section 230900 to remotely monitor water chiller from an operator workstation. a. Include the following input capabilities by means of factory or field installed devices: 1) Chiller enable 2) Leaving chilled water temperature setpoint 3) Chiller mode 4) Compressor circuit enable /disable 5) Current limit setpoint b. Include the following output capabilities by means of factory or field installed devices: 1) Chiller status 2) Active chilled water setpoint 3) Leaving chilled water temperature 4) Entering chilled water temperature 5) Alarm descriptor 6) Average percent RLA (actual capacity) 7) Active current limit setpoint Disconnect Switch: Unit mounted and wired non -fused switch with external handle located inside control panel. K. Flow Switch: Field installed accessory as safety interlock to prevent operation of machine without evaporator water flow. L. Starter: Factory mounted and wired across - the -line Wye -Delta type housed in weathertight enclosure. M. Acoustical Performance: Chiller shall be constructed with condenser fans and compressor attenuation in order to achieve, at minimum, the following acoustical performance. The chiller must meet both the sound power and sound pressure levels detailed below while providing the scheduled cooling capacity at the scheduled efficiency, with no exceptions. Sound power information must be provided for review by the acoustical consultant, and the chiller sound data must be tested according to ARI Standard 370. Chiller Maximum 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 'A' Weighted Sound Acoustical Levels Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Power, dBA Maximum Sound 72 78 84 89 96 95 90 80 100 Power, dB 236220 - 4 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS N. Manufacturers: Petra APS, MultiStack or approved. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform functional test of water chillers before shipping. B. Include test report in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.4 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall maintain personnel within a 50 mile radius of job site. Representative capable of troubleshooting chillers and faults. Representative also to maintain programming equipment necessary to make software changes. 1. Include 1 man day to meet with the mechanical, electrical and control subcontractors and the mechanical engineer at the job site. Schedule this meeting within 1 week after equipment is delivered to final location at job site but prior to installation. Purpose is to assure that all parties understand what interconnections are required. 2. After equipment installation, include 1 man day to assist control and electrical subcontractors in the termination of the interconnecting wires in chiller mounted 236220 - 5 of 7 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS control panels. This service shall also verify the proper connection and polarity of the wires. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF CHILLERS A. General: Support chillers and piping separately so piping is not supported by chillers. B. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. C. Repair damaged condenser coil fins. 3.6 START -UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of chillers and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check -out, adjustment, and complete start -up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start-up services with chilled water system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 and TAB work specified in Section 200593. C. Include minimum of 5 working days during which time include at least 2 observations each of morning programmed start -up, mid day operation, and programmed night shut down to verify proper operation of controls relating to chiller operation. 3.7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct two 4 hour training sessions to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of chillers. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate the proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over the entire operating range to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. 236220 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. G. After 30 days of normal operation, schedule a meeting with the Owner's maintenance personnel responsible for chiller operation and the supplier's software technician to outline software changes to meet specific system requirements. Job specific software changes agreed upon at this meeting shall be made at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.8 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION • • 236220 - 7 of 7 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT SECTION 238100 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes packaged HVAC equipment with mechanical cooling capabilities and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. ARI 210/240, Performance Rating of Unitary Air - Conditioning and Air Source Heat Pump Equipment. 3. ARI 320, Water- Source Heat Pumps. 4. ARI 340/360, Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air - Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment. 5. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 6. UL 1995, Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of packaged HVAC equipment and appurtenance. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. Include blank copy of start- up and test report form. C. Performance Data: Submit fan performance curve for unit. Indicate on separate graph for each fan, static pressure versus volume flow, efficiency, and brake horsepower, with scheduled design point shown and labeled. Performance certified in accordance with AMCA 210. A single fan curve not acceptable. D. Shop Drawings: Submit packaged HVAC equipment control wiring diagram indicating factory and field installed wiring. 238100 -1of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT E. Test Reports: 1. Factory start-up and test reports. 2. Field start-up and test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1 .4 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Zone temperature sensors, thermostats, and similar control devices for packaged HVAC equipment. B. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Strap -on temperature sensor for water source heat pumps with waterside economizer packages. C. Section 2321 33 - Hydronic Piping Systems: Flow switch for water cooled process cooling equipment with dry cooler and dual pump package. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTLESS INDOOR EVAPORATOR WITH MATCHING AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT A. Description: Matched packaged equipment by same manufacturer, factory piped, pre - charged, wired, tested and ready -to- operate. Indoor unit wall mounted. Condensing unit slab mounted. Rated in accordance with ARI 210/240. UL listed and labeled. B. Indoor Unit: Factory assembled with direct drive centrifugal fan, air filter, evaporator coil, and adjustable intake grille. Metal cabinet painted with baked enamel finish. C. Condensing Unit: Factory assembled with rotary compressor mounted on vibration isolators, crankcase heater, condenser coil, interconnecting refrigerant piping, and direct drive propeller type condenser fan. Steel cabinet painted with baked enamel finish. D. Refrigerant System: Complete refrigerant operating charge with R -410a. Include filter - drier, accumulator, capillary tube, compressor muffler, fusible plug, low and high pressure switches, and liquid and suction line service valves with stub tubes for brazed connections. E. Condensing Unit Electrical: Unit control box factory wired to operate on power supply as indicated on the Drawings. Power supply terminal board. Electrical components integrally protected by group fuses or circuit breakers. Transformer for 24 Volt control circuit, independently protected by fuses or circuit breaker with separate terminal board. Timer circuit for compressor motor to prevent restarting of compressor motor more than once every 5 minutes. Compressor protection devices including high and low pressure switches and inherent protection. 238100 - 2 of 5 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT F. Control: Advanced microprocessor control with auto restart function, one for each unit. G. Manufacturers: Sanyo, Friedrich, EMI, Daikin, or approved. 2.2 CONDENSATE PAN PUMP A. Description: Low profile, shallow pan type with vertical pump rated for 25 gph at 15 foot head, 115 Volt. UL listed and labeled. B. Construction: Leakproof, rustproof, ABS 0.3 gallon tank. ABS motor and tank cover, and volute. Polypropylene impeller. Stainless steel pump shaft. Snap action safety switch. Check valve and thermal overload protection. 6 foot power cord with 3 -prong molded plug. C. Manufacturers: Little Giant Pump VCC -20 ULS, Teel, or approved. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform function test of packaged HVAC equipment before shipping. B. Include test report in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. IIIPART 3 EXECUTION • 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordination: Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 238100 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A. Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance. B. Repair damaged condenser coil fins. C. Coordinate with Division 26 to install disconnects so as not to interfere with unit and internal component access and filters. D. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 3.5 START -UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start -up services of packaged HVAC equipment and related appurtenances., Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check -out, adjustment, and complete start -up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start-up services with air distribution system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 and TAB work specified in Section 200593. 3.6 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct one 4 hour training session to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of packaged HVAC equipment. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate the proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over the entire operating range to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining 238100 - 4 of 5 • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 238100 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT SECTION 238225 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes fin tube units, baseboard heaters, convectors, unit heaters, cabinet unit heaters, panel radiators, unit ventilators, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 20051 3, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1 .2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of terminal heat transfer equipment and appurtenance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 UNIT HEATERS, ELECTRIC A. Description: Unit heater consisting of casing, propeller fan, electric heating elements, and discharge assembly. Horizontal discharge. B. Casing: Steel die - formed construction with hinged access door. C. Fan: Propeller type, direct drive. D. Motor: Totally enclosed permanent split capacitor type with permanently lubricated sealed bearings. Comply with requirements in Section 20051 3. E. Electric Heating Element: High mass, steel, tubular finned type. 238225 - 1 of 3 • • • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT F. Wiring: Single circuit with elements, motor, and control circuit subdivided with factory wired and fuses to conform to NEC and UL. Automatic reset thermal overloads and primary fusing for elements, motors, and transformers. G. Controls: Factory installed and wired contactors and control circuit transformer. Built -in fan override switch. H. Discharge: Multiple adjustable steel louvers. I. Components: 1. Mounting bracket and dust shield. J. Manufacturers: Trane Model UHEC, Markel, Electromode, Berko, McQuay, Brasch, Qmark, or approved. 2.2 CABINET HEATERS, ELECTRIC A. Description: Cabinet heater consisting of cabinet, centrifugal fan, and electric coil. Horizontal or vertical air flow and arrangement as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Horizontal Type Cabinet: Recessed mounting. 16 gage galvanized steel bottom panel. 18 gage for other panels. 18 gage galvanized structural steel frame. Acoustically and thermally insulated with closed cell insulation. Back inlet grille. Front outlet grille. Hinged and camlocked access doors through bottom of unit. Baked enamel finish, color as selected by the A /E. C. Fan: Centrifugal forward- curved, double- width, direct drive. D. Motor: Multiple- speed, permanent split capacitor type with integral thermal overload protection, permanently lubricated, locking connector on motor cord, detachable at junction box. Comply with requirements in Section 15030. E. Coil: Open wire type, Nichrome element design. One stage. Number of elements as indicated on the Drawings. Interlock with fan motor switch. F. Filter: Throwaway, 1 inch thick pleated media. Comply with requirements in Section 234100. G. Electrical: Wired in accordance with NEC, UL listed and labeled. Factory installed and wired transformer for controls, magnetic contactors, and high temperature cutout with automatic reset. Single point electrical connection. H. Components: 1. Unit mounted disconnect switch. 2. Tamperproof, key operated locking access doors. 238225 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 •09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT 3. Fan speed switch. 4. Unit mounted low voltage thermostat located in the return air path. I. Manufacturers: Qmark, Markel, Electromode, Berko, Brash, Qmark or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and 'Section 230900. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean enclosures and exposed piping. B. Clean inside and outside of cabinets prior to completion of work. 3.5 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 2 hours. 3.6 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 238225 - 3 of 3 08 -01 -2012 • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director MARLENE ANGLEMYER 2222 MERIDIAN AV E, STE B EDGEWOOD WA 98371 RE: Permit No. M10 -014 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Dear Permit Holder: In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a fmal inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 09/07/2012. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206 -431 -2451 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven (7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 09/07/2012, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, AM4 File: Permit File No. M10 -014 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax 206 -431 -3665 • • Jennifer Marshall From: Caroline Lemay <clemay @BassettiArch.com> Sent: Friday, February 03, 2012 9:13 AM To: Jennifer Marshall Subject: FW: Raisbeck Aviation High School, Permit extension request letter Attachments: Response_120202 Mechanical Permit Expiration Letter.pdf; 120202 Mechanical Permit Expiration Letter.pdf From: Caroline Lemay Sent: Friday, February 03, 2012 9:04 AM To: ' Jennifer .marshall @tukwila.wa.gov' Cc: marlene @porter - bros.com; Martinez, Barbara J ( Barbara .Martinez@highlineschools.orq); Joiner, Alvin W (Alvin .Joiner @highlineschools.orq); laura @porter - bros.com Subject: Raisbeck Aviation High School, Permit extension request letter Jennifer, Please see attached the permit extension request for permit #M10 -014 in response to your letter dated 02/01/2012. As discussed, please address future permit expiration /extension letters for this project and for the permit numbers listed below to: Marlene Anglemyer Porter Brothers Construction, Inc. 2222 Meridian Avenue East. Suite B Edgewood, WA 98371 -1009 The permit numbers associated with this project are: • M10-014 • PG 10 -011 • D10 -031 Thanks, Caroline Lemay AIA Associate Bassetti Architects t 206 340 9500 www.bassettiarch.com (4Attio cttNV� v to 1 • City of Tukwila • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director February 9, 2012 Chad Christensen PO Box 547 Monroe WA 98272 RE: Request for Extension Permit Number M10 -014 Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Wy S Dear Mr. Christensen, This letter is in response to your written request for an extension to Permit M10 -014. The Building Official has reviewed your letter and considered your request to extend the above referenced permit. The City of Tukwila Building Division will be extending your permit an additional 180 days, through September 7, 2012. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, iNA MC 'dig ifer M shall it Tec ician File: Permit No. M10 -014 W:\Pennit Center\Extension Letters \Permits\2010\M10 -014 Permit Extension.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 February 3, 2012 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: Permit No. M10 -014 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Dear Building Official: • IHAwK CITY Pekvir FEo�� ?012 MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS INC. This letter serves as a request for permit extension of 180 days for the aforementioned permit number. The project is still in the underground installation phase. Thank you for your assistance with this matter. Regards, CkJCW ");:. Chad Christensen Project Engineer K. fiY/r&titt 2/3 /ZOIL P.O. Box 547 • 17220 W. Main Street, Monroe, WA 98272 • Phone 360- 794-8783 • Fax: 360- 805 -9321 • • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director CAROLINE LEMAY BASSETTI ARCHITECTS 71 COLUMBIA ST SUITE 500 98104 RE: Permit No. M10 -014 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Dear Permit Holder: In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and /or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 03/11/2012. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206 - 431 -2451 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven (7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 03/11/2012, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, fifer Marshall it Technician File: Permit File No. M10-014 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 08 -01 -2011 O Gity of f Ti1%tW11cZ • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director CAROLINE LEMAY BASSETTI ARCHITECTS 71 COLUMBIA ST SUITE 500 98104 RE: Permit Application No. M10 -014 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Dear Permit Applicant: In reviewing our current application files, it appears that your permit applied for on 01/29/2010, has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or National Electrical Code every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire and become null and void. Your permit application will expire on 09/23/2011. If you still plan to pursue your project, a written request for extension of your application must be submitted to the Permit Center at least seven (7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit application. If it is determined that an extension is granted, your application will be extended for an addtional 90 days from the expiration date and you will be notified by mail. In the event that we do not receive your written request for extension or request was denied, your permit application will expire, become null and void and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, --IliCi Prsir`— Bill Rambo Permit Technician File: Permit File No. M10 -014 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • City of Tukwila • Department of Community Development May 12, 2011 Caroline Lemay, AIA Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St, Ste 500 Seattle, WA 98104 RE: Request for Application Extensions #4 Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Wy S Dear Ms. Lemay, Jim Haggerton, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is in response to your written request for extension to Permit Application Numbers D10-031, M10-014, PG 10 -011, and EL 10 -0264. The Building Official has reviewed your letter and considered your request. It has been determined that the City of Tukwila will extend the permit application expiration dates an additional 90 days, through September 23, 2011. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, fer Marshall it Technician File: Permit No. D10 -031, M10 -014, PG10 -011, EL10 -0264 W:'Permit Center\Extension Letters\Applications\2010\D10 -031 Application Extension #4.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • May 2, 2011 NAY 0 4 201 1 Cc ,r Bob Benedicto Building Official City of Tukwila, Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 ` SL'II architects Re: Raisbeck Aviation High School Subject: Request for Extension for Permit Application Number D10 -031, M10 -014, PG10 -011 & EL10 -0264 Via: Mail Mr. Bob Benedicto; This letter is to respectfully request a 90 -day extension for the application of the permit numbers mentioned above. The Highline School District is extremely excited to be moving ahead with the construction of Raisbeck Aviation High School. The estimated construction timeline for this project is attached with this letter. As you can see from this schedule, the goal of the Highline School District is to give notice -to- proceed to the General Contractor on August 23, 2011. A 90 -day permit extension would provide the required time allowance to meet the goals of the proposed construction timeline. The letters signed by Bill Rambo and dated 04/01/2011 inform us that those permit applications will expire on 05/25/2011. Note that a separate letter for permit EL10- 0264 dated 04/01/2011 was sent to Brendon Inman but is included as part of this request. For the reason mentioned above, we request a 90 -day extension period from the expiration date be granted for each permit application. Please let me know if you have any questions regarding this request for extension. Si rely, Caroline Lema AIA Project Manager Attachment: Estimated Construction Timeline dated 04/14/2011 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500/ Seattle, Washington 98104 t 206 340 9500 f 206 340 9519 / www.bassettiarch.com 61(r. 119,1 l I 04 -01 -2011 • • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director CAROLINE LEMAY BASSETTI ARCHITECTS 71 COLUMBIA ST SUITE 500 98104 RE: Permit Application No. M10 -014 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Dear Permit Applicant: In reviewing our current application files, it appears that your permit applied for on 01/29/2010, has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and /or National Electrical Code every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire and become null and void. Your permit application will expire on 05/25/2011. If you still plan to pursue your project, a written request for extension of your application must be submitted to the Permit Center at least seven (7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit application. If it is determined that an extension is granted, your application will be extended for an addtional 90 days from the expiration date and you will be notified by mail. In the event that we do not receive your written request for extension or request was denied, your permit application will expire, become null and void and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, 1%'1150 T—■0L Bill Rambo Permit Technician File: Permit File No. M10 -014 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 trok • Gity of Tukwila • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director January 28, 2011 Caroline Lemay, AIA Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St, Ste 500 Seattle, WA 98104 RE: Request for Application Extensions #3 Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Wy S Dear Ms. Lemay, This letter is in response to your written request for extension to Permit Application Numbers D10-031, -014, PG 10 -011, and EL 10 -0264. The Building Official has reviewed your letter and considered your request. It has been determined that the City of Tukwila will extend the permit application expiration dates an additional 90 days, through May 25, 2011. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, ifer Marshall it Technician File: Permit No. D10 -031, M10 -014, PG10 -011, EL10 -0264 W:\Permit Center\Extension Letters\Applications\2010\D10 -031 Application Extension #3.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • January 24, 2011 RECEIVED riAlt 2 7 20111 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Bob Benedicto Building Official City of Tukwila, Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: Raisbeck Aviation High School I sstt architects Subject: Request for Extension for Permit Application Number D10 -031, M10 -014, PG10 -011 & EL10 -0264 Via: Mail Dear Mr. Benedicto; This letter is to respectfully request an extension of 90 days for the application of the permit numbers mentioned above. The Highline School District is unable to start construction at this time as it is in the process of securing funds. The District is working diligently to push forward this project and expects to be able to start construction in the first half of this year. We have received your letters dated 01/03/2011 informing us that the above referenced permit applications will expire on 02/24/2011. A separate notice for permit EL10 -0264 was sent to Brendon Inman on 01/03/2011 but is included as part of this request. For the reason mentioned above, we request a 90 -day extension period from the expiration date be granted for all permit applications. Please let me know if you have any questions regarding this request for extension. Sincerely, Caroline Lem • AIA Project Manager 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 / Seattle, Washington 98104 t 206 340 9500 f 206 340 9519 / www.bassettiarch.com A'vi s p ►-e t I t9/- 2 -32 /l 01 -03 -2011 • City f T, /h • 1 Jim Haggerton, Mayor epamtt ent of Community Develop - ; eat CAROLINE LEMAY BASSETTI ARCHITECTS 71 COLUMBIA ST SUITE 500 98104 RE: Permit Application No. M10 -014 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Dear Permit Applicant: Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current application files, it appears that your permit applied for on 01/29/2010, has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and /or National Electrical Code every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire and become null and void. Your permit application will expire on 02/24/2011. If you still plan to pursue your project, a written request for extension of your application must be submitted to the Permit Center at least seven (7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit application. If it is determined that an extension is granted, your application will be extended for an addtional 90 days from the expiration date and you will be notified by mail. In the event that we do not receive your written request for extension or request was denied, your permit application will expire, become null and void and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File: Permit File No. M10 -014 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 e Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • • 1 Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development October 27, 2010 Caroline Lemay, AIA Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St, Ste 500 Seattle, WA 98104 RE: Request for Application Extensions Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Wy S Dear Mr. Engstrom, Jack Pace, Director This letter is in response to your written request for extension to Permit Application Numbers D10-031, M 10 -014, PG 10 -011, and EL 10 -0264. The Acting Building Official has reviewed your letter and considered your request. It has been determined that the City of Tukwila will extend the permit application expiration date an additional 90 days, through February 24, 2011. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, i‘:ifer arshall it Technician File: Permit No. D10 -031, M10 -014, PGIO -011, EL10 -0264 W:U'ermit Center\Extension Letters \Applications\2010\010 -031 Application Extension #2.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 ® Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 o Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • &Matti architects a October 20, 2010 Bob Benedicto Building Official City of Tukwila, Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: Raisbeck Aviation High School Subject: Request for Extension for Permit Application Number D10 -031, M10 -014, PG10 -011 & EL10 -0264 Via: Mail Mr. Bob Benedicto; This letter is to respectfully request an extension of 90 days for the application of the permit numbers mentioned above. The Highline School District is unable to start construction at this time as it is in the process of securing funds. The District is working diligently to push forward this project and expects to be able to start construction in the first half of next year. The letters signed by Bill Rambo and dated 10/01/2010 inform us that those permit applications will expire on 11/26/2010. Note that a separate letter for permit EL10- 0264 dated 10/01/2010 was sent to Brendon Inman but is included as part of this request. For the reason mentioned above, we request a 90 -day extension period from the expiration date be granted for each permit application. Please let me know if you have any questions regarding this request for extension. Sincerely, Caroline Lema AIA Project Manager 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 / Seattle, Washington 98104 t 206 340 9500 f 206 340 9519 / www.bassettiarch.com I,1 -alto-(0 %J/ 71v ex ,..-2(;-/ CMG/ 4,1 bcia 0242 '4f1I 10 -01 -2010 1 City of Tug . ila 1 Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development CAROLINE LEMAY BASSETTI ARCHITECTS 71 COLUMBIA ST SUITE 500 98104 RE: Permit Application No. M10 -014 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Dear Permit Applicant: Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current application files, it appears that your permit applied for on 01/29/2010, has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and /or National Electrical Code every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire and become null and void. Your permit application will expire on 11/26/2010. If you still plan to pursue your project, a written request for extension of your application must be submitted to the Permit Center at least seven (7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit application. If it is determined that an extension is granted, your application will be extended for an addtional 90 days from the expiration date and you will be notified by mail. In the event that we do not receive your written request for extension or request was denied, your permit application will expire, become null and void and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Bill Rambo Permit Technician File: Permit File No. M10 -014 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 o Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 1 bassetti architects MEMORANDUM Date June 23, 2010 To Bill Rambo From Caroline Lemay Copies to Project File, Barbara Martinez Subject Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Way S (BA Job #09819.00) Response to Correction Letter #3 Mechanical Permit Application Number M10 -014 Building Division Review Responses 1. See attached response letter by Hargis to Building Division Review Memo dated June 7, 2010 END OF MEMORANDUM Attachments: • Response Letter for Raisbeck Aviation High School — Mechanical, dated June 23, 2010 • Drawings: M0.01, M0.02, M0.03, M0.04, M0.05, M1.00, M3.01, M3.02, M3.03, M3.04, M3.05, M4.01, M4.02, M4.03, M4.04, M5.00, M7.01, M7.02, M7.03, M7.04, M7.05, M7.06, M8.01, M8.02, M9.01, M9.02, M9.03, M9.04, M9.05, M9.06. • Specifications: Division 20, Division 22 (section 221123 and 221513 only), Division 23 • Project Manual Volume 2 Table of Content CORRECTION M10 -01'1 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 / Seattle, Washington 98104 t 206 340 9500 f 206 340 9519 / www.bassettiarch.com RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER Page 1 of 1 J: UOBSIRaisbeck Aviation HSIAdmin13 Govemment AgencieslB_Building1100623 Mechanical Permit Correction #3 ResubmittaA3B 100623 Mechania/ Correction Letter #3.doc June 23, 2010 Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St, Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 Attention: Caroline Lemay, AIA Regarding: Response Letter for Raisbeck Aviation High School — Mechanical Building Division Plan Review, Permit #M10 -014 Please see below for the responses to the City of Tukwila Mechnical Plan Review, completed by Senior Plans Examiner Dave Larson, dated June 7, 2010. General Note 1- The only duct penetrations into the exit enclosures are for the smoke control system ductwork and stairway ventilation ducts. Each system is separate and independent from other HVAC systems serving the facility and are protected with rated enclosures and /or 2 -hour fire blanket in conformance with IBC. General Note 2- There was progress in the mechanical design that occurred between permit intake and the plan review response resubmittal. Please also refer to note 4 response below. General Note 3- The 12x12 grille shown on M3.01 is the ventilation duct for the stair. The 8x8 duct riser connecting to this grille passes through all three floors in a rated shaft and then connects to an outside air duct. Please also refer to note 1 response above. General Note 4- As requested, two sets of mechanical plans for resubmittal review are being provided. On Behalf of HARGIS ENGINEERS, INC. Brian J. Boettcher, PE Principle, Mechanical RECEIVED JUN ? 0 PERMIT CENTER H A R G I S m:\jobs \09 \09103 \design \outbox\permit responses \09103mItr20100623 mech permit response.doc tJtIO.Ol9 CORRECTION 600 Stewart Street Suite t000 Seattle. WA 98101 t 1208.448.3378 f 1208.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS June 7, 2010 • City of f Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Caroline Lemay Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 RE: Correction Letter #3 Mechanical Permit Application Number M10 -014 Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Way S Dear Ms. Lemay, Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your mechanical permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. The Fire Department has no comments at this time. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, shall ician encl File: M10 -014 W:\Permit Center \Correction Letters \2010\M10 -014 Correction Letter 43.DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 0 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Tukwila Building Dave Larson, Senior Division Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: June 7, 2010 Project Name: Raisebeck Aviation High School Permit #: M10 -014 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The plans submitted in response to Plan Review Memo #2 still appear to show duct penetrations from the boiler room to the west exit enclosure stairway. Please see page M7.01. This page is substantially different than originally submitted yet it only shows a small change clouded in the upper middle portion of the lower detail. Please cloud all changes or add a large clouded note that the page has been changed in its entirety. Please review all pages to make sure that all changes from the original submittal have been clouded. I could not follow the ducts penetrating into the exit enclosure. Are they part of the stair enclosure pressurization? Where do they go and what equipment do they connect to? Are they going to be wrapped in a fire blanket outside the exit enclosure? 2. Other pages appear to have several changes that where not clouded or otherwise noted as a change. On page M3.01, there are several cross - sections called out that are totally different than originally submitted and refer to pages that we didn't get such as M7.04 and M7.05. 3. Also on page M3.01, a 12X12 grill has been added to the east exit enclosure. This grill was not shown on earlier submittals and was not clouded. What is it for? It doesn't connect to anything. This penetration is not allowed in an exit enclosure as discussed in earlier review memos. 4. At this point I would suggest that we start over. It may be more efficient to have you submit a complete set of plans that have been corrected per my previous review memos with your additional changes and I will plan review again from scratch. Please call if you have questions or other ideas. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. June 25, 2010 • City of f Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Caroline Lemay, AIA Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St, Ste 500 Seattle, WA 98104 RE: Request for Application Extensions Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Wy S Dear Ms. Lemay, This letter is in response to your written request for extension to Permit Application Numbers D10 -031, M10 -014, and PG10 -011. The Building Official has reviewed your letter and considered your request. It has been determined that the City of Tukwila will extend the permit application expiration date an additional 90 days, through November 26, 2010. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, arshall ician File: Permit No. D10 -031, M10 -014, PG10 -011 W:\Pennit Center\Extension Letters\Applications\2010\D10 -031 Application Extension.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • RecElveD `1 OPM T June 6,2010 Bob Benedicto Building Official City of Tukwila, Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: Raisbeck Aviation High School 44, S L tli architects Subject: Request for Extension for Permit Application Number D10 -031, M10 -014 & PG 10 -011 Via: Mail Mr. Bob Benedicto; This letter is to respectfully request an extension for the application of the permit numbers mentioned above. Our Development Permit Number D10 -031 and Mechanical Permit Number M10- 014 are currently under review and we are diligently working to address the plan reviewer's comments. Our Plumbing Permit Number PG10 -011 as been approved. We are requesting an extension since this approval is out of sequence with the rest of the permitting review process. The letters signed by Bill Rambo and dated 06/01/2010 inform us that those permit applications will expire on 07/28/2010. For the reasons mentioned above, we request a 90 -day extension period from the expiration date be granted for each permit application. Please let me know if you have any questions regarding this request for extension. cerely, -��� Caroline Lem iAAIA Project Manager 0 Q c5 4(16/eWVIO 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 / Seattle, Washington 98104 t 206 340 9500 f 206 340 9519 / www.bassettiarch.com 1 MEMORANDUM • bassetti architects Date May 28, 2010 To Bill Rambo From Caroline Lemay Copies to Project File, Barbara Martinez Subject Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Way S (BA Job #09819.00) Response to Correction Letter #2 Mechanical Permit Application Number M10 -014 Building Division Review Responses 1. See attached revised sheets M3.01, M3.02, M3.03, M3.04, M3.05 and M7.01 indicating rerouting of duct penetrations away from the exit enclosure. Equipment servicing the exit enclosure has been shown to be fire wrapped. 2. Please see revised specification Section 087100 Door Hardware for revision to the hardware for doors 1000 -1, 1000 -2 and 2000 -5 on the south side of building. These doors were never part of the makeup air calculations and therefore no calculations or plan changes need occur. END OF MEMORANDUM Attachments: • Drawing sheets: M3.01, M3.02, M3.03, M3.04, M3.05 and M7.01 • Specification Sections: 087100 Door Hardware 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 / Seattle, Washington 98104 t 206 340 9500 f 206 340 9519 / www.bassettiarch.com CIiY0FCEIi11KNAlA MAY 2 8 2010 PERMIT CENTER Page 1 of 1 J: UOBSIRaisbeck Aviation HSIAdmin%3 Government AgencieslB Building1100528 Mech Permit Correction 112 Resubmittall3B 100528 Mechanial Correction Letter #2.doc 06 -01 -2010 • City of Tui _ lla • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development CAROLINE LEMAY - BASSETTI ARCHITECTS 71 COLUMBIA ST SUITE 500 SEATTLE WA 98104 RE: Permit Application No. M10 -014 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Dear Permit Applicant: Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current permit application files, it appears that your permit application applied for on 01/29/2010 , has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building Code and/or the International Mechanical Code, every permit: application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire by limitation and become null and void. Your permit application expires on 07/28/2010 . If you choose to pursue your project, a written request for extension of your application addressed to the Building Official, demonstrating justifiable cause, will need to be received at the Permit Center prior to your expiration date of 07/28/2010. If it is determined that an extension is granted, your application will be extended for an additional 90 days from the expiration date. In the event we do not receive your written request for extension, your permit application will become null and void and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician xc: Permit File No. M10-014 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 ® Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 May 25, 2010 • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Caroline Lemay Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 RE: Correction Letter #2 Mechanical Permit Application Number M10 -014 Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Way S Dear Ms. Lemay, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your mechanical permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. The Fire Department has no comments at this time. Building Department: Dave Martin at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenzer service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, i Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File: M10 -014 W:\Permit Center\Correction Letters\2010\M10 -014 Correction Letter #2.DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206- 431 -3670 • Fax: 206- 431 -3665 • Tukwila Building Dave Larson, Senior Building Division Review Memo Date: May 14, 2010 Project Name: Raisbeck Aviation High School Permit #: M10 -014 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner Division Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. There are still duct penetrations into the top of the east exit enclosure that do not appear to be totally protected as discussed earlier and they may not be separated from systems serving other parts of the building. 2. The smoke control makeup air for the atrium is via automatic opening doors on both the north and south faces of the atrium. The south doors will not function for this purpose if the Museum of Flight adds on to this side of the school. Per our phone conversation, the north doors will provide enough makeup air by themselves. Please revise plans and calcs. as necessary. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. • bassetti architects MEMORANDUM Date April 28, 2010 To Bill Rambo From Caroline Lemay Copies to Project File, Barbara Martinez Subject Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Way S (BA Job #09819.00) Response to Correction Letter #1 Mechanical Permit Application Number M10 -014 Building Division Review Responses 1. Make -up air when the smoke exhaust system in the Atrium is operating is via exterior doors to the Atrium space located on each floor. Door hardware is interlocked to the fire alarm system and fire fighters control panel to open doors with activation of the smoke exhaust system. Doors that are part of the smoke exhaust system are doors numbered 1001 -1, 1001 -2, 1001 -3, 1001 -4, 2000 -1, 2000 -2, 2000 -3, 2000 -4, 3000 -1 and 3000 -2. 2. The grease hood will not be permitted at this time. The food service contractor, will submit for a separate permit for the grease cooking hood at the time of construction. 3. Smoke exhaust and smoke pressurization ductwork shall be provided in fire wrap blanket as noted on drawings. Please see revised Sheets M3.04 and M3.05. Section 703.2 of the 2006 International Building Code notes that the fire resistance rating of building elements must be compliant with ASTM E119. Attached is a cut -sheet of the fire wrap blanket product noting conformance with this standard and approval for use in this application. The equipment for the smoke pressurization system is located in a 2 -hr rated room separated from the mechanical attic as indicated on sheet A2.04, and the smoke evacuation fans are located at the building exterior on the roof as shown on sheet M3.04. The smoke exhaust fans (EF -07, 08 and 09) and pressurization fans (SF -01 and SF -02) are separate and independent from other building ventilation systems as shown on revised Sheets M3.04 and M3.05. The design is for a forced draft cast iron sectional boiler. Flues shall slope upward towards roof termination at minimum W per foot per Section 503 of the 2006 International Fuel Gas code where shown routed horizontally on plan. Given the length and offsets required for the flue, barometric dampers shall also be provided to ensure adequate venting of boiler flue gases. Revised /Updated Specification Section 235100 and revised sheet M3.03 noting sloped routing through shaft are attached. The boiler manufacturer does not publish installation recommendations for the flue system. This 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 / Seattle, Washington 98104 t 206 340 9500 f 206 340 9519 / www.bassettiarch.com Page 1 of 2 J:IJOBSIRaisbeck Aviation HSIAdminl3_Government Agencies\B_Building1100428 Mechanical Permit Correction Resubmittall3B 100428 Mechanial Correction Letter #1.doc Subject Response to Correction #1• Date April 22, 2010 • system is engineered by the flue stack provider as bidder design, customized for each project; calculations showing adequate flue stack sizing design are available from the manufacturer upon request. 5. The sloping horizontal offsets, conforming to Section 506 of the 2006 International Mechanical Code, will be wrapped with two hour fire wrap blanket to provide shaft rating. Please refer to response on item #3 above regarding conformance of fire wrap material with building fire resistance rating. 6. Smoke dampers will be activated by smoke detectors per 2006 International Mechanical Code Section 607.3.2.1 method 1. Please refer to Specification Section 233300 for smoke and fire /smoke damper integral factory wired smoke detector requirements. 7. Yes, vents for the two boilers and three water heaters are in a separate fire rated shaft that is continuous from the ceiling of the boiler room to the roof membrane. The horizontal portion of the shaft is indicated on Section 2/A4.13. Fire Prevention Bureau Review Responses 1 See attached memo from Hargis Engineers END OF MEMORANDUM Attachments: • Drawing sheets: A2.02, M3.03, M3.04, M3.05, M5.00 • Specification Sections: 087100 Door Hardware; 200700 Mechanical Insulation and 235100 Flues and Stacks. • 3M Fire Barrier Duct Wraps. • UL Assembly V -27 for Ventilation Duct wrap • Intertek Design Number 3MU /FRD 120 -18 Fire Resistant Grease Duct 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 / Seattle, Washington 98104 t 206 340 9500 f 206 340 9519 / www.bassettiarch.com Page 2 of 2 J.IJOBSIRaisbeck Aviation HSIAdminl3_Government AgencieslB_Building1100428 Mechanical Permit Correction Resubmittall3B 100428 Mechanial Correction Letter #1.doc • • April 29, 2010 Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St, Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 Attention: Caroline Lemay Regarding: Response Letter for Raisbeck Aviation High School — Smoke control system conformance with 2006 International Building Code Section 909. Caroline: Please see below for the responses to the one item noted in the Fire Prevention Bureau Review Memo by Al Metzler dated 12- FEBRUARY -2010. IBC 909.1 (Scope and Purpose) No response required. The design shall comply with the intent of this section. IBC 909.2 (General Design Requirements) No response required. The design shall comply with the intent of this section. See additional clarification below, plans, and specifications for compliance information. IBC 909.3 (Special Inspection and Test Requirements) Please refer to the revised commissioning specification sections 019113, 200800, and 240800 for clarification as to special inspectors and testing /commissioning requirements for the smoke control system. IBC 909.4: (Analysis) Please refer to sheet M5.00 for analysis calculations and rationale. Specific items are as follows: IBC 909.4.1 Stack effect considered by He value in Atrium Smoke Exhaust Calculation. IBC 909.4.2 Temperature effect of the fire considered by Ts value in Atrium Smoke Exhaust Calculation. IBC 909.4.3 Wind loads considered in system inlet /outlet locations. IBC 909.4.4 Climate conditions considered with equipment selection and air inlet/outlet locations IBC 909.4.5 Duration of operation considered for components with UL listing in specification 233410. IBC 909.5: (Smoke Barrier Construction) I H A R G I S 600 Stewart Street Suite t000 Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 } 1 206.448.4450 w har0ie.hi: April 29, 2010 Page 2 of 5 • There are two hour wall construction around the central lobby area where the lobby is not adjacent to an exterior wall as indicated on sheet A9.31 and Section 087100 of the project manual. IBC 909.5.1 The leakage areas are considered in the Al, A2, and A3 values in the Shaft Pressurization Calculation on sheet M5.00 . IBC 909.5.2 Openings in smoke barrier are protected by automatic - closing devices. IBC 909.5.2.1 In addition, where not inside a continuously rated chase, ducts and air transfer openings for the smoke control system penetrating a rated partition and that would not interfere with the operation of the smoke control system are protected with a smoke damper as shown on sheet M3.01- M3.05. IBC 909.6 (Pressurization Method) Per the plans and specifications, the design complies with the requirements of this section as follows. IBC 909.6.1 Minimum pressure difference is considered 0.20" per the value in the Shaft Pressurization Calculation. IBC 909.6.2 Maximum pressure difference and door opening force are noted as 0.30" and 22.9Ib per the respective values in the Shaft Pressurization Calculation. IBC 909.7 (Airflow Design Method) This section is not applicable as the airflow design method is not used in the calculations. IBC 909.8 (Exhaust Method) The worst case scenario balcony plume calculations (eq. 9 -5) are presented on sheet M5.00 and represent the basis of design for the smoke exhaust system. Specific sections are as follows: IBC 909.8.1 IBC 909.8.2 IBC 909.8.3 IBC 909.8.4 IBC 909.8.5 The smoke layer is noted in the Atrium Smoke Exhaust Calculation as variable As. Makeup air is provided through the openings into the space and, at the point of the design fire, is less than 200 fpm velocity. All equipment in the exhaust system is rated for temperatures to which they will be exposed per specification 233410. N /A. Axisemetric plumes are not the worst case scenario. Equation 9 -5 is used in the Atrium Smoke Exhaust Calculation. N /A. Window plumes are not the worst case scenario. N /A. Plumes in contact with a wall are not the worst case scenario. IBC 909.9 (Design Fire) The design fire assumptions and reductions are based on a fire occurring under a fully sprinkled balcony overhang and the sprinkler effectiveness assumptions. Calculations outlining these values are shown on the clouded portion of sheet M5.00. The calculations show that, due to the plume temperature, the sprinkler will be activated • • April 29, 2010 Page 3 of 5 below the design convective heat release rate (approximately 200 Btu /s), thus a conservative estimate is that the sprinkler keeps the flame growth constant at a maximum of 500 Btu /s. As evidenced by the heat release graph, the fire will not grow above full potential, and will reach the maximum heat release rate after the smoke control system is fully active. IBC 909.10 (Equipment) Equipment shall be UL listed for smoke control operations per specification 233410. IBC 909.10.1 Smoke temperature is considered by the Ts value in the Atrium Smoke Exhaust Calculation. IBC 909.10.2 Duct leakage testing, supports, and construction meet the requirements of the IMC per specifications 200593 and 233113. IBC 909.10.3 Intake and exhaust locations are noted on the plans and shall not introduce or re- introduce smoke/flame into the building. IBC 909.10.4 Automatic dampers are listed per specification 233300. IBC 909.10.5 Fans are required to have 1.5x the number of belts per the schedule on sheet M0.05 and be engineered for 1.75x the required horsepower per specification 233410. IBC 909.11 (Power Systems) All power for the smoke exhaust equipment is shown off the emergency electrical system (NEC 700), which is located within Generator Equipment 1530 on the plans. This room contains the transfer switches and panel boards serving this equipment, and provides transfer between the utility and a diesel generator sized to carry all emergency and standby loads. IBC 909.12 (Detection and Control Systems) This project is shown with a "full coverage" fire alarm system, providing detection in all areas of the building. The smoke control panel will be provided integral to the fire alarm control panel per UL 864. IBC 909.13 (Control air tubing) N /A. This project does not have pneumatic control air tubing. IBC 909.14 (Marking and Identification) All systems shall be clearly marked per specification section 283111. IBC 909.15 (Control Diagrams) All control diagrams with all required devices shall be a deferred submittal to the AHJ and shall be kept current per specification section 283111. IBC 909.16 (Fire Fighters Smoke Control Panel) H A R G I S April 29, 2010 Page 4 of 5 • The fire alarm control panel on this project is being specified with an integral smoke control panel, and required to be listed in compliance with UL 864. This is contained under revised specification 283111 2.3C. All required control and monitoring connections for required components are contained under 283111 3.4A. IBC 909.17 (System Response Time) System response time shall be 15s from alarm signal receipt to full operation. This has been added to the clouded portion of sheet M5.00 for clarification. IBC 909.18 (Acceptance testing) Please refer to the revised commissioning specification sections 019113, 200800, and 240800 for clarification as to testing/commissioning requirements for the smoke control system. IBC 909.19 (System Acceptance) The system shall comply with this section prior to C of 0. IBC 909.20 (Smokeproof Enclosures) Egress stairways are pressurized per requirements from the Tukwila Fire Department. All egress stairs are indicated to be two hour rated construction as indicated on sheet A9.31 and Section 087100 of the Project Manual. IBC909.20.1 N /A. Pressurized stairways do not require vestibules. IBC909.20.2 The smokeproof enclosures are separated from the remainder of the building by not less than a two hour fire barrier, as indicated on sheet A9.31 and Section 087100 of the Project Manual, without openings other than the required means of egress doors. IBC909.20.2.1 Doors in the smokeproof enclosures are self or automatic closing by actuation of a smoke detector. IBC909.20.3 N /A. The natural ventilation alternative is not used on this project. IBC909.20.4 N /A. The mechanical ventilation alternative is not used on this project. IBC 909.20.5 Stairwell pressurization is provided per the Shaft Pressurization Calculation on sheet M5.00. IBC 909.20.6 Smoke detection is provided at stairs requiring stair pressurization systems, and will be used to activate these systems. IBC 909.20.6.2 Stair pressurization fans are powered off of the emergency electrical system (NEC 700) for this building. IBC 909.20.6.3 The system shall comply with this section as noted in the revised commissioning specification sections 019113, 200800, and 240800. April 29, 2010 Page 5 of 5 On Behalf of HARGIS ENGINEERS, INC. Brian J. Boettcher, PE Principle, Mechanical Kenneth R. Larsen, P.E. Principle, Electrical m:\jobs \09 \09103 \design \outbox \memos letters \09103eItr20100419 m and e permit response.doc H A R G I S April 22, 2010 • City of Tu _. lla Department of Community Development Jim Haggerton, Mayor Caroline Lemay Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 RE: Correction Letter #1 Mechanical Permit Application Number M10 -014 Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Way S Dear Ms. Lemay, Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your mechanical permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building and Fire Departments. Building Department: Dave Martin at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Fire Department: Al Metzler at 206 -575 -4407 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messen>Der service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, r Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File: M10 -014 W:\Permit Center \Correction Letters \2010\M10 -014 Correction Letter #1.DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: April 20, 2010 Project Name: Raisbeck Aviation High School Permit #: M10 -014 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The exhaust system proposed for the smoke removal system in the center atrium area may need a method of providing make -up air. I could not find a source or method of providing make- up air in a way that would direct smoke to the exhaust outlets. If make- up air is part of the system, please clarify how it will function and where it will come from. Without a designed make -up air system doors that swing into this area may be held open by negative air pressure thus voiding the fire rating of the surrounding 2 hour walls. Clarification should include engineer's calculations. 2. Is a separate mechanical permit planned for the grease hood? If the intent is to include it in this permit we will need more information. Is it a listed hood? Provide listing specs. Size of hood, type of cooking equipment, air velocity, etc. are some of the things we would need for plan review. I assume that the food service company will take out a separate permit. Please confirm. 3. Section 1020.1.2 of the IBC limits mechanical ductwork penetrations into exit enclosures to those necessary for independent stairway pressurization. Section 607.2.1 of the IMC requires these penetrations to be protected by other means when a fire -smoke damper would interfere with the operation of the smoke control system. The acceptable means of protection are spelled out in three options listed in section 1020.1.3 of the IBC. Also note the final paragraph of this section states that exit enclosure ventilation systems shall be independent of other building ventilation systems. Section 607.2.1 of the IMC would also apply to the smoke exhaust ducts of the smoke control system in the center atrium area. The ductwork would need to be enclosed in an independent shaft from the atrium penetrations to the exterior of the building. 4. The vent pipe for the two large boilers rises to the third level and then appears to run horizontal to the vertical riser through the roof. If these vents are natural draft vents they may not meet the installation requirements as required by the manufacturer due to the horizontal run of pipe. Please provide the installation specs. for the specific vent or chimney proposed and the specs. that match vent material to boilers. • • 5. The grease duct and the dishwasher exhaust duct appear to enter a shaft in the third level but are offset before penetrating the roof. Will the shaft be extended horizontally to the roof penetration? 6. Will all smoke dampers be activated by smoke detectors installed throughout the building? If not section 607.3.2.1 IMC lists the 5 acceptable methods of activation. Please add chosen method to plans. 7. Are the vents for the two boilers and three water heaters in a separate fire rated shaft that runs continuous from the ceiling of the boiler room to the exterior of the roof membrane? The plans appear to show them in a shaft within a shaft to separate them from other ductwork. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau Al Metzler, Fire Project Coordinator Fire Prevention Bureau Review Memo Date: Project Name: Address: Permit #: Plan Reviewer: February 12, 2010 Raisbeck Aviation High School 9229 East Marginal Wy S M10-014 Al Metzler, Fire Project Coordinator The Fire Prevention Bureau conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. 1. Smoke control systems must comply with IBC Section 909. Please submit a documentation package stamped by a qualified, licensed engineer detailing compliance with all applicable provisions of Section 909. Also, please provide rationale for those provisions deemed as not applicable. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Fire Prevention Bureau at 206 - 575 -4407. No further comments at this time. February 3, 2010 • City of Tu .eta • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Caroline Lemay Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia St Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 RE: Letter of Incomplete Application # 1 Mechanical Permit Application M10 -014 Raisbeck Aviation High School — 9229 East Marginal Way S Dear Ms. Lemay, Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on January 29, 2010 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the attached /following items from the following department(s) need(s) to be addressed: Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have any questions concerning the attached comments. Please address the comment above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a "Revision Submittal Sheet" must accompany every resubmittal. 1 have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, e3:41-Q RAJ- Bill Rambo Permit Technician Enclosures File: M10 -014 W: \Permit Center \Incomplete Letters\2010\M10 -014 Incomplete Ltr #1.DOC wer 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206- 431 -3665 I Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner Determination of Completeness Memo Date: February 2, 2010 Project Name: Raisbeck Aviation High School Permit #: M10 -014 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division has deemed the subject permit application incomplete. To assist the applicant in expediting the Department plan review process, please forward the following comments. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Please provide an analysis as required by section 513.4 of the International Mechanical Code for the proposed smoke control system. This was apparently left out of the mechanical permit application. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 - 431 -3670. No further comments at this time. December 16, 2009 • • City of Tukwila Fire Department Ms. Judy Yeoh Basetti Architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 Jim Haggerton, Mayor Nicholas J. Olivas, Fire Chief Re: Raisbeck Aviation High School Variance Request TMC Ch 16.48. Dear Ms. Yeoh: PY I have reviewed the letters dated October 26, 2009, November 3, 2009 and November 4, 2009, regarding modification to the high rise building requirements outlined in Tukwila Municipal Code 16.48. The Fire Department finds the proposed methods adequate to provide appropriate life safety measures within the proposed building. The modifications will be: • Mechanical smoke control systems in the center, multistory, lobby areas and two exit stair enclosures. Doors into the lobby and cross - corridor doors will also be placed on magnetic hold- opens. This will be in lieu of the 10% requirement for opening or breakable glazing. • The building will be equipped with an Ordinary Hazard Group II fire sprinkler density and appropriate sprinkler head spacing. Fire sprinkler coverage of non - combustible void spaces will be completed, as well as fire sprinkler coverage of building overhangs and exterior terraces. The fire sprinkler design will provide a minimum 76 PSI at 500 GPM at the most remote standpipe location. This will be acceptable to omit the installation of the fire pumps. If you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to contact me at 206 -575 -4407 or dtomaso @ci.tukwila.wa.us Sincerely, B/C Don Tomaso Fire Marshal Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -575 -4404 • Fax: 206 -575 -4439 • PLANPI • 411cIG SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M10 -014 DATE: 07 -20 -12 PROJECT NAME: RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SITE ADDRESS: 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 After Permit Issued DEPART i NTS: ui ding •'vision Public Works AV Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator qr -�^ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Incomplete DUE DATE: 07 -24 -12 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 08-21-12 Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing stip doc 2 -28 -02 PERIM y d, "Ol1110 COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M10 -014 DATE: 06 -30 -10 PROJECT NAME: RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SITE ADDRESS: 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 3 Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS• Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Incomplete DUE DATE: 07 -01 -10 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 07 -29-10 Not Approved (attach comments) Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PERMITC00 COPYr PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M10 -014 DATE: 05/28/10 PROJECT NAME: RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SITE ADDRESS: 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 2 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPA TMENTS: ( uldil/�v{L�t 4ri W ti I Tlg U Public Works n Fire Prevention Structural u Planning Division Permit Coordinator u El DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete \V:j Comments: Incomplete DUE DATE: 06/01/10 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Building Please Route tSti Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 06/29/10 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: , �{ rf I °1 Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ( -' Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 2ER 5 IT C . r! RD COPY • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M10 -014 DATE: 05/05/10 PROJECT NAME: RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SITE ADDRESS: 9229 EAST MARGINAL WY S Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued D,EPARTMEN S: Odinivision �'�_�O O Public Works 4 ire Prevention �i S-(4 -l0 1�! Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete g Comments: Incomplete DUE DATE: 05/06/10 Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Building Please Route le Structural Review Required n No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 06/03/10 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: J —XS- v Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documentskouting slip.doc 2 -28 -02 b PERMIT COORD COPS PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M10 -014 DATE: 02 -05 -10 PROJECT NAME: RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SITE ADDRESS: 9229 EAST MARGINAL. WY S Original Plan Submittal X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPAR MENTS: ul L■ 4-r11`-t0 lD ding ivision Public Works 4v A,e4e6t aA)--t0 Pi re Prevention ❑ Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Incomplete ❑ DUE DATE: 02-09-10 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TOES /THURS ROUTING: Building Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required n DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 03-09-10 Not Approved (attach comments) kr- DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: L -)-)- --t 0 Bldg Fire` Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documentshouting slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PE _ • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: M10 -014 DATE: 01 -29 -10 PROJECT NAME: RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SITE ADDRESS: 9229 EAST MARGINAL WAY S X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 6 i _Div j'�� ul ding tvlslon IL1I Public Works ❑ Fire Prevention Structural 1* Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete DUE DATE: 02 -02 -10 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: a.- 16 LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILS : Departments determined incomplete: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route n Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required n DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions n DUE DATE: 03-02 -10 Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PROJECT NAME: ��` S ipg` PERMIT NO: 41 Nit t QQ SITE ADDRESS: Q, E $ �„w„( W S ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: '6"- It —()..„- � REVISION LOG REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS L -7- �& obit v - l NV Summary of Revision: ot re&- c ,ert-V--- re &+rvo - 4 1 -e tiAe 3 Received b : Al 14_1111 u te REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by (please print) • • City of Tukwila REVISION UBNIITTAL Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tulaovila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: July 20, 2012 Plan Check/Permit Number: M10-014 Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # 1 after Permit is Issued Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Raisbeck Aviation High School Project Address: 9229 East Marginal Way S. Contact Person: Caroline Lemay /Bassetti Architects Phone Number: 206- 340 -9500 Summary of Revision: Addition of Staff Restroom, Level 3. Sheet Number(s): M0.05, M3.03, M3.04, M3.05, M8.03 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revisio Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on -7-2-0-1 I HMpplicationslFornm- Applications On Line 12010 Applicationsl7 -2010 - Revision SubminaLdoc Revised: May 2011 RECEIVED CITY OF TumnA I JUL 2 0 2012 PERMIT CEMTEP • City of Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: (e-0-(0 Plan Check/Permit Number: M1 0-014 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # 3 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Raisbeck Aviation High School Project Address: 9229 East Marginal Wy S Contact Person: (T irt l (1' i e/ j-e4-n a ci Summary of Revision: Phone Number: 2060 O -61,c0 6 ?1,.0 $ ems opt — c-IA L4err 4 gespor -ice env OF JUN 30 MID EsMIIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of rexisi Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on 6-30-11) \applications \forms - applications on Iine\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: • City of Tukwila Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steve Lancaster, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: OS • - to Plan Check/Permit Number: M10-0 14 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # • Response to Correction Letter # 2 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Raisbeck Aviation High School MAY 2 8 1010 14ERMIT CENTER Project Address: 9229 East Marginal Wy S Contact Person: ci1/011NQ,�J1- elena(�f Phone Number: 2'..-/O '1-gOC' Summary of Revision: 1 SUkVY1 i{I Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on \applications \forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: City of Tukwila Steven M Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steve Lancaster, Director REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 05 •I Co Plan Check/Permit Number: M10-0 14 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Raisbeck Aviation High School Project Address: 9229 East Marginal Wy S Contact Person: Caoi ic., iy- ma./.' Phone Number: r2ae:•• a •g560 Summary of Revision: RECEJVEt CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 0 5 2010 PERMIT CENTEr, rib :IiJ.41 _: QrvM m Lt.- 1+I +hL vr)PY 0� vz vib�an� tue)A. d.mwvncir>+orhon px,Vi c - • Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on 14051 I v \applications \forms - applications on line \revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: • • City of Tukwila Steven M Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steve Lancaster, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 62.- • 6' - tO Plan Check/Permit Number: M 10-014 • Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Raisbeck Aviation High School Project Address: 9229 East Marginal Way S Contact Person:c ir-01 i 1 c I2U Phone Number: 2..O Summary of Revision: 1 CITY n•` FttA FEB 0 4 2010 t'ERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): M S . BO "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on 04(2` /I,0 \applications \forms- applications on line \revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Contractors or Tradespeople Peter Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name HAWK MECHANICAL CONTRS INC UBI No. 601728226 Phone 3607948783 Address Po Box 547 License No. HAWKMC1044PD Suite /Apt. 17220 W MAIN ST License Type Construction Contractor City Monroe Effective Date 10/4/1996 State WA Expiration Date 10/9/2012 Zip 98272 Suspend Date County Snohomish Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Status Active Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date KRALICEK, STEVEN JAY President 01/01/1980 Bond Amount Received Date HEINO, DONALD JOHN Vice President 01/01/1980 10/04/2007 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 4 HARTFORD FIRE INS 52BSBEK7336 10/04/2007 Until Cancelled 10/28/2011 $12,000.0009/27 /2007 3 INS CO OF THE WEST 1504506 10/04/1997 10/04/2007 10/28/2008 10/28/2009 $6,000.0009/17/2001 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 11 TRAVELERS INDEMNITY CO OF AMER DTC0526D83251N009 10/28/2008 10/28/2011 $1,000,000.00 10/19/2010 10 TRAVELERS INDEMNITY CO OF AME DTC0526D83251ND07 10/28/2008 10/28/2009 $1,000,000.00 10/14/2008 9 TRAVELERS INDEMNITY CO OF AMER DTC0526D83251ND05 10/28/2005 10/28/2008 $1,000,000.00 10/22/2007 8 WESTCHESTER SURPLUS LINES GLW783024 10/28/2005 10/28/2006 $1,000,000.0010 /18/2005 7 WESTCHESTER SURPLUS GLW777518 10/28/2004 10/28/2005 $1,000,000.0010 /22/2004 Summons /Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip /Print.aspx 09/13/2011 HEAT EXCHANGER SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER /MODEL NO. UNIT AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER MODEL AIRFLOW MAX, APD. (IN. WC.) MAX. VELOCITY (FPM) EFFICIENCY ELECTRICAL WEIGHT DIMENSIONS LxWxH (IN) REMARKS MIN /MAX SUPPLY (CFM) MIN /MAX EXHAUST (CFM) Winter Summer V/0 MFS (AMPS) HX-0 WEST MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE 4200 BKM REVERSE -FLOW EB- 10000 -U -I0- CUSTOM. 8960/9610 " 8960/9610 ` 0.41 500 '90% 80% 120/10 30 10500 Ibs 314x90x65 1) 2) HX -02 EAST MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE 4100 . BKM REVERSE -FLOW EB- 10000 -U -IO- CUSTOM. 8175/9835 8075/9735 0:41 500 : 90% 80% . 120/10 30 : 10500 Ibs 314x90x65 1) 2) 1) 2) ' 3) CUSTOM U -SHAPE CONFIGURATION TO MATCH PROVIDE WITH ESERVO DAMPER ACTUATOR AND PROVIDE UNIT COMPLETE WITH 2" INSULATED MECH ROOM AND LOUVER LAYOUT; SEE MECH & ARCH PLAN DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFO. ELECTRIC DAMPER CONTROL. FUSED DISCONNECT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ACCESS DOORS. CH CASSETTE BANK, AND. CASSETTES REMOVABLE FROM INSIDE BUILDING THROUGH HINGED A CCE DOUBLE WALL CASING, 24"x48" HINGED ACCESS DOORS IN REAR OF EA , SMOKE EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER /MODEL NO. APPROVED MANUFACTURER CFM (CFM) HEATING (MBTU /HR) ELECTRICAL DIMENSION LxWxH (INxINxIN) DIMENSION REMARKS MARK AREA SERVED MAKE & MODEL CFM ESP RPM HP /-W /FLA ` V /PH WEIGHT (LxWxH) (in) REMARKS EF -06 LOBBY 1000 GREENHECK 49-AFSW-41 47,000 2.50 834, , 40 460/3 1950 LBS 92x84x83 1) 2) 3) 4) EF -07 LOBBY 1000 GREENHECK 44- AFSW -41 42,000 1.50 937 30 460/3 1700" LBS 84x76x76 1) 2) 3) 4) EF -08 LOBBY 1000 GREENHECK 44- AFSW -41 42,000 1.50 937 30 460/3 1700 LBS 84x76x76 1) 2) 3) 4) 1) PROVIDE FAN WITH DUAL SOURCE MAIN BUILDING AND EMERGENCY POWER CONNECTIONS BY DIV 26. 2) PROVIDE UL LISTED FAN FOR SMOKE CONTROL WITH 1.5 TIMES THE NUMBER OF REQUIRED BELTS. - 3) REFER TO SECTION 283111 FOR CONNECTION AND CONTROL OF FAN TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 4) PROVIDE WITH MANUFACTURER WELDED STEEL STRUCTURAL BASE AND RUBBER MOUNTS 5) PROVIDE WITH WEATHERHOOD, BELT GUARD, SHAFT GUARD, INLET GUARD, INLET FLANGE, OUTLET GUARD, FAN HOUSING & DRAIN CONNECTION, AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER. EXHAUST & SUPPLY FAN SCHEDULE MARK. AREA SERVED. MAKE & MODEL CFM ESP RPM ELECTRICAL HP V /PH WEIGHT DIMENSION (LxWxH) (in) REMARKS EF -01 KITCHEN 2200 GREENHECK - CUBE -18OHP 2,125 2.00 1409 1/2 480/3 140 LBS 31x36 2) 7) EF -02 DISHWASHER 2200 GREENHECK- CUE -101A 500 0.80 EF -03 CHEMISTRY LAB 3560 GREENHECK- CUE -101A 940 0.70 1725. 1725 1/3 1/3 120/1 120/1 60 LBS 60 LBS 25x25x30 25x25x30 1) 3) 1) EF -04 CHEMISTRY LAB 3560 GREENHECK- CUE -101A 810 0.60 1725 1/3 120/1 60 LBS 25x25x30 EF -05 CHEMISTRY LAB 3560 GREENHECK- CUE -101A 810 0.60 1725 1/3 120/1 60 LBS 25x25x30 1) EF -06 SEE SMOKE EXHAUST FAN . SCHED. EF -07 SEE SMOKE EXHAUST FAN SCHED. EF -08 SEE SMOKE EXHAUST FAN SCHED. EF -09 EF =10 CENTRAL TOILET ROOMS (FLOOR 1 -3) GREENHECK -SQ -160 -A 3,440 1.40 1725 2 480/3 160 LBS 28x26x26 5) CENTRAL COPY ROOMS & HEALTH ROOM GREENHECK -SQ -120 -A 1.35 1725 1/2 120/1 70 LBS 24x19x19 1.). EF -11 EF -12 JANITORS ROOMS 2330 & 3540 GREENHECK -SQ -100 -A 200 1.10 1725 1/3 120/1 60 LBS ELECTRICAL ROOM 1180 GREENHECK -SQ -120 -A 1,000 1.25 1725 1/2 120/1 70 LBS 24x17x17 24x19x19 EF -13 GENERATOR EQUIPMENT 1530 GREENHECK -SQ -100 -A 1,000 0.60 1725 1/3 120/1 60 LBS 24x17x17 1) 4) EF -14 KITCHEN LAUNDRY 2250 & TOILET 2251 GREENHECK -SQ -120 -A 625 1.20 1725 1/2 120/1 70 LBS 24x19x19 1) EF -15 ELECTRICAL 3311 GREENHECK -SQ -120 -A 650 1.20 1725 EF -16 EF -17 EAST STAIRWELL (1700, 2700, 3700, 4700) WEST STAIRWELL (1400, 2400, 3400, 4400) GREENHECK -SQ -100 -A 300 GREENHECK -SQ- 100 -A 300 0.75 0i85 1725 1725• 120/1 120/1 120/1 70 LBS 60 LBS 60 LBS 24x19x19 24x17x17 24x17x17 1) 4) 1) 1) SF -01 SF -02 EAST STAIRWELL (1700, 2700, 3700, 4700) GREENHECK -SQ- 100 -A 300 0.75 1725 1/3 120/1 60 LBS 24x17x17 ) 6) WEST STAIRWELL (1400, 2400, 3400, 4400) GREENHECK -SQ -100 -A 300 0.75 1725 1/3 120/1 60 LBS 24x17x17. 1) 6) 1) PROVIDE UNIT WITH SPEED CONTROLLER. 2) SECTION 230900 SHALL INTERLOCK FAN OPERATION THROUGH SWITCH PROVIDED AT KITCHEN HOOD & HEAT DETECTOR IN HOOD. 3) SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE WALL SWITCH AND WIRING FOR OPERATION 4) REVERSE ACTING T'STAT CONTROL OF FAN 5) PROVIDE WITH VFD FOR BALANCING FAN SPEED CONTROL 6) PROVIDE UNIT WITH 2 "• FILTER RACK 7) PROVIDE FAN WITH SPRING ISOLATORS PER SPECIFICATION 200548. CABINET HEATER SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER /MODEL NO. APPROVED MANUFACTURER CFM (CFM) HEATING (MBTU /HR) ELECTRICAL DIMENSION LxWxH (INxINxIN) WEIGHT (LBS). REMARKS KW MCA V/0 CH -01 WEST STAIR 1400 QMARK CDFRE -548 - MARLEY, INDEECO 300 10.2 4 8.4 208/3 24x24x7 50 1) CH -02 EAST STAIR 1700 QMARK CDFRE -548 MARLEY, INDEECO 300 10.2 4 8.4 208/3 24x24x7 50 1) . PROVIDE WITH SCR CONTROLLER, UNIT MOUNTED DISCONNECT AND RECESSED MOUNTING ENCLOSURE. 1) PRO STAIR PRESSURIZATION FAN SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED MAKE & MODEL CFM ESP : RPM ELECTRICAL WEIGHT DIMENSION (IN) REMARKS HP /W /FLA V /PH SPF -01 WEST STAIRWELL (1400, 2400, 3400, 4400) ( _ _ GREENHECK TBI -FS 4L24 75 12,500 1.75 2350 10 460/3 250 LBS 26x28 1) 2) 3) 4) 5 ) ) ) ) ) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) SPF -02 EAST STAIRWELL (1700, 2700, 3700, 4700) GREENHECK TBI- FS- 5H36 -75 12,500 - 2.50 ;, 1323 10 460/3 250 LBS 32x46 F L COPY a 1) PROVIDE UL LISTED FAN FOR SMOKE CONTROL. WITH 1.5 TIMES THE NUMBER OF REQUIRED BELTS. Permit o. •IfsB FAN STATUS AND PROOF OF FLOW SIGNALS TO FACP (FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL) z roaal la tO errors and 2) PROVIDE CURRENT AND AIRFLOW SWITCHES SO AS TO TRANSMIT ( ) �..,t1 review � � - :,'s.' -' of construction do nentS s DEVICE ,- � AND SECP SMOKE EXHAUST CONTROL PANEL) FOR AUTOMATIC SELF -TEST. CONTROL WIRING, RELAYS, CONDUIT, AND ANY NECESSARY CONTROL D t S �`,( ( adopted �/�q�/: ordinance. 1. ;,. i Fist and. a.. ►�,t ; w acknowledge ACHIEVE A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM. REFER TO SECTION 2831 -11 FOR V Ft6 SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIV 24 AS REQUIRED TO A et r;,P�iQ � o�, CONNECTION AND CONTROL OF FAN TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 1 'I `-cNs le isMat 3) PROVIDE FAN WITH DUAL SOURCE MAIN BUILDING AND EMERGENCY POWER CONNECTIONS BY DIV 26 : 9• 4) PROVIDE FAN WITH VFD FOR SPEED CONTROL. Of It BUILDING DIVISION 5) PROVIDE WITH MOTOR COVER, BELT GUARD, SHAFT GUARD, UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS, MOUNTING SUPPORTS, INSPECTION DOOR, AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER. LI ., not a On, R �eW� s. Pt Id. SPLIT SYSTE M AIR CONDITIONING SCHEDULE UNIT AREA SERVED MAKE & MODEL _ CFM 850. ESP (IN) 0.25 FAN MOTOR (FLA) 0.43 COOLING CAP. MBH 24 SEER 17.0 MCA - . MOP -- ' V PH 208/1 WEIGHT LBS 69 DIMEN LxWxH 56x10x14 REMARKS 1) AC -01 MDF 1130 MITSUBISHI PKA -A24 CU -01 MDF 11.30 MITSUBISHI PUY -A24 - - 0.75 - - 18.0 A 20.0 A 208/1 207 37x14x38 200/0.19 AC -02 MDF 1130 MITSUBISHI PKA -A24 850 0.25 0.43 24 17.0 - - 208/1 69 57x10x14 INDEECO QUA CU -02 MDF 1130 MITSUBISHI PUY -A24 - - 0.75 - - 18.0 A 20.0 ,A 208/1 208/1 207 68 37x14x38 39x10x14 . 1) HC -03 AC -03 ELEV MACH ._4,110. MITSUBISHI PKA -A18 . 600 0.25 0.33 18 14.1 - _ SEPARATE PERMIT v����... CU -03 ELEV MACH 4110 MITSUBISHI PUY -A18 - - 0.35 . - - 13.0 A 15.0 _A 208/1 _ 154 32x14x24 El michanioai firbectrtai AC -04 NOT USED - _ - - _ - _ _ CU -04 NOT USED - - - - - - - - - - - 2 -WAY Numbing latas Piping AC -05 `' IDF 3312 MITSUBISHI PKA -A18 600 0.25 0.33 18 14.1 - - 208/1 68 1) C}f T tiiw Ia fJIViSiONj CU -05 IDF 3312 MITSUBISHI PUY -A18 - - 0.35 - - 13.0 A 15.0 A 208/1 154 32x14x241.t31Ola(a 12x12 1/2 AC -06 IDF 3551 MITSUBISHI PKA -A18 600 0.25 0.33 18 14.1 - - 208/1 68 39x10x14 1) CU -06 IDF 3551 MITSUBISHI PUY -A18 - - 0.35 - - 13.0 A 15.0 A 208/1 154 32x14x24 50 AC -07 ELEV MACH 1510 MITSUBISHI PKA -A18 600 0.25 0.33 18 14.1 - - -, 208/1 68 39x10x14 1) CU -07 ELEV MACH 1510 MITSUBISHI PUY -A18 - - 0.35 - - 13.0 A 15.0 A 208/1 154 32x14x24 VAH -01 1) 2) PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO AC UNIT THROUGH CONDENSING UNIT. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING FROM UNIT TO MANUFACTURERS THERMOSTAT. t-;10;:-' 10x10 RSiONS shaft be made k without p -Ot r' t3 I tIi,O. ..� to the scope epprovl of 'OT,, ;�. . mg Dfy{$ilon. .:v =..ions will require a plan subnin i clz-xi itiay iirjciud u HEATING COIL SCHEDULE e addi;�ona1 plan review fees, - WEIGHT' LBS DIMEN SIZE W "XH" REMARKS MARK ROOM(S) SERVED MANUFACTURER /MODEL NO CFM HEATING COIL;__, BRANCH HWS/R KW ``'' V; :w MBH (1) COIL MAX FACE VEL (FPM) /APD GPM MAX H2O PD (FT) ROWS LAT (F) VALVE TYPE MAX H2O PD WEIGHT (LBS) BRANCH HWS /R VALVE HC -01 VESTIBULE 1001 HEATCRAFT 5MQ0702C 450 19.5. 200/0.19 1.4 0.2 2 95 3 -WAY 1/2" - 0.16 30 22"X15" 1) HC -02 WEST STAIR 4400 INDEECO QUA 250 - 565/.06 - - - 60 - - 4 48')13 - 50 8 "x8" 2) HC -03 EAST STAIR 4700 INDEECO -QUA. 250 - 565/.06 - - - 60 - - 4 48�' ,/3 50 8 "x8" 2) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 130 HC -04 KITCHEN OFFICE 2240 INDEECO QUA 100 - 300/0.06 - - - 95 - - 1.5 120/1 50 6 "x8" 2) VAH -01 130 130 JUL 26 2012 1) ASSUMES 180F EWT, 150F LWT, AND 55 F EAT. 2) PROVIDE WITH SCR CONTROL a J Glk City of Tukwila =' (J j DING DIVISION REVISION NQLL D DOCUMENTS bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 951 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley - Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 2853629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 4484450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528 -0138 • REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE CCD 045 - REVISION 7/17/12 SUBMITTAL #1 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL RECEIVED JUL 20 2012 PIT CENTER JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 April 28. 2011 MRD JMR MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M0.05 VAV UNIT SCHEDULE UNIT AREA SERVED MAKE & MODEL PRIMARY AIR UNIT HI CFM LO CFM INLET DUCT OUTLET DUCT IN S.P. OUT S.P. HEATING CAP (MBH) GPM EWT LWT MAX H2O PD WEIGHT (LBS) BRANCH HWS /R VALVE DIMMENSIONS (LxWxH) REMARKS VAV -101 GREEN ROOM 1161 NAILOR 2ORW VAH -01 90 90 3 -7/8° 10x10 0.8 0.5 2.4 0.16 180 160 1.5FT 40 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -102 GREEN ROOM 1160 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 90 90 130 3 -7/8" 3 -7/8" 10x 10 10x10 0.8 0.8 0.5 0.5 2.4 3.5 0.16 0.24 180 180 160 160 1.5FT l 1.5FT 40 40 1 /2" 1/2" 2 -WAY 2 -WAY 26x16x10 26x16x10 1 1 VAV -103 CONFERENCE 1152 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 130 VAV -104 CONFERENCE 1151 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 130 130 3 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 3.5 0.24 180 160 ` 1.5FT 40 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -105 CONFERENCE 1150 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 130 130 3 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 3.5 0.24 180 160 1.5FT 40 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -106 IT 1140 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 140 140 3 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 3.8 0.25 180 160 ( 1.5FT 40 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -107 TOILET ROOMS 1110 & 1120 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 600 600 6 -7/8" 12x12 1/2 0.8 0.5 16:3 1.09 180 160 1.5FT 60 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x18x12.5 1 VAV -108 CONFERENCE 1250 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 400 340 5 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 10.9 0.72 180 160 1.5FT 50 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -109 OFFICE 1240 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 400 320 5 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 10.9 0.72 180 160 1.5FT 50 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -110 OFFICE 1230 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 200 120 3 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 5.4 0:36 180 160 1.5FT 40 1/2" 3 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -111 OFFICE 1220 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 200 120 3 -7/8" 7 -7/8" 10x10 12x12 1/2 0.8 0.8 0.5 0.5 5.4 20.8 0.36 1.39 180 180 160 160 1.5FT 1.5FT 40 60 1/2" 3/4" 3 -WAY 2 -WAY 26x16x10 26x18x12.5 1 1 VAV -112 CORRIDOR 1100 & STORAGE 1170 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 960 480 - - 3470 2690 VAV -201 RECEPTION 1002 NAILOR 30RW VAH -02 225 225 4 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 6.1 0.41 180 ` 160 1.5FT 50 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -202 WORK AREA 1800 NAILOR 30RW VAH -02 450 270 5 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 12.2. 0.81 180! 160 1.5FT 50 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -203 HEALTH (1820, 1 821 1822) NAILOR 30RW VAH-02 465 465 5 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 12.6 0.84 180 160 1.5FT 50 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x1 6x10 1 VAV -204 , CORRIDOR 1600 NAILOR 30RW VAH -02 11.00 550 8 -7/8" 1 4x1 2 1/2 0.8 0.5 29.8 1.99 180 160 1.5FT 70 3/4" 3 -WAY 26x20x12.5 1 VAV -205 REGISTRATION 1810 & STORAGE 1811 NAILOR 30RW VAH -02 180 110 3 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 3.9 0.26 180 160 1.5FT 40 1/2" 3 -WAY 26x16x10 1 - - 2420 1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - VAV -401 OFFICE 2510 NAILOR 30RW VAH -04 100 100 3 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 2.7 0.18 180 160 1.5FT 40 1/2" 3 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV - 402 OFFICE 2520 NAILOR 30RW VAH -04 100 100 3 -7/8" 10x1.0 0.8 0.5 2.7 0.1.8 180 160 1.5FT 40 1/2" 3 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -403 OFFICE 2530 NAILOR 30RW VAH -04 250 150 4 -7/8" 10x10 0.8. 0.5 6.8 0.45 180 160 1.5FT 50 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -404 CAREER CENTER 2500 NAILOR 30RW VAH -04 550 330 6 -7/8" 12x12 1/2 0.8 0.5 14.9 0.99 180 160. 1.5FT 60 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x18x12.5 1 VAV -405 BREAK ROOM 2302 NAILOR 30RW VAH -04 100 60 3 -7/8" 10x10 0.8 0.5 2.7 0.18 180 160 1.5FT 40 1/2" 2 -WAY 26x16x10 1 - 1100 740 - - - - - - - - - - - m 0 1 LI 1) PROVIDE FACTORY MOUNTED SECTION 230900 FURNISHED CONTROLLERS WITH BELIMO ACTUATORS. D DOCUMENTS bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 951 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley - Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 2853629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 4484450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528 -0138 • REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE CCD 045 - REVISION 7/17/12 SUBMITTAL #1 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL RECEIVED JUL 20 2012 PIT CENTER JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 April 28. 2011 MRD JMR MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M0.05 A.2 A.6 A.7 A.9 B.7 D.5 LEVEL 3 - WEST 1/8" = 1' -0" 1.3 1.6 2.2 2.4 MATCHLINE SEE BELOW 1 1 1 5.6 12x12• 24x24 la M206_ 24x12 AC- 05 140 16x16 16x16 140 16x16 TYP OF4 140- CLASSROOM 11 616 Z11 " C 100 �VG 320 12 RNING 18x12 16x16 140 FF + <UNGE 36x36 J 24x12 10x10 -18x18 16x16 1300 24x12 24x24 M7.03 1370 1.Ox 24x12' 90 16x16 12x14 24 O80 151 4' LENGTH (TYP OF 4) 14x14-- 18x 14�� 1 6x16 Q120 600 4' LENGTH L140 ® ®IE,+`'I ®t 160 160 - 220 -44„ 1616 111 1� O 75014 j 0 LA CO 24x2 1400 i -_ , 1 Ox 1.2 , Aille /`r 030 (TYP OF 122LAS ROOM 140 4 2 20 TYP •F 6) 1 1Ox1C CLASS ROOM 4' LE GTH 24x12 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF DIFFUSERS /GRILLES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR SIDEWALL GRILLES & EXPOSED DUCT LOCATIONS & ELEVATIONS. 2. LOCATE VAV BOXES, DUCT COILS & RATED DAMPERS ABOVE CEILING SO THEY ARE ACCESSIBLE THRU CEILING TILE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH OTHER TRADES. PIPING, SPRINKLER, & ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS CANNOT IMPINGE ON UNIT ACCESS. SEE ALSO DETAIL . 5/M9.01. 3. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ALL BACKDRAFT, FIRE & SMOKE -RATED DAMPERS. 4. REFER TO DETAILS ON M9.01 FOR DIFFUSER /GRILLE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 5. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS. 6. COORDINATE DUCTWORK PASSING THROUGH CASTELLATED BEAM OPENINGS WITH STRUCTURAL SHOP DRAWINGS. PROVIDE RADIUSED DUCTWORK OFFSETS, AS REQUIRED, TO ALLOW DUCTWORK AS SHOWN TO PASS THROUGH BEAM OPENINGS VARYING FROM BASIS OF DESIGN, 7. INSTALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO FIRE & SMOKE -RATED DAMPER ACTUATORS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COORDINATION OF FIRE & . SMOKE -RATED DAMPER ACTUATOR ACCESS LOCATIONS, ALSO, REFER TO DETAILS 1/M9.06 & 5/M9.02. FLAG NOTES: BOILER °& WATER HEATER FLUES ROUTED THROUGH RATED SHAFT ABOVE CEILING TO RISER THROUGH ' ROOF. SLOPE FLUES PER MANUFACTURER AND CODE ,' REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR RATED SHAFT. ROOM PURGE SWITCH. REFER TO SPEC 230900. PROVIDE GRILLE ACCESS DAMPER AT THIS LOCATION. WELDED STAINLESS STEEL DUCT WITH MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/2" PER FOOT FOR HORIZONTAL DUCTS. INSULATE DISHWASHER DUCT ABOVE CEILING. ROUTE DUCTWORK THROUGH BEAM PENETRATIONS IN THIS AREA. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PENETRATION INFORMATION. (TYPICAL) MOUNT AC UNIT ABOVE CABLE TRAY IN IDF ROOM. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT CABLE TRAY LOCATION AND ELEVATIONS. SS WELDED FUME HOOD EXHAUST DUCTWORK. WELDED STAINLESS STEEL DUCT WITH MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/2" PER FOOT FOR HORIZONTAL DUCTS. PROVIDE FIRE WRAP WITH CLEANOUT ACCESS ON GREASE DUCT. SEE 3/M9.06 MATCHLINE 5.6 7.9 9.6 10.3 (12) 12.3 T (14) 120 7 w 0 0 j (TYP 4 OF 2) I 18x14 U UP 100 320 (TYP OF 4 30x14 UP 18x14 U A.2 18x12 16x16 140 24x12 250 (TYP OF 2) ST TERRACE #2 ►��� ►.s1 6x18 A.6 A.7 A.9 14x14 18x14 12x12 6 -UP x-20-ON 14x14 22x18 26x14 28x14 U 1 •x16 22x 18 16x16 60 90 6x1 24x12 18x22 26x16 6x6 1.20 600 LENGTH t■ 12 � M7.04 14x14 18x12 14x14 O14x14 900 20x14 14x14 REVISION N�iL 4ua- 0 •lH 14x14 18x140 e 10x10 4050 24x8 / 60 LE GTH 0 24048 3000 ED) D.5 10x10 TYP OF 2) 12x12 4p LAB CLA. ssI OM 24x12 250 eF 2 26x14:- O12x12 420 TYP OF 4) r 22x14 O60 140 (TYP OF 6) F 2:) I 12x12 (TYP OF 4 LEVEL 3 - EAST 1/8" = 1' -O" MIR REVIEWED FOR QODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 'JUL 2 6 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED JUL 2 0 2012 PERMIT CENTER V J .z U1 U 0 0 0 m L,assetti rc afacts 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 951. CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD. SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528 -0138 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE 1 CCD 045 - REVISION 7/17/12 SUBMITTAL #1 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 - RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 April 28. 2011 MRD JMR LEVEL 3 HVAC FLOOR PLAN M3.03 LEVEL 4 - WEST 1/8" = 2 A.9 B CDD 1 2.4 14x14 UP & DN M7.03 54x26 UP Ac DN SF-02 16x16 D 8x9 UP 16x16 DN ruaza■r■rawis toxi.,.= 1•13•111111 '• RELIEF LOUVER SPACE FOR ELEC OSA/RELIEF LOUVER U (2) 14"0 BOI FLUES & (3) WATER HEATE ER- 4" FLUES. 1 1 1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 6'8"x3'0" CLEAR ACCESS PATHWAY THRU MECH. ATTIC. ROUTE ALL PIPING & DUCTWORK OVERHEAD TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCE. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE PLENUM BOX CONNECTION TO ENTIRE LOUVER AREA. DEPTH OF PLENUM BOX SHALL BE SIMILAR TO DIMENSION INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER IN FRONT OF STRUCTURE OR BLOCKED BY dOLUMNS. 3. SIZE OSA DUCT CONNECTION TO UNIT TO MATCH RA DUCT SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER BEHIND STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND BEAMS. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ALL MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT, FIRE OR SMOKE-RATED DAMPERS. FLAG NOTES: 5. SEAL ALL PIPING & DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS THRU MECH. ROOM FLOOR WATERTIGHT. FIRE CAULK ALL OPENINGS IN FLOOR & SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS AIR TIGHT. PROVIDE SHEET METAL COVER OVER SHAFTS TO FILL IN SHAFT VOID SPACE TO ALLOW FOR FIRE-CAULKED SEAL. PROVIDE ANGLE AT FLOOR AROUND OPENINGS FOR CONNECTION OF COVER AND TO PROVIDE WATER BARRIER FOR SHAFT OPENING WHERE REQUIRED. SEE 1/M9.06. 6. SEE SHEET M9.06 FOR AHU AND VAH UNIT DETAILS. 7. SEE DETAIL 7/M9.02 FOR INLINE EF INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 8. FOR CLARI1Y, THIS PLAN SHOWS ONLY THE LOWER PORTION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC. SEE SHEET M3.05 FOR CONTINUATION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC. 9. MAINTAIN ACCESS PATHWAYS, SHOWN ON THIS PLAN IN LIGHT HATCHING, FREE OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS. KEEP CLEAR. 10. INSTALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO FIRE & SMOKE-RATED DAMPER ACTUATORS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COORDINATION OF FIRE & SMOKE-RATED DAMPER ACTUATOR ACCESS LOCATIONS. ALSO, REFER TO 1/M9.06 & 5/M9.02. 11. PROVIDE MINIMUM 12" SEPARATION BETWEEN ROOF PENETRATIONS (EXCEPT WATER HEATER FLUES THROUGH RAISED CURB). 12. REFER TO 2/M9.05 FOR BOILER FLUE PENETRATION DETAIL. 13. REFER TO DETAIL 4/M9.01 FOR LOUVER REQUIREMENTS. 14. COORDINATE SPACING ROOF PENETRATION LOCATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS WITH ROOFING MANUFACTURER TO COMPLY WITH ROOF WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. 15. COORDINATE PENETRATION LOCATIONS THROUGH SLAB WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. REFER TO TYPICAL FLOOR PENETRATION RE-INFORCING STRUCTURAL DETAIL. SPACE FOR ELEC CU-07 18x14 DN 22x18 DN DN- 16x14 DN 30x14 DN 18x14 DN- II J CU-01 /CU4-02 /// /////w/8 • / / / AN- IV 12 8x9 144x72 SOUND LINED SHEET METAL PLENUM. PLENUM BOX PERFORATED METAL GRILLE BY ARCH, COORDINATE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 84,000 CFM. rA viL,04/1 //I IX AH-23 11111111111111111172_411 C1 U) AH- 5 /2,// El „ I ■1 EF- 1 6 OCCRI LTA:I - 48x72 1,5 imn.1 kw,7■474.1 'PM 1.11.Froligi x 1 • x1 AH-27 j / -4 / (1 / / , 7, / , . 1-1---; /ag Ammagrims ...................., 1■■• OSA LOUVER 1 I;■ TOD= M7.04 N MINIMMMIIMINM11111■111 MIN 5' u oge .-rooLA,1•Trrii-IJ Ar a 1.41■112 -111 Ill IT- M7.04 38x48 EF-07 960x400 540x400 11111 A `■ VI 540x400 470 64" MAX. I LI MIN 10' LEVEL 4 - EAST IPPP"- Elk HX-02 1P-4 1 %.\\ 84x60 SOUND LINED PLENUM. PLENUM BOX ARCHITECTURAL COVER • BY ARCH, COORDINATE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 47,000 CFM. FIRE WRAP DUCTWORK PENETRATING FIRE RATED WALL AND ALL INTERCONNECTING DUCTWORK TO MAINTAIN WALL RATING FROM PENETRATION TO BUILDING EXTERIOR. PROVIDE K-27 DUCTWORK FOR THIS SECTION OF DUCTWORK. PROVIDE ROOF MOUNTED DUCTWORK WITH ROOF MOUNTED SEISMIC DUCT SUPPORTS/RESTRAINTS. SYSTEM SHALL BE ENGINEERED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPROPRIATE SEISMIC AND WIND LOADS AS SPECIFIED. REFER TO 2/m9.02. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE BOTTOM 10" OF LOUVER TO PROVIDE 22" MINIMUM AIR INTAKE HEIGHT ABOVE ROOF. MOUNT HEAT EXCHANGER ON FIELD FABRICATED WELDED I-BEAM STAND. ELEVATION OF STAND SHALL LOCATE HEAT EXCHANGER 2" ABOVE LOUVER SILL. ACCESS TO HEAT EXCHANGER CARTRIDGES THRU HINGED LOUVERS. REFER TO ARCH FOR LOUVER DETAIL. APPROXIMATE KITCHEN CONDENSING UNIT LOCATION. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR MORE INFORMATION. AH-29 -RELIEF LOUVER 500x440<<1 510 -06 REFER TO 1 6/M9.04 FOR EF UNIT PETAL, TYP L % I -1 EF-04 1 EF-05 v OSA/R I EF LOUVER r OSA LOUVER • N REVISION NOT Mi0-- OIL( 0 1/8" = 1 '‘t REVIEWED FOR I, ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED : !JUL 2 6 2012 City of Tukwila 1 BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED JUL 2 0 2012 PERMIT CENTER 1- z w 0 0 0 co bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 • Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 951. CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE CCD 045 - REVISION 7/17/12 SUBMITTAL #1 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 April 28. 2011 MRD JMR MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE LOWER HVAC FLOOR PLAN M3.04 DSD 1 VAH03 RELIEF LOUVER SPACE FOR ELEC OSA/RELIEF LOUVER U (2) 14"0 BOI FLUES & (3) WATER HEATE ER- 4" FLUES. 1 1 1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 6'8"x3'0" CLEAR ACCESS PATHWAY THRU MECH. ATTIC. ROUTE ALL PIPING & DUCTWORK OVERHEAD TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCE. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE PLENUM BOX CONNECTION TO ENTIRE LOUVER AREA. DEPTH OF PLENUM BOX SHALL BE SIMILAR TO DIMENSION INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER IN FRONT OF STRUCTURE OR BLOCKED BY dOLUMNS. 3. SIZE OSA DUCT CONNECTION TO UNIT TO MATCH RA DUCT SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER BEHIND STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND BEAMS. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ALL MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT, FIRE OR SMOKE-RATED DAMPERS. FLAG NOTES: 5. SEAL ALL PIPING & DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS THRU MECH. ROOM FLOOR WATERTIGHT. FIRE CAULK ALL OPENINGS IN FLOOR & SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS AIR TIGHT. PROVIDE SHEET METAL COVER OVER SHAFTS TO FILL IN SHAFT VOID SPACE TO ALLOW FOR FIRE-CAULKED SEAL. PROVIDE ANGLE AT FLOOR AROUND OPENINGS FOR CONNECTION OF COVER AND TO PROVIDE WATER BARRIER FOR SHAFT OPENING WHERE REQUIRED. SEE 1/M9.06. 6. SEE SHEET M9.06 FOR AHU AND VAH UNIT DETAILS. 7. SEE DETAIL 7/M9.02 FOR INLINE EF INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 8. FOR CLARI1Y, THIS PLAN SHOWS ONLY THE LOWER PORTION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC. SEE SHEET M3.05 FOR CONTINUATION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC. 9. MAINTAIN ACCESS PATHWAYS, SHOWN ON THIS PLAN IN LIGHT HATCHING, FREE OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS. KEEP CLEAR. 10. INSTALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO FIRE & SMOKE-RATED DAMPER ACTUATORS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COORDINATION OF FIRE & SMOKE-RATED DAMPER ACTUATOR ACCESS LOCATIONS. ALSO, REFER TO 1/M9.06 & 5/M9.02. 11. PROVIDE MINIMUM 12" SEPARATION BETWEEN ROOF PENETRATIONS (EXCEPT WATER HEATER FLUES THROUGH RAISED CURB). 12. REFER TO 2/M9.05 FOR BOILER FLUE PENETRATION DETAIL. 13. REFER TO DETAIL 4/M9.01 FOR LOUVER REQUIREMENTS. 14. COORDINATE SPACING ROOF PENETRATION LOCATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS WITH ROOFING MANUFACTURER TO COMPLY WITH ROOF WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. 15. COORDINATE PENETRATION LOCATIONS THROUGH SLAB WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. REFER TO TYPICAL FLOOR PENETRATION RE-INFORCING STRUCTURAL DETAIL. SPACE FOR ELEC CU-07 18x14 DN 22x18 DN DN- 16x14 DN 30x14 DN 18x14 DN- II J CU-01 /CU4-02 /// /////w/8 • / / / AN- IV 12 8x9 144x72 SOUND LINED SHEET METAL PLENUM. PLENUM BOX PERFORATED METAL GRILLE BY ARCH, COORDINATE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 84,000 CFM. rA viL,04/1 //I IX AH-23 11111111111111111172_411 C1 U) AH- 5 /2,// El „ I ■1 EF- 1 6 OCCRI LTA:I - 48x72 1,5 imn.1 kw,7■474.1 'PM 1.11.Froligi x 1 • x1 AH-27 j / -4 / (1 / / , 7, / , . 1-1---; /ag Ammagrims ...................., 1■■• OSA LOUVER 1 I;■ TOD= M7.04 N MINIMMMIIMINM11111■111 MIN 5' u oge .-rooLA,1•Trrii-IJ Ar a 1.41■112 -111 Ill IT- M7.04 38x48 EF-07 960x400 540x400 11111 A `■ VI 540x400 470 64" MAX. I LI MIN 10' LEVEL 4 - EAST IPPP"- Elk HX-02 1P-4 1 %.\\ 84x60 SOUND LINED PLENUM. PLENUM BOX ARCHITECTURAL COVER • BY ARCH, COORDINATE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 47,000 CFM. FIRE WRAP DUCTWORK PENETRATING FIRE RATED WALL AND ALL INTERCONNECTING DUCTWORK TO MAINTAIN WALL RATING FROM PENETRATION TO BUILDING EXTERIOR. PROVIDE K-27 DUCTWORK FOR THIS SECTION OF DUCTWORK. PROVIDE ROOF MOUNTED DUCTWORK WITH ROOF MOUNTED SEISMIC DUCT SUPPORTS/RESTRAINTS. SYSTEM SHALL BE ENGINEERED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPROPRIATE SEISMIC AND WIND LOADS AS SPECIFIED. REFER TO 2/m9.02. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE BOTTOM 10" OF LOUVER TO PROVIDE 22" MINIMUM AIR INTAKE HEIGHT ABOVE ROOF. MOUNT HEAT EXCHANGER ON FIELD FABRICATED WELDED I-BEAM STAND. ELEVATION OF STAND SHALL LOCATE HEAT EXCHANGER 2" ABOVE LOUVER SILL. ACCESS TO HEAT EXCHANGER CARTRIDGES THRU HINGED LOUVERS. REFER TO ARCH FOR LOUVER DETAIL. APPROXIMATE KITCHEN CONDENSING UNIT LOCATION. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR MORE INFORMATION. AH-29 -RELIEF LOUVER 500x440<<1 510 -06 REFER TO 1 6/M9.04 FOR EF UNIT PETAL, TYP L % I -1 EF-04 1 EF-05 v OSA/R I EF LOUVER r OSA LOUVER • N REVISION NOT Mi0-- OIL( 0 1/8" = 1 '‘t REVIEWED FOR I, ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED : !JUL 2 6 2012 City of Tukwila 1 BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED JUL 2 0 2012 PERMIT CENTER 1- z w 0 0 0 co bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 • Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 951. CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE CCD 045 - REVISION 7/17/12 SUBMITTAL #1 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 April 28. 2011 MRD JMR MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE LOWER HVAC FLOOR PLAN M3.04 SEE BELOW 56 GENERAL NOTES: • 10x7 14x14 EF— 17 SPF -01 54x26 DN 10x7 8x9 DN 14x14 n 14x14 DN 18x12 40x20 32x2 14x1.4 18x22 DN 12x12 r�- 18x22 DN 10x8 DN BDC 14x14 EF -12 82x42 EXHAUST RELIEF DUCT 82x42 OSA 64x40 EXH DN 64x40 OSA DN 50x28 RA 78x26 F (H DN 78x26 OSA DN n CD 1- 1 LEVEL 4 - WEST 1. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 6'8 "x3'0 ". CLEAR ACCESS PATHWAY THRU MECH. ATTIC. ROUTE ALL PIPING & DUCTWORK OVERHEAD TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCE. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE PLENUM BOX CONNECTION TO ENTIRE LOUVER AREA. DEPTH OF PLENUM -BOX SHALL BE SIMILAR TO DIMENSION INDICATED ON- DRAWINGS. BLANK OFF- AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER IN FRONT OF STRUCTURE OR BLOCKED BY COLUMNS. FLAG NOTES: 3. SIZE OSA DUCT CONNECTION TO UNIT TO MATCH RA DUCT SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER BEHIND STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND BEAMS. 4.' PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ALL MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT, FIRE OR SMOKE —RATED DAMPERS. 5. HANG ALL UNITS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET FROM STRUCTURE. 6. SEAL ALL PIPING & DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS THRU MECH. ROOM FLOOR WATERTIGHT. FIRE CAULK ALL OPENINGS IN FLOOR & SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS AIR TIGHT. PROVIDE SHEET METAL COVER OVER SHAFTS TO FILL IN SHAFT VOID SPACE TO ALLOW FOR FIRE- CAULKED SEAL. PROVIDE ANGLE AT FLOOR AROUND OPENINGS FOR CONNECTION OF COVER AND TO PROVIDE WATER BARRIER FOR SHAFT OPENING WHERE REQUIRED. SEE 1/M9.06. 7. SEE SHEET M9.06 FOR AHU AND VAH UNIT DETAILS. 8. SEE DETAIL 7/M9.02 FOR INLINE EF INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. g. FOR CLARITY, THIS PLAN SHOWS ONLY THE UPPER PORTION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC. SEE SHEET M3.04 FOR CONTINUATION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC. 10. INSTALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO FIRE & SMOKE -RATED DAMPER ACTUATORS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COORDINATION OF FIRE & SMOKE —RATED DAMPER ACTUATOR ACCESS LOCATIONS. ALSO, REFER TO 1 /M9.06 & 5/M9.02. 11. REFER TO DETAIL 4/M9.01 FOR LOUVER REQUIREMENTS & CONNECTIONS. r DURING FIRE MODE, WEIGHTED BACKDRAFT DAMPER SHALL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN MIN. PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL BETWEEN SHAFT AND BUILDING AT 0.15" WC. TYPICAL OF 13 F/S PENETRATING RATED SHAFT. FIRE WRAP DUCTWORK. ROUTE DUCTWORK ABOVE ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM. CONNECT TO SIDE OF AH UNIT (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY). FAIL TO OPEN UL LISTED MOTORIZED DAMPER. DAMPER SHALL BE CLOSED WHEN SYSTEM IS NOT OPERATING AND OPEN UPON ACTIVATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND OPERATION OF SMOKE PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM FAN. COORDINATE CONTROL CONNECTION WITH SECTION 283111. 1/8" 1' -0" 26x14 DN 22x18 DN 1 11 FAEMNIR HF--- t ' uti3'€�i P�,_ . •, 1 _iil Ill �� V ∎ME `I 'jr�� - 3 M7.03 w 14x14 48x18 40x20 18x22 18x22 - 18x22 14x22 XH DN SA DN XH DN 14x 1411 DN. 22x18 36x214 ,,h•► A�1 m.... � : 14x2 I. 5 li , x EF -09 14x14 A r' ■! 1 I ■ �oI��® 24 12x14 1JIIPjii - 2: :-IT-2 - 1 i E. fiF- liF ;14.1 I I I r • 1. I , C, I / .\ I , 1 F /C, 22x18 14x14 DN ,-14x14 Oa =rF1ia■11► \‘' 1 ,rar IR *101111 _ 22x18 DN SPF -02 \ 8x9 42x24 1110 14x18 DN stig 36x48 DN 22x1.8 •BDD - x_- ---r -' M7.06 48x36 22x16 22x16 14x14 T 20x 2x42 lx48 DN M7.04 16x20 82x42 11 4 2 1IIIlI P4' Erii 14x14 UI� 22x24 DN �Ox30 � I 4x14 6x16 ���� �I REVISION NQt ® � -e i1. Ammi 22x22 \ 82x42 cc) 26x18 22x22 -64x40 EXH DN 64x40 OSA DN 22x18 14x14 DN LEVEL 4 - EAST 1/8" = 1' -0" 014 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 'JUL 2 6 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED JUL 20 2012 . p �7f L TER_ D DOCUMENTS m bassetti ash /facts 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 951c_ CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Arse; Suite1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T(206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109. T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528 -0138 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE CCD 045 - REVISION 7/17/12 SUBMITTAL #1 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 April 28. 2011 MRD JMR MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE UPPER HVAC FLOOR PLAN M3.05 ROOF t4 "VTR $4 "VTR MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE F 2"V 4200 r 2'v 3120 THIRD FLOOR SECOND FLOOR 1 -1/2"V 2140 P -9A 2 ° 2 "w--. 2 "FD Yr\ 2 "W_\ 1 -112 "V 3120 P -3 3120 P -3 �r �t 1 -1j21v : 1-1/2"V- 3110 P -3 WCO WCO 2 "W 2"W 3110 P -3 2 1 DFU WCO ° r - --1- 2Y-\4_2--7\1/41 3120 P -1A 4 "W WCO 3120 P -1 4 3120 3120 P -1 P -1 4»W 4"W 4 "W-7. 4 DFU \ 8 DFU \ 12 DFU 1 -1/2 "V r 3101 /1(313 -UWCO /-2"W 4"V Ott_ 1 L - - - --� I- )-2"V 1 -1/2 "V 3100 2-6 0 • -'� r— 1 1 v 2"v I I I 1 1 1 14200 2 "FFD 1 2 "FFD 1 2 "FFD 1 2 "FD Tr\ 2"W-/N CO II N_ co IF .f?»V �-- t--? �- --t 1 4200 4200 2 "W. 6 DFU 3110 3110 P -2 0 P -2 /e..-2 »W 3101 2 "FD 1 - /2"V -1• - - --i -------- �- - -L- 1 3110 3200 3200 3110 P -6 P -12 P -1A 3110 2"W 2130 1 -1/2 "V = -- - - - -- 'NI- 2"V-\ 1 2"V --\. 3"V 2'v (4"v . 9 nFII I 97 mu �4 »W 2130 2130 2130 nFII 94 nFII _I 99 nFlI I 9■ nFIJ 1 --- f - - -v=1 =111 v-2"V V2"V 2 "V V2"V v- 1 -1/2"V 2 "FD 11.7 2"W -2"W Ej2 „W ° I innFII 14 MI 2 "W t InnFlI 6 DFU N\-4 "W 2130 2120 WCOI P -1 4"W-Z 2130 P -1A P -1A t. 2 "FD 0 4"W-\ 2130 "W- 2120 2120 ' 2120 J 2120 P -2 P -2 P -2 0 "W "W 2110 6 DFU 2 "FD /1./F \-2"W 4 DFU P -9A % -2 »W �WCO 2110 - 1,2 4 17 All 4attr 4 "W 2"V -\I 1110 P -1A P -1A 1110 1110 1120 FIRST FLOOR 1130 FCO 1130 P' -3 WCO 2 "FFD 2 "FD 2 "W-\ 2 "W 2 "W 2"W 2 4-"W7\ DFu 2 "W 2 "W-\d 2 "W 4 "W -2 "W 2 "W 10 DFU 12 DFU 16 DFU 17 DFU 19 DFU 23 DFU OPARTIAL MECHANICAL WASTE AND VENT DIAGRAM O NTS 29 DFU 30 DFU 38 DFU`; '42 DFU 4 "W-\ 117 DFU 125 DFU 4"W 1 29 DFU REVISION N0,1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 2 fi 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED JUL 20 2012 PE-A+,NTER D DOCUMENTS bassetti/ architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 951,c CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 4484450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528 -0138 A\t REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE 1 CCD 045 - REVISION 7/17/12 SUBMITTAL #1 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 Aoril 28, 2011 MRD JMR PARTIAL MECHANICAL WASTE AND VENT RISER DIAGRAM M8.03 / / / M1.01 AHU -01 4 EXISTING MECHANICAL TO BE REMOVED EXISTING MECHANICAL TO REMAIN NEW MECHANICAL WORK MATCHLINE OR PROPERTY LINE ENLARGED PLAN BOUNDARY DETAIL /PLAN IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER ELEVATION IDENTIFIER REVISION DEFINITION AREA, AREA ENCIRCLED CONTAINS CHANGES MADE SUBSEQUENT TO PREVIOUS ISSUE REVISION CALLOUT FLAG NOTE CALLOUT DEMOLITION NOTE TAG EQUIPMENT TAG MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG NORTH ARROW LOCATION WHERE PICTURE WAS TAKEN AND DIRECTION INVERT ELEVATION OR POC ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR AECHA•ICAL WORK HT1 LOCATION OF STARTER, DISCONNECT & CONTROLS VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE HEAT TRACE BETWEEN SYMBOLS OR ` END OF RUN ACCESS, EXCAVATION, AND BACKFLLING PIPING ACCESS DOOR (SPECIFIED OR AS SHOWN ON DWGS) MECHANICAL ACCESS (SPECIFIED OR AS SHOWN ON DWGS) VALVES PIPE ELBOW UP OR PIPE TEE UP AND DOWN PIPE ELBOW DOWN PIPE TEE UP PIPE TEE DOWN PIPE RISE PIPE CAP PIPE PLUG FLOW DIRECTION PIPE BREAK PIPE CONNECTION ett VALVE: GATE, BALL, BUTTERFLY (REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS) GLOBE VALVE SOLENOID VALVE CHECK VALVE BALANCING VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE REDUCED PRESSURE BACK FLOW ASSEMBLY SAFETY RELIEF VALVE TEMPERATURE /PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE PIPING SPECIALTB 1 T/P T UNION FLANGE FLEX CONNECTOR THERMAL /SEISMIC FLEXIBLE LOOP EXPANSION JOINT STRAINER STRAINER WITH BLOW OFF VALVE PIPE ANCHOR ALIGNMENT GUIDE TEMPERATURE / PRESSURE TEST PORT THERMOMETER PRESSURE GAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMP INLINE PUMP CIRCULATING PUMP BASE MOUNTED PUMP STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEM ROOF DRAIN OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN RAIN LEADER OVERFLOW RAIN LEADER SOIL AND WASTE WATER PPING SYSTBA X" VTR —o N CO NWCO oFCO SANITARY SEWER /WASTE UNDERGROUND SANITARY SEWER /WASTE ABOVE GROUND INDIRECT WASTE GREASE WASTE ABOVE GROUND GREASE WASTE UNDERGROUND VENT PIPING VENT THRU ROOF (INCLUDE SIZE) ACID WASTE ABOVE GROUND ACID WASTE UNDERGROUND ACID VENT COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT ABOVE GROUND COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT UNDERGROUND FLOOR DRAIN /FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK HUB DRAIN TRENCH DRAIN CLEANOUT CLEANOUT FREE STANDING WALL MOUNTED CLEANOUT FLUSH WITH FLOOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM 140 140- DOMESTIC COLD WATER DOMESTIC HOT WATER DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATION DOMESTIC HOT WATER (TEMP. XXX') DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATION _(TEMP. XXX') TEMPERED WATER TEMPERED WATER CIRCULATING TRAP PRIMER WATER WATER. METER BASKET STRAINER HOSE BIBB /WALL HYDRANT TRAP PRIMER BOX FEE PROTECTION SYSTEM HYDRONIC PIPING, SYSTEM FIRE SPRINKLER FIRE MAIN DRY SPRINKLER RECESSED SPRINKLER HEAD SEMI— RECESSED SPRINKLER HEAD UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK VALVE /DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONDENSATE DRAIN HEATING WATER SUPPLY HEATING WATER RETURN CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN AUTOMATIC AIR VENT /MANUAL AIR VENT BALANCING /MEASURING VALVE AUTOMATIC FLOW ; CONTROL VALVE NATIRRAL,GAS PIPING SYSTBA LOW PRESSURE NATURAL GAS PIPING MEDIUM PRESSURE NATURAL GAS PIPING GAS COCK PRESSURE REGULATOR_` PRESSURE REGULATOR WITH VENT SEISMIC GAS SHUT- OFF GAS PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE WITH VENT COPPRESSED AIR PPING SYSTEM COMPRESSED AIR COMPRESSED AIR DROP COMPRESSED AIR PRESSURE REGULATOR SPECIALTY PPING SYSTEM NPHW NON- POTABLE COLD WATER NON— POTABLE HOT WATER NON— POTABLE HOT WATER CIRCULATION IRRIGATION FOOTING DRAIN PLANTER DRAIN FILTERED WATER SOFT WATER PUMPED WASTE PUMPED DRAIN OIL WATER WASTE PROCESS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY PROCESS CHILLED WATER RETURN LABORATORY PPING SYSTEM DEIONIZED WATER DISTILLED WATER LABORATORY COLD WATER LABORATORY HOT WATER LABORATORY HOT WATER CIRCULATION ARGON HELIUM AIR VACUUM REFRIGERANT PPING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT LIQUID ` LINE REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE SIGHT GLASS WITH MOISTURE INDICATOR FILTER DRYER REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of Work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. DUCTWORK BDD 1-1-1 „/‘ 404=i t=€ ■ BACKDRAFT DAMPER VOLUME DAMPER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TRANSITION FROM RECTANGULAR TO ROUND TRANSITION - FROM ROUND TO RECTANGULAR RISE IN DUCT (D =DROP IN DUCT) DUCT SIZE (CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSION) SOUNDLINED DUCTWORK RECTANGULAR DUCT UP RECTANGULAR DUCT DN ROUND DUCT UP ROUND DUCT DN FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TRANSITION OR REDUCER (FOT =FLAT ON TOP, FOB =FLAT ON BOTTOM) TRANSITION - ECCENTRIC 45' ELBOW, R/D OR R /W =1.5. 90' ELBOW, R/D OR R /W =1.5 SQUARE CORNER ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES 90'. TAKE -OFF WITH 45' TAPER 45' TAKE -OFF RADIUS TAP IN WYE FITTING RADIUS TEE SQUARE TEE WITH TURNING VANES BULLHEAD TEE SECTION THRU RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AIR DUCT SECTION THRU RECTANGULAR RETURN OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT SECTION THRU RECTANGULAR EXHAUST /RELIEF AIR DUCT SECTION THRU ROUND DUCT RECTANGULAR SUPPLY DUCT ROOF PENETRATION RECTANGULAR RETURN OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT ROOF PENETRATION RECTANGULAR EXHAUST DUCT ROOF PENETRATION ROUND DUCT ROOF PENETRATION SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR 0 Mechanical Electrical Plumbing El Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION' FFE DA F918 1=T= F/S S -1El• /1111111 MEW F /T5 1_1 'WETS' AM OUTLETS FIRE DAMPER FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER CEILING FIRE DAMPER SMOKE EXHAUST SYSTEM SMOKE DAMPER 24x24 500 +'— 1=1 H+ CONTROLS (PLAN VIEW) GRILLE REGISTER OR DIFFUSER TYPE RUNOUT SIZE (INCHES) AIR QUANTITY (CFM) CEILING DIFFUSER 1 —WAY DIRECTION FLOW 2 -WAY DIRECTION FLOW 3- WAY DIRECTION FLOW RETURN /RELIEF AIR GRILLE EXHAUST AIR GRILLE LINEAR DIFFUSER /GRILLE SUPPLY GRILLE RETURN /EXHAUST GRILLE TRANSFER GRILLE RETURN /EXHAUST AIRFLOW SUPPLY AIR FLOW TU —XX OG 0 `co wQ MINIM DSD a•• DP 2111111111 =ME DPM Jinn II!' DDC THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SENSOR: SHOWN WITH GUARD (TYPICAL ALL SENSORS) HUMIDISTAT OR HUMIDITY SENSOR CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR INDOOR AIR QUALITY SENSOR MOTORIZED DAMPER AIRFLOW MEASURING UNIT DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER PRESSURE TRANSMITTER. AQUASTAT DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MONITOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE, 3 -WAY AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE, 2 -WAY DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PANEL SWITCH BY MECHANICAL MUSHROOM TYPE EMERGENCY SHUT —OFF SWITCH REVIEWED F CODECOMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 072010 17L City °, T IIa BUILDING VISION FILE COPY Pernik No.. M1O.1)t Plan review approval is subject to errors and moons. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinara�n/nce. Receipt of approved Feld : i • I /!' 1 11 • .4 is acknowledged: edged• Date' �' City Of "rkwita BUILDING DIVISION 5pci4tt ZJCflON5 • 41;Ztaggsi), 6Eve C4DCr1ONs 0 'RECTION LTR#_IL= ytloo1L.I RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER NOT ALL SYMBOLS MAY APPEAR ON TI-E DRAWINGS Liassetti/ architects 71 Columbia. Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528-0138 16/23/1(7 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE MiGHUNE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL IOB NO: JSSUE DATE: PRAWN BY: t19R 19 June 23. 2010 MRD. CHECKED BY: JMR MECHANICAL LEGEND M0.01 ABBREVIA1101N3 MV ABV AC AD AFF AFS AFUE AG AHJ AHU AL AMB AP APD AUTOMATIC AIR VENT ABOVE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT ACCESS DOOR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIRFLOW MEASURING STATION S 0 ANNUAL FUEL UTI ZATION EFFICIENCY LI ABOVE GROUND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AIR HANDLING UNIT ACOUSTIC LINE D (DUCT) AMBIENT ACCESS PANEL AIR PRESSURE DROP AMERICAN. SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION ASHRAE AND AIR- CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC. B ' BDD BHP BOD BOP BSIP BTUH BV C CAP CBV CC CD CFD BOILER BACK DRAFT DAMPER BRAKE HORSE POWER BOTTOM OF DUCT BOTTOM OF PIPE SEQUENCING AND BOILER CONTROL PANEL L EL BRITISH THERMAL UNIT HOUR E L PER R U E OU BALL VALVE CONDENSATE PIPING CAPACITY CIRCUIT SETTING` BALANCING VALVE COOLING COIL CEILING DIFFUSER, CONDENSATE RAIN D CEILING FIRE DAMPER E CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CG CH CHR CEILING GRILLE CABINET HEATER, CHILLER CHILLED LLED WAT R E RETURN CHS CHILLED, WATER SUPPLY CHP CHILLED WATER PUMP CKV CHECK VALVE CLG CEILING, COOLING CO CLEANOUT, CO SENSOR CO2 CO2 SENSOR COMB COMBUSTION, COMBINATION CONDENSER, , CONDENSATE CONT CONTINUE, CONTROL COP COTG CU CV CW COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE CLEANOUT TO GRADE CONDENSING UNIT, ; CUBIC CONSTANT VOLUME COLD WATER PIPING D DRAIN DB DRY BULB (TEMPERATURE) dB DECIBEL DCVA DOU BLE CHECK VALVE ASSEM BL Y DD DDC DDCV DEG DFU DH DI DIA DIM DISC DISCH DN DPV DV DWB 0 (E) EA EAT EER EF EFF EG EJ EL ELEC DIRECT DRIVE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK VALVE DEGREE DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT DUCT HEATER DUCTILE IRON DIAMETER DIMENSION LOCATION OF STARTER, DISCONNECT DISCHARGE DOWN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE VALVE DRAIN VALVE DOMESTIC WATER BOOSTER DIAMETER EXISTING EXHAUST AIR ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO EXHAUST FAN EFFICIENCY EXHAUST GRILLE, ENGINE GENERATOR EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRIC AND CONTROLS EMCS ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM EQUIV EQUIVALENT ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE ET EXPANSION TANK EVAP EVAPORATOR, EVAPORATIVE EWC EWT EXH EXT ELECTRIC WATER COOLER ENTERING WATER TEMP EXHAUST EXTERIOR, EXTERNAL F FCO FCU FD FDC FF FFD FLA FLEX FLR FLTR FMS FPM FPS FPVC FS F/S FT FTG FTU FV FW G GA GAL GALV GAHU GC GFU GPM GPRV GRD V G G VTR GW GWB H HB HC HD HORIZ HP HRU HST HTG HVAC HW HWC HWR HWS HX HZ IAQ ID IE IN. IN W.C. IRI IRR IW kW L LAT LB LD LL LPC LR LVR LWR LWS LWCD LWT FAHRENHEIT, FIRE MAIN PIPING FLOOR CLEANOUT FAN COIL UNIT FIRE DAMPER, FLOOR DRAIN, DRY SPRINKLER ROUTING FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FOULING FACTOR, FLAT T FILTER FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN FULL LOAD AMPS FLEXIBLE DUCT FLOOR FILTER FLOW MEASUREMENT FEET PER MINUTE FEET PER SECOND APPROVED PVC FIRE SPRINKLER ROUTING OUT G FLOOR S INK FIRE/SMOKE -AMP R DAMPER FEET FIN TUBE FOOTING DRAIN FIN TUBE UNIT FACE VELOCITY FILTERED WATER PIPING STATION (HVAC, PLUMBING) GAS GAGE GALLONS GALVANIZED GAS AIR HANDLING U NIT` GAS COCK • FIRED UNIT ED U IT GALLONS PER MINUTE GAS PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE VENT WITH V NT L RI G LLES REGISTER, AND ` DIFFUSERS GATE VALVE, GLOBE VALVE LVE GLOBE L E GAS REGULATOR VENT THROUGH ROOF 00 GREASE WASTE PIPING GYPSUM WALLBOARD HUMIDISTAT, HOSE BIBS HEATING COIL HEAD, HUB DRAIN HORIZONTAL HORSEPOWER, HEAT PUMP HEAT RECOVERY UNIT STORAGE TANK HEATING HEATING VENTILATING, AND HOT WATER PIPING HOT WATER CIRCULATING HOT WATER RETURN HOT WATER SUPPLY HEAT EXCHANGER HERTZ INDOOR AIR QUALITY INDIRECT DRAIN INVERT ELEVATION INCH INCHES WATER COLUMN INDUSTRIAL RISK INSURERS IRRIGATION PIPING INDIRECT WASTE PIPING HEIGHT AIR CONDITIONING PIPING KILOWATT LENGTH LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE POUND, LINEAR BAR LINEAR DIFFUSER REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE LOW PRESSURE CONDENSATE RETURN LINEAR RETURN. LOUVER LOW WALL RETURN LOW WALL SUPPLY LOW WATER CUT -OFF LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE MAV MANUAL AIR VENT MBH THOUSAND BTU PER HOUR MECH MECHANICAL MPG MEDIUM PRESSURE GAS PIPING MER V MINIMUM EFFICENCY REPORTING VALUE MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MOD MOTOR `OPERATED DAMPER NA NC NIC NO NO. NP NPCW NPHW NPHWC NTS 02 OA OBD OC OD ORD ORL OSA OV: P PD PIV PLD POC PRV PSIG NOT APPLICABLE NORMALLY CLOSED, NOISE CRITERIA SE C ITE NOT IN CONTRACT NORMALLY OPEN, NITROUS OXIDE NUMBER NON POTABLE NON POTABLE CO WATER PIPING COLD TE G NON ' POTABLE HOT WATER PIPING NON POTABLE HOT WATER CIRCULATING - PIPING NOT TO SCALE OXYGEN OUTDOOR AIR OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIMENSION OR DIAMETER OVER-FLOW ROOF DRAIN OVER -FLOW RAIN LEAD ER OUTDOOR : SUPPLY AIR OUTLET VELOCITY PUMP, PRESSURE, PLUMBING FIXTURE E PRESSURE ` DROP- PUMPED DRAIN POST INDICATOR VALVE PLANTAR DRAIN POINT OF CONNECTION' PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE POUNDS PER SQ UARE INCH GAGE TY QUANTITY Q Q RA RD REG REF RF RG RH RI &C RL RLA RPBP RPM RTU RV S SA SAT SCFM RETURN AIR, ROOF DRAIN REGISTER REFERENCE RETURN/EXHAUST FAN RELIEF FAN RETURN GRILLE ROOF HOOD ROUGH IN ` AND CONNECT D CO C RAIN LEADER RATED LOAD AMPS REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE ROOFTOP UNIT SAFETY RELIEF VALVE RELIEF, AIR SENSOR SUPPLY AIR, SOUND ATTENUATOR SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE SCH SCHEDULE SD STORM DRAIN PIPING SENS SENSIBLE SF SUPPLY FAN, SQUARE FOOT SG SUPPLY GRILLE, SITE. GLASS WITH MOISTURE INDICATOR SIM SIMILAR SL REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' . SMACNA 0 S NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INC. SO SCREENED OPENING SP STATIC PRESSURE SPKR SPRINKLER SPS STATIC PRESSURE STATI N STATION STAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY SEWER ST SOUND TRAP GENERAL NOTES - MECHANICAL 1. COORDINATE MECHANICAL WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES (ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, ( STRUCTURAL, CIVIL, AND LANDSCAPE). REFER TO , ) ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL' STRUCTURAL, IVI A CIVIL, L, ND LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATION SHALL OCCUR PRIOR TO FABRICATION, O 0 ... PURCHASE, AND/OR INSTALLATION SE D 0 F A W , OF ALL WORK. 3. PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE TEST PORTS: PROVIDE AT SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT. 2. BUILDING SPACE IS LIMITED. STRONG ATTENTION TO DETAIL & CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHEN DEVELOPING ELO G SHOP DRAWINGS SO ROUTING I COORDINATED S C00 D ED .WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES. 3. COORDINATE PLUMBING, HVAC, AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ROUTING E S OU NG PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DURING LAYOUT COORDINATION, DUCTWORK TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER PLUMBING, INCLUDING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. . 4. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS F: EXPANSION O JOINTS: PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINTS FOR R PIPIN ' AND G D R I DUCTWORK CROSSING IN OSS G JOINTS. 5. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALLOWABLE METHODS/ LOADS FOR HANGING PIPING/DUCTS FROM G DUC S OM STRUCTURAL ° MEMBERS. 6. REFER TO STEEL FRAMING DETAILS IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR PENETRATION RE UIREMENTS. Q 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFE KEEPING OF HIS OWN PROPERTY ON THE JOB SITE OWNER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROTECTION FPROPRTI OF PROPERTIES ES A ALN T FIRE, THEFT, G S E, E , AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS. R 8 . DO NOT RUN ANY PIPES OR DUCTS OVER ANY UCT SOV E NY- ELECTRICAL PANEL SWITCH R. L OR GEA COORDINATE PIPE AND DUCT LOCATIONS TO AVOID ELECTRICAL PANELS. RELOCATE STARTERS TO MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCE TO ADJACENT EQUIPMENT. Q Q INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. 9. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED AND CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES AROUND ALL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT. PIPING & CONDUIT SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH RE QU IR E D AC CESS VERIFY THAT ALL COIL CONNECTIONS AND ACCESS DOORS D00 S ARE LOCATED ON MAINTENANCE SIDE OF IPM E U E NT Q PRIOR TO ORDER. LOC AT E STARTERS JA NT T AD CE TO EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED ; CLEARANCES. 10. EQUIPMENT LAYOUT IS BASED ON EQUIPMENT LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT USED IS SUBJECT TO MEETING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF LISTED EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO ASSURE OTHER EQUIPMENT WILL FIT IN AVAILABLE SPACE AND PROVIDE ACCESS FOR SERVICING. 11. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ' FOR LOCATIONS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. COORDINATE ALL DUCT AND PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. T TEMPERED. WATER PIPING TCV TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE 4. PROVIDE AN INSULATED COPPER TRACER WIRE OR OTHER APPROVED CONDUCTOR ADJACENT TO UNDERGROUND NONMETALLIC (PLASTIC) PIPING. G ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE TRACER R WIR E CE WIRE OR THE TRACER WIRE SHALL TERMINATE ABOVE GROUND AT EACH END OF THE PIPING THE TRACER WIRE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN NO 18 AWG AND THE INSULATION TYPE SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR BURIAL. 5. PROVIDE 12" LONG," WIDE FLUORESCENT ORANGE TAPE AT CONCEALED VALVE LOCATIONS. PLUMBING NOTES 1. WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS: PROVIDE AT THE END OF HOT AND COLD WATER LINES SERVING TWO OR MORE FIXTURES. SIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE (P DI) GE NS UTE D ( ) REQUIREMENTS. 2. REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS (RPBP): PROVIDE INDIRECT RAIN PIPING FROM D NG 0 RPBP TO NEAREST DRAIN. IN A FUNNEL AT RPBP INSTALL U EL B IF R IR . EQU ED 3. ACCESS PANELS: PROVIDE IN NON ACCESSIBLE AND WALLS D ALLS FOR VALVES, WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS, N ES E S CLEANOUTS, AND OTHER ITEMS THAT . REQUIRE ACCESS TO PROPERLY MAINTAIN OR Q SERVICE THE BUILDING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. 4. CLEANOUTS: PROVIDE AT, THE BASE OF SANITARY DRAINAGE, PROCESS WASTE AND RAIN R D LEADE CONDUCTORS. 5. ALL PLUMBING V.T.R.'S SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5 FEET FROM FIRE RATED WALLS AND 10 FEET FROM ANY OPENINGS INTO BUILDING OR OSA INTAKE.: COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT. SHEET METAL NOTES. 1. VOLUME DAMPERS: PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST OPENING, LOCATED AS FAR UPSTREAM AS POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING. PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR BRANCH MAINS SE RVIN G MORE TH AN ONE OPENING. 2. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS: PROVIDE ADJACENT TO LOUVERS UNLESS MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS PROVIDED. 3. ACCESS DOORS: PROVIDE AT DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, BACKDRAFT DAMPERS, MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS, BOTH SIDES OF DUCT MOUNTED COILS, AIRSTREAM MEASURING UNITS, AND PLENUMS. 6. SYSTEM BALANCING: BALANCE HVAC SYSTEMS PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ AND SUBMIT A WRITTEN REPORT TO THE BUILDING OWNER AND AHJ. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) REQUIREMENTS. 7. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS: TEST SYSTEMS E $Y ST E S T 0 ENSURE THAT I IN SYSTEMS HAV BU LD G HAVE BEEN DESIGNED, INSTALLED, AND TA F N T S AN . U C ION PROPERLY EFFICIENTLY' AND CAN BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN ORDER TO SATISFY THE BUILDING OWNER'S DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL E 0 CED B E LOC L : REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 8. THIS BUILDING AND ITS ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. CONTRACTOR ` IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF ENERGY CONSERVATION M EASU R ES . FIRE SPRINKLER NOTES 1. HIGH RISE BUILDING IS COMPLETELY BU LD G S CO LETELY SPRINKLED. SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO MEET ALL LOCAL BUILDING DEPT. & FIRE MARSHAL REQUIREMENTS A SWELL AS EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF N.F.P.A. VOL. 13: REFER TO M5 SERIES PLAN SHEETS AN D SECTION 211000 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 2. FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING SHOWN ON PLUMBING DRAWINGS REPRESENTS RECOMMENDED P PIPE ROUTING OU G ..CONCEPT TO AVOID CONFLICTS. SECTION 211000 SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLETE DESIGN OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AND ALL COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRAD ES VERIFY . V ROUTING OF EXPOSED PIPING AND ALL SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS N ARCHITECT LO 0 S WITH ARC ITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL TO THE FIRE DEPARTMENT. NON - STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL COMPONENT NOTES 1. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE TAKEN DIRECTLY FROM THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND FROM THE AMERICAN SO CIETY OF CIVIL EN GINEERS ASCE ( ) STANDARD 7 -05. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ABOVE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, EXCEPTIONS, AND FURTHER DESCRIPTIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO REQUIREMENTS AND AS SUCH, SHALL BE INCLUDED WITHIN BID. ALSO REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 200548. 2. 2006 IBC. 1613.1. SCOPE: ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND NON - STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS THAT ARE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO STRUCTURES AND THEIR SUPPORTS AND ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS IN ACCORDANCE ° WITH ASCE 7 -05, EXCLUDING CHAPTER 14 AND APPENDIX 11k 4. UNLESS NOTED TO USE LARGER SIZE DUCT, PROVIDE. THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM SIZE BRANCH DUCTS TO CEILING DIFFUSERS. 12. FIRE CAULK ALL MECH. PENETRATIONS AT THE FLOORS AND ALL FIRE RATED WALLS & SMOKE PARTITION WALLS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SECTION 078400 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TD TDH TEMP TG TRENCH DRAIN, TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD TEMPERATURE TRANSFER GRILLE TOD TOP OF DUCT TOP TOP OF PIPE TOS TOP OF STEEL TOF TOP OF FOOTING TPP TRAP PRIMER PANEL TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE T'STAT THERMOSTAT TU TERMINAL UNIT TYP TYPICAL UG UNDERGROUND. UH UNIT HEATER V VA VAV VCD VD VEL VENT VFD VTR W W/ WB WCO WG WH WHA WM WSEC WSFU WT VENT PIPING, VOLT VALVE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VOLUME CONTROL DEVICE VOLUME DAMPER VELOCITY VENTILATION, VENTILATOR VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VENT THRU ROOF WASTE, WATT, WIDE, WATER WITH WET BULB (TEMPERATURE) WALL CLEAN OUT WATER GAGE WATER HEATER, WALL HYDRANT WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR WATER METER WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT WEIGHT 6" DIA. FOR UP TO 120 CFM 8" DIA. FOR 121 -210 CFM 10" DIA. FOR 211 -300 CFM 12" FOR 301. 450 CFM 14" DIA. FOR 451 -600 CFM 16" DIA.` FOR 601 -820 CFM 3. 2006 IBC. 1706.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A SEISMIC- FORCE- RESISTING SYSTEM, DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM, OR SEISMIC - RESISTING COMPONENT LISTED IN THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN` STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK ON THE SYSTEM. OR COMPONENT. THE CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 13. SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE CONNECTION TO OCCUPANCY SENSORS DRY CONTACTS (PROVIDED BY DIV 26) IN EVERY CLASS ROOM TO ENABLE OCCUPIED MODE OF HVAC SYSTEM. SEE DIV 26 DRAWINGS FOR SENSOR LOCATIONS. 14. REFER TO 9 SERIES SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM INSTALLATION DETAILS. DETAILS ARE TYPICAL AND MAY NOT BE REFERENCED ON FLOOR PLAN SHEETS. 1 5. PIPE AND DUCT OFFSETS ARE NOT SHOWN AT EVERY LOCATION. IN GENERAL, MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN 'NATURE. DIV 20 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH BUILDING CONSTRAINTS AND OTHER TRADES AND SHALL PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. 16. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR ALL EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATION LOCATIONS AND DETAILS. 5. PROVIDE 12" LONG, 34" WIDE FLUORESCENT ORANGE TAPE AT CONCEALED VOLUME DAMPER ` LOCATIONS. 6. INSTALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR (FURNISHED BY DIV. 26) IN ' RETURN DUCTS OF ALL EQUIPMENT OF 2000 CFM OR HIGHER AIR FLOW. ACTIVATION OF DETECTOR SHALL SHUTDOWN RESPECTIVE UNIT (SHUTDOWN BY 230900). 7. TRANSITION ALL DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS TO INLET /OUTLET CONDITIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. ALL TRANSITIONS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL COMPLY W/ SMACNA STANDARDS. A. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AWARENESS OF THE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS; B. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THAT CONTROL WILL BE EXERCISED TO OBTAIN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL; C. PROCEDURES FOR EXERCISING CONTROL WITHIN THE CONTRACTOR'S. ORGANIZATION, THE METHOD AND FREQUENCY OF REPORTING AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE REPORTS; 8. STRAIGHT TAP DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AVOIDED WHENEVER POSSIBLE. PROVIDE CONICAL TRANSITIONS FOR ALL BRANCH DUCTWORK UNLESS SPACE CONSTRAINTS REQUIRE STRAIGHT TAP. D. IDENTIFICATION AND. QUALIFICATIONS OF THE PERSON(S) EXERCISING SUCH CONTROL AND THEIR POSITION(S) IN THE ORGANIZATION. 17. DO NOT RUN PIPING OR DUCTWORK SYSTEMS (EXCEPT SMOKE CONTROL) IN RATED STAIR ENCLOSURES. ENERGY CODE NOTES 4. DIVISION 20 RESPONSIBILITIES: 18. THESE NOTES ARE NOT INTENDED TO SUPERSEDE LOCAL, STATE OR NATIONAL CODES. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO KNOW AND ADHERE TO APPLICABLE CODES. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION NOTES 1. ACCESS CLEARANCES FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT VERIFY PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS OF EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE THAT ACCESS CLEARANCES CAN BE MET.' COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL WORK AND WORK OF OTHER TRADES TO PROVIDE ACCESS CLEARANCES FOR SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE. PIPING NOTES 1. MOTORS: COMPLY WITH ' MINIMUM FULL LOAD EFFICIENCIES LISTED IN ENERGY CODE ENFORCED AHJ. BY 2. PIPING AND DUCT INSULATION: COMPLY WITH THICKNESSES AND TYPES LISTED IN ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. 3. DUCT SEALING: SEAL DUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS DUC S AND LONGITUDINAL SEAMS PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. A. HANGERS AND SEISMIC BRACING FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND SPECIFIED BY DIVISION 20. DIVISION 20 SHALL REFER TO THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ` EQUIPMENT AND HUNG MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AS STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW THE LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND OTHER COMPONENTS. B. DIVISION 20 SHALL COORDINATE THE SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND DESIGN LOADS FOR HUNG PIPING AND OTHER MECHANICAL SYSTEMS (INCLUDING COMBINED MULTIPLE PIPE RUNS) WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE STEEL JOIST MANUFACTURERS IN ADDITION TO OTHER TRADES THAT MAY BE IMPACTED. 4. RECORD DRAWINGS: SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. 1. DISASSEMBLY PROVISIONS: PROVIDE UNIONS OR FLANGES AT PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT, COILS, TRAPS, CONTROL VALVES, AND OTHER COMPONENTS TO ALLOW DISASSEMBLY FOR MAINTENANCE. 2. REFRIGERANT PIPING: PROVIDE SIZING AND INSTALLATION IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND IN SUCH A WAY AS TO BE INCONSPICUOUS AND FREE FROM ANY POSSIBLE CONDENSATION. PIPE SIZES NOTED ARE FOR REFERENCE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN EQUIPMENT FOR AN OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 5. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPRQVED JUL 0 7 2010 BUILDING DIVISION SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM NOTES 1. HIGH 'RISE BUILDING HAS MULTIPLE SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS. SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH IBC SECTION 909 AND APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS AS WELL AS MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 92A AND 92B. 2. OPERATIbN,3 AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER IBC AND CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. 3. REFER TO SECTION 200800 AND IBC SECTION 909 FOR SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING REQUIREMENTS: COMPLETE TESTS IN CONFARMANCE WITH IBC AND JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. /uo-o iu RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T 206285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL &ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers r9 9 600' Stewart St Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CON LTAN : SU T Spading P 9 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES r JLR Design Group 9 P 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244.F (206)528 -0138 (0j23 10 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY: n9R19 June 23.201Q MRD JMR MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS & GENERAL NOTES M0.02 DOMESTIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE MARK LOCATION /AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER /MODEL NO. EFFICIENCY CAPACITY (GAL) ELECTRICAL MOTOR V /PH HEATING INPUT (MBH) RECOVERY CAPACITY AT 60F RISE GAS RUNOUT DIMENSION (IN) OPERATING WEIGHT (LBS) REMARKS DWH -01 BOILER / BLDG AO SMITH CYCLONE XHE BTH -199 95% 100 500 W 120/1 199 MBH 380 3/4" 28 "0x78" 1300 1) 2) 3) DWH -02 DWH -03 BOILER / BLDG AO SMITH CYCLONE XHE BTH -199 95% 100 500 W BOILER / KITCHEN AO SMITH CYCLONE XHE BTH -250 95% 100 500 W 120/1 120/1 199 MBH 240 MBH 380 3/4" 460 1" 28 "0x78" 28 "0x78" 1300 1300 1) 2) 3) 1) 2) 3) EWH -01' JANITOR / SCIENCE AO SMITH DSE -20 100% 100 208/1 3 KW 20 27 "0x28" 320 3) 1) PROVIDE DRAFT HOOD W/ MOTORIZED DAMPER, 4" ABS VENT AND COMBUSTION AIR PIPE AND VERTICAL CONCENTRIC VENT TERMINATION 2) PROVIDE INTERLOCK RELAY IGNITION CIRCUIT TO MUSHROOM PANIC SWITCH TO INTERRUPT FIRING. 3) PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINT TO FLOOR AND WALL. KIT THRU ROOF, SEISMIC RESTRAINT TO FLOOR AND WALL HWP -01 HWP -02 CHWP -01 BP -01 BP--02 CP -01 CP -02. CP -03 BOILER BOILER BOILER BOILER BOILER BOILER BOILER BOILER. BUILDING HEATING LOOP BUILDING HEATING LOOP BUILDING COOLING LOOP BOILER 1 CIRC BOILER 2 CIRC DOMESTIC CIRC DOMESTIC CIRC KITCHEN.; CIRC ARMSTRONG 4300- 3x3x10 ARMSTRONG 4300.= 3x3x10 ARMSTRONG "4300- 6x6x10 ARMSTRONG 4360 -3D ARMSTRONG 4360-3D ARMSTRONG ASTRO, B -50 ARMSTRONG ASTRO B -50 ARMSTRONG ASTRO B -50 RPM 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 GPM (GPM) 200 200 486 105 105 10 10 10 75 75 92 25 25. 12 12 12 ELECTRICAL MOTOR (HP) 10 10 25 1.5 1.5 1 /6` 1/6 V /PH 480/3 480/3 480/3 480/3 480/3 120/1 120/1 120/1 DIMENSION LxWxH (INxINxIN) 21x1 5x34 21x15x34' 32x20x47 14x9x16 14x9x16 7x3x7 7x3x7 7x3x7 WEIGHT (LBS) 545 545 775 88 88 75 75 75 3) CP -04 JANITOR SCIENCE CIRC ARMSTRONG ASTRO B -50 1800 10 12 1/6 120/1 7x3x7 75 PUMPS PROVIDED AS PART OF HYDRONIC PUMPING PACKAGE. PUMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED W/ VFD'S. CONTROL THRU BSIP. PROVIDE P &T TAPS ON EACH HYDRONIC SIDE OF ` PUMP. DOMESTIC ACCESSORIES MARK AREA SERVED LOCATION MAKE & MODEL DESCRIPTION GPM WEIGHT ET -01 SYSTEM BOILER 1520 AMTROL 500 -L, 132 GAL TANK VERTICAL BLADDER ASME EXP TANK 1000 DIMENSION (IN). 24 "DIAx80" REMARKS 1) 132 GAL ACCEPTANCE VOLUME ET -02 COOLING SYSTEM BOILER 1520 AMTROL AX -60V, 33.6 GAL TANK VERTICAL BLADDER ASME EXP TANK 225 17 "DIAx46" 1) 11.3 GAL ACCEPTANCE VOLUME AS -01 HEATING SYSTEM BOILER 1520 5" SPIROTHERM SPIROVENT VDT -500 AIR & DIRT SEPARATOR 201 238 13x28x42 AS -02 COOLING SYSTEM BOILER 1520 8" SPIROTHERM SPIROVENT VDT -800 AIR & DIRT SEPARATOR 488 436 16x34x52 DET -01 DET -02 DET -03 DET -04 DET -05 DWH -01 EXPANSION TANK DWH -02 EXPANSION TANK DWH -03 EXPANSION TANK EWH -01 EXPANSION TANK CW SYSTEM EXPANSION TANK BOILER 1520 BOILER 1520 BOILER 1520 JAN 2330 BOILER 1520 AMTROL THERMXTROL ST -20V -C AMTROL THERMXTROL ST -20V -C AMTROL THERMXTROL ST -20V -C AMTROL THERMXTROL ST -20V -C AMTROL THERMXTROL ST -60V -C ASME POTABLE EXPANSION TANK ASME POTABLE EXPANSION TANK ASME POTABLE EXPANSION TANK ASME POTABLE EXPANSION TANK ASME POTABLE EXPANSION TANK 110 110 110 110 12 "DIAx21 " 12 "DIAx21 " 12 "DIAx21 " 12 "DIAx21 " 17 "DIAx34" 1) CHARGE TANK TO 30 PSI 2) CHARGE TANK TO 25 PSI, AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE (SPECIFICATION 233300) MARK MANUFACTURER SUPPLY / RETURN/ EXH TYPE NECK SIZE (L" X W ") FACE SIZE (L" X W ") FRAME TYPE FINISH MATERIAL ACCESSORIES REMARKS TITUS TMSA SUPPLY BORDER TYPE /HARD OR LAY -IN PER PLANS 24x24 WHITE STEEL FOUR WAY TITUS TMSA SUPPLY BORDER TYPE /HARD OR LAY -IN PER PLANS 12x12 WHITE STEEL FOUR WAY TITUS TMSA SUPPLY BORDER TYPE /HARD OR LAY -IN PER PLANS 24x24 WHITE STEEL A3, THREE WAY TITUS TMSA SUPPLY. BORDER TYPE /HARD OR LAY -IN PER PLANS 24x24 WHITE STEEL A3, TWO WAY TITUS 50F RET /EXH BORDER TYPE /HARD OR LAY -IN PER PLANS PER PLANS WHITE ALUMINUM PFA 2, 6 TITUS 355FL SUPPLY BORDER TYPE /HARD OR LAY -IN PER PLANS PER PLANS WHITE ALUMINUM 2, 6 TITUS CT -540 SUPPLY LINEAR BAR DIFFUSER PER PLANS PER PLANS ALUMINUM ALUMINUM TITUS CT -540 SUPPLY LINEAR BAR DIFFUSER PER PLANS PER PLANS ALUMINUM ALUMINUM. 7, 8 TITUS S300FS TITUS 300RL TITUS 33RL TITUS TITUS TITUS SUPPLY SUPPLY RET /EXH SUPPLY RETURN SUPPLY SPIRAL DUCT MOUNT GRILLE DBL DEFLECTION SIDEWALL 38DEG SIDEWALL /SURFACE ML -38 ML -38R ML -38 -MARK, GRILLE, REGISTER OR PER PLANS PER PLANS PER PLANS PER PLANS. PER PLANS PER PLANS PER PLANS PER PLANS PER PLANS PER PLANS. PER PLANS PER PLANS WHITE PRIMED PRIMED WHITE WHITE WHITE ALUMINUM STEEL STEEL ALUMINUM ALUMINUM ALUMINUM 10 4, '6 PLUMBING P -NO. P -1 P- 1A P -2 P -3 P -3A P -4 P -5 P -6 P -7 P -8 P -9 P -9A P -10 P -1" 1 P -12 P -13 P-14 P -15 P -16 P -16A P -16B P -17 P -18 P -19 P -20 P-21 P -22 P -23 P -24A P-24B HB FWH FWH -1 TPP FD FD -2 FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE WATER CLOSET WATER CLOSET LAVATORY . (COUNTER MTD) CUSTODIAL LAVATORY (WALL MTD) MOP SINK STAFF - LOUNGE SINK HEALTH SINK DUAL HEIGHT DRINKING FOUNTAIN HYDRATION STATION CW SERVICE BOX WASHING MACHINE HOOKUP DISHWASHER HOOKUP MATERIAL PORCELAIN PORCELAIN PORCELAIN COUNTERTOP PORCELAIN CAST IRON SS SS SS SEE SPECIFICATION SS SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION MACHINE LAB SINK SS. EMERGENCY EYEWASH /SHOWER SINK ` MOUNT EMERGENCY EYEWASH RECESSED EMERGENCY EYEWASH/SHOWER COMPRESSED AIR GAS TURRET AIR TURRET LAB SINK PREP SINK HOSE REEL NOT USED DOUBLE SASH FUME HOOD SINGLE SASH FUME HOOD HOSE BIBB FREEZE PROOF WALL HYDRANT FREEZE PROOF WALL HYDRANT ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER PANEL FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR DRAIN W/ HINGED GRATE SEE SPECIFICATION SS SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION SS SS EPDXY COUNTERTOP EPDXY COUNTERTOP SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION SEE SPECIFICATION CAST IRON CAST IRON WASTE VENT 1 1/2" 1 1/2" /2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1 1/2" 1 1/2" COLD 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2" 120T HOT 1/2" 3/4" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1-1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" GAS AIR SEE ARCH FOR ELEVATION ADA HEIGHT, SEE ARCH FOR ELEVATION ADA HEIGHT, SEE ARCH FOR ELEVATION FURNISHED PER 064100. ADA COMPLIANT W/ WCO ADA COMPLIANT W/ WCO PROVIDE INTEGRAL STOP-CHECKS ADA COMPLIANT W/ WCO. armitectsi bassett 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 ADA COMPLIANT W/ WCO & DISPOSER ADA COMPLIANT W/ WCO W/PRESSURE BALANCED MIX VALVE RECESSED WALL BOX CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seethe, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 PROVIDE AIR GAP FITTING AT SINK ADA COMPLIANT W/ WCO MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 PROVIDE HOT WATER TEMPERING VALVE PROVIDE HOT WATER TEMPERING VALVE PROVIDE HOT WATER TEMPERING VALVE ADA COMPLIANT W/ WCO. SINK FURNISHED BY 115300. ADA COMPLIANT W/ WCO. FURNISHED BY 115313. FURNISHED BY 1_15313. SINK FURNISHED BY 115300. W/ SS LOCKING ACCESS PANEL, FD -3 EXTERIOR DRAIN CAST IRON 120V CONNECTION REVIEVVED FOR CODE COM FFD FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN CAST IRON ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, VVA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 PLIANCE APPROVED AFD FS -1 ACID FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK, 8 1/2" SQUARE SEE SPECIFICATION CAST IRON FS -2 AFS MIL 1) MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO Au_ PLUMBING FIXTURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2) PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR AT SIZE LISTED ON EACH HW & CW DROP OR PER MFR DETAILS. FLOOR SINK, 12 1/2" SQUARE ACID FLOOR SINK, 8 1/2" SQUARE CAST IRON SEE SPECIFICATION JUL 0 7 2010 City of Tukwila 1 BUILDING DIVISION 642-3 10 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE ELECTRIC MOTOR EFFICIENCY SCHEDULE 41 • Synchronous Speed (rpm) Open Motors Closed Motors 1,800 1,200 1,800 1,200 HP Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency 1.0 82.5 80.0 82.5 80.0 1.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 85.5 2.0 84.0 85.5 84.0 86.5 3.0 86.5 86.5 87.5 87.5 5.0 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 7.5 88.5 88.5 89.5 89.5 10.0 89.5 90.2 89.5 89.5 15.0 91.0 90.2 91.0 90.2 20.0 91.0 91.0 91.0 90.2 25.0 91.7 91.7 92.4 91.7 30.0 92.4 92.4 92.4 91.7 40.0 93.0 93.0 93.0 93.0 50.0 93.0 93.0 93.0 93.0 60.0 93.6 93.6 93.6 93.6 *Design A & B squirrel-cage, T-frorne induction permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more having synchronous speeds of 1,800 and 1,200 rpm shall have a nominal full-load motor efficiency no less than the corresponding values rated in accordance with IEEE Standard 112, test method B: TYPICAL DUCT FrTINGS LOW PRESSURE DUCTS NAME SUPPLY 90' ELBOW (45' EL SIMILAR) EXHAUST OR RETURN 90' ELBOW (45' EL SIMILAR) RADIUS TAP-IN (LATERAL TAP-IN SIMILAR) RADIUS TAP-IN W/ REDUCER (LATERAL TAP-IN SIMILAR) SINGLE LINE DOUBLE LINE (MIN.) EXHAUST: R= 1/2W (MIN.) SUPPLY: R=W MP- TAP-IN BEFORE TAPER FACE SIZE (INCHES).(NECK SIZE FOR DIFFUSERS (INCHES)) 500 (SEE SUPPLY & RETURN CONN. DETAILS AIR QUANTITY (CFM) ACCESSORIES: A3 THREE WAY FLOW SS - STAINLESS STEEL REMARKS: 1. ADJUSTABLE DISCHARGE, PLASTER TRIM 2. WITH PLASTER FRAME 3. 4" DEEP, PROVIDE W/ 1/2" BIRDSCREEN. PAINT PER ARCHITECTURAL 4. PROVIDE WITH OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS 5. ALL DIFFUSERS 2 -SLOT: 6. NECK SIZES SHOWN ON PLANS. 7. CONCEALED SIDEWALL FRAME AND BORDER. 8. BLANK -OFF SECTION. NO HVAC SYSTEM CONNECTION. 9. DIFFUSER SHALL BE 8 -SLOT, 12" TOTAL WIDTH. 10. DO NOT PROVIDE WITH OPTIONAL DAMPER /EXTRACTOR. SQUARE ELBOW (AVOID USING WHERE POSSIBLE) STRAIGHT TAP-IN (AVOID USING WHERE POSSIBLE) i=g1 DOUBLE WIDTH TURNING VANES (TYP.) SERVICE SUPPLY EXHAUST OR RETURN SUPPLY, EXHAUST OR RETURN SUPPLY, EXHAUST OR RETURN SUPPLY, EXHAUST OR RETURN SUPPLY, EXHAUST OR RETURN HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL RUNOUTS TO LAST FIXTURE SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN SIZE REQUIRED FOR ARRESTERS DRAWING. PROVIDE INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT MULLIONS AS REQUIRED. WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS RECEIVED JUN 30 2010 PERMIT CENTER WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SIZING SCHEDULE TRAP PRIMER SCHEDULE TAG MAKE & MODEL NUMBER OF OUTLETS PIPE CONNECTIONS ELEC V / PH. REMARKS INLET OUTLETS TPP PPP, PRIME -TIME 4 TO 16 3/4" 1 /2" ` 120 / 1 ELECTRONIC TRAP PRIMER MANIFOLD. SURFACE MOUNTED ON, MASONRY WALLS, RECESSED MOUNTED IN FRAMED WALLS TO FIXTURES TO FIXTURES NOTE: USE TABLE 10-1 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE FOR FIXTURE UNITS, FOR SIZING WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS PIPING TO LAST FIXTURE WATER HAMMER ARRESTER DIAGRAM NO SCALE FIXFLIRE UNITS 12-32 1/2" 3/4" PPP MODEL NUMBER SC-500 SC-750 33-60 61- 113 SC-1250 ca ,IOR NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY:. ORR1 June 23. 2010 MRD JMR MO 03 AIR COMPRESSOR/ AIR MARK AREA SERVED TYPE MANUFACTURER /MODEL NO. ACFM (G 175PSIG) ELECTRICAL COMPRESSOR MOTOR ACP -01 AD -01 MACHINE LAB 1620 MACHINE LAB 1620 RECIPROCATING AIR COMPRESSOR REFRIGERATED AIR DRYER QUINCY PLTV- 7.5 -80 ZEKS 25 NCE 22.6 7 -1/2 HP 1/6 HP VOLTAGE /PHASE 460/3 120/1 TANK CAPACITY DIMMENSIONS (L "xW "xH ") WEIGHT REMARKS 80 GAL 37x24x74 16x17x18 590 LBS 80 LBS PROVIDE PRESSURE LUBRICATED RECIPROCATING AIR COMPRESSOR WITH FACTORY MOUNTED AND WIRED FULL VOLTAGE STARTER, AFTERCOOLER, FILTERS, PRESSURE GAUGES, LOW OIL PROTECTION,' ELECTRONIC DRAIN VALVE, AND AIR DRYER: 2) MARK B -01 B -02 LOCATION BOILER 1520 BOILER 1520 CHILLER MARK C -1 ELECTRIC HEATER SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED MAKE & MODEL DESCRIPTION CFM ELECTRICAL HP /W /FLA V /PH WEIGHT DIMENSION (IN) REMARKS EH -01 BOILER 1520 QMARK MUH 05-41 UNIT HEATER 350 5000 W 480/3 30 16x8x14 EH -02 EMERGENCY COMM SYSTEM 1540 QMARK MUH 03 -41 UNIT HEATER 350 3000 W 480/3 30 16x8x14 EH -03 WEST MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE 4200 QMARK MUH 05 -41 UNIT HEATER 350 5000 W 480/3 30;. 16x8x14 EH -04 WEST MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE 4200 QMARK MUH 05 -41 UNIT HEATER 350 5000 W 480/3 30 16x8x14 EH -05 EAST MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE 4100 QMARK MUH 05 -41 UNIT HEATER. 350 5000 W 480/3 30 EH -06, EH -07 LOCATION SERVICE YARD EAST MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE 4100 GENERATOR EQUIP 1530: MAKE & MODEL PETRA APSa 195-2 QMARK MUH 05 -41 QMARK MUH 03 -41 UNIT HEATER UNIT HEATER 350 350 5000 W 3000 W 480/3 480/3 30 30 16x8x14 16x8x14 16x8x14 TYPE SCREW CAPACITY 190.0 TONS PROVIDE WITH FACTORY FUSED 3 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER /DISCONNECT, FLOW SWITCH, 2) PROVIDE UNIT WITH GPM /dP (FT) 485/5.5 55 LWT 45 EER 0 95 F. "EAT 9.9 COP 2.9 216 MCA 482 120V FREEZE PROTECTION CIRCUIT, CONTROL CIRCUIT AND EMCS INTERCONNECT CONTROLS. LOUVERED FACTORY CONDENSER COIL GUARDS AND WIRE MESH SCREEN PROTECTION FOR ACCESS TO SERVICE AREA BELOW. PROVIDE UNIT" WITH COMPRESSOR SOUND ATTENUATION COMPARTMENT. MAINTAIN MINIMUM FLOW RATE OF 309 GPM THRU CHILLER AT ALL TIMES DURING OPERATION. MOP 600 V /PH 460/3 DIMEN (IN) 241x88x87: WEIGHT 14640 LBS MANUFACTURER /MODEL NO. BURNHAM MPC10 HIGH EFFICIENCY CAST IRON MULTI -PASS BURNHAM MPC10 HIGH EFFICIENCY CAST IRON MULTI- PASS EFFICIENCY 86% 86% FLUE SIZE (DIA) 12" 12" ELECTRICAL MOTOR (HP) 3/4 3/4 V /PH 480/3 480/3 PROVIDE WITH FLUES SUPPLIED FROM BOILER MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE, BAROMETRIC : DAMPERS, RELIEF VALVE, GAS REGULATING VALVE, AND IRI GAS TRAIN. PROVIDE WITH POWERFLAME C- SERIES GAS BURNERS, 480V /3PH, FOR 2PSI MEDIUM PRESSURE GAS SERVICE TO BOILER. 3) BOILER MFR SHALL PROVIDE BOILER SEQUENCING PANEL WITH SINGLE 4) POINT POWER PROVIDE INTERLOCK RELAY IGNITION CIRCUIT TO MUSHROOM PANIC SWITCH TO CONNECTION AND ALL REQUIRED CONTROLS, SEE SECTION 235200. HEATING INPUT (MBH) 1881 1881 HEATING OUTPUT (MBH) 1580 1580 150 150 LWT (F), 180 180 1 REVIEWED Fp CODECOMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 Cityof Tukwif RI U1111Arn w.. __ REMARKS bassetti 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 1927 Post Alley Seattle, VVA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURALENGINEER PCSStructural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 GAS RUNOUT (IN) DIMENSION LxWxH (INxINxIN) 112x43x75 109x43x75. OPERATING WEIGHT- (LBS) 6500 6500 1) 2) 3) 4) 1) 2) 3) 4) REMARKS INTERRUPT FIRING & ALSO TO COMBUSTION AIR MOTORIZED DAMPER END SWITCHES. AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE SUPPLY FAN HIGH UNIT AREA SERVED MAKE & MODEL CFM 01 -0 L VAH FIRST FLOOR ADMIN WEST SILENTAIRE 3470. 2830 1000 LOW CFM PRIMARY SECONDARY MIN OA MIN OA PRIMARY SECONDARY %OSA %OSA MOTOR TSP HP ( IN) ) RETURN / RELIEF FAN ESP HIGH LOW MOTOR TSP (IN) RPM CFM CFM HP (IN) 29% 5 4.5 2.9 3500 3470 2830 VAH- 02 F IR S T FLOOR ADMIN EAST S I LE NTAIRE 2420 1570 570 550 23% VAH COMMONS 2100 MULTI-PURPOSE & 1 300 SILENTA I E 1 7 00 10020 2000 5500 12% 33% 20 . 117 7 1 1 00 0 3 8 2 0 0 16 00 . 0020 15 VAH -04 SECOND FLOOR OFFICES EAST SILENTAIR E 1050 710 250 24% 1.5 3.5 2.3 3587 1050 710 AH -01 CUSTODIAN 1190 SILENTAIRE 325. 100 31 % 0.5 2.4 1`.5 3908 325 0.5. AH -02 LOADIN G H OLD IN G 1550 SILENTAIRE E 600 180 30% 2.9 1.8 3444 600 0.75 AH -03 CLASSROOM 1630 SILENTAIRE 1200 - 450 - 38% 1.5 3.2 1.5 3613 1200. - AH 0 .4 SMALL PROD LAB 1640 SILENTAIRE 1275 450 - 35% 2 3.4 1.7 3099 1275 AH -05 PHYSICS 161.0 SILENTAIRE - - 0 S CS LAB S LENTAIRE 3000 450 1 177 5% 3 3.5 2 0 0 3000 3 AH-06 - 06 MACH LAB 1.620 SILENTAIRE 4000 450 1190. 5 3.5 1.7 -1770 4000 3 AH -07 KITCHEN 2200 SILENTAIRE _ _ _ LENTAIRE 2725 820 30% 3 3.3 1.6 1770 2725 2 AH-08 FLOOR TOILET 08 SECOND FL00 ROOMS SILENTAIRE 1.1.65 350 30% 1.5 3.2 1.6 3583 1165. AH -09 CENTRAL STAIR SILENTAIRE 4050 - 1220 - 30% 5 3.8 2.1 1770 4050 - 3 AH -10 CLASSROOM 2310 SILENTAIRE 1240 450 % - 36 0 1.5 3.1 1 7 3623. 1240 AH -11 R' - CLASS OOM 2320 SILENTAIRE 1240 450 - 36% AH -12 CORRIDOR 2300 SILENTAIRE 2200 - 450 20% AH -13 GENERAL LAB 2350 SILENTAIRE 2860 450 1695 16% 59% 5 4.0 2.2 1770 2860 2 AH -14 CAD LAB 7 23 0 SILENTAIRE 2490 525 21% AH -15 CLASSROOM 2380 SILENTAIRE 1360 - 450 - 33% AH -16 CLASSROOM 3180 SILENTAIRE 1370 450 7 - 4 - 33% - AH-17 CLASSROOM 3170 SILE NTAIRE 1280 450 35% AH -18 PRO LEARNING 1 0 LEA G 32 0 SILENTAIRE 1290 450 3590. AH -19 STAFF LOU N GE 3200 SILENTAIRE 1 300 390 30% 2 2.8 1.4 3593 1300 AH-20 CORRIDOR 1 DO 3 00 SILENTAIR 7 E 2 95 450 1655 1 655 J 59% 17 6 0 59 0 3_ 3 2 1.6 1770 •.1595 1.5 AH -21 CLASSROOM 1 3 60 I - S LENTAIRE 1500 450 - 30% - 2 3.2 1 .4 3107 1500... AH -22 CLASSROOM 3150 `I NT S LE HIRE 1.400 450 9' 32 0 2 3.2 1.4 3053 1400 AH -23 CLASSROOM 3140 NTAI I S LE RE 1400 450 32% 2 3.2 1.4 3053 1.400. AH -24 CLASSROOM 31 0 3130 SILENTAIRE LE E 14 95 450 30% 2 3.3 1:5 3139 1495 AH -25, CLASSROOM 35 1 0 SILENTAIRE 1350 450 33% 90 2 ' 3.0 1.4 2971 1350 AH-26 - - - 26 CLASSROOM, 3520 SILENTAIRE 1 LE E 4 1280 450 35% 35 0 2 .0 1.4 2971 1 3 29 1280 AH -27 CLASSROOM 3530 SILENTAIRE LE E 1280 450 35% - 2 3.0 ' 1.4 2971 1280 AH -28 CORRIDOR - _ - - CO DO 3500 SILENTAIRE 3000 450 1 9: 1 5 0 3 3.2 .6 1770 3000 2 AH- 29 CHEMISTRY LAB 3560: SILENTAIRE LE NTAIR E 3000 450 1780 15% 59% 5 0 5 3.3 1.7 1770 3000 AH -30 BIOLOG Y LAB 3580 SILENTAIRE 2860 450 1 50 1 9: 90 695.- 6 0 59 0 3 3.3 1.7 1770 2860 AH-31 : CLASSROOM - _ - - CLASS 00 3590 SILENTAIRE NTAIR 1 LE E 500 450 30% .4 30 0 2 3 1 _6 3177... 1500. 1.5 HEATING COIL ESP HEATING HC MAX MAX (IN) RPM MBH APD IN WPD �FT c) O (FT) BRANCH VALVE GPM HWS /R ON TYPE 1.8 1.4 1770 70.0 0.15 0.2 4.7 4.3 2.7 3500 2420 1570 1.5 1.8 1.3 1770 40.2 0.15 0.2 2.5 2.1 1170 558.4 0.15 0.2 1.7 1.3 2828 18.1 0.15 0.2 1.6 1.2 3317 10.5 0.15 0.2 1.8 1.4 3456 19.1 0.15 0.2 1.7 1.3 3044 43.4 0.15 0.2 2 -WAY 2.7 3/4" 2-WAY WAY COOLING COIL COOLING EAT MBH DB /WB 106.7 78/63 68.6 78/63 CC MAX MAX APD (IN) WPD (FT) 37.2 2 1/2" 3 -WAY 1.2 3/4" 2 -WAY 423.6 78/63 302 78/63 BRANCH VALVE DIMEN GPM CWS /R (IN) TYPE (LxWxH) WEIGHT V /PH ALT 0.56 ` 10 21.3 2" 2 -WAY 137x45x89 3300 480/3 30% ECONOMIZER DAMPERS REMARKS FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 0.56 10 13.7 1 1 /2" 3 -WAY 137x45x83 3080 480/3 30% 0.56 10 84.7 3" 3 -WAY 263x94x73 8250 480/3 30% '0.56 10 6.0 0.7 1 /2" 2 -WAY 10.2 78/63 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 0.56 10 2.0 3/4" 2 -WAY 102x34x61 1650 480/3 ; 30% 1.3 3/4" 2 -WAY 2.9 3/4" 2 -WAY 1.7 1.3 3159 44.4 0.15 0.2 3.0 2.1 1.7 1770 68.8 0.15 0.2 4.6 1.9 1.5 1770 91.7 0.15 0.2 6.1 3 -WAY 18.7 78/63 40.7 78/63 42.3 78/63 0.56 10 3.7 2 -WAY 3 -WAY 75.5 78/63 96.2 78/63 1.9 1.4 1770 86.6 0.15 0.2 5.8 1.7 1.3 2298 37.0 0.15 0.2 1.9 1.5 1770 120.6 0.15 0.2 2-WAY 2.5 3/4" 2 -WAY 85.1 78/63 36.4 78/63 8.0 1 1/4" 2 -WAY 1.7 1.3 2351 : 43.9 0.15 0.2 2.9 1.5 3.2 1.6 3658 1240 - 1 1.6 3 3.4 1.8 3037 2200 2 1.7 1.2 2308 43.9 0.15 0.2 2.9 1.3 2589 57.5 0.15 0.2 3.8 2.1 1.7 1770 139.8 0.15 0.2 3.3 1.7 1770 2490 - 1.5 1.6. 2 3.5 1.7 3147 1360 1 1.6 2 3.2 1.4 3038 1370 - 1 1.4 1.5 3.0 1.4 3636 1280 1 1.4 3.0 1.4 3648 1290 - 1 1.4 2 -WAY 125.0 78/63 41.6 78/63 2 -WAY 102x34x61 1650 480/3 30% 0.56 10 8.1 1 1/4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 FACTORY ,2,3,4,6,8, 10,11,12 0.56 10 8.5 1 1/4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760. 480/3 30% 0.56 10 15.1 1 1 /2" 3 -WAY 140x45x95 3520 480/3 30% 0.56 10 19.2 2" 3 -WAY 140x45x95 3740 480/3 30% FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 FACTORY FACTORY FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 2,3,4,5,7,8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10. FACTORY 2,3,4,5,7,8, 10 0.56 10 17.0 1 1 /2" 2 -WAY 140x45x83 3300 480/3 30% 0.56 10 7.3 1 -'1 /4" 2 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 0.56 10 25.0 2" 2 -WAY 140x45x95 3740 480/3 30% FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 FACTORY 2,3,4,5,7,8, 10 0.56 10 8.3 1 1/4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 2 -WAY 41.6 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 60.4 78/63 0.56 9.3 1 1/4" 2 -WAY 88.8 78/63 0.56 1.2 1770 66.0 0.15 0.2 4.4 1.2 2426 45.6 0.15 0.2 3.0 1.0 2357 45.8 0.15 0.2 3.1 1.0 2276 44.5 0.15 0.2 3.0 1.0 2285 44.7 0.15 0.2 3.0 1.4 1.0 2294 41.3 0.15 0.2 1.5 1.1 1770 136.6 0.15 0.2 1.5 1.1 2049 47.6 0.15 0.2 3 -WAY 68.9 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 44.0 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 44.2 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 42.4 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 42.6 78 63 0.56 2.8 3/4" 2 -WAY 40.5 78/63 0.56 1.0 8.3 1 1 /4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 10 12.1 1 1 /2" 3 -WAY 120x45x77 2200 480/3 30% FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 FACTORY FACTORY 2,3,4,5,7,8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 10 17.8 2" 2 -WAY 140x45x95 3520 480/3 30% 10 13.8 1 1 /2" 3 -WAY 140x45x83 3520 480/3 30% 10 8.8 1 1/4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 10 8.8 1 1 /4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12 FACTORY 2, ' 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 FACTORY FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 10 8.5 1 1 /4" 2-WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 10 8.5 1 1 4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480 3 30% 10 8.1 1 1 /4" 2 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 9.1 1 1/4" 2-WAY 87.0 78/63 0.56 3.2 1" 3 -WAY 46.8 78/63 0.56 1.5 1.1 2404 46.2 0.15 0.2 , 3.1 1.4 1.0' 2366 46.2 0.15 0.2 3.1 1.5 1.1 2026 47.5 0.15 0.2 3.2 1.5 1.1 2378 45.5 0.15 0.2 3.0 1.4 1.0: 2366 44.5 0.15 0.2 3.0 1.4 1.0 2366 44.5 0.15 0.2 3.0 1.5 1.1 1770 68.8 0.15 0.2 4.6 1) OUTSIDE AIR MINIMUM AT SETPOINT AND INCREASES AS REQUIRED VIA CO2 DEFECTOR. 2) ` ASSUMES 180F -150F HEATING WATER, 45F TO 55F CHILLED WATER, 55F HEATING COIL EAT. 3) PROVIDE LOW LIMIT AUTOMATIC RESET FREEZE THERMOSTAT TO STOP FAN BELOW 40F. CIRCUIT TO DISABLE FAN IN HAND & AUTO MODES OF OPERATION. 4) PROVIDE 6" BASE RAIL KIT UNDER AIR HANDLING UNIT. 5) PROVIDE VARIABLE FR EQUE N C Y DRIVES PER SECTION 230915 FOR BALANCING OF DIRECT DRIVE SUPPLY AND RETURN FANS.. VFD'S SHALL BE MOUNTED ON UNIT. TWO BALANCING POINTS PER UNIT. 6) PROVIDE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES PER SECTION 230915 FOR SUPPLY AND RETURN FAN SHIPPED LOOSE AND MOUNT/ WIRE ADJACENT TO UNIT TO MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL CLEARANCE GREATER THAN 42" 7) STACKED CONFIGURATION. 8) PROVIDE W/ 2" PLEATED FILTERS. 9) PROVIDE EBTRON FLOW MONITORING CONTROL FOR OSA. 10) SEE DETAIL 6/M9.06 FOR UNIT CONFIGURATION AND FAN ORIENTATION DETAILS. 11) PROVIDE INTERNAL NEOPRENE SNUBBERS FOR FAN IN LIEU OF SPRING ISOLATION.: PROVIDE SEISMIC SPRING ISOLATION EXTERNAL TO UNIT. 12) PROVIDE SECONDARY OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER POSITION AS SCHEDULED FOR EXHAUST MAKE -UP AIR. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 230900 & 200593 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.7 1.3 1770 146.8 0.15 0.2 1.7 1.3 1770 139.8 0.15 0.2 2 -WAY 44.8 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 44.8 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 46.7 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 43.8 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 42.4 78/63 ; 0.56 2 -WAY 42.4 78/63 0.56 2 -WAY 75.5 78/63 0.56 9.8 1 1/4" 2 -WAY 92.7 78/63 0.56 9.3 ` 1 1/4" 2 -WAY 88.8 78/63 0.56 1.7 1.3 2588 47.6 0.15 0.2 3.2 2 -WAY 46.8 78/63 0.56 10 17.4 2 -WAY 140x45x83 3300 480/3 30% 10 9.4 1 1 /4" 2- WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% FACTORY 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 FACTORY FACTORY FACTORY FACTORY 10 9.0 1 1/4" 2 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30 %,` FACTORY 10 9.0 1 1 /4" 2-WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 10 9.3 1 1/4" 2 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 10 8.8 1 1/4" 3-WAY 102x34x65 1760 ' 480/3 30% 10 8.5 1 1/4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 10 8.5 1 1/4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% 10 15.1 1 1/2 3 -WAY 140x45x95 3520 480/3 30% 10 18.5 3 -WAY 140x45x95 3520 480/3 30% FACTORY FACTORY FACTORY FACTORY 10 17.8 2" 3 -WAY 140x45x95 3520 480/3 30% 10 9.4 1 1/4" 3 -WAY 102x34x65 1760 480/3 30% FACTORY FACTORY FACTORY FACTORY FACTORY k • 0 0 is I 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 2,3,4,5,7,8, 10 2,3,4,5,7,8, 10 2, 3, 4, , 5, 7, 8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12 2,3,4,5,7,8,1.0,12 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER ACOUSTICCONSULTANT Spadhg 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: June 23. 2010 MRD JMR M0.04 CABINET HEATER SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER /MODEL NO. APPROVED MANUFACTURER CFM (CFM) HEATING (MBTU /HR) ELECTRICAL DIMENSION LxWxH (INxINxIN) WEIGHT (LBS) REMARKS KIN MCA V/0 CH -01 WEST STAIR 1400 QMARK CDF -548 MARLEY, INDEECO 300 10.2 3 8.4 208/3 24x24x7 50 1) CH -02 EAST STAIR 1700 QMARK CDF -548 MARLEY, INDEECO 300 10.2 3 8.4 208/3 24x24x7 50 1) 1) NOTES 4KW. FIELD CONVERSION TO 3 KW & 30 REQ'D. PROVIDE WITH UNIT MOUNTED DISCONNECT AND RECESSED MOUNTING ENCLOSURE. FACTORY WIRED FOR HEAT MANUFACTURER MODEL AIRFLOW SUPPLY EXHAUST (CFM) (CFM) MAX, APD. (IN. WC.) EFFICIENCY ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONS VELOCITY (FPM) (IN) REMARKS HX -01 WEST MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE 4200 BKM REVERSE -FLOW EB -15000 14815 14815 0.40 500 90% 80% 1 20/1 0 30 12550 Ibs. 236x96x94 ) 2, HX -02 EAST MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE 4100 BKM REVERSE -FLOW EB -12000 11855 11855 0.40 500 90% 80% 120/10 '. 30 11500 Ibs 236x96x79 ) 2) NOTES: 1) 2) CONFIGURATION: U -SHAPE CONFIGURATION; SEE MECHANICAL PLAN DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. PROVIDE WITH ELECTRIC DAMPER CONTROL FUSED DISCONNECT BY E.C. EXHAUST FAN MARK AREA SERVED MAKE 8c MODEL CFM ESP RPM ELECTRICAL HP EF -01 KITCHEN 2200 2,125 2.00 1409 1/2 460/3 WEIGHT 140 LBS DIMENSION (LxWxH) (in) 31x36 REMARKS EF -02 DISHWASHER 2200 500 0.80 1725 1/4 120/1 60 LBS 25x25x30 1, 3 EF -03 CHEMISTRY LAB 3560 940 0.70 1725 1/4 120/1 60 U3S 25x25x30 EF -04 CHEMISTRY LAB 3560 810 0.60 1725 1/4 120/1 60 LBS 25x25x30 EF -05 CHEMISTRY LAB 3560 810 1725 1/4 120/1 60 LBS 25x25x30 EF -06 EF -07 EF -08 SEE SMOKE EXHAUST FAN SCHED. SEE SMOKE EXHAUST FAN SCHED. SEE SMOKE EXHAUST FAN SCHED. EF -09 TOILET ROOMS 3,320 1.40 1725 460/3 160 LBS 28x26x26 EF -10 COPY 8c HEAI_TH ROOMS 875 1.30 1725 120/1 70 LBS 24x19x19 EF -11; JANITORS ROOMS 200 1.10 1/4 120/1 60 LBS SMOKE EXHAUST FAN MARK EF -06 EF-07 EF -08 LOBBY 1000 LOBBY 1000 1) PROVIDE FAN WITH EMERGENCY POWER. 2) PROVIDE UL LISTED FAN FOR SMOKE CONTROL WITH 1.5 TIMES THE NUMBER OF REQUIRED BELTS. 3) REFER TO SECTION 283111 FOR CONNECTION AND CONTROL OF FAN TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 4) PROVIDE WITH WEATHERHOOD, BELT GUARD, SHAFT GUARD, INLET GUARD, INLET FLANGE, OUTLET GUARD, AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER. MAKE & MODEL GREENHECK 49- AFSW -41 GREENHECK 44-AFSW-41 GREENHECK 44-AFSW-41 CFM 47,000 42,000 42,000 ESP 2.30 1.40 1.40 RPM 824 913 913 ELECTRICAL HP /W /FLA 30 30 V /PH 460/3 460/3 460/3 WEIGHT 1950 LBS 1700 LBS 1700 LBS DIMENSION (LxWxH) (in) 92x84x83 84x76x76 84x76x76 REMARKS 1, 2, 3,4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 STAIR PRESSURIZATION FAN SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED MAKE & MODEL CFM ESP RPM ELECTRICAL HP /W /FLA SF -01 WEST STAIRWELL GREENHECK TBI-FS-4L24-75 12,500 1.75 2350 10 V /PH 460/3 WEIGHT DIMENSION (IN) REMARKS 250 LBS 26x28 1. 2, 3, 4, SF -02 EAST STAIRWELL GREENHECK TBI-FS-5H36-75 12,500 2.50 1323 10 460/3 250 LBS 32x46 1.2,3,4,5 1) PROVIDE UL LISTED FAN FOR SMOKE CONTROL WITH 1.5 TIMES THE NUMBER OF REQUIRED BELTS. 2) PROVIDE CURRENT AND AIRFLOW SWITCHES SO AS TO TRANSMIT FAN STATUS AND PROOF OF FLOW SIGNALS TO FRCP (FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL) AND SECP (SMOKE EXHAUST CONTROL PANEL) FOR AUTOMATIC SELF -TEST. CONTROL WIRING, RELAYS, CONDUIT, AND ANY NECESSARY CONTROL DEVICE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIV 24 AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM. REFER TO SECTION 283111 FOR CONNECTION AND CONTROL OF FAN TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 3) PROVIDE FAN WITH EMERGENCY POWER. 4) PROVIDE FAN WITH VFD AND PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS FOR SPEED CONTROL 5) PROVIDE WITH MOTOR COVER, BELT GUARD, SHAFT GUARD, UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS, MOUNTING SUPPORTS, INSPECTION DOOR, AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER. SPLIT UNIT AC -01 cu -01 SYSTEM AIR AREA SERVED MDF. 1130 MDF 1130 EF -12 ELECTRICAL ROOM 1180 1,000 1.25 1725 1/2 120/1 70 LBS 24x19x19 1, 4 GENERATOR EQUIPMENT 1530 1,000 0.60 1725 1/4 120/1 60 LBS 4 KiTCHEN LAUNDRY 8c TOILET COMPRESSOR ROOM 1622 1) PROVIDE UNIT WITH SPEED CONTROLLER. 2) SECTION 230900 SHALL INTERLOCK FAN OPERATION THROUGH SWITCH PROVIDED AT KITCHEN HOOD 8c HEAT DETECTOR IN HOOD. 625 650 600 250 250 1.20 1.20 0.70 1.10 1.20 1725 1725 1725 1725 1725 1/2 1/2 1/4 3) SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE WALL SWITCH AND WIRING FOR OPERATION 4) REVERSE ACTING UNOCCUPIED OVERRIDE T'STAT CONTROL OF FAN 120/1 120/1 120/1 120/1 120/1 70 LBS 70 LBS 60 LBS 60 LBS 70 LBS 24x19x19 24x19x19 24x17x17 24x19x19 1, 4 CONDITIONING MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI MAKE & MODEL PKA -A24, PUY -A24 CFM • 850 ESP (IN) 0.25 FAN MOTOR (FLA) 0.43 0.75 COOLING CAP. MBH 24 SEER 17.0 MCA 18.0 A MOP 20.0 A V /PH 208/1 208/1 WEIGHT (LBS) 69 207 DIMEN (LxWxH) 56x10x14 37x14x38 REMARKS AC -02 MDF 1130 MITSUBISHI PKA -A24 850 0.25 0.43 24 17.0 208/1 69 57x10x14 CU-02 MDF 1130 MITSUBISHI PUY -A24 0.75 18.0 A 20.0 A 208/1 207 37x14x38 AC -03 CU -03 AC -04 CU -04 AC -05 CU -05 AC -06 CU -06 AC -07 CU -07 ELEV MACH 4110 ELEV MACH 4110 IDF 2341 IDF 2341 IDF 3312 IDF 3312 IDF 3551 IDF 3551 ELEV MACH ELEV MACH MARK HC -01 HC -02 2) ROOM(S) SERVED MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI MITSUBISHI PKA -A18 PUY -A18 PKA -A18 PUY -A1.8 PKA -A18 PUY -A18 PKA -A18 PUY -A1`8 PKA -A18. PUY -A18 PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO AC UNIT THROUGH CONDENSING UNIT. PROVIDE CONTROLS WIRING FOR UNIT TO MANUFACTURERS THERMOSTAT. MANUFACTURER /MODEL NO. CFM HEATING COIL MBH (1) 600 600 600 600 600 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.35 0.33 0.35 0.33 0.35 0.33 0.35 0.33 0.35 18 18 18 18 18 14.1 14.1 14.1 14.1 14.1 13.0 A 13.0 A 13.0 A 13.0 A 13.0 A 15.0 A 15.0 A 15.0 A 15.0 A. 15.0 A 208/1 208/1. 208/1 208/1 208/1. 208/1 208/1 208/1 208/1 208/1 68 154 68 154 68 154 68 154 68 154 39x10x14 32x14x24 39x10x14 32x14x24 39x10x14 32x14x24 39x10x14 32x14x24 39x10x14 32x14x24 REVIEWS `-- CODEC FAR OMPZIAN!GE APPROVED JUL 07 2010' Oh of Tukwila 1> BUILDING DIVISION COIL MAX FACE VEL (FPM)/APD GPM MAX H20 PD (Fr) ROWS LAT (F) VALVE TYPE BRANCH KW WEIGHT (LBS) DIMEN SIZE REMARKS VESTIBULE 1001 HC-03 HEATCRAFT 5MQ0702C 450 19.5 450/0.35 1.3 2.5 95 3-WAY 1/2" 30 WEST STAIR 4400 EAST STAIR 4700 INDEECO QUA4 INDEECO QUA4. ASSUMES 180F EWT, 150F LWT, AND 55 F EAT. 250 250 450 450 60 60 480/3 50 50 8"x8" 2) ASSUMES 15 F EAT. 0 I UNIT AREA SERVED MAKE & MODEL PRIMARY AIR UNIT HI CFM LO CFM INLET DUCT OUTLET DUCT IN. S.P. OUT. S.P. HEATING CAP (MBH) GPM LWT H20 PD WEIGHT BRANCH : HWS/R DIMMENSIONS VALVE (LxWxH) REMARKS VAV -101 GREEN ` ROOM 1161 NAILOR 20RW VAH -01 90 90 3 -7/8" 0.8 0.8 2.4 0.16 180 160 40 2-WAY 26x16x10 VAV -102 GREEN ROOM 1160 NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 90 90 3 -7/8" 0.8 0.8 2.4 0.16 180 160 40 2-WAY 26x16x10 VAV -103 VAV -104 VAV -105 VAV -106 VAV -108 VAV -109 VAV -110 VAV -111 VAV -112 VAV -201 VAV -202 VAV -203 VAV -204 VAV- 205 CONFERENCE 1152 CONFERENCE 1151 CONFERENCE 1150 IT 1140 TOILET ROOMS CONFERENCE 1250 CORRIDOR & STORAGE RECEPTION 1002 CORRIDOR 1600 REGIST. & STORAGE NAILOR 30RW NAILOR 30RW NAILOR '30RW NAILOR 30RW NAILOR 30RW VAH -01 VAH -01 VAH -01 VAH -01 VAH -01 NAILOR 30RW NAILOR 30RW NAILOR 30RW NAILOR 30RW NAILOR ';30RW NAILOR 30RW NAILOR 30RW NAILOR 30RW NAILOR 3ORW NAILOR 30RW VAH -01: VAH -01 VAH -01 VAH -01 VAH -01 VAH -02 VAH -02 VAH -02 VAH -02 VAH -02 130 130 130 140 130 130 130 140 3 -7/8" 3 -7/8" 3 -7/8" 3 -7/8" 400 200 200 960 3470 225 450 365 1200 180 2420 400 120 120 480 2830 225 270 365 600 110 1570 5 -7/8" 5 -7/8" 3 -7/8" 3 -7/8" 7 -7/8" 4 -7/8" 5 -7/8" 5 =7/8" 8 -7/8" 3 -7/8" 12x12 1/2 12x12 1/2 14x12 1/2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 3.5 3.5 3.8 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.25 180 180 180 160 160 160 160 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 10.9 5.4 5.4 20.8 6.1 12.2 9.9 32.6 3.9 0.72 0.36 0.36 1.39 0.41 0.81 0.66 2.17 0.26 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 1.5FT 1.5FT 40 40 40 40 1/2" 1/2" 50 40 40 60 50 50 50 70 40 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 2-WAY 26x16x10 2-WAY 26x16x10 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 26x16x10 26x16x10 26x18x12.5 2-WAY 26x16x10 2-WAY 3-WAY 26x16x10 3-WAY 26x16x10 2-WAY 26x18x12.5 2-WAY 26x16x10 2-WAY 26x16x10 2-WAY 26x16x10 3-WAY 26x20x12.5 3-WAY 26x16x10 VAV -401. OFFICE NAILOR 30RW VAH -04 100 100 3 -7/8" 0.8 0.8 2.7 0.18 180 160 40 1/2" 3-WAY 26x16x10 VAV -402 OFFICE NAILOR 30RW VAH -04 100 100 3 -7/8" 0.8 0.8 2.7 0.18 180 160 40 1/2" 3-WAY 26x16x10 VAV -403 OFFICE NAILOR 30RW VAH -04 250 150 4 -7/8" 0.8 0.8 6.8 0.45 180 160 50 2-WAY 26x16x10 1 VAV -404 OPEN OFFICE NAILOR 30RW VAH -04 • 500 300 6 -7/8" 12x12 1/2 0.8 0.8 13.6 0.90 180 160 60 1/2" 2-WAY 26x18x12.5 VAV -405 BREAK ROOM NAILOR 30RW VAH -05 100 60 3 -7/8" 0.8 0.8 2.7 0.18 180 160 40 1/2" 2-WAY 26x16x10 1050 710 12.14 PROVIDE FACTORY MOUNTED SECTION 15900 FURNISHED CONTROLLERS WITH BELIMO ACTUATORS. bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, VVA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL EIVED CENTER JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: June 23. 201Q MRD MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M0.05 . SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR CONTINUATION OF MECHANICAL SERVICE POINTS OF CONNECTION. 2. COORDINATE MECHANICAL UTILITIES WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO BID. 3. REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES FOR SLAB PENETRATIONS. > EXTERIOR FLOOR DRAIN (FD-3) CENTERED BETWEEN DUMPSTERS. INSTALL TRAP INSIDE BLDG AS SHOWN ON M1.01. 4. COORDINATE UTILITY ROUTING AT SERVICE YARD WITH STRUCTURAL FOUNDATION PLANS, AND ELECTRICAL SITE PLANS. 5. SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR ELEVATIONS. > 4,591 CFH 2PSI BUILDING SERVICE GAS METER BY PSE. COORDINATE WITH GAS COMPANY AND PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED APPURTENANCES TO CONNECT TO METER. SEE DETAIL 4/M9.02. 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 6 ,=-+ 00 SEE CIVIL DWGS. FOR CONT. OF 6nW. APPROX I.E.=13.4' SEE CIVIL DWGS. FOR • CONT. OF 4"W. APPROX I.E.=13.6' 6 2+ 00 SEE CIVIL DWG - FOR CONT. OF 4"W". APPROX I.E.=13.4' SEE CIVIL 0W9...S-4-7------ rpR APPROX I.E.=13.2 4"GW. APPROX I.E.=14.6' - 2-1/2"CW SERVICE. SEE CIVIL DWGS. FOR CONT. APPROX I.E.=15.3' GAS/M ...,. S LINE ° BY COCR ATE SITE LINE,/ WITH OTHER UTILITIES. SEE CIVIL FOR CONTINUATION: 2"V. APPROX I.E.=14.6' 6"GW. APPROX I.E.=14.3' CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHAN ICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 '<JOU C-ERVICES JLR Design EirtAit, 557 Roy. Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 - 6" CWS/CWR, PRE-INSULATED FERROTHERM PIPING TO CHILLER. APPROX I.E.=14' - 8" FIRE TO DDCV & PIV. SEE CIVIL FOR CONT. APPROX 3 G. ROUTE EXPO TIGHT TO WALL AT BELOW TOP 1.1MICia REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: ngsiR June 23. 201Q MBD IMI•■•••■111110 MECHANICAL SITE PLAN M1.00 3ED 6" LL. 3 G. ROUTE EXPO TIGHT TO WALL AT BELOW TOP 1.1MICia REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: ngsiR June 23. 201Q MBD IMI•■•••■111110 MECHANICAL SITE PLAN M1.00 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 1 Qx10 EH-02 MERGENC )M M SYS) ULTI -P VAV -110 24x12 EH -07 {POF4 ► Lx6 70- • an II 1177:113110 771 .m — — - i ! 1 a 1520 LOADIN 1559 RIDOR 1500 24x2.4'" U 435 4' LENGTH -18x10 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 2853026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 4484450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Spading 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 CORRI •.'i)re[l il® MIMIIMIJEJ Ki® L AC -03 UAW AM :!■itailairAl I*1 VAV -102 VAV -103 VAV -104 VAV -106 12x24, VAV- -101 1150 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 M7.05 1.1111N1 w A u Js� FEl1= R- IM' a 10" LENGTH 6 26x6 SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF DIFFUSERS /GRILLES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR SIDEWALL GRILLES & EXPOSED DUCT LOCATIONS & ELEVATIONS. 2. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ALL BACKDRAFT, FIRE & SMOKE- RATED DAMPERS. 3. LOCATE VAV BOXES, DUCT COILS & RATED DAMPERS ABOVE CEILING SO THEY ARE ACCESSIBLE THRU CEILING TILE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH OTHER TRADES. PIPING & ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS CANNOT IMPINGE ON UNIT ACCESS. SEE ALSO DETAIL 5/M9.01. 4. REFER TO. DETAILS ON M9.1 FOR DIFFUSER /GRILLE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE 5. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXPOSED DUCTWORK AND SIDEWALL GRILLE ELEVATIONS. 6. INSTALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO FIRE & SMOKE -RATED DAMPER ACTUATORS REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS : FOR COORDINATION OF FIRE & SMOKE -RATED DAMPER ACTUATOR ACCESS LOCATIONS. ALSO, REFER TO 1/M9.06 & 5/M9.02. 7. REFER TO ARCHITETURAL ELEVATIONS FOR THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS. 22x10. L.tiEN — "01 16x16 - aEALTH 60 80 225 LENGTH 24x12 24R1-2— — TO 1822 12x12 175. 100 300 TYP OF 4) 24x24 1275 36x18 > PROVIDE LOUVERED COMMERCIAL GRADE DRYER VENT COVER AT WALL PENETRATION. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. 1200 1630 1- 6x1-6 002 24x1: VAV -111 20x18 1200 jF L BY 101 0 —.� • BLANK —OFF GRILLE LENGTH AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE ALIGNMENT STRIPS. ' 24X120 SOUND LINED PLENUM. PLENUM BOX ' ARCHITECTURAL COVER /GRILLE BY ARCH. COORDINATE INSTALLATION PRIOR TO BID. BALANCE TO 6,000 CFM. H I GDHI Ls. ITNF g14-100 L RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL • MOUNT AC -02 12" ABOVE AC -01 AND CABLE TRAY ON WALL ' PROVIDE RATED GRILLE ACCESS DAMPEFRECEIVED AT THIS LOCATION. JUN 30 2010 > MOUNT GRILLE AND ROUTE DUCTWORK TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE. PERMITCENTER GRILLE LOCATED ABOVE MATERIAL STORAGE:, 180x120- 180x120 > DIFFUSER SUPPLIES STORAGE ROOM. MOUNT IN STORAGE ROOM CEILING. STOR 1-2 - -1 ffilf PHYSICS F 1610 18x18 MDF JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY:. (MR1Q June 23. 2010 MRD ROUTE DUCTWORK TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF BEAM IN EXPOSED CEILING AREAS. MOUNT GRILLE , ON TOP OF DUCTWORK. FIRE WRAP DUCTWORK PENETRATING FIRE RATED WALL AND ALL INTERCONNECTING DUCTWORK UP TO PENTHOUSE LOUVERS, TO MAINTAIN WALL RATING FROM EXIT CORRIDOR PENETRATION TO BUILDING EXTERIOR. 14x14 -,w/.15—fl I I U 6x6 (TYP. OF 7) 60 140 OLEVEL 1 EAST 1/8 = 1' -0" 300 (TYP OF 2) PROVIDE MESHED SCREEN AT OPENING. PROVIDE INSULATED EXTERIOR RATED LOCKING COMMON KEYED ACCESS DOOR. k1I�'O\LI M3.01 SHAFL6 _dr.rr..r�rM —I —II ._A 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF DIFFUSERS /GRILLES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR SIDEWALL GRILLES & EXPOSED DUCT LOCATIONS & ELEVATIONS.- 2. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ALL BACKDRAFT, FIRE & SMOKE -RATED DAMPERS. 3. LOCATE VAV BOXES, DUCT COILS & RATED DAMPERS ABOVE CEILING SO THEY ARE ACCESSIBLE THRU CEILING TILE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH OTHER TRADES. PIPING & ELECTRICAL SYSTEM , COMPONENTS CANNOT IMPINGE ON UNIT ACCESS. SEE ALSO DETAIL 5/M9.01. 4. REFER TO DETAILS ON M9.01 FOR DIFFUSER /GRILLE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 5. REFER TO ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR EXPOSED DUCTWORK AND SIDEWALL GRILLE ELEVATIONS. 6. INSTALL MECHANICAL` COMPONENTS TO ALLOW ACCESS. TO FIRE & SMOKE -RATED DAMPER ACTUATORS. ` REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COORDINATION OF FIRE & SMOKE —RATED DAMPER ACTUATOR ACCESS LOCATIONS. ALSO, REFER TO 1/M9.06 AND 5/M9.02. 7. REFER TO ARCHITETURAL ELEVATIONS LOCATIONS. 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 FOR THERMOSTAT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 mitt PAPIIIRA MgI W .: T I II 8x8 �0 I_ .- 1 '' 91� �'"'�I: iffframmy ICI® !!!.1 II ►�� I !n�� ®1 24x24 2500 —8x10 j375 375 -. TYP :_OF 2) EXH DUST UP. > WELDED STAINLESS STEEL DUCT WITH MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/2" PER FOOT FOR HORIZONTAL DUCTS. INSULATE DISHWASHER DUCT, WITH WRAP, ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE FIRE WRAP WITH CLEANOUT ACCESS ON GREASE ` DUCT, SEE 3/M9.06 > DUCT DOWN TO HOOD EXHAUST AIR CONNECTION. > PROVIDE DRYERBOX MODEL DB -350 AS MANUFACTURED BY IN -0 —VATE IN WALL BEHIND DRYER. PROVIDE ` HARD PIPED TRANSITION TO BOX CONNECTION FOR DRYER EXHAUST DUCT TERMINATION 30x18 GEEZER. COMMONS PRESSURE SENSOR TO PROVIDE CONTACT CLOSURE TO ENSURE SHAFT HAS SUCCESSFULLY PRESSURIZED. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AND SENSOR LOCATION WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. > ROOM PURGE SWITCH. SWITCH SHALL MANUALLY OVERRIDE ROOM HVAC UNIT TO = PROVIDE 100% OSA WHEN ACTIVATED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE 'HOUR. AFTER PURGE, ROOM HVAC UNIT SHALL RESET TO MINIMUM OSA. 24x12 TYP. OF 2 22x22 • WRAP DUCTWORK TO MAINTAIN PARTITION RATING TO DAMPER. tY STC)1 PROVIDE GRILLE ACCESS DAMPER AT THIS LOCATION. MOUNT GRILLE IN VERTICAL PORTION OF SOFFIT. DISHWASHER EF FAN SWITCH ON WALL. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528 -0138 > FIRE WRAP DUCTWORK PENETRATING FIRE RATED WALL AND ALL INTERCONNECTING DUCTWORK UP TO PENTHOUSE LOUVERS, TO MAINTAIN WALL RATING FROM EXIT CORRIDOR PENETRATION TO BUILDING EXTERIOR. REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE 24x12 O 6e 125. (TYP OF 2 M7.05 310 TYP OF 41_ 1A0' 310 (TYP OF 4)— OFFIC Ox10 2520 iw� air; MIN I ,�I I FMS -M �et,1��Qri, ppki, 4 -1� '- r -:.. kE4ST TERRACE #1 16x16 —10x10--- (TYP OF 3) 24x12 _ CLASSRM 2310 cMSSRM 1 11 VAV -405. M7.06 VAV -404 24x24 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL _4 w 0 M7.04 300 TYP 0 -16x16 100 18x12- :22x18 36x122 10)(10- -34x 12 •'M 80x120 36x12 ;180x 120- 1250 I, Ti- ;l 36x12. 1250 180x120 eT 24x24 JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 June 23. 2010 MRQ JMR 24x12 GENERAL CIENCE LAB CAD LAB CLASSRM 2380 iJ_ 0 �� A 12415 /� 180 -(TYP OF 6) 10m 340 TYP OF 4 LEVEL 2 — EAST 1/8" = 1'-0" i o -o w 0 M3.02 2. LOCATE VAV BOXES, DUCT COILS & RATED DAMPERS ABOVE CEILING SO THEY ARE ACCESSIBLE THRU CEILING TILE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH OTHER TRADES. -- PIPING , & ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS CANNOT 5.6 IMPINGE ON UNIT ACCESS. SEE ALSO DETAIL 5/M9.01. T 3. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ALL BACKDRAFT, FIRE & SMOKE -RATED DAMPERS. IIMV SHAFT 6 100 100 PRO L A 6x16 TO 100 24x12 Ox• w a ® 1111111111nr :111■1" ` 111 1 17111rigi;,iil ®110 MOO 111” I 100 120 4. REFER TO DETAILS ON M9.01 FOR DIFFUSER /GRILLE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 5. REFER TO ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR EXPOSED DUCTWORK AND SIDEWALL GRILLE ELEVATIONS. 6. COORDINATE DUCTWORK PASSING THROUGH - CASTELLATED BEAM OPENINGS WITH STRUCTURAL SHOP DRAWINGS. PROVIDE RADIUSED DUCTWORK OFFSETS, AS REQUIRED, TO ALLOW DUCTWORK AS SHOWN TO PASS THROUGH BEAM `.OPENINGS VARYING FROM BASIS OF DESIGN. 7. INSTALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO FIRE & SMOKE —RATED DAMPER ACTUATORS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COORDINATION OF FIRE & SMOKE— RATED DAMPER ACTUATOR ACCESS LOCATIONS. ALSO, REFER TO 1/M9.06 & 5/M9.02. 8. REFER TO ARCHITETURAL ELEVATIONS FOR THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS. 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 2853629 y►I 24x12 M7.03 Ox10. RRID 24x112 14x14 -: 750 18x14 1495 120 600 4 LENGTH 120 ASSRM 120 10x12 24x12 O1 2 0 (TYP OF6 BOILER & WATER HEATER FLUES > ROUTED THROUGH RATED SHAFT ABOVE CEILING TO RISER THROUGH ROOF. SLOPE FLUES PER MANUFACTURER AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. ROOM PURGE SWITCH. SWITCH SHALL MANUALLY OVERRIDE ROOM HVAC UNIT TO PROVIDE 100% OSA WHEN ACTIVATED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HOUR. AFTER PURGE, ROOM HVAC UNIT SHALL RESET TO MINIMUM OSA. PROVIDE GRILLE ACCESS DAMPER AT THIS LOCATION. WELDED STAINLESS STEEL DUCT WITH MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/2" PER FOOT FOR HORIZONTAL DUCTS. INSULATE DISHWASHER DUCT ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE FIRE WRAP WITH CLEANOUT ACCESS ON GREASE DUCT: SEE 3/M9.06 ROUTE DUCTWORK THROUGH BEAM PENETRATIONS IN THIS AREA SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PENETRATION INFORMATION. AWED' i CODECOMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 4484450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206)528 -0138 MOUNT AC UNIT ABOVE CABLE TRAY IN IDF ROPM. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT CABLE TRAY LOCATION AND ELEVATIONS. REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE STAF L UNGE 120 400 TYP OF 2 18x14 U 30x14 UP 16x14 3551 AC -061 22x22 UP &' 18x20 -D 16x16' ■ H11 4 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 14x14 120 0' 18x14 24x12 i II mo - . N.4 A I _ 1I �3 ®■, • r i 1 mClltwf i 161.111111111 -ram ter INS .I ;.A110X,0 !. I ®rte ■ ar.- 1 f ► i i► 6x14 �I iiiii EMI 24x24 1260 14x14 .ten 111k. 1 � M7.06 26x14 U 28x14 U gi.;1111.III 18x14 200 14x14 14x14 Usl ►mod IPA r� I r 9D 14x14 900 Ox10 4050 100 350 ..:. TYP OF 4 26x14 32x10 30x12 1250 JOB NO: ISSUE DATE DRAWN BY CHECKED BY: 09819 June 23. 2010 MRD JMR HEMISTRY LAB 12x12 24x24 '- 240x120 SEE 6/M9.02 BIOLOGY 8x12 CLAS 30x12 3;riyI 12112 420 (TYP OF 4) 26x14- O60 0 140 (TYP` OF 6) 12x12 (TYP OF 4) r• OLEVEL 3 - EAST 1/8" = 1' VUOdV o M3.03 ®11 I 1116614041 CU702, 1• II mr IOW 6x16 DN ate. assn. _ I 61MI Agiu ELA animinissimmaff I. P!:�a III SPACE M7.03 OSA LQU (2) 14 "0 BOILER FLUES & (3) 4" WATER HEATER FLUES. . MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 6'8 "x3'0" CLEAR ACCESS PATHWAY THRU MECH. ATTIC. ROUTE ALL PIPING & DUCTWORK OVERHEAD TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCE. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE PLENUM BOX CONNECTION TO ENTIRE LOUVER AREA DEPTH OF PLENUM BOX SHALL BE SIMILAR TO DIMENSION INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER IN FRONT OF STRUCTURE OR BLOCKED BY COLUMNS. 3. SIZE OSA DUCT CONNECTION TO UNIT TO MATCH RA DUCT SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER BEHIND STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND BEAMS. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ALL MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT, FIRE OR SMOKE -RATED DAMPERS:' 5. SEAL ALL PIPING & DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS THRU MECH. ROOM FLOOR WATERTIGHT. FIRE CAULK ALL OPENINGS IN FLOOR & SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS AIR TIGHT. PROVIDE SHEET METAL COVER OVER SHAFTS TO FILL IN SHAFT VOID SPACE TO ALLOW FOR FIRE - CAULKED SEAL. PROVIDE ANGLE AT FLOOR AROUND OPENINGS FOR CONNECTION OF COVER AND TO PROVIDE WATER BARRIER FOR SHAFT OPENING WHERE REQUIRED. SEE 1/M9.06. 6. SEE SHEET M9.06 FOR AHU AND VAH UNIT DETAILS. 7. SEE DETAIL 7/M9.02 FOR INLINE EF INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 144x72 SOUND LINED PLENUM. PLENUM BOX ARCHITECTURAL COVER BY ARCH, COORDINATE INSTALLATION PRIOR TO BID. BALANCE TO 84,000 CFM. 84x60 SOUND LINED PLENUM. PLENUM BOX ARCHITECTURAL COVER BY ARCH, COORDINATE INSTALLATION PRIOR TO BID. BALANCE TO '47,000 CFM. FIRE WRAP DUCTWORK PENETRATING FIRE RATED WALL AND ALL INTERCONNECTING DUCTWORK TO ` MAINTAIN WALL RATING FROM PENETRATION TO BUILDING EXTERIOR. PROVIDE K-27 DUCTWORK FOR THIS SECTION OF DUCTWORK. 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 PROVIDE ROOF MOUNTED DUCTWORK WITH ROOF MOUNTED SEISMIC DUCT SUPPORTS /RESTRAINTS. SYSTEM SHALL BE ENGINEERED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPROPRIATE SEISMIC AND WIND LOADS AS SPECIFIED. REFER TO 2/M9.02. ► OPERATE, AND FAIL TO OPEN , POSITION SMOKE DAMPER. DAMPER SHALL BE CLOSED WHEN SYSTEM IS NOT OPERATING AND OPEN UPON ACTIVATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND OPERATION OF SMOKE EXHAUST SYSTEM FAN. COORDINATE CONTROL CONNECTION WITH SECTION 283111. 8. FOR CLARITY, THIS PLAN SHOWS ONLY THE LOWER PORTION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC. SEE SHEET M3.05 FOR CONTINUATION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC. 9. MAINTAIN ACCESS PATHWAYS, SHOWN ON THIS PLAN IN LIGHT HATCHING, FREE OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS. KEEP CLEAR. k- MOUNT HEAT EXCHANGER ON FIELD FABRICATED WELDED ANGLE IRON STAND: ELEVATION OF STAND SHALL LOCATE HEAT EXCHANGER 2" ABOVE LOUVER SILL. ACCESS TO HEAT ` EXCHANGER CARTRIDGES THRU HINGED LOUVERS REFER TO ARCH FOR LOUVER DETAIL. CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth. Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206)622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 .Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1 000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 10. INSTALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO FIRE & SMOKE- RATED DAMPER ACTUATORS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COORDINATION OF FIRE & SMOKE- RATED DAMPER ACTUATOR ACCESS 'LOCATIONS. ALSO, REFER TO 1/M9.06 & 5/M9.02. 11. PROVIDE MINIMUM 12" SEPARATION BETWEEN ROOF PENETRATIONS (EXCEPT WATER HEATER FLUES THROUGH RAISED CURB). 12. REFER TO 2/M9.05 FOR BOILER FLUE PENETRATION DETAIL. 13. REFER TO DETAIL 4/M9.01 FOR LOUVER REQUIREMENTS. FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 18x14 DN 30x14 .DN 18x14 DN 16x14 DN REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE CU-011_ SPACE FOR ELEC F" Sr/ Ctl -02 =NI ierscameme lira, EmEgi AH -30 gabs MO E_.� F�,�ie.l Cd DI. IM1= l AtIm AtilltirSrr lorirarriplAH- ��>, LU 1vJC1v x8 26x18 10x10 14x-'1-8 113x16 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL M7.04 M7.04 E:� ®_I mr. M1® ■ewe �n MENI1 01=MI■2■® h ill ll IIi l7 1 1111 X11 I .I F LOUVER OSA LQUVER OSA /R LIEF LOUVER 520x420 JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY: REFER TO 5/M9.04 FOR V1�11:1 IYL 1/"%II_ 1 1 rm.!Q June 23. 201Q MRD JMR EF -04 1■1■1•111111111111111p11111111111111111111111111111■MIII .1111111111111011•1111110, OLEVEL 4 - EAST 1/8" = 1' -0" M3.04 7P ■c W.a -1t'1 SF -01 EF -15 18x22 DN 14x14 DN 1111111LA7.03 - R 14x14 L- - - - - -- i, I T`. i 1 1 ' 1 ,, --------- --r - - -, 11 1 1, 1 _ 1 1 I ` ,- 1 I. 1 1' 1 1 .I % 1 - 1 . - 1. 1 - 1 1 1 1 ,- 1 .. 1' 1 1 % 1 1 `, ` i %4/- i 1 �.` : 1 . A l 1 ■ 1 adinireNil :1- 1, -. 4. / V 1. 1 1- %1 E 's,- L_ -] i._ i Illtill,.... EF - -12 82x42 EXHAUST RELIEF DUCT 82x42 OSA;' MAINTAIN : A MINIMUM 6'8"x3'0" CLEAR ACCESS PATHWAY THRU MECH. ATTIC. ROUTE ALL PIPING & DUCTWORK OVERHEAD TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCE. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS ; REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE PLENUM BOX CONNECTION TO ENTIRE LOUVER AREA DEPTH OF PLENUM BOX SHALL BE SIMILAR TO DIMENSION INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER IN FRONT OF STRUCTURE OR BLOCKED BY COLUMNS. DURING FIRE MODE, WEIGHTED BACKDRAFT DAMPER SHALL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN MIN. PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL BETWEEN SHAFT AND BUILDING AT 0.15" WC. 3. SIZE OSA DUCT CONNECTION TO UNIT TO MATCH RA DUCT SIZE UNLESS NOTED ' OTHERWISE. BLANK OFF AND INSULATE PORTIONS OF LOUVER BEHIND STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND :BEAMS. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS . DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ALL MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT, FIRE OR SMOKE -RATED DAMPERS. 5. HANG ALL UNITS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET FROM STRUCTURE. 6. SEAL ALL PIPING Sc DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS THRU MECH. ROOM FLOOR, WATERTIGHT. FIRE CAULK ALL OPENINGS IN FLOOR & SEAL ALL WALL PENETRATIONS ` AIR TIGHT. PROVIDE SHEET METAL COVER OVER SHAFTS TO FILL IN SHAFT VOID SPACE TO ALLOW FOR FIRE - CAULKED SEAL, PROVIDE ANGLE AT FLOOR AROUND OPENINGS FOR CONNECTION OF COVER AND TO PROVIDE WATER BARRIER FOR SHAFT OPENING WHERE REQUIRED. SEE 1/M9.06. 7. SEE SHEET M9.06 FOR AHU AND VAH UNIT DETAILS. 8. SEE DETAIL 7/M9.02 FOR INLINE EF INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. NOT USED. > WRAP DUCTWORK TO MAINTAIN PARTITION RATING TO DAMPER. ► PROVIDE DUCT MOUNTED 12x12 FILTER BOX AT THIS LOCATION. > FAIL TO OPEN UL LISTED MOTORIZED DAMPER. DAMPER SHALL BE CLOSED WHEN SYSTEM IS NOT OPERATING AND OPEN ` UPON ACTIVATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND OPERATION OF SMOKE PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM FAN. COORDINATE CONTROL CONNECTION WITH SECTION 283111. 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 9. FOR CLARITY, THIS PLAN SHOWS ONLY THE UPPER PORTION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC. : SEE SHEET M3.04 FOR CONTINUATION OF THE MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE HVAC 10. INSTALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO ALLOW ACCESS TO FIRE & SMOKE -RATED _ DAMPER ACTUATORS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR COORDINATION OF FIRE & SMOKE -RATED DAMPER ACTUATOR ACCESS LOCATIONS. ALSO, REFER TO 1/M9.06 & 5/M9.02. 11, REFER TO DETAIL 4/M9.01 FOR LOUVER REQUIREMENTS. CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T. (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 8.11 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle; WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparing 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528- 0244 F (206) 528- 0138 11. REFER TO DETAIL 4/M9.01 FOR LOUVER REQUIREMENTS. DESCRIPTION DATE 26x14 DN 14x18 14x14 DN 48x 18- - 20x18 16x16 DN. IHC-02 30x18- 0x20 18x22 18x22 14x22 SA DN XH DN A 22x18 36x214 - 36x36' -14x22 i 14x14 16x20. 22x18 DN 14x18- r22X22 2x42 8x48 DN, M7.04 - -- 12 I1-.a - - -- - -r lI' 1 x - - - - -•_-A r • I EF -10 ! !PL6 82x42 il 1 -10= Si • ' ii ~- { - -- - mBii ..I! oft j7 . ®11vS 7 2 - - , -41 , ii 22x16 1 1- : '' - r ;c IOI9 ! flit- 22x16 t.x• , y' F.. 1 Ft., .,., , it.: ____ 4x14' , - II _ _ iI ,i i ®emu- /II ®� • . �. A IN 1120x30 / Il� E;i „ -. ri --- 1x 14 , ► 1 - -4 ®111. '®M ''.J ® ® ® ® 16x I� x= �421•; ; 21111.1 M7.06 o�SIRiCTb� RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL M7.05 82x42- -64x40 ,EXH _DN 26x18 ' -64x40 OSA DN 22x22 _ 22x18 DN 14x14 DN JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: nPR1q June 23. 201Q MRD OLEVEL4 -EAST 1 /8" = 1' -0" M3.05 LOADING DOCK 71, Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 4677788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 VAV -109' - 4 "HWS /R 6 "CHS /R P LL • L _4 _ L L -{ I 1 1 1 1 1 L -I L L J CONFE' -ENCE ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT. Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F. (206)625 0073. HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528- 0138 RRID 1 R `'IDOF 1'100 LEV ACH VAV -\104 VAV— 106 ELECTRICAL ROOM ,'rrt-i 1 1 1 VAV-1 05 VAV -112 .1111111110® GOD VIEWED FOR AE COMPLIANCE JUL 07 2010 City of 'Tukwila BUILDING DIVIS,O r GENERAL NOTES: REVISIONS 1. SEE PIPING DETAILS ON SHEET M9.06 FOR COIL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS. DESCRIPTION DATE 2. COORDINATE LOCATION OF UNIT ABOVE CEILING TO PROVIDE UN- OBSTRUCTED ACCESS TO SIDE AND BOTTOM OF UNIT. 3. ROUTE . PIPING CONCEALED. PROVIDE UN— OBSTRUCTED ACCESS TO ISOLATION VALVES AND COIL HOSE KITS. r REFRIGERANT PIPING TO SPLIT SYSTEM AC UNITS. INSULATE AND SIZE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. AC -02 MOUNTED 16" ABOVE AC -01 ON WALL. 1210 VAV -202 ALTH 1820 HEALTH TOILET -14 CM PA CLASSROOM VAV -205 I 11 r `t = -U VAV -111 811 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL CORRI • I- LOBBY 1000 1 m p` 1,a MA STOR MACH LAB STOR 1611 1620 JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 June 23. 2010 DOR PHYSICS 1610 VAV— 105 MDF 1130 AC -01 E 150 OLEVEL 1 - EAST 1/8" 1i-0" M4.01 GENERAL NOTES: . SEE PIPING DETAILS ON SHEET M9.06 FOR COIL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS. 2. COORDINATE LOCATION OF UNITS ABOVE CEILING TO PROVIDE UN—OBSTRUCTED ACCESS TO SIDE AND BOTTOM OF UNIT. 3. ROUTE PIPING CONCEALED. PROVIDE UN—OBSTRUCTED ACCESS TO ISOLATION VALVES AND COIL HOSE KITS. 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 REFRIGERANT PIPING TO SPLIT SYSTEM AC UNITS. INSULATE AND SIZE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 SNAFU 4"HWS/R & WR UP & OFFICE 2230 SS tI COMMONS LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 • REVISIONS /t\t DESCRIPTION DATE HAL( 21 0 EAST TERRACE #1 ..........„............ _......... i. ,,.. I I I , i , II - rt- _ ' ' lr. ', i .1) r.3i • (..- ';..- ' I: n) I Li) (,. j' 4—, 'FT) 1-, 31 0 , ) 01 FP-- . -iii - w il) , i , „....... ! • u i .-..-, - tK iffu , , k. —...--1--joi` r 1) ---41 1 , f-) ' L- 1 .1 I, 1 - r ,L-4 ' i i t,, pi ..,.....—..-__ — IS I , 1 1.. j • ,1 '‘.. , 1 _____ ---1 71' J _ _ _ I 1 ,- f _ . ''-1.kk ---'"-' ) 1 -rj) 1 - • , 1 ,,, if) I , '. ' ' r '''' ■ i i) .i-',--17i. 71 Y1 IFTI 11 H‘- I F 1 3 -- — • - ; 1 5:5----- : i •-.. ; Ai i-, --5-1 - 1 i • -4, ; ' 1 ; ,-4 ' H 1 i I t... •i-i., it : 1...,,, i Di _, ,. I '.: 3 ) 1--- ..., i i JIT".” ,,.....:, c•=•-""d: : nil u,..,..? 1 I ‘,..',_, ( il 1 ''• 3 • , ; 4.., 1---- ' , , 1, ... , 1 i , 1 1 1 . 5 , 5 , F- -:. r ': t .-..- ' 1:-',"`;',_ ' , •, '..', r • . ,. r-- . ,_ 4.17je r''''-'' .‘ ‘ ' --' ' ,-__-_,%' .1-,,,' SS tI COMMONS LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 • REVISIONS /t\t DESCRIPTION DATE HAL( 21 0 EAST TERRACE #1 ..........„............ _......... i. ,,.. 1----1. I , i , II 1 {_l ) „....... ! • u , . II 11! ri 1 — i I 1 1 I ) . !Ij ) . ! , , . ' f -'rr-, i '1- 1 .1 .„ )• P _ , — j i i t,, pi ..,.....—..-__ — IS I , 1 1.. j • ,1 '‘.. , 1 _____ 71' J _ _ _ I 1 CLASSRM 2310 CLASSRM 2320 CAREER CEN VAV-405 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 2540 1 1/47 '-1WSA UP & 1"HWS/R DN 2330 2302 2300 CLOSET 119Koll 1 ) ,JOB NO. JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY: CENTRAL STAIR HALL 2140 2000 GENERAL SCIENCE LAB PREFO/STORAGE 2370 M4.02 .(-1 LEVEL 2 - EAST -1-) 1/8" = 1'-0" GENERAL NOTES: 1 -. SEE PIPING DETAILS ON SHEET M9.06 FOR COIL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS. 2. COORDINATE LOCATION OF UNITS ABOVE CEILING TO PROVIDE UN- OBSTRUCTED ACC ESS TO SIDE AND BOTTOM OF UNIT. 3. ROUTE PIPING CONCEALED. PROVIDE UN- OBSTRUCTED ACCESS TO ISOLATION VALVES AND COIL HOSE KITS. 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 STAFF LUNGE REFRIGERANT PIPING TO SPLIT SYSTEM AC UNITS. INSULATE AND SIZE PER MANUFACTURER ' RECOMMENDATIONS. CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130' ELLC CLASSRM PRO LEARNING STAFF LOUNGE STOR I T4IR Eurasia st Ell MN 1- 4 "I- WS /R & 6 "CHS /R DN 4"I-WS/R & S /BUS CORRIDOR LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC. CONSULTANT Sparring 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 3301 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528-0138 CLASSRM CLASSRM 3140 3130 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE STAFF LUNGE NORTH TERRACE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 CLASSRM CLASSRM 3510 3530 MEW f• ll •••ilir R UP & DN CORRIDOR 3201 350' CENTRAL STAIR JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 3591 CLASSRM 3130 P ROOM 3570 BIOLOGY LAB 3580 CLASSRM 3590 STOR 3131 OLEVEL 3 -EAST 1/8" = 1' -0" M4.03 ■®- e_1111..Ni mmr ■®■O® ■ n---- -- ®� - -- -- - - MEM raw �� GENERAL NOTES= 1.- SEE PIPING DETAILS ON SHEET M9.06 FOR COIL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS: 2. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 6'8 "x3'0" CLEAR ACCESS PATHWAY THROUGH MECHANICAL ATTIC. ROUTE PIPING AND DUCTWORK TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCE. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. 3. PROVIDE HIGH CAPACITY AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS AT HIGH POINTS IN SYSTEM. SEE 2/M9.06. 4. COORDINATE LAYOUT OF MECHANICAL ROOM SPACE TO ENSURE UNOBSTRUCTED ACCESS TO ISOLATION VALVES & COIL HOSE KITS. 5. MAINTAIN ACESS PATHWAYS, SHOWN ON THIS PLAN IN LIGHT HATCHING, FREE OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS. KEEP CLEAR.` 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 we �s Pi• REFRIGERANT PIPING TO SPLIT SYSTEM AC UNITS. INSULATE AND SIZE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 ELEVATE PIPING MIN 6' -8" AFF AND OFF WALL TO MAINTAIN ELEC. WORKING CLEARANCES. WIN . ZINC . ■1 11ei��1. 21:71rill 11 ®e11k e►111 ,1i- Ck Fie _ RN M i l MIS rill.1111=0 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600. Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206)625 0070 F(206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206)528 -0244 F (206) 528-0138 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HWS/ 4 "CHS /R seammemirealewsecresevaremeasum �1 FINS Cila � 11 � I relmondip owl .1.1!IMI -ice : i ■��s� "�® E _. t�rrr�su -1 4 HWS- R DN - I Ili l ■�. 1 11! "HWSAI & MISIMUMI[ r II � I 1V: =1 4-r,a 1 _ 111t - v � I � " � :'�� a ■ ■■ �r. ® MOW — �!*7�•n �: 1 ! . ++�el� ® _ numm '!III® lens ariplimma IMIMENNE — ICI AH —p3 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL -1 /2 "HWS /R "CHS /R JOB NO: anal JSSUE DATE: June 23 201Q DRAWN BY: MRD CHECKED BY: JMR OLEVEL 4 - EAST 1 /8" = 1'-0" M4.04 SHAFT PRESSURIZATION CALCULATION _ TABLE 1 SHAFT LEAKAGE AREAS • haft Type Building Component Perimeter (ft) Height h (ft)-- Surface Area, A ft2).: Leakage Area/ Wall Areal, A2 (frift2) Leakage Area per Closed Doo A 3 (ft2) Number of Door, N' Top of Shaft Flush out Open Free Areal 3° A 4 (f t2) Door, A5 Flow Area btw Shaft and Bldg per Floor, A sb (ft2) Flow Area btw Bldg and Outside per Floor, A bo (ft2) 6 West Stair Stai gel Wall 60 15 879 Building ExteriorWall 33 15 474 0.00011 0.00017 2.00 0. 2 2.496690 - 2.08058 East Stair Stairwell Building Wall' Exterior Wall 45 15 15 15 654 204 :000110 ( 00017 2:00 2 0.4 2.471940 2.03468 TABLE 2: SHAFT PlRESSURIZ #TION AIR CALCULATION Shaft Number Pressure Diff btw of Shaft and Bldg Level at Shaft Bottom, A "Psbb (in H2O) Temp Outside, rD °F Temp Pressure Dif Btw Shaft, Shaft and Bldg at Shaft Top, Ts APt Calculated Airflow Q (cfm; If Max Pressure Diff btw Shaft and Bldg, APte, (in Q) Calculated' Airflow frn West Stair 0.15 0 70 0.204 10956 0.30: 12305 East Stair TABLE Shaft 0.15 D00R- PENING FORCE CALU.A.TION 70 0.203 10835 < 0,30 2183' boar Type Min Pressure Diff Across Door, , P in 1120) Max Pressure lift Door Across Door, Area, 1.P A (in 1-20) (ft2 I+aor Width, (ft) w Distance btw door latch edge and Door Handle, d (in) Required Force for Closing per Total Opening Force, F per Device (lb) Fdc min AP (lb)r.r rnia: , P (lb) Stairwell A 3x7 Door 0.20 0.30 21 3.0 .0 5.0 17.2 22.9 Formuta. Asb =A1A2 A� =ATA2 A3N +A4 + A5 +A3N 7.64 1 Q Q=i74ONAb , Stairwell B 3x7 Door 0.20 0.30 21 3:00 3.0 5.0. 7.1 22. c Asb ' Abo .2 O A _. sbb Psbb r� T Notes:. 1. THE AVERAGE LEAKAGE AREAS DATA ARE BASED ON 2007 ASHRAE APPLICATIONS HANDBOOK CH.. 52. THE LISTED LEAKAGE AREAS DO NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM VALUES ALLOWED PER THE 2006 IBC. i 2, ..._n. ELIEF LOU/ER IZE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. S O W . GS. 'ACTUAL FREE AREA IS NOT USED LISTED FREE AREA IS USED TO SIMULATE REQUIRED MINIMUM PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL: BETWEEN SHAFT AND BUILDING. 3. MOTORIZED-DAMPER AT RELIEF OPENING SHALL OPEN DURING FIRE MODE. WEIGHTEDBACKDRAFT DAMPER SHALL BE SET TO RELIEVE AT ()AMC. . i , .TH SUPPLY F AIRFLOW ADJUSTMENT, ES�1 AN FOW D. S AIR JUSTMEIT VIA USE OF A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR AND VF` SHALL OFFSET :THE VARIATIONS BETWEEN ACTI�AL LEAKAGE AREAS AND ASSUMED LEAKAGE AREAS USED IN THE Cr�►►LCULATICNS, �..� e,= _..r�_:.:�,.� � >�__= :.a.�s ., �.a.. �.��.�_.,.�.�.._��:._ ,�,:�_ _.__� ®��v = =�a ���y. _.._�: _, _ -.... �. �. �:.6.:m.�.�;:a._ �v.. �.u.� �. � - - a9 .._ -- S.S fsTTE.M RESPONSE TIME FROM A.LARI ACTIVATION TO FULL t7"PERATION SHALL BE 'I5 SECONDS OR LESS. t � r a: r , ATRIUM SMOKE EXHAUST CALCULATION TABLE 1:: ATRIUM INPUTS : (W/BACON' Fire Heat Height of Smoke Atrium Release Layer Above Rate 1 Balcony Zb Central Stair (Btuis). 500 28 Height of Width Qf Balcony Above Balcony Distance From � Y Top F Smoke Plume Balcony of Fuel Smo alcony: Edge hat w b (ft) 8.5 TABLE 2: SMOKE EXHAUST AIRFLOW CALCULATION (ft) 16 (ft) Ambient Temperature To (F) 86 Ambient Air Density (Ib /ft3) 0.071 Ceiling Height tic, (ft) .:. 55 Smoke layer height above walkway As (ft) 10`. Convective Height of Top Fraction of Fuel 0.6 (ft) Wall Heal Transfer Fraction 0.40 Plume Specific Heat ' 0.24 Spill Plume Constant Cbl Atrium Plume Spill Plume Mass' Width Flom Rate 14 (ft ) _._._ _.4�. - -- (Ibis ) Convective Heat Release Rate Central Stair 16 154 coo (Btu's) _. 300 Smoke Temperature Ts (F) Smoke Density Ps (lbiftt) 0.070 Notes: 91 lculat 1. Exhaust Airflow - - (cfm) 131,030 0.2 0..12 s 1) ?TAKEN FROM ASHRAE PRINCIPLES OF SMOKE MANAGEMENT TO INCLUDE FIRE HEAT RELEASE RATE DUE TO SPRINKLER EFFECTS, 2) SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME FROM ALARM ACTIVATION TO FULL OPERATION SHALL BE 15 SECONDS OR LESS. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS S T STAIR EVEL MODE FIRE MODE SMOKE CONTROL ' DOOR , MOTORIZED DAMPER AT DISCHARGE DUCT EQUIPMENT MARK STATUS POSITION .POSITION. SF- T STAIR CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OFF . CLOSED CLOSE Iw? CLOSED OTORIZED DAMPER FOR AIR RELIEF POSITION EIGHT EI SMt E CONTROL BACKDRAFT EQUIPMENT DAMPER FOR AIR RELIEF POSITION I. .... l0!N MARK STATUS OR MOTORIZED DAMPER AT DISCHARGE DUCT MOTORIZED DAMPER FOR AIR RELIC RESPONSE POSITION RESPONSE : POSITION RESPONSE POSITION TIME SEC TIME SEC TIME SEC IEIGID BACKDRAFT DAMPER FOR AIR RELIEF P TI Rte. OI�SE POSITION TIME $EC OSE.D CLOSED CLOSED SF 1 ON CLOSED SF2 OFF CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED SF 1 ON CLOSED CLOSED CLOSE9 CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN 60 OPEN OPEN ATRIUM NOTES: 1: ALL M K S C) E CONTROL EQUIPMENT TO BE CONTROLLED BY FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL ( `A CP) . EQUIPMENT SERVING THE FIRE FL OOR TO`BE 5 U D(WN BY F A tPo 2. DURING LOSS OF POWER, MOTORIZED DAMPERS AT DISCHARGE DUCTS AND FOR AIR RELIEF SHALL OPEN. 1 CLOSED CLOSED 4 ROOF CLOSED EF-06, OT, 08 OFF NSA A A CLOSED: EF 07 08 ON 15 OPEN OPEN OPEN. A A 1 3.. MOTORIZED DAMPER AT DISCHARGE DUCT SHALL FULLY OPEN BEFORE FAN IS ACTIVATED DURING FIRE: MODE. r 1 A N!A NtA N!A A OPEN 700 600 40 200 0 300 DESIGN N FIRE CALCULATION TABLE 1. SPRINKLER RESPONSE INPUT$ 0 .0 1500 T'I 2100 2400 272 .. FURNITURE CALORIMETER REVSl W E D CODECOMPLI FOR AppanveD ANCE JUL 07 2010 City o of Tukwila RD.LDING DIVISION Fire Heat Release Rate (1) Convective Fire Heat `Release Rate (1) Qc (Btu's) (Btu's), Ambient. Temperature To (R) Sprinkler Height z (ft) Fire Plume Constant Central Stair Balcony 338 L_.. TABLE 2: FLAME HEIGHT +$4 TEMPERATURE CALCULATIONS Balcony Fire Diameter Virtual Origin o Mean Flame Height (ft) I Centerline Plume Temperature at ele +ation O Centerline. Plume Temperature at elevation Tcp (F) Central' Stair Balcony Notes: 2.5 0.77 6.89 $1 i +. --- :.O • FIRE HEAT RELEASE RATE ASSUMES THE HEAT RELEASE RATE OVER TIME FOR A CHAIR. TAKEN FROM ASHRAE' PRINCIPLES OF -SMOKE E MANA EMENT FIG 2.11. FIRE SPRINKLER AC TIVATIt� IS ASSUMED FOR QUICK RESPONSE SPRINKLERS �KLERS� t RECEIVED JUN 30 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti/ 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T 206 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 4483376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Spading 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 6250070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528-0138 REVISIONS / \ DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY: QgR1 q June 23. 201Q MRD. JMR SMOKE CONTROL SEQUENCE & CALCULATIONS M5.00 IVIIvl 1 viJ I GI 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104:. T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 M7.03 2" CW, 1 1- 1 /2" HW, 1 l'HWC, & 3/4 "G UP, SEE M7. 2 FOR CON INUATION DWH -02 CP -02 DET -02 LBP -02 FW -1 G DN. . MAINTAIN MIN _6'6" CLEAR HEIGHT IN BOILER ROOM TO MECH EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS HUNG FROM ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE. SPACE CONSTRAINTS REQUIRE STRONG ATTENTION TO DETAIL. CONTRACTOR MUST TAKE CARE IN LAYING OUT SYSTEM COMPONENTS TO ENSURE MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES AND ADEQUATE MAINTENANCE ACCESS IS PROVIDED. 2. PROVIDE GAS VTR'S' OFF BOILER GAS TRAIN AS REQUIRED. PIPE EACH LINE FULL SIZE THRU ROOF. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS W/ PSE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. SEE MECHANICAL RISER DIAGRAMS SHEETS M8.01 & M8.02 FOR CONTINUATION AND CONFIGURATION < OF HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM WITHIN BOILER ROOM. 4. REFER TO 9/M9.05 FOR WATER HEATER SEISMIC BRACING REQUIREMENTS. 5. LOCATE BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS ON STRUCTURAL CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS, INDICATED WITH LIGHT OUTLINES ON THIS SHEET. 6. SEISMICLY SECURE BOILERS TO HOUSEKEEPING PAD. 7. REFER TO M2.01, M3.01, M4.01, AND M5.01 FOR ADDITIONAL OVERHEAD WORK ' IN BOILER ROOM. 8. REFER TO DETAIL 4/M9.01 FOR LOUVER REQUIREMENTS. 2 "MPG CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 2853629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 'F (206) 4484450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 6670555 F (206) 667 0554 6" CHR " TO /FROM CHILLE F :1 ue �i7 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 FIRE SPRINKLER HEADER CHWP -01 6" FIRE SERVICE TEST DRAIN. SEE 4/M9.04. FEEDERS FLAG NOTES: HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 ■en IMO i ■ =MI MIN ®.1 IMF .RIM= MR AIM ._•■I_ ■■o__1 �4"HWS /R LOAD NG I ET-02 1 HWP -02 1 HWP -01 1 1 AS -01 1 OENLARGED BOILER ROOM PLUMBING AND PIPING PLAN 1/4" 1' -0" 12x12 24x24 2500 OILER FLUE 8x10 le in 1_ DWH -02 ■s -f■ M® ._ B 02 I 4" COMB AIR , D 01 com rlw1 1 \-12x101 SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE MUSHROOM TYPE PANIC SWITCH ON WALL AND ASSOCIATED WIRING TO CLOSE GAS SOLENOID VALVE & DISABLE BOILERS AND GAS -FIRED WATER HEATERS. PROVIDE TAG ON WALL BENEATH SWITCH TO READ "EMERGENCY GAS SHUT -OFF". GAS SHUT -OFF VALVE AND 2.0 PSI TO 11" W.C. REGULATOR. REGULATOR CAPACITY 638 CF /HR. PIPE GVTR FULL SIZE THRU ROOF. REMOTE T'STAT TO MONITOR SPACE TEMP IN BOILER ROOM AND ALARM EMS SYSTEM OF TEMPERATURES BELOW 40 DEG F. EH -01 SHALL ENABLE AT SPACE TEMP OF 45 DEG F (ADJUSTABLE). (2) 6" CHR DN TO BELOW GRADE TO CHILLER. REFER TO M8.02 FOR ROUTING REQUIREMENTS IN BOILER ROOM. SYSTECON PUMP PACKAGE. HYDRONIC PIPE CONNECTIONS TO SYSTEM SHALL BE MIN 7' -O" AFF TO PREVENT HEAD BANGER OBSTRUCTION. SYSTEM FOOTPRINT SHALL BE NO LARGER THAN 19' -0" x 9' -0 ". MOTORIZED DAMPER SHALL OPEN ON BOILER ENABLE SIGNAL. PROVIDE END SWITCH AT MOTORIZED DAMPER TO VERIFY DAMPER IS OPEN PRIOR TO ENABLING BOILER TO FIRE. SHOULD DAMPER CLOSE, BOILERS SHALL STOP FIRING. ` SIZE DAMPER(S) TO MATCH LOUVER PLENUM BOX SIZE. COORDINATE SPACE CONSTRAINTS AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS AROUND COLUMN. IRRIGATION CONTROLLER, BY DIV 32800 ABOVE EMERGENCY SHUT -OFF ON WALL. REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE DO NOT ROUTE FS PIPING IN FRONT OF COMBUSTION AIR LOUVERS. (2) 12 "e BOILER FLUES & (3) 4" WATER HEATER FLUES. INCLUDE FULL SIZE, ACCESSIBLE BAROMETRIC DAMPER ON VERTICAL PORTION OF EACH BOILER FLUE. PROVIDE TEMPERING VALVE ON HW LINE. TO FWH. REFER TO 1/M9.03. . REFER TO 6/M9.04. PROVIDE PLENUM BOX CONNECTION TO ENTIRE LOUVER AREA NOTCH & EXTEND PLENUM BOX IN IN : BOILER ROOM TO PROVIDE HEIGHT WITHIN 1' -0" OF SECOND FLOOR DECK. PROVIDE MESHED SCREEN WITH STIFFENERS AT OPENING. FIRE WRAP DUCTWORK PENETRATING FIRE RATED WALL AND ALL INTERCONNECTING DUCTWORK TO MAINTAIN WALL RATING FROM EXIT CORRIDOR PENETRATION TO BUILDING EXTERIOR. HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO. JSSUE DATE: PRAWN BY CHECKED BY: ngst9 June 23. 201Q MRD r I EH 01 OADNG/ OLDING 155 1500 M7.01 OENLARGED BOILER ROOM HVAC PLAN 1/4" = 1' -0" AT A. B7 D5 AUNDRY 2250 0 ENLARGED KITCHEN .PLAN 1/4" = 1' -0 11 1 1 1 1 1 7 1-k 11 1.3 1.6 • 4 : EN TO .2 ■� r LmL 2251 imungcl 11 a.Ii DN `I� 1191! 1 .E71.1 3"V 1 K -10 K -15 2 "FD 1 MN IN NE MN NI WES STA! R MANI "CW, 1-1/21-1W, "HWC, & ` 3/4 "G N. SEE M7.01; OR CONTINUATIOP G VENT DN. - 1 /4 "HW. OFFICE EVEN ti VEJJI 2"V UP K- 3' 140 1 1 1 10 IN 1� -COOLER K -4 - K -17 -TPP ..-' ` 140 K -27 i40 — " 1/2 CW MINN ^a 1 4"V DN. -3/4 "C UP\ 44 ¶!i 1 2220 1 „ D NO 1 - = ' = 1 ERE CRY STO 2210 2 "FD K -28 1 "H FS--1 K -55 3"V -1 "CW I a 1 1 1 1 1` 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 4- 1 1 0 K —S7 1111 0 "F .V■11;)■E "V `I, 1 1 2.4 1 1 3"V DN. 1 1 1 1 IJI// K -5 2 I! I 1 I i ; 1 lr ,: K -30 1 1 FS -1' K -37 F �1,;' ,, 1 1 2 "W DN I 1 1NC , 44 1 K 43 1 _ 1 —57 2 "F K -39 FS -1 1 1 C • WEST I SL 11 GENERAL NOTES: . FOR DETAILED ROUGH -IN OF KITCHEN EQUIPMENT, SEE FS SHEETS. EQUIPMENT NUMBERS INDICATED WITH LETTER DESIGNATION "K" CORRESPOND TO RESPECTIVE EQUIPMENT NUMBER ON FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. PROVIDE ALL ROUGH -INS REQUIRED BY SCHEDULE ON SHEET FS2.1, SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 114000 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. SEE DETAILS 1/M9.04 & 2/M9.04 FOR PIPING REQUIREMENTS TO DISHWASHER & DISPOSER /PRE- RINSE. IN KITCHEN. 3. PROVIDE HEAT TRACE FOR CONDENSATE PIPING AT FREEZER /COOLER. 4. ROUTE INDIRECT WASTE FROM KITCHEN EQUIPMENT TO FLOOR SINKS FULL SIZE. REFER TO FS SHEETS. 5. PROVIDE DORMONT CIMFAST QUICK CONNECTS & SHUT- OFF VALVES AT ALL GAS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. 6. PROVIDE STOPS AT DOMESTIC PIPING CONNECTIONS TO ALL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING PRE— RINSE, IN KITCHEN. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS TO ALL EQUIPMENT ON ` CASTERS. 7. ALL EXPOSED INSULATION WITHIN KITCHEN SHALL CONTAIN A CLEANABLE ALUMINUM JACKET. 8. INSTALL ALL LOOSE COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH KITCHEN DISPOSER SUPPLIED BY FOOD SERVICES CONTRACTOR. MANUFACTURER UTILnY VAULT COMPANY DESIGN CRITERIA SOURCE: 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE CHAPTER 10, TABLE 10 -3 TOTAL DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS = 34 GREASE INTERCEPTOR MIN SIZE REQUIRMENT= 1,000 GALLONS GREASE INTERCEPTOR PROVIDED = 1,500 GALLONS UTILITY VAULT 5106 —GA FLAG NOTES: to- GAS SHUT OFF VALVE & 2.0 PSI TO 11"W.C. REGULATOR, REGULATOR CAPACITY = 100 CF /HR. PIPE GVTR FULL SIZE THRU ROOF. PROVIDE POWERS e490 -1000 MANUAL MIXING VALVE BELOW SINK MOUNTED ON WALL FOR EACH FAUCET AT 3- COMPARTMENT SINK. PROVIDE RECESSED TPP WITH LOCKING SS ACCESS PANEL IN WALL. NORMALLY CLOSED GAS SOLENOID . VALVE WITH INTERLOCK TO MUSHROOM PANIC SWITCH AND KITCHEN HOOD FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEM. VALVE FURNISHED BY SECTION 230900 AND INSTALLED BY SECTION 221123. WIRING TO PANIC SWITCH AND HOOD CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE BY SECTION 230900. SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE MUSHROOM TYPE PANIC SWITCH ON WALL, WEST OF LIGHT SWITCH LOCATION, TO CLOSE GAS SOLENOID VALVE. CONTROL WIRING TO VALVE BY 230900. PROVIDE TAG ON WALL BENEATH SWITCH TO READ "EMERGENCY GAS SHUT —OFF." 1 ' CW DN TO DOUBLE STACKED CONVECTION OVENS (K -32). ' MANIFOLD 1" CW TO SERVE MULTIPLE OVEN CONNECTIONS. CONDENSATE PIPE FROM FREEZER /COOLER TO FS.' HEAT TRACE AND INSULATE PIPE WITHIN FREEZER /COOLER. SIZE AS INDICATED ON FS SHEETS. PROVIDE POWERS e480 -100 MANUAL MIXING VALVE MOUNTED BELOW SINK. ROUTE THIS SECTION OF VENT PIPE TO FIXTURE IN LOW WALL. SLOPE BACK TOWARDS DRAIN AT 1/4" PER FOOT. MANHOLE FRAMES & COVERS. NEENAH FOUNDRY CO. GASKETED, LOCKING GAS TIGHT. SIZE TO SUIT TANK OPENING (TYP. 3 PLACES). 24" DIA. LOCKING FRAME & COVER GAS TIGHT, HS20 LOAD CAPACITY AND LABELED "PRIVATE SEWER" 3 PLCS ADJUST TO GRADE I a . I 1' -0" i 2" MINIMUM DIAMETER VENT PIPES REQUIRED 6" INLET INLET I.E. = 13.4' INL NON- SHRINK GROUT INSPECTION TEE PIPE TYPE PVC TYPICAL COAT INTERIOR WITH COAL TAR EPDXY NOTES 1) SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE DESIGNED AND STAMPED BY A LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER. 2) ALL METAL PARTS MUST BE CORROSION RESISTANT. 3) PROVIDE WATER STOPS AT ALL CAST —IN- PLACE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PRE -CAST VAULSTS SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED RUBBER GASKET SYSTEM. 4) LOADS: HS -20 TRUCK WHEEL W/ 30% IMPACT PER AASHTO. 5) CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL PIPING AND SAMPLING TEES. 6) PVC INSPECTION TEES SHALL BE SDR 35 TYPE. co 7) FILL WITH CLEAN WATER PRIOR TO START —UP OF SYSTEM. 8) PROVIDE VAULT WITH DOUBLE BAFFLE. 9) COMPLY WITH CITY OF TUKWILA DETAIL SS -14. OGREASE INTERCEPTOR DETAIL NTS —r • F` VENT a /1PCAl1AIG1 -=1' PROVIDE MANHOLE EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED TO FLUSH OUT COVERS AS SHOWN. WATER DEPTH: 3' -11" r L_ — O000c 0 0 0 O C O O 000 °°°°c NON— SHRINK GROUT- 00000000 o„O„o„O„c ALL AROUND BOTH SIDES (2/3 LENGTH) Oat 1 1 I 1 1 I TEE OR ELBOW; (6" MIN. DIA.) 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L1 0.33' MIN. 4' ez 1a 1 1 2" '~ IL �L IATER LEVEL- a 2' -6" 1' -0 S o d b o oo 300000000 300 °0o0 °O 30000000 3„0„0,,0„0. 4- - 0.50' MIN. (1/3 LENGTH) SECTION A - A 11' -2' ; 1 /0.67»MIN. DIA STANDARD C.O. FRAME AND COVER. SET FRAME IN CEMENT GROUT CEMENT CONCRETE CLASS 5 (1 -1/2) SCREW ' IN PIPE CAP 0.75' MIN. 1•- 1 tr1 -6" W. SEE PLAN FOR CONT. 7' -2" NON SHRINK GROUT 4' -3" UTILITY VAULT CO. MODEL 5106 -GA OR APPROVED EQUAL JOINT SEALANT 1 " DEEP 1" STYROFOAM ALL AROUND PIPE PENETRATION 6" DIA. C.O. (STRAIGHT "`"T" RISER) OUTLET PIPE 6 "DIA. ' OUTLET I.E. = ` 13.4' NON- SHRINK GROUT BOTH SIDES CLEAR ACCESS OPENINGS A� FLAN VIEW PRE CAST DIVIDER SLOT BOTH SIDES OF VAULT \AO BASE ELEVATION = 9.35' 12" MINIMUM PEA GRAVEL VAULT BEDDING 1 REVIEWED F CODECOMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 072010 BUI Cityof Tukwila DING DIVi,Sinm RECEIVED JUN 30 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley; Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle WA 98101 T (206) 4483376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Spading 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES. JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 -North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 ZE (IC) REVISIONS / # \ DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY: 09R1q June 23. 2010 MRD JMR ENLARGED KITCHEN PLAN M7.02 , - 1- 1 /2 "CW '- 0 _A 0 im 1 4"V DN. -3/4 "C UP\ 44 ¶!i 1 2220 1 „ D NO 1 - = ' = 1 ERE CRY STO 2210 2 "FD K -28 1 "H FS--1 K -55 3"V -1 "CW I a 1 1 1 1 1` 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 4- 1 1 0 K —S7 1111 0 "F .V■11;)■E "V `I, 1 1 2.4 1 1 3"V DN. 1 1 1 1 IJI// K -5 2 I! I 1 I i ; 1 lr ,: K -30 1 1 FS -1' K -37 F �1,;' ,, 1 1 2 "W DN I 1 1NC , 44 1 K 43 1 _ 1 —57 2 "F K -39 FS -1 1 1 C • WEST I SL 11 GENERAL NOTES: . FOR DETAILED ROUGH -IN OF KITCHEN EQUIPMENT, SEE FS SHEETS. EQUIPMENT NUMBERS INDICATED WITH LETTER DESIGNATION "K" CORRESPOND TO RESPECTIVE EQUIPMENT NUMBER ON FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. PROVIDE ALL ROUGH -INS REQUIRED BY SCHEDULE ON SHEET FS2.1, SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 114000 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. SEE DETAILS 1/M9.04 & 2/M9.04 FOR PIPING REQUIREMENTS TO DISHWASHER & DISPOSER /PRE- RINSE. IN KITCHEN. 3. PROVIDE HEAT TRACE FOR CONDENSATE PIPING AT FREEZER /COOLER. 4. ROUTE INDIRECT WASTE FROM KITCHEN EQUIPMENT TO FLOOR SINKS FULL SIZE. REFER TO FS SHEETS. 5. PROVIDE DORMONT CIMFAST QUICK CONNECTS & SHUT- OFF VALVES AT ALL GAS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. 6. PROVIDE STOPS AT DOMESTIC PIPING CONNECTIONS TO ALL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING PRE— RINSE, IN KITCHEN. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS TO ALL EQUIPMENT ON ` CASTERS. 7. ALL EXPOSED INSULATION WITHIN KITCHEN SHALL CONTAIN A CLEANABLE ALUMINUM JACKET. 8. INSTALL ALL LOOSE COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH KITCHEN DISPOSER SUPPLIED BY FOOD SERVICES CONTRACTOR. MANUFACTURER UTILnY VAULT COMPANY DESIGN CRITERIA SOURCE: 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE CHAPTER 10, TABLE 10 -3 TOTAL DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS = 34 GREASE INTERCEPTOR MIN SIZE REQUIRMENT= 1,000 GALLONS GREASE INTERCEPTOR PROVIDED = 1,500 GALLONS UTILITY VAULT 5106 —GA FLAG NOTES: to- GAS SHUT OFF VALVE & 2.0 PSI TO 11"W.C. REGULATOR, REGULATOR CAPACITY = 100 CF /HR. PIPE GVTR FULL SIZE THRU ROOF. PROVIDE POWERS e490 -1000 MANUAL MIXING VALVE BELOW SINK MOUNTED ON WALL FOR EACH FAUCET AT 3- COMPARTMENT SINK. PROVIDE RECESSED TPP WITH LOCKING SS ACCESS PANEL IN WALL. NORMALLY CLOSED GAS SOLENOID . VALVE WITH INTERLOCK TO MUSHROOM PANIC SWITCH AND KITCHEN HOOD FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEM. VALVE FURNISHED BY SECTION 230900 AND INSTALLED BY SECTION 221123. WIRING TO PANIC SWITCH AND HOOD CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE BY SECTION 230900. SECTION 230900 SHALL PROVIDE MUSHROOM TYPE PANIC SWITCH ON WALL, WEST OF LIGHT SWITCH LOCATION, TO CLOSE GAS SOLENOID VALVE. CONTROL WIRING TO VALVE BY 230900. PROVIDE TAG ON WALL BENEATH SWITCH TO READ "EMERGENCY GAS SHUT —OFF." 1 ' CW DN TO DOUBLE STACKED CONVECTION OVENS (K -32). ' MANIFOLD 1" CW TO SERVE MULTIPLE OVEN CONNECTIONS. CONDENSATE PIPE FROM FREEZER /COOLER TO FS.' HEAT TRACE AND INSULATE PIPE WITHIN FREEZER /COOLER. SIZE AS INDICATED ON FS SHEETS. PROVIDE POWERS e480 -100 MANUAL MIXING VALVE MOUNTED BELOW SINK. ROUTE THIS SECTION OF VENT PIPE TO FIXTURE IN LOW WALL. SLOPE BACK TOWARDS DRAIN AT 1/4" PER FOOT. MANHOLE FRAMES & COVERS. NEENAH FOUNDRY CO. GASKETED, LOCKING GAS TIGHT. SIZE TO SUIT TANK OPENING (TYP. 3 PLACES). 24" DIA. LOCKING FRAME & COVER GAS TIGHT, HS20 LOAD CAPACITY AND LABELED "PRIVATE SEWER" 3 PLCS ADJUST TO GRADE I a . I 1' -0" i 2" MINIMUM DIAMETER VENT PIPES REQUIRED 6" INLET INLET I.E. = 13.4' INL NON- SHRINK GROUT INSPECTION TEE PIPE TYPE PVC TYPICAL COAT INTERIOR WITH COAL TAR EPDXY NOTES 1) SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE DESIGNED AND STAMPED BY A LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER. 2) ALL METAL PARTS MUST BE CORROSION RESISTANT. 3) PROVIDE WATER STOPS AT ALL CAST —IN- PLACE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PRE -CAST VAULSTS SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED RUBBER GASKET SYSTEM. 4) LOADS: HS -20 TRUCK WHEEL W/ 30% IMPACT PER AASHTO. 5) CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL PIPING AND SAMPLING TEES. 6) PVC INSPECTION TEES SHALL BE SDR 35 TYPE. co 7) FILL WITH CLEAN WATER PRIOR TO START —UP OF SYSTEM. 8) PROVIDE VAULT WITH DOUBLE BAFFLE. 9) COMPLY WITH CITY OF TUKWILA DETAIL SS -14. OGREASE INTERCEPTOR DETAIL NTS —r • F` VENT a /1PCAl1AIG1 -=1' PROVIDE MANHOLE EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED TO FLUSH OUT COVERS AS SHOWN. WATER DEPTH: 3' -11" r L_ — O000c 0 0 0 O C O O 000 °°°°c NON— SHRINK GROUT- 00000000 o„O„o„O„c ALL AROUND BOTH SIDES (2/3 LENGTH) Oat 1 1 I 1 1 I TEE OR ELBOW; (6" MIN. DIA.) 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L1 0.33' MIN. 4' ez 1a 1 1 2" '~ IL �L IATER LEVEL- a 2' -6" 1' -0 S o d b o oo 300000000 300 °0o0 °O 30000000 3„0„0,,0„0. 4- - 0.50' MIN. (1/3 LENGTH) SECTION A - A 11' -2' ; 1 /0.67»MIN. DIA STANDARD C.O. FRAME AND COVER. SET FRAME IN CEMENT GROUT CEMENT CONCRETE CLASS 5 (1 -1/2) SCREW ' IN PIPE CAP 0.75' MIN. 1•- 1 tr1 -6" W. SEE PLAN FOR CONT. 7' -2" NON SHRINK GROUT 4' -3" UTILITY VAULT CO. MODEL 5106 -GA OR APPROVED EQUAL JOINT SEALANT 1 " DEEP 1" STYROFOAM ALL AROUND PIPE PENETRATION 6" DIA. C.O. (STRAIGHT "`"T" RISER) OUTLET PIPE 6 "DIA. ' OUTLET I.E. = ` 13.4' NON- SHRINK GROUT BOTH SIDES CLEAR ACCESS OPENINGS A� FLAN VIEW PRE CAST DIVIDER SLOT BOTH SIDES OF VAULT \AO BASE ELEVATION = 9.35' 12" MINIMUM PEA GRAVEL VAULT BEDDING 1 REVIEWED F CODECOMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 072010 BUI Cityof Tukwila DING DIVi,Sinm RECEIVED JUN 30 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley; Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle WA 98101 T (206) 4483376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Spading 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES. JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 -North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 ZE (IC) REVISIONS / # \ DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY: 09R1q June 23. 2010 MRD JMR ENLARGED KITCHEN PLAN M7.02 2x18 "V EF -14 50x28 10x6 14x14 AC -05 22x18 18x22 8x8 10x10 20x2, 14x14 60 10x1 0 14x1 8x8 10x10 2x22 MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE 45' - '0" 24x24 2500 LEVEL 3 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206)467 7788 ' — no Me 24x24 LEVEL 2 15'. 0" G VENT 3/4 "G, 1. "HWC, 1 -1 /2"HW & 2 "CW 2-1/2"CW, 1 "G, 3/4"MPG, & GAS PRV VENT 2 -1 2"V LEVEL 2 15'O" \, FLUE 48x14 14x14 8x8 6" GH DWH-03 2 -1 3/4 4 "H LEVEL 1 0" LEVEL 1 PACKAGE SKI V.11 1 REFER T M7.01 FOR e Y • 1. 1 I. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 6670555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES J.,R Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528- 0138 Mme SCALE: 1/8" — MECHANICAL SECTION B M7.03 SCALE: 1/8" = 1 ' -0" REVISIONS 36x36 22x22 3"HWS /R & 8 "CHS /R iAt DESCRIPTION DATE --- .....................■■■ ■....a as - w..':�C....:i:i■..■ 22x 2 1 -1 4 "H 120 ..�....:�a... L _ 8x6 ® Emma 1 ' �—i�► Ili■ 0 \ M L \\�I0/�� 1 Ox1 0 20x18 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 LEVEL 3 30' 0" 10x10 •. ■ r�rs srs __ ®ealI i h ®— iT���s• -_II__ s� • -�• �u®iIIIIIIII� ®I ®rn -ll�■ .ui :� i s to 1 i� I IIIII1► .; ® �M X1110 ■�� ®1 1m01,� . 32x22 360x20 1Ox10 14x26 AC -02 umnirmar LEVEL 2 15' X0;1 14x22 3 /4 "HW CW 1 -1/ 1 -1/4 "H 1 "HWS.R 20x30 (2)RSL RLL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 June 23. 201Q JMF MECHANICAL SECTION C MECHANICAL SECTION D M7.03 SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0 M7.03 • E D.5 l D) CB.7 B A.9 A.7 (A.6) A.2 2 -1 /2 "HVS /R & 4 "CHSII /R 26x18 42x84 3"V 42x84 00•• 11,911111,11pi - AHU -29 r A� M eiza D " .;02 1 3 AV 11 1$x2 rl -� , • 120 011111111111=111111111 *7111111iiimm. 14x26 MOM p ® ■11EME. =MI1111111111l 11111111INIIP 4 7 "" 36x 14 a IN MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE ogiL 45' -0 3/4 "HWC 1 -1/2"V (J E� MECHANICAL SECTION A SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" D.5 ( D J C B.7 ( B A.9 A.7 A.6 A.2 1-1/4"HWS/R & 2 -1 /2 "CHS /R 1Ox10 1` A 1 LEVEL 3 giL 30' -0" LEVEL 2 , 15' -0" LEVEL 1 , r 16x16 42x24 42x16 26x24 16x16 8x8 A, P211112 30x32 LEVEL 4 5' ` 18x26 0 6o 140 (TYP. OF 6 .I AC -06 ( r 2 "NPHW� 1 "NHWC, 2 "NPCW, 2 "A & 2 "AV1 11 " tsx' L e � _ Iifl s 18x14 _EVEL 3 • 18x18 1/2 "A 80 FIRE 18x22 �3 "�1 _ �E'JEL 24x12 22x10 _EVE 1 C M7.05 MECHANICAL SECTION C SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" f E� \ D.5 D� 60x24 16x16 10x10 42x84 22x22 2 -1 /2 "H 4 "CHS /R 3"V- C B.7 \ ( B A.9 A.7 A.6 A.2 (A ) 18x14 22x16 14x14 C Ph` 14x14 26x14 2 �C: : G�- 4K ... G 22x18 22x18 18x14 MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE ; 45' -0 1" PCW, 1" PHW, & 2 "AV 2" W 120— 18x14_ 2" PHW, lik. 18x12-- 1" PHWC, & _ Ill 2» _:y, I Ink j _ ►_1 ►lrl IM 0l� 0� 1 - -: 120 18x14-- -, 80 FI■E, 18x22 - L 1"HWC 2"HW LEVEL 3 - 30' -0" LEV 2 15EL ' -0 LEVEL 1 du 0" \ 11.6 22x22 42x84 V )MECHANICAL SECTION B M7.05 12.3 SCALE: 1/8" V - l'-O" 42x24 i.13 B REV IEWED F `°C/PoNCE JUL 0 7 2010 Cf�ofTukwila MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE ,dc 45' -0" 1/2"HW & 1 /2 "CW- 18x14 14x14 6x6 18x12 18x14 s m Goo r 1 6x 16 2"NPCW, 2 "NPHW EWH -011 2"V 120 s 3"ws l INA /11111 atrial 1•ii w ' ■m iU 1011111111111111111111 U wrimirg 16x16 22x24 48x12 MECHANICAL SECTION D LEVEL 3 0L, 30' -0" LEVEL 2 Ac 15' -0' LEVEL 1 0�I \ VflOO lidi RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Spading 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 REVISIONS ,4\\ DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: n981P June 23. 2010 MRD JMR MECHANICAL SECTIONS M7.05 MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE ogiL 45' -0 3/4 "HWC 1 -1/2"V (J E� MECHANICAL SECTION A SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" D.5 ( D J C B.7 ( B A.9 A.7 A.6 A.2 1-1/4"HWS/R & 2 -1 /2 "CHS /R 1Ox10 1` A 1 LEVEL 3 giL 30' -0" LEVEL 2 , 15' -0" LEVEL 1 , r 16x16 42x24 42x16 26x24 16x16 8x8 A, P211112 30x32 LEVEL 4 5' ` 18x26 0 6o 140 (TYP. OF 6 .I AC -06 ( r 2 "NPHW� 1 "NHWC, 2 "NPCW, 2 "A & 2 "AV1 11 " tsx' L e � _ Iifl s 18x14 _EVEL 3 • 18x18 1/2 "A 80 FIRE 18x22 �3 "�1 _ �E'JEL 24x12 22x10 _EVE 1 C M7.05 MECHANICAL SECTION C SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" f E� \ D.5 D� 60x24 16x16 10x10 42x84 22x22 2 -1 /2 "H 4 "CHS /R 3"V- C B.7 \ ( B A.9 A.7 A.6 A.2 (A ) 18x14 22x16 14x14 C Ph` 14x14 26x14 2 �C: : G�- 4K ... G 22x18 22x18 18x14 MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE ; 45' -0 1" PCW, 1" PHW, & 2 "AV 2" W 120— 18x14_ 2" PHW, lik. 18x12-- 1" PHWC, & _ Ill 2» _:y, I Ink j _ ►_1 ►lrl IM 0l� 0� 1 - -: 120 18x14-- -, 80 FI■E, 18x22 - L 1"HWC 2"HW LEVEL 3 - 30' -0" LEV 2 15EL ' -0 LEVEL 1 du 0" \ 11.6 22x22 42x84 V )MECHANICAL SECTION B M7.05 12.3 SCALE: 1/8" V - l'-O" 42x24 i.13 B REV IEWED F `°C/PoNCE JUL 0 7 2010 Cf�ofTukwila MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE ,dc 45' -0" 1/2"HW & 1 /2 "CW- 18x14 14x14 6x6 18x12 18x14 s m Goo r 1 6x 16 2"NPCW, 2 "NPHW EWH -011 2"V 120 s 3"ws l INA /11111 atrial 1•ii w ' ■m iU 1011111111111111111111 U wrimirg 16x16 22x24 48x12 MECHANICAL SECTION D LEVEL 3 0L, 30' -0" LEVEL 2 Ac 15' -0' LEVEL 1 0�I \ VflOO lidi RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Spading 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 REVISIONS ,4\\ DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: ISSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: n981P June 23. 2010 MRD JMR MECHANICAL SECTIONS M7.05 .7 B A.9 A.7 A.6 A.2 3 "HWS /R 8 "CHS /R 10x10 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 �e� ItI�� 1I s J� • rl f �II !I ��w j • • I `' 4r� Ii • 24x6 i , ��I 24x36 , ® � �_ . LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 CU -02 "� � y""'y �c '�-sff^ - 7- •-^' =r t ~ �--1 I.J. {u. 'fir P-149 ,' \, ,_..Jt H 0i�1 /1 \ 18x12 100 320 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206)448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 11171, Ill I t 16x16 6x6 1 M1 ' 1���.:.,o_,__ ur 761111111111- )(41"41;' Til I fl LEVEL 3 i 30'-0 ". 360x200 VAVt -110 80 FIRE- 360x200- 3000 12x14 n _ 18x14 VAV -109 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 6670555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A, Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 12x12--/ MECHANICAL SECTION B M7.06 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE 2 "W 4 "GW 18x10 12x10 . 4 »HWS /R, II -, - ;II pl l�l 00 (3) 4' I 0 COMB AIR 1 0 3 "HWR -- 13--02 12x12 HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL LEVEL 1 0" PUMP PACKAGE SKI , REFER TO M7.01 FOR COMPONENTS AND DIMENSIONAL DATA ,IOR NO. JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09919 June 23. 2010 MRD M7.06 V. V. GAS VTR'S Le- 441> oMPG GAS VTR'S 1 :4 •e BP -01= O -01 FMCS) � 3" STRAINER, TYP ►t -- V gim° 0 3" MPG � TAYTEE) VALVES 4> 0 Aait 6ml 12" 12" 12" • • B–:02 BP -02 11 3" STRAINER (TYP) O EMCS EMCS EMCS 4> LOOP RESET FROM EMCS - - - - -- TO CHILLED WATER SYSTEM (SEE M8.02) ENABLE FROM EMCS 4> 4 0 NC L BSP • • 0 I' Z .I AS -1 8 PIPE FULL SIZE TO FS COUPON RACK 8 )f m EMCS 0 m /— ROUTE 3/8" COPPER TO WYE TAILPIECE IN NEAREST SINK, INDIRECT TO FFD, fS, OR COND._ VENT _PIPE. HIGH CAPACITY AIR VENTS AT ALL HIGH POINTS (TYP). SEE 2/M9.06 Fir [:Ll4 0 o � —•-04 • LT' 0 8 8 HWP -01 8 d, 0 8 8 ® • ■=i m m m HWP -02 8 j-LOCATE ISOLATION VALVES IN BOILER ROOM /4 "HWR TO BUILDING HEATING SYSTEM 4 "HWS (HEATING`WATER COILS), 1 ?1- 1 /4 "HWR' --14—/ 1 -1 /4" HWS ET -01 • DIV. 26- 1 1 TO FFD TO EMS 1' L`. FD'S FINISHED FLOOR SEQUENCING & BOILER CONTROL PANEL (BSIP) FURNISHED WITH BOILER DIV 230900 SHALL PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AND CONDUIT FROM BSIP TO ALL SENSORS AND DEVICES. COORDINATE CONNECTION LOCATIONS WITH BOILER MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. TO EMCS HEATING WATER PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE KEY NOTES: 8 8 - BALANCE FLOW PER COUPON RACK REQUIREMENTS 8 ALARM TO EMCS COMPONENTS WITHIN THIS BOUNDARY SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH HYDRONIC PACKAGED PUMPING SYSTEM. • • 4 4 0 Q■ OMECHANICAL HEATING WATER SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM NTS 2 PSI NATURAL GAS . FROM BUILDING SERVICE. GAS COCK. MOTORIZED THREE WAY MIXING VALVE. NATURAL GAS PIPING DIRT LEG. FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN. SIZE PER PLAN. 4 HOUSEKEEPING PAD W/ CHAMFERED EDGES BY SECTION 033000. BOILER DRAIN. PIPE FULL SIZE TO FUNNEL FLOOR SINK. P/T RELIEF VALVE. 50 PSI RELIEF PRESSURE. SIZE PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. PIPE FULL SIZE TO FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN. STEM TYPE THERMOMETER. RANGE = 30F TO 240°F (TYP). ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) TEMPERATURE SENSOR W/ WELL ARMSTRONG CBV CIRCUIT SETTER WITH MEMORY STOPS FOR ` FLOW CONTROL BOILER GAS TRAIN MEDIUM , PRESSURE REGULATOR DIAL TYPE PRESSURE GAUGE. RANGE 0 TO 160 PSIG. DIAL TYPE COMPOUND PRESSURE GAUGE. RANGE 30 IN HG :VAC. TO 150 PSIG. BLOW DOWN FOR AIR SEPARATOR. 3/4" BALL VALVE W /HOSE THREAD END CAP. HIGH CAPACITY AUTOMATIC AIR VENT W/ 1/2" COPPER TUBING PIPED TO FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN. MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE BYPASS PIPED W/ 1/2" TUBING. PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE. B &G MODEL B7 -12 OR APPROVED EQUAL. SET AT 35 PSI. 1' HYDRONIC SYSTEM FILL BYPASS VALVE. NORMALLY CLOSED. HYDRONIC SYSTEM COLD WATER SERVICE FROM COLD WATER HEADER. 5 GALLON CHEMICAL FILTER FEEDER W/ INTEGRAL SUPPORT LEGS. PROVIDE REPLACEABLE FILTER WITH 10- MICRON NOMINAL RATING. m • • DRAIN VALVE W/ CAPPED HOSE THREAD OUTLET. STRAINER W /DRAIN TO FS. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION. AUTOMATIC AIR VENT W/ 1/4" COPPER TUBING PIPED TO FLOOR SINK, WYE FITTING OR UNIT CONDENSATE VENT. PIPE SHALL NOT IMPINGE ON ACCESS IN MECHANICAL ROOM. PROVIDE MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE BYPASS PIPED W/ 1/4" TUBING: DIAL TYPE PRESSURE GAGE. RANGE = 0 TO 100 PSI. PIPE FULL SIZE TO NEAREST FFD OR FLOOR SINK. FILL FUNNEL FOR CHEMICAL FEEDER. GRISWOLD FLOW CONTROL VALVE OR APPROVED EQUAL. CAPACITY =10 GPM. 1" SITE FLOW INDICATOR. Y- STRAINER W /BLOWDOWN VALVE AND HOSE THREAD END CAP: 1 PULSE TYPE WATER METER. SECTION 230900 SHALL RECORD CONSUMPTION. REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY (R.P.B.A.). MOUNT IN EASILY ACCESSIBLE LOCATION '5' -0" A.F.F. MAX. HEIGHT. 1" R.P. B.A. AIR GAP FITTING. PIPE FULL SIZE TO FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN. PUMP MFR STEEL BASE PLATE BOLTED TO HSKPG PAD W/ NEOPRENE WAFFLE. DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE. SUCTION DIFFUSER. FLEXIBLE DOUBLE- SPHERICAL PIPE CONNECTION. CHECK VALVE RELIEF VALVE SET AT 50 PSI. PIPE FULL SIZE TO DRAIN. TEMPERATURE SENSOR FURNISHED WITH BOILER. IRI GAS SOLENOID RELIEF W /FULL SIZE GVTR: 1" SOLENOID VALVE TO EMS. FURNISHED BY 230900 AND INSTALLED BY 232133: ONICON DUAL TURBINE FLOW MEASUREMENT DEVICE WITH SIGNAL TO EMS: ISOLATION VALVE FOR VERIFICATION OF ET PRE- CHARGE ONLY REMOVE VALVE HANDLE WITH ISOLATION VALVE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION PRIOR TO SYSTEM START -UP AND OPERATION. VIEWED F-- CCEC �g� NR APpO �MPI CE Bu JUL0 Lityoora 0� L kw101 �la DING DIVISION M(O-O t'-i RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti =mem 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington, 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley' Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Spading 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206)528-0244 F (206) 528 -0138 �I23 po REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 June 23.201Q MRD JMR MECHANICAL HEATING WATER SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM M8.01 BUILDING EXTERI ❑R COURTYARD C -1 BUILDING INTERI ❑R BOILER ROOM 0 P, 1f 0 n • OP EMCS Ia A, EMCS 0 0 0 L AS -2 PIPE FULL SIZE TO FS 011 011- • EMCS HIGH CAPACITY AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS AT ALL HIGH POINTS (TYP). SEE 2/M9.06 ROUTE 3/8" COPPER TO WYE TAILPIECE IN NEAREST SINK, INDIRECT TO FFD, FS, OR COND. VENT PIPE (TYP) ?6 "CHR TO BUILDING COOLING SYSTEM ?6 "CHS (CHILLED WATER COILS) LOCATE ISOLATION VALVES IN BOILER ROOM 0 CHP -01 'Cr • COUPON RACK • 0 0 8 ET -2 hiATI • COMPONENTS WITHIN THIS BOUNDARY SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH HYDRONIC PACKAGED PUMPING SYSTEM. DV' 1 PRE INSULATED PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE USED FOR UNDERGROUND PIPE. 4" HOUSEKEEPING PAD BY SECTION 033000 • CHILLED WATER PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE • • • • sh KEY NOTES: ET -02 BOLTED TO FLOOR W/ NEOPRENE WAFFLE PADS 1' RELIEF VALVE SET AT 60 PSI. STEM TYPE THERMOMETER. RANGE = 30T TO 100'F. ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) TEMPERATURE SENSOR W/ WELL DIAL TYPE PRESSURE GAUGE. RANGE = 0 TO 160 PSIG. HIGH CAPACITY AUTOMATIC AIR VENT W/ 1 /2" COPPER TUBING PIPED TO NEAREST FFD OR FS. MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE BYPASS PIPED W/ 1/2" TUBING. BLOWDOWN FOR AIR SEPARATOR. PROVIDE 3/4" BALL VALVE WITH HOSE THREAD END CAP. PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE SET AT ''35 PSI. B &G MODEL B7 -12 OR APPROVED EQUAL HYDRONIC SYSTEM FILL BYPASS VALVE. NORMALLY CLOSED. HYDRONIC SYSTEM COLD WATER SERVICE FROM BACK FLOW PREVENTER. SEE M8.01 FOR CONTINUATION. 5 GALLON CHEMICAL FILTER FEEDER W/ INTEGRAL SUPPORT LEGS. PROVIDE REPLACEABLE FILTER W/ 10— MICRON NOMINAL RATING. NOT USED FLEXIBLE CONNECTION. DOUBLE SPHERICAL. 4" HOUSEKEEPING PAD W/ CHAMFERED EDGES BY GC. GRISWOLD FLOW CONTROL VALVE OR APPROVED EQUAL, CAPACITY =10 GPM ONICON DUAL TURBINE FLOW MEASUREMENT DEVICE WITH SIGNAL TO EMS. INSTALL PER MFR'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LENGTHS OF UPSTREAM & DOWNSTREAM PIPES. NOT USED MECHANICAL CHILLED WATER SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM NTS Y- STRAINER W /BLOWDOWN VALVE AND HOSE THREAD END CAP. NOT USED. HEAT TRACE HEAT EXCHANGER SHELL & OUTDOOR PIPING ABOVE GRADE CHILLER FLOW SWITCH. 3/4" DRAIN VALVE W /FULL SIZE DRAIN TO FS. CHECK VALVE DRAIN VALVE W/ CAPPED HOSE THREAD OUTLET. AUTOMATIC AIR VENT W/ 1/4" COPPER TUBING PIPED TO FLOOR SINK. MANUAL AIR VENT VALVE BYPASS PIPED WI 1/4" TUBING: 1" SITE FLOW INDICATOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE FILL FUNNEL FOR CHEMICAL FILTER /FEEDER. ISOLATION VALVE FOR VERIFICATION OF ET PRE - CHARGE ONLY REMOVE VALVE HANDLE WITH ISOLATION VALVE IN FULLY OPEN POSITION PRIOR TO SYSTEM START —UP AND OPERATION. = FINISHED FLOOR 1 REVIEWED )Ti CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED JUN 30 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 6670554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 6250073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528 -0138' REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY 09819 June 23. 201 Q MRD JMR MECHANICAL CHILLED WATER SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM M8.02 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT INSTALLED WITH INNER DUCT STRETCHED TAUT(TAKE UP SLACK) FLEX DUCT 0 T —BAR CEILINGS (USE HARD DUCT 0 GWB CEILINGS) PULL BACK JACKET & INSULATION FROM CORE. DUCT COLLECT EXCESS INNER DUCT PAST COLLAR BEAD UNTIL FULLY STRETCHED, THEN WRAP AT LEAST TWICE AROUND WITH APPROVED DUCT TAPE. SECURE WITH APPROVED CLAMP: PULL JACKET & INSULATION BACK OVER THE CORE. SECURE JACKET WITH TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE OR AN APPR. CLAMP: TUCK IN EDGE OF JACKET OR TAPE 3/8" BEAD ON DUCT COLLAR FOR ATTACHING FLEX. DUCT (TYPICAL) SQUARE TO ROUND ADAPTOR WHERE NEEDED FASTENERS, ALL SIDES LAY —IN CEILING DIFFUSER (SURFACE MOUNTED SIMILAR)- X11 SUPPORT STRAP 3/8" BAND ON DUCT COLLARS (TYPICAL) MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER CONSTRUCTED & INSTALLED PER SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, J. MINIMUM 1 -1/2 DIAMETER CENTERLINE TURNING RADIUS TYPICAL ALL FLEX DUCT NSTALLATION TWO DUCT DIAMETERS OF STRAIGHT DUCT CEILING TILE T —BAR CEIUNG 9.0 NOTE: INSTALL DIFFUSERS ACCORDING TO THIS DETAIL WHERE CLEAR HEIGHT IN CEILING SPACE ALLOWS 2 —DUCT DIAMETERS OF STRAIGHT VERTICAL DUCT. HARD CEILING INSTALLATION SHALL BE THE SAME AS ABOVE EXCEPT FOR DIFFUSER INTERFACE W/ CEILING.' CEILING SUPPLY "DIFFUSER CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: NONE SEISMIC SUPPORT STRAP OR CABLES SPOT WELD 1" FLANGE OF PERFORATED SHEET METAL DMDER TO BOTH SIDES OF PLENUM H 3/16 "0, ON 1/4" STAGGERED CENTERS, PERFORATED SHEET METAL DNIDER(49% FREE AREA) PLENUM HEAD SIZE IS CEIUNG DIFFUSER NOMINAL NECK DIMENSIONS FASTENERS, ALL SIDES LAY -IN CEILING DIFFUSER, (SURFACE MOUNTED SIMILAR) T —BAR CEIUN PULL BACK - JACKET & INSULATION FROM CORE. DUCT COLLECT EXCESS INNER DUCT PAST COLLAR BEAD UNTIL FULLY STRETCHED, THEN WRAP AT LEAST TWICE AROUND WITH APPROVED DUCT TAPE. SECURE WITH APPROVED CLAMP. PULL JACKET & INSULATION BACK OVER THE CORE. SECURE JACKET WITH TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE OR AN APPR. CLAMP. TUCK IN EDGE OF JACKET OR TAPE 3/8" BEAD ON DUCT COLLAR ROUND DUCT COLLAR DIAMETER IS SAME AS CEILING DIFFUSER SQUARE NECK DUCT SIZE (SUPPORT STRAP �.s INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT INSTALLED WITH INNER DUCT STRETCHED TAUT(TAKE UP SLACK) (4' MIN., 8' MAX. LENGTH) MIME CEILING TILE NOTE: . INSTALL DIFFUSERS ACCORDING TO THIS DETAIL WHERE CLEAR HEIGHT IN CEILING SPACE DOES NOT ALLOW STRAIGHT VERTICAL DUCT. . HARD CEILING INSTALLATION SHALL BE THE SAME AS ABOVE EXCEPT FOR DIFFUSER INTERFACE W/ CEILING. MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER CONSTRUCTED/ INSTALLED PER SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS RESTRICTED CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER PLENUM HEAD CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: NONE SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC BRACING REQUIREMENTS RETURN AIR GRILLE 11111111111111 12" BLACK LINING SOUND �--6"` CLEAR TO LIGHTS MINIMUM MIN. SOUND ATTENUATING RETURN AIR GRILLE SCALE: NONE DETAIL CAULK PERIMETER & SEAL SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR MOUNTING DETAIL DAMPER. PROVIDE PER PLAN AND SPEC. EXHAUST WEATHERPROOF LOUVER BY ARCH. INTAKE SIMILAR. SIZE PER PLANS EXTERIOR WALL COATING 0 WALL A SEMBLY -, NOTES: 1 PLENUM DEPTH 24" MIN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. 2 PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS WHERE SPECIFIED. 9.0 10,E MIN L_ 24" MIN i 1/4" WEEP HOLE (6" 0C.) FLASHING SEAL DUCT TO LOUVER WATERTIGHT WITH EXTERIOR GRADE DUCT SEALANT DUCT PLENUM INSULATION PER SPEC BIRD SCREEN, NO BUG SCREEN. PROVIDE STIFFNERS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE DUCT PLENUM & ATTACH TO LOUVER. COORDINATE LOUVER LOCATION PER ARCHITECTURAL EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. SLOPE 1/2" PER L.F. -12" x WIDTH INSULATED ACCESS DOOR WITH PIANO HINGE AND SASH' LOCK. 1- 3/4" BIRD SCREEN BITUMINOUS ' COATING (TO ACCESS DOOR): SEALANT ()ENLARGED VIEW WEATHERPROOF LOUVER SCALE: NONE UNISTRUT OR CHANNEL TO SPAN BETWEEN TRUSSES DISCONNECT DIVISION 26 TO EMS SUPPLY DUCT LOOSE CABLE SWAY BRACE • ANGLE IRON (TYP) HYDRONIC DUCT COIL PRESSURE INDEPENDENT DDC VAV CONTROLLER — PROVIDE BOTTOM FILTER ACCESS PRIMARY AIR DUCT 2" PRESSURE CLASS 0 THERMOSTAT NOTES: STRUCTURE MAY VARY PROVIDE CLEARANCE TO MOTOR, ELECT, COIL/ FILTER AND FAN FOR MAINTENANCE & CODE COMPLIANCE. SEE SCHEDULES FOR INLET DUCT IZE 7 3 ' DUCT DIAMETERS MINIMUM STRAIGHT DUCT TYPICAL VAV BOX DETAIL SCALE NONE STRAP HANGERS, SECURE TO STRUCTURE FLEX CONNECTION WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS (4'MIN., 8'MAX.) ACOUSTICAL LINED BOOT (BLACK) 4" PLUS DUCT HEIGHT 9. EXHAUST/ RETURN GRILLE RETURN /EXHAUST DUCT CIE DUCT CLAMP 4-1—ALTERNATE DUCT LOCATION OLUME DAMPER, SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION TYPICAL EXHAUST /RETURN SCALE: NONE REVIEWED F R 1 COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 Cifyof Tukwila !JILPING DIVISION GRILLE DETAIL v(4o-o 1L1 RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519. CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS.Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group P 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 (012.3 10 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09818 June 23.201Q MRD JMR MECHANICAL DETAILS M9.01 MOUNT REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLIES ON WALL ADJACENT TO WATER HEATER MAXIMUM 5' -0" ABOVE FLOOR CW FROM MAIN BLDG SYSTEM SENSOR EXPANSION TANK SEE SCHEDULE 120'F HW FROM MAIN BLDG SYSTEM TO EMCS EMCS RELAY BOX CIRCULATING PUMP • - UNION (TYP) CHECK VALVE BALANCING VALVE PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE ` PIPE FULL SIZE TO FFD R -10 RIGID INSULATION HOUSEKEEPING PAD FLOOR ■ 1 ■I■ ►t NPCW TO SCIENCE ROOMS HW RETURN FROM SCIENCE ROOMS ► 120'F HW FROM MAIN BLDG SYSTEM ■ ROUTE FULL SIZE TO FD HEAT TRAP 1' -0" OFFSET MIN SHUT -OFF VALVE DIELECTRIC UNION (TYP) SEISMIC STRAP WATER HEATER TO WALL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER HOSEBIBB DRAIN VALVE 6" DEEP, 16 GAUGE GALV PAN, ROUTE DRAIN FULL SIZE TO FFD - 1" DRAIN FULL SIZE TO FFD SIZE PER PLAN' FFD ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DETAIL SCALE: NONE. DUCTWORK (VAR). SEAL DUCT PENETRATIONS TO PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION OF DCUTWORK DUCT TIE DOWN BRACKET ADJUSTABLE STRUT SEISMIC BRACKET FLOATING DUCT SUPPORT. ROOF (VAR.) 1 CABLE BRACE ASSEMBLY. 45 Max. STRUCTURE (BY OTHERS) ANCHOR STANTION TO STRUCTURE DUCTWORK (VAR). DUCT TIE DOWN BRACKET ADJUSTABLE STRUT SEISMIC BRACKET FLOATING DUCT SUPPORT. ROOF (VAR.) 1 18" - BRACE ARM ANCHORAGE STANTION (FLASHING BY OTHERS.) TRANSVERSE SECTION CABLE BRACING NOTE: FLOATING ROOFTOP DUCT SUPPORT SYSTEM DETAILS FOR REFERENCE ONLY, ACTUAL INSTALLATION MAY VARY. INSTALLED SYSTEM SHALL BE A FULLY PRE-ENGINEERED SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 200548. ALL BRACING, ANCHORING, AND ENGINEERING SHALL BE BY MANUFACTURER. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PERMIT SUBMITTALS, APPROVALS, ' AND. ASSOCIATED FEES. o i 0 0 0 (14 CABLE BRACE ASSEMBLY. 18" STRUCTURE (BY OTHERS) ANCHOR STANTION TO STRUCTURE :RACE ARM ANCHORAGE STANTION (FLASHING BY OTHERS.) LONGITUDINAL SIDE CABLE BRACING FLOATING ROOFTOP DUCT SUPPORT DETAILS SCALE: NONE NOTE: FLOATING ROOFTOP DUCT SUPPORT SYSTEM DETAILS FOR REFERENCE ONLY, ACTUAL INSTALLATION ` MAY VARY.: INSTALLED SYSTEM SHALL BE A FULLY PRE- ENGINEERED SYSTEM PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 200500. ALL BRACING, ANCHORING, AND ENGINEERING SHALL BE BY MANUFACTURER. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PERMIT SUBMITTALS, APPROVALS, AND ASSOCIATED FEES. PROVIDE GAS REGULATOR VENT PER PSE R©QUNBIEN1S 9. [)5{ PUGET SOUND ROB: PtIOit PIROICC!Ot4 •'' XV 'MR RIE G1it,tGY Cots tot ittutmeto ART #ASUFACIUROt rat lust i1 Lit P MIMIC aCt K1aR+(S) ANC Vainfletrftat fNt Stir ft9a 1111 a1 1t Ptltllt p AlS .A 1 UAXC Ac>611 fll l 06Rn kW . £ t* F itit AC'atRi#1W 11$ PRCt!R R14 d11 1i?t ARC C#I7+lC4iQ, 1 tli PRQ4IQE .ntk120* OR MIRRAFFERM w AMEX MANUFACTIRtERS $CHLIUMS CER - LARRY WHIT T 1- 910 -852 -1652 FISH.1 - PAUL HATFIELD 1 -425. 487 -9600 AMERICAN DAVID IICKERSON 1-20G-392-462D MOON -R LARRY VINTEF T 1 –ale- 652 -1 EQu1METER - ERIC TTHOMPSON 1- 8:14. 371 -8 OT AREGULATORS CAN higit BE USED AS M OVER–PRE S'SJ E'PROTECTI OE 2 ria A 1CR rni L Iti II II II. fA UMW oY -ras Wu r COL EN FOR PSC Olt CR&Y x WW—Of?• vALv 1* 4410 VANE 0Y-i1, VALVC PSE EQUIPMENT GAS SERVICE DETAIL SCALE: NONE 'SEISMIC SHUT 'OFF VALVE ISAFTI -QUAKE [2" MODEL ISTQ -2 RATED AT 60 PSI. 1 y1► It. I I RATED FOR AT 60 PIG i"- CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT BY DIV. 20, 22. EAST RETAINING ANGLES ALL AROUND BOTH SIDE, LAP WALL OPENING 1" MINIMUM AND COVER CORNERS OF RETAINING ANGLES. S -TYPE SLIP FITTING ALL AROUND (TYP). DUCT SUPPORT (TYP) DUCT SECURE DAMPER TO SLEEVE. SLEEVE BY DAMPER MANUFACTURER SECURE RETAINING ANGLES TO SLEEVE. ONLY L (TYP). arm r SMOKE OR FIRE /SMOKE RATED WALL OR SHAFT. CLEARANCE BETWEEN WALL /SHAFT AND SLEEVE. FUSIBLE LINK 1I F ACCESS DOOR, SIZE AND . LABEL PER SPEC. DUCT WRAP INSULATION ; (TYP). FIRE THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY NOTE 6 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR WIRING BY DIV 28 ELECTRICAL JUNCTION' BOX BY DIV 28 DAMPER ACTUATOR NOTES: 1. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND NFPA REQUIREMENTS 2. DO NOT SUPPORT CONNECTING DUCTWORK FROM FIRE DAMPER ASSEMBLY. 3. COORDINATE ACCESS DOOR LOCATIONS WITH CEILING TYPE. 4. DUCT INSULATION -/ LINING NOT SHOWN. PROVIDE PER SPECIFICATIONS. 5. MAINTAIN SERVICE ACCESS CE CCESS CLEARANCES TO ACCESS DOOR AND ACTUATOR. 6. FIRE THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY PER SPECIFICATION. VERTICAL SMOKE OR COMBINATION FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER INSTALLATION DETAIL SCALE: NONE NOTES: CAULK ALL AROUND DUCT JOINTS ROLL EDGE OF DUCT OVER AND ATTACH DIFFUSER WITH SHEETMETAL SCREWS 1. HANG DUCT W /16GAx1 " BELLY STRAP AND THREADED ROD CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE. PROVID E GRILLES ON ONE SIDE AREA. REFER TO PLANS. OF DUCT ONLY IN COMMONS SUPPLY DUCT DETAIL SCALE: NONE LOOSE CABLE (SEISMIC SUPPORT) FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (TYP.) ATTACH HANGER TO STRUCTURE - VIBRATION ISOLATOR THREADED ROD ACCESS ON BOTTOM OF UNIT (SIDE ACCESS IF UNITS ARE STACKED) INLINE EF DETAIL SCALE: NONE GRADE — 111 =111 - 111 _1�11 THREADED POLYETHYLENE POLYETHYLENE MANWAY SCHIER MODEL MWY -15 ACID WASTE INLET SIZE PER PLAN HINGED, LOCKING, DIAMOND PLATE STEEL COVERS FOR VAULT ACCESS MANWAY LADDER 6'- 0 "x8'- 0 "x4' -10" VAULT WITH 61- 0 "x8'- 0x1' -10" TOP SECTION 6" MIN - 2' -0" MIN 1 NEUTRALIZING FILL LEVEL FILL PER MANUFACTURERS DIRECTION (1900 LBS. LIMESTONE OR MARBLE CHIPS) 'J - J •0 0 • 36 "0 X 48 "H r GRADE —III- UTILITY VAULT MODEL _11 687- TL- 2 -332P TOP SECTION 9 r UTILITY VAULT MODEL 687 -ML VAULT ACID VENT TO BUILDING SIZE PER PLAN =1 1 1 1= 11 =1 17 1 =1 11_111.1_-111L-7111- I I 1 —1 11 -1 1 1=i 1 1=1 1 i -1 11 7_1 l 1 V _ 'd 11 -1 i ml =1[12=111-2. 8" MIN PEA GRAVEL TO SANITARY SEWER SIZE PER PLAN OUTLET I.E. 10.5'± UNDISTURBED SOIL 200 GAL. ACID NEUTRAUZATION TANK. SCHIER MODEL NT -200 WITH FIBERGLASS WRAP 4" CONCRETE' PAD W /SAND BED SCHIER MODEL DB99 DISTRIBUTOR BOX ACID NEUTRALIZATION TANK DETAIL 9. SCALE: NONE R �u APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 I BUILDING DIVISION M(ooRI NOTE: ACID NEUTRALIZATION TANK. HAS BEEN SIZED PER SCHIER RECOMMENDATIONS WHICH IS BASED ON THE NUMBER OF FIXTURES SERVED. SCHIER RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL ENSURE THAT THE DISCHARGE PH SHALL REMAIN WITHIN REQUIRED PH RANGE BETWEEN 6.0 & 9.0. THE SCHOOL DISTRICT WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE FOLLOWING THE 1 YEAR CONTRACTORS WARRANTY. DURING THE FIRST YEAR OF WARRANTY IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN THE NEUTRALIZING FILL LEVEL TO ENSURE THE PH REMAINS WITHIN CITY OF TUKWILA AND KING COUNTY SEWER DISTRICT STANDARDS. RECEIVED JUN 302010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9.500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206)285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Spading 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 6670555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528 -0244 F (206) 528 - 0138 ID REVISIONS /1\t DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09819 June 23. 201Q MRD JMR MECHANICAL D; _ ETA ILS M9.02 TO EMCS-! ENABLE (TYP) U Q THERMOMETER (TYP) (TYP) EAT TRAP 12" H AMTROL TANKS- SEISMIC BRACING, SECURE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. 120' - DET -01 WATER HEATER. DWH -01 EQUAL LENGTH 120' -49— 120• 3/4" 100psi RELIEF VALVE. ROUTE FULL SIZE TO DRAIN. SEISMIC BRACING, SECURE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. TYP 34 " FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (1YP) Bo g GAS SHUT -OFF VALVE (TYP) _RI $ °-1 1/2" DRAIN PANS FULL SIZE TO FS (TYP) PROVIDE 4" HOUSEKEEPING PAD 2 -1/2" DET -02 NNti I.. IMM WATER HEATER DWH -02 DRAIN P 3/4" D4-V1i 1 -1 /2" TO EMCS ENABLE CP -01 110 DEG. F TO EMCS ENABLE P -0 i RELIEF VALVE, PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE. PIPE DRAIN FULL SIZE TO APPROVED RECEPTOR, METERING BALANCING VALVES DRAIN VALVE (TYP) FULL SIZE TO FS, FD OR MOP SINK NOTE: ROUTE WATER HEATER COMBUSTION AIR & FLUES AS SHOWN ON HVAC PLANS & PER MANUFACTUERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 1 GAS STORAGE TYPE WATER HEATERS DETAIL 9.0 SCALE: NONE TO EMCS CAP DRAIN PAN OVERFLOW OUTLET VENT 12" ABOVE TRAP CLEANOUT 3-1/2" DEEP TRAP (MIN.). SIZE PER UNIT OPERATING REQUIREMENTS. -AH OR AC UNIT CLEANOUT COND PIPE TO UNIT ROUTE TIGHT TO UNIT COPPER W /DWV JOINTS PROVIDE ENOUGH CLEARANCE TO CLEANOUTS LOCATED ABOVE CEILINGS SO THE FLOOR OR STRUCTURE ABOVE DOES NOT HINDER ACCESS TO WYE FITTING AT SINK TAILPIECE AIR GAP ` FITTING, OR FLOOR DRAIN CONDENSATE ROUTING DETAIL SCALE NONE 1 CONDENSATE /IW TO TRAP ' PRIMER JR SMITH MODEL 3955S FIXED AIR GAP FITTING AIR GAP FITTING DETAIL SCALE: NONE ALL HOSEBIBBS OCCUR IN PRECAST. COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS. FREEZELESS WALL HYDRANT WITH VACUUM BREAKER REVIEWED COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 City ofTukwila BUILDING DIVISION ALIGN WITH BRICK COURSING ELEVATE AS INDICATED IN ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS 9.0 / ti HOLD PIPE ON INSIDE FACE OF BUILDING INSULATION. COMPRESS INSULATION WHERE REQUIRED. PROVIDE FULL INSULATION THICKNESS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. �— 3/4" C.W. SUPPLY SELECT EXTENSION DEPTH TO MATCH WALL THICKNESS. TYP 9" MIN. TYPICAL FREEZEPROOF WALL HYDRANT WH DETAIL SCALE: NONE RUN LOOP CONCEALED AND AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. SINK TWO -WAY CLEANOUT CASEWORK FINISHED FLOOR, CO CO I— LONG SWEEP 90' ELBOW VENT UNDERSIDE OF DRAIN BOARD 45' FITTINGS WALL WALL CLEANOUT FOOT VENT PIPE SLOPE UP, UNDER FLOOR, FROM ISLAND TO NEAREST WALL -� CC LONG SWEEP FITTING (2 TYP) 1 _2 SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT 45" FITTINGS WASTE PIPE BELOW FLOOR SEE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION AS APPLICABLE NOTES: 1. REFER TO FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND PLANS 0 DETAIL SCALE: NONE SLOPE WASTE PIPE DN SEE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION FOR SIZING. ISLAND VENT LOOP PRESSURE GAGES. (TYP)- STRAINER W /BLOWDOWN- PROVIDE 3/4" THREADED HOSE CAP OUTLET FUNNEL OR AIR GAP PIPE TO DRAIN 2 -1 /2 "CW COLD WATER SERVICE FLOOR DRAIN /SINK PER PLAN REMOVE HANDLE AND LEAVE OPEN 2 -1 /2 "CW- G STRAINER WITH BLOW OFF VALVE 1 1 /2 "CW FLOOR drA ♦■ DET -05 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE (SET 0 85 PSI) PIPE TO DRAIN DOMESTIC COLD WATER SERVICE EXPANSION TANK SEISMICALLY BRACED 2-1/2" PULSE -TYPE WATER METER W /CONNECTION TO EMS - PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE (SET ® 80 PSI) -PIPE TO DRAIN 2 -1 /2" PRV, 120 PSI INLET, 65 PSI OUTLET 110 GPM ® APPROX. 5 PSI PD MAX 5' -0" AFF 1" TO HYDRONIC SYSTEM. •—TP 2 -1/2" REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY MAX. 5'-O" AFF SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLANS -HOSE END WITH VACUUM BREAKER 1 -1 /4" PRV, 120 PSI INLET, 70 PSI OUTLET 15 GPM CAD APPROX. 5 PSI PD NOTES: 1. SUPPORT PIPE PER SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 8 DETAIL SCALE: NONE M9.02 COLD WATER SERVICE HEADER TO SMALL PROJ. LAB TO SCIENCE LABS TO MACHINE SHOP TO WATER JET CLEAN DRY AIR TO BLDG. (TYP.) PRESSURE REGULATOR SET 0 80 PSI 1" 1 -1/4" 1" r PRESSURE LOCATE ON WALL ABOVE REGULATOR COMPRESSOR SET ® 65 PSI 1 -1/4" FLEX CONNECTION FLOAT ACTUATED DRAIN -1/4" -1 /4" PRESSURE REGULATOR SET 0 100 PSI FINAL FILTER PRESSURE GA. (TYP) 1" AUTO DRAIN ROUTE CONDENSATE FULL SIZE TO FS wFj '4 DRIP LEG DRAIN HEAT TRACE & INSULATE ROUTE CONDENSATE FULL SIZE TO DRAIN -GLOBE VALVE (N.C.) (TYP.) IF000C IF = == FLEX CONN. (TYP) COALESCING PRE - FILTER- PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 1., 1/2" BELT GUARD PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE HEAT TRACE & INSULATE 3/8" AUTO DRAIN 11 (oi -1/4" - REFRIGERATED AIR DRYER 35'F' PRESSURE -DEW POINT MOUNT ON ANGLE IRON WALL BRACKET SECURELY ANCHORED TO WALL AD -01 MUFFLED AIR INTAKE ACP -01 I AIR - COMPRESSOR (TANK MOUNTED) W/ AFTER - COOLER PRESSURE GAUGE SEISMIC RESTRAINT (TYP) NEOPRENE PAD -4" CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD - I - /tp( AIR COMPRESSOR /AIR DRYER PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE o RECEIVED JUN 30 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 .F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 17 A 55 oy rest, to 5 Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625'0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528 -0138 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY: 09819 June 23. 201Q MRD JMR MECHANICAL DETAILS M9.03 TEMP. /PRESSURE 1 GAUGE TYPICAL WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR COUNTER TOP lO TEMP. /PRESS. RELIEF VALVE — TYPICAL CO BOOSTER HEATER FURNISHED BY DIVISION 11, INSTALLED BY DIVISION 22 -3/4 "(180') HW TO DISHWASHER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE — SET TO 25 PSI MAXIMUM OUTLET PRESSURE QREDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW`'PREVENTER 0 UNION TYPICAL 3/4 "(140') HW FROM 1D4� -- WATER HEATER LSHUTOFF VALVE TYPICAL FINISHED TO DRAIN FLOOR NOTE: SEE K DRAWINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT RELATED TO KITCHEN FIXTURES. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN & PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS PIPE FULL SIZE TO FLOOR SINK HOSE END DRAIN VALVE n HEATER PIPING AM SCALE: NONE VACUUM BREAKER PROVIDED BY DIV 22' DISPOSER- FURNISHED BY DIVISION 11 1"HW & 3/4"CW IN 1rTWALL, TO ABOVE CEILING SEE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION UNION (TYP) 1/2" X3/4° MIXING FAUCET W /STOP CHECKS FURNISHED BY DIV. 11 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PROVIDED BY DIV. 22 DRAIN BOARD PROVIDED BY DIV. 11 CHECK VALVE (TYP) SHUTOFF VALVE (TYP) X3/4" SOLENOID VALVE FURNISHED BY DIVISION 11, INSTALLED BY DIVISION 22 TO DISHWASHER BOOSTER HEATER FINISHED FLOOR NOTE: REFER TO K DRAWINGS FOR EQIUPMENT CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS: DETAIL AS SHOWN & PER MANUFACTUER RECOMMENDATIONS. DISPOSER /PRE -RINSE PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE VACUUM BREAKER SLOPE PIPE DN TO TRAPS 2 -18 (1/2 ") PRIMERS (TYP) DIV 26 CONTROL TIMER SOLENOID VALVE ATER HAMMER ARRESTER NOTE PROVIDE LOCKED SS COVER WHEN EXPOSED •- r- -WATER SUPPLY 11'---ISOLATION VALVE NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE NUMBER OF PRIMERS ` WITH NUMBER OF DRAINS SERVED. PROVIDE MINIMUM ONE CAPPED PRIMER PER TPP. TRAP PRIMER PANEL DETAIL SCALE: NONE 1/2" SS MESH RAT GUARD SECURE WITH BAND CLAMP PIPE SLEEVE 36" NSPECTOR TEST ASSEMBLY & DRAIN (NP) 2 1 /2" TEST DRAIN AIR GAP WEATHER HOOD BACKDRAFT DAMPER EF -07 ROOF EF -08 BACKDRAFT DAMPER 7-WEATHER HOOD WEATHER HOOD BACKDRAFT DAMPER i EF -06 1 ROOF MANUFACTURER STRUCTRUAL BASE W/ RUBBER MOUNTS (TYP) MANUFACTURER STRUCTRUAL BASE W/ RUBBER MOUNTS (TYP) ROOF CURB BY DIV. 077213. 1 EF 03 1 e 5 EF UNIT DETAILS M9.04 SCALE NONE EF -05 1 ROOF CURB BY DIV. 077213 (TYP). MANUFACTURER RIGID ROOF CURB THERMOMETER (30- 180 *F) HEAT TRAP P/T RELIEF VALVE EMCS SENSOR P/T RELIEF ROUTE FULL SIZE TO FS 230900 BURNER ENABLE 4" HSKPG PAD • BV 1---e 1 1/4"HW 1OOpsi RELIEF T DRAIN PAN EXPANSION TANK VALVE, PIPE FULL SIZE TO DRAIN. GAS FIRED WATER HEATER GAS GAS COCK -� r3/4" DET -3 SEISMIC STRAP TO WALL 1 1/4"CW HWC TO EMCS DOMESTIC HOT WATER EMCS SENSOR BV ' BV -VT- L U CV I -I11• BV CV DIRT LEG BV 1 " DRAIN ROUTE FULL SIZE T FFD FINISHED FLOOR TO EMCS ENABLE RELAY CIRC PUMP CP -03 NOT -S: 1 SEISMICALLY SUPPORT WATER HEATER PER LOCAL CODES. 2 ROUTE WATER HEATER COMBUSTION AIR & FLUES AS SHOWN ON HVAC PLANS & PER MANUFACTURE'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL CHECK VALVES IN HORIZONTAL POSITION. KITCHEN HOT WATER HEATER PIPING DETAIL SCALE: NONE 8 "O STAND PIPE 8x6 REDUCER CAULK 3" VENT -PIPE SLEEVE 6" WASTE FIRE SERVICE TEST DRAIN DETAIL SCALE: NONE TYPICAL CEILING FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS 1. WHERE SPRINKLER HEADS ARE LOCATED IN REMOVABLE GRID CEILING, THE HEADS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE CENTERLINE AXIS OF EITHER THE LONG OR SHORT SIDE DIMENSION (SEE DETAIL BELOW), WITH THE HEAD CANOPY A MINIMUM OF 4" FROM EDGE OF PANEL. IN ROOMS WHERE MULTIPLE HEADS ARE NEEDED, HEADS SHALL BE LINED UP. IN ROOMS WITH HARD CEILINGS, THE HEADS SHALL ALSO BE LINED UP, NOT IN RANDOM PATTERN. 2. DUCTWORK AIR TERMINALS AND LIGHTING LOCATIONS TAKE FIRST PRIORITY OVER FIRE SPRINKLING SYSTEM. COORDINATION SHALL BE FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. 3. HEADS SHALL BE LOCATED IN SUCH MANNER THAT HEAT FROM DIFFUSER WILL NOT SET OFF FIRE SYSTEM EQ. EQ. EQ. - - EQ.- f EQ EQ EQ EQ 7 FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT DETAIL 9.0 SCALE: NONE COp VIEWyED F ECOMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION t4(dOON RECEIVED JUN 30 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti/ architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 981.01 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES. JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 10 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE HIGHLINE SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL MUM Q9819 JSSUE DATE June 23. 2010 PRAWN BY: MRD CHECKED BY: .28B MECHANICAL DETAILS M9.04 USED S 1 ED M9.05 SCALE: NONE ROOF (u CO ■ '- CLAMPING COLLAR SHEET METAL THIMBLE SECURE TO STRUCTURE W/ 1/2" DIAMETER BOLTS 1 -1/2 "x1/4" GALVANIZED SHEET METAL GUIDE STRIP NOTES: 1 IF WITHIN 10' -0" OF STRUCTURE (PARAPET, WALL OR ADJACENT BUILDING) EXTEND FLUE 3' -0" ABOVE HIGHEST STRUCTURE. 2. FLUE VENT SHALL BE AT LEAST 4' -0" FROM EDGE OF ROOF. 3. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 2" CLEARANCE TO COMBUSTIBLES OR CLEARANCE LISTED BY MANUFACTURER, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 4. PROVIDE ANGLE FLASHING AS ` REQUIRED TO MATCH ROOF SLOPE. 5. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 2' -0" SEPARATION FROM OTHER ROOF PENETRATIONS. MANUFACTURED WEATHER CAP WITH BIRDSCREEN STORM COLLAR THIMBLE FLASHING ROOFING MATERIAL OVER FLASHING AND TERMINATED UNDER STORM COLLAR CURB. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL ' DRAWINGS FOR FLASHING DETAILS. ELEVATION SECTION A. PROVIDE ATTACHMENT PER SMACNA STANDARDS. ROOF SLEEVE AND SUPPORT PLATE FLUE, TYPE AS SPECIFIED ALL THREAD 2 DETAIL BOILE R FLUE VENT THROUGH ROOF M9.05 SCALE: NONE EXTERIOR CLEANOUT - PROVIDE TAMPERPROOF SCREWS IN COVER 10" CONCRETE PAD SIZE TO MATCH SIZE OF UNDERGROUND SEWER LINES 3 EXTERIOR CLEANOUT DETAIL 9.0 SCALE: NONE ROUTE HANGAR AROUND RE -BAR IN SLAB PRIOR TO POUR. SLAB (VAR.) 0 6" MIN. lit 0 MIN 1 /2" DIAMETER STAINLESS STEEL HANGER ROD 6 MIL VISQUEEN OR BUILDING PAPER WRAP PEA GRAVEL STAINLESS STEEL PIPE HANGAR WASTE PIPE TRENCH FOR WASTE PIPE GRADE UNDERSLAB PIPE HANGER DETAIL EWEp R �gPPR�O� COMPLIANCE SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE FINISH FLOOR COLLAR SLAB METAL COLLAR NOTE: ALL INTERIOR CLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE TOP COVER SHALL BE FLUSH WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FINISHED FLOOR. PROVIDE WITH OPTIONAL CARPET RING AT ALL CARPETED AREAS. CLEANOUT FLOOR PLATE 4" RIM JAY R. SMITH FIG. 4106 OR EQUAL CAULK W/ LEAD & OAKUM ALL AROUND INTERIOR CLEANOUT DETAIL SCALE: NONE PIPE HANGER AS NOTED IN SPECIFICATIONS. INSULATION AS SHOWN ON PLANS & NOTED IN SPECIFICATIONS. • • • • • • • 1 THREADED ROD; ATTACH TO STRUCTURE. GALV. METAL SHIELD, AS NOTED IN SPECS., BETWEEN HANGER & INSULATION, UP TO CENTERLINE OF PIPE. RIGID INSULATION AS NOTED IN SPECS. Si% I WA • rriA PIPE AS. SHOWN ON PLANS & NOTED IN SPECIFICATIONS. 9.0 6" MIN. 10" MIN. INSULATED PIPE HANGER DETAIL SCALE: NONE VENT PIPE CENTER VENTS BETWEEN STANDING SEAMS WHEN VENT IS LOCATED IN METAL ROOF PANELS. NOTE: PROVIDE VANDAL PROOF VENT CAP 9.0 TYPICAL VTR DETAIL SCALE NONE PROVIDE W /VANDAL PROOF. VENT CAP FLASH VTR PER ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR SPECIFIC ROOF CONSTRUCTION. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR INFORMATION. ROOFING (VARIES) SOLID BLOCKING BETWEEN WALL FRAMING BOTH HIGH & LOW. SOLID BLOCKING TO SPAN AT LEAST TWO STUDS WATER HEATER f PLAN VIEW NOTE: LOCATE UPPER STRAP WITHIN UPPER 1 /3 AND LOCATE LOWER STRAP WITHIN LOWER 1/3 OF TANK BUT ABOVE CONTROLS - 3/8 "x3" ANCHOR BOLT WITH NUT & WASHER (TYPICAL 4 PLACES) SEISMICALLY BRACE HEATER STRAPS TO WALL WITH 3" WIDE x 18 GAUGE STEEL STRAPS. 3" WIDE x 18 GAUGE SEMI— CIRCULAR STEEL HEATER STRAP. BOLT TWO SEMI- CIRCULAR STRAPS TOGETHER WITH 3/8" BOLTS, NUTS & WASHERS (TYPICAL 2 PLACES, ONE HIGH & ONE LOW) SEISMIC BRACINGDETAIL- WATER HEATERS SCALE: NONE ADJUSTABLE STRAINER DEPRESS DRAIN 1/4" TO 1/2" WHERE NOT ALREADY SLOPED WATERPROOF GASKET W /COLLAR CLAMPING RING NON - SHRINK GROUT FINISH FLOOR WATERPROOF MEMBRANE DRAIN PIPE (SIZE PER PLAN) FLOOR DRAIN IN CONCRETE FLOOR DETAIL SCALE: NONE TO H.W. & C.W. SUPPLY RUNOUTS TO LAST' FIXTURE SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN SIZE REQUIRED FOR ARRESTERS 1 PIPING TO TO FIXTURES LAST FIXTURE 1 I • WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS (PROVIDE BEHIND ACCESS DOOR IN WALL NOTE: USE TABLE A -2 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE FOR FIXTURE UNITS. TOTALS USED FOR SIZING WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS WATER HAMMER ARRESTER DIAGRAM SCALE NONE -0" MAX. FROM WALL 072010 City ofTarifa BUILDING moon! SPACE HANGARS MAXIMUM 4'—O" 0.C. AND AT EACH SIDE OF FITTING I. • 1, m�1►>r� SEWER PIPE ISOLATOR PIPE SLEEVE - STAINLESS STEEL HANGER, ROD, AND CLAMP SUSPENDED FROM SLAB UNDERSLAB PIPE HANGER DETAIL SCALE: NONE MtOO IH SLAB (VAR.) SEWER PIPE RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340 9500 F (206) 340 9519 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 622 5822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 3026 F (206) 2853629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 667 0555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528 -0138 t�l2.3 110 REVISIONS / \ DESCRIPTION. BATE HIGHLINE DISTRICT SCHOOL RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: 09R1Q ISSUE DATE: J me 3 2010 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: MRD JMR MECHANICAL DETAILS M9.05 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR WIRING BY DIV 28 FIRE THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY. NOTE 6. SEAL PENETRATION WATER TIGHT TO TOP OF RETAINING ANGLES. FUSIBLE LINK SMOKE OR FIRE/ SMOKE RATED FLOOR (VAR). 0 ■ NOTE 7 1 RETAINING ANGLES ALL AROUND BOTH SIDE, LAP OPENING 1 -1/2" MINIMUM AND COVER CORNERS OF RETAINING ANGLES. S -TYPE SLIP FITTING ALL AROUND (TYP). DUCT NOTE 7 ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX BY DIV 28 ACCESS DOOR, SIZE AND LABEL PER SPEC. DAMPER ACTUATOR SECURE RETAINING ANGLES TO SLEEVE ONLY (TYP). SECURE DAMPER TO SLEEVE. CLEARANCE BETWEEN FLOOR AND SLEEVE. DUCT WRAP INSULATION (TYP). SLEEVE BY FIRE DAMPER MANUFACTURER. NOTES: 1. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND NFPA REQUIREMENTS. 2. DO NOT SUPPORT CONNECTING DUCTWORK FROM FIRE DAMPER ASSEMBLY. 3. COORDINATE ACCESS DOOR LOCATIONS TO PROVIDE WORKING CLEARANCE.` 4. DUCT INSULATION /LINING NOT SHOWN. PROVIDE PER SPECIFICATIONS. 5. MAINTAIN SERVICE ACCESS CLEARANCES TO ACCESS DOOR AND ACTUATOR. 6. FIRE THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY PER SPECIFICATIONS.` 7.' PROVIDE DUCT SUPPORT AT LOCATIONS SHOWN: 8. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOOR SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT THE PASSAGE OF WATER. HORIZONTAL COMBINATION �FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER INSTALLATION DETAIL M9.Q6/ SCALE: NONE GATE . VALVE 1 SHUT -OFF SIZE PER PLAN REDUCER 12" AUTOMATIC AIR VENT COPPER TUBING DRAIN TO NEAREST FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN OR PLUMBING FIXTURE TAIL PIECE. ROUTE CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS. 1 PIPE SIZE LARGER THAN CONNECTING PIPING NOTE PROVIDE AT HIGH POINTS IN MECHANICAL ROOM & WHERE INDICATED _REDUCER IZE PER PLAN AUTOMATIC AIR VENT (AAV) DETAIL PROVIDE FAN WITH GREASE TRAP ASSY. 40" MIN. ROOF TO FAN DISCHARGE LEVEL CURB BY ARCH. ROOF PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS FOR CLEANING DUCT PROVIDE SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH NEAR FAN & FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO ALLOW FAN REMOVAL FOR CLEANING U.L. LISTED FAN W/ HINGED BASE. MOUNT ON EXHAUST DUCT FLARE ` EXHAUST DUCT AS REQ'D. TO MATCH FAN BASE. TWO -PIECE RAIN SHIELD AROUND DUCT. ATTACH W/ THUMBSCREWS. BRACKET DUCT TO TOP OF CURB AT FOUR POINTS:. VENTED CURB EXTENSION TO ALLOW AIR FLOW TO OR FROM EXTERIOR. VENTED ROOF SLEEVE DUCTS: 18GA STAINLESS STEEL LIQUID TIGHT EXTERNALLY WELDED, FIREWRAP DUCT NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN MECHANICAL ENGINEER REVIEW AND CONFIRMATION OF WELDED JOINTS PRIOR TO COVER CEILING HOOD CLOSURE PANELS STAINLESS STEEL HOOD (TYPE 1 HOOD) PROVIDED BY FOOD SERVICE. KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DETAIL SCALE: NONE ►e T 110- 1/2" AIR VENT VALVE W/3/4" HOSE BIB PETE'S PLUG (TYPICAL) THREE -WAY CONTROL VALVE GRISWOLD AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE BALL VALVE UNION (TYPICAL) 1/2" DRAIN VALVE CONNECT PIPE W/ WYE FITTING TO COND LINE DISCHARGE CHILLED OR HEATING WATER RETURN BALL VALVE CHILLED OR HEATING SUPPLY STRAINER WITH BLOW OFF VALVE WATER NOTE: SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FOR LOCATIONS THREE -WAY WATER COIL PIPING DETAIL SCALE: NONE : 1/2" AIR VENT VALVE /3/4 HOSE BIB - PETE'S PLUG (TYPICAL) - TWO -WAY CONTROL VALVE BALL VALVE GRISWOLD AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE - HEATING WATER RETURN HEATING WATER SUPPLY STRAINER W /BLOW DN 1/2" DRAIN VALVE CONNECT PIPE W/ WYE FITTING TO COND LINE DISCHARGE NOTE: SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FOR LOCATIONS TWO -WAY WATER COIL PIPING DETAIL SCALE NONE SECTIONED UPPER PLAN VIEW 1 -- ail HEATING COIL air 7 I COOLING COIL � j� i ,, = 2" MERV 8 FILTERS • ( :H ' SECTIONED PROFILE VIEW rA DD PLENUM RETURN FAN DD PLENUM SUPPLY FAN SECTIONED LOWER PLAN VIEW (AH -01 TO AH -12, AH -14 TO AH -31, VAH -02, VAH -04) STACKED DOWNFLOW AH /VAH UNIT (T(P) HEATING COIL COOLING COIL 2 " MERV 8 FILTERS E/A In DD PLENUM RETURN FAN DUAL COOLING COILS DUAL HEATING COILS DD PLENUM SUPPLY FAN 2" MERV 8 FILTERS SECTIONED PLAN VIEW n r� !' ,° J.11 Err J J I SECTIONED PROFILE VIEW (VAH -03) HORIZONTAL VAH UNIT (TYP) SECTIONED UPPER PLAN VIEW 0 III 271191 i,II ;e∎.,�i = A SECTIONED PROFILE VIEW A DD PLENUM SUPPLY FAN DD PLENUM RETURN FAN SECTIONED LOWER PLAN VIEW (AH -26, VAH -01) STACKED UPFLOW AH /VAH UNIT (TYP; REVIEWED F R CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DI'Vicing Mlb -d NOTE: 1. COIL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE ON SAME SIDE AS UNIT ACCESS. COORDINATE UNIT ACCESS REQUIREMENTS W/ PLANS. INDICATE ACCESS SIDE FOR EACH UNIT IN MECHANICAL SUBMITTALS. 03) AIR HANDLING UNIT DETAILS 2. PROVIDE FACTORY FURNISHED MIXING DAMPERS WITH ALL UNITS. 3. REFER TO PLANS FOR PLENUM FAN DISCHARGE, 0 /A, AND E/A OPENING CONFIGURATIONS. 4. PROVIDE EXTERNAL SPRING ISOLATION FOR VAH -03. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 200548. tiq RECEIVED JUN 302010 PERMIT CENTER bassetti/ 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98104 T (206) 340:9500 F (206) 340 9, 1 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF. 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 6225822 F (206) 622 8130 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 285 -3026 F (206) 285 3629 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural 811: First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 T (206) 292 5076 F (206) 467 7788 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart St, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 T (206) 448 3376 F (206) 448 4450 ACOUSTIC CONSULTANT Sperling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle,;„ WA98101 T (206) 6670555 F (206) 667 0554 FOOD SERVICES JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 T (206) 625 0070 F (206) 625 0073 HARDWARE Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 T (206) 528-0244 F (206) 528-0138 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION DATE E SCHOOL DISTRICT 401 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL JOB NO: JSSUE DATE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: f1981Q June 23.201Q MRD JMR MECHANICAL DETAILS M9.06